catalog pel 2010

212
archival sourcebook 2009/10

Upload: iulia-anania

Post on 06-Apr-2015

1.093 views

Category:

Documents


4 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Catalog PEL 2010

preservation equipment lim

ited archival sourcebook 2009/10 ww

w.preservationequipm

ent.com

Preservation Equipment Ltd

Vinces Road Diss NorfolkEngland IP22 4HQ

t +44 (0)1379 647400f +44 (0)1379 650582

e [email protected] www.preservationequipment.com

archival sourcebook2009/10

Page 2: Catalog PEL 2010
Page 3: Catalog PEL 2010

3

SUITABILITY FOR USEEvery care is taken to maintain the highest standard of quality. Preservation Equipment Ltdwish to make it clearly understood that it is theusers responsibility to ensure that the goods purchased are suitable for the intended purpose.No guarantee is given or implied that any productwe supply is fit for any particular purpose. Our liability is strictly limited to the invoice value of the items concerned.

PRODUCT CODING SYSTEMA coding reference number exists for all products. To avoid delay in order processing the productcode number must be supplied.

CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS We will allow credit to most archives, museums, libraries, colleges, universities, and other public institutions. Private institutions and business firmsare also invited to open accounts with appropriatecredit references.

PRICES Prices are subject to revision without notice and are exclusive of V.A.T. Our sales office will confirmall current prices upon request.

PAYMENTSCash with order, except for recognised institutionsand approved accounts. Payment must be in £Sterling with all bank charges paid. We do acceptcredit cards. Overseas payments to be made in £Sterling with all bank charges paid, via direct mailtransfer to:

HSBC Bank, Howardsgate, Welwyn Garden City, Hertfordshire, AL8 6BH, England.

Preservation Equipment Ltd. Account Number: 81285165. Sort Code: 40-46-08. IBAN: GB03MIDL40460881285165.

VAT is chargeable to E.C. customers unless your VAT number is supplied. No VAT is chargeable onexports outside of the European Community. PEL VAT No. GB 491 0421 69.

CREDIT CARDS We accept Visa, MasterCard and Switch.

SHIPMENT CLAIMS Claims for damage caused in transit and incorrect deliveries must be in writing within 3 days of delivery to facilitate co-ordination with freightcompanies.

RETURNED GOODS No goods will be accepted for return without prior authorisation. When goods have been incorrectly ordered and if returned a 15% handling charge will be made. No returned goods will be creditedunless in perfect condition.

WARRANTYWe supply products made by various manufacturers.The warranty of the product will be as the guarantee policy of the manufacturer.

ORDERING PROCEDURESBy post, telephone, fax or email to: Preservation Equipment Ltd, Vinces Rd, Diss, Norfolk. IP22 4HQ.Tel: 01379 647400/Overseas: +44 1379 647400.Fax: 01379 650582/Overseas: +44 1379 [email protected]

CARRIAGE & HANDLING CHARGES Minimum charge on all orders for one parcel UK Mainland £9.00, each extra parcel £5.00. Large Heavy shipments & exports at cost.

TERMS & CONDITIONS WELCOME TO OUR 2009/10 SOURCEBOOK

In 2007 we extended our warehouse, which allows us tostock the most comprehensive range of conservation andarchival supplies anywhere in the world.

Our thanks as always go to University Products Inc andLineco Inc along with other suppliers with whom we haveexclusive arrangements.

You will see a number of products now under the PELbrand, this ensures true archival quality products that professional conservators expect from us.

We continue to develop new products with the guidance,advice and research from the many institutions with whomwe work closely. The “Just In Case Case” a kit for disasterpreparations is just one of them.

The PEL website www.preservationequipment.com andwww.pel.eu offers online purchasing and keeps you up-to-date with the latest products.

Finally, thank you for your loyal custom, we look forward to continuing to serve you.

Cliff GothorpManaging Director

Sole EU Importer of University Products Inc.and Lineco Inc.

www.preservationequipment.com

Page 4: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 4

�� Storage Document Cases

A word about paper conservation

A Few Simple StepsThe deterioration of paper is caused by many factors, perhaps the most significant of which are the kinds of materials and chemicals used in the paper making process. Wood pulp papers usually contain lignin and alum-rosin sizing which form damaging acids over a period of time. Under prolonged exposure to ultraviolet light and oxygen, paper fibres break down, causing discolouration and embrittlement. Additional damage may be caused by dust, dirt, mould, insects and rodents. You caninstitute sound basic conservation techniques by using some simple environmental controls and safe storage materials.

Keep Away From ExtremesAvoid excessive or fluctuating heat and humidity conditions. A cool, dark and dry storage area is ideal. A relative humidity of approximately 50% (see index for humidity measuring devices) with a temperature of 68˚ F (+/- 2.5 ) is desirable for most general collections. Normally, this would exclude most basements and attics. The area should be clean and free of insectsand rodents. If natural light or fluorescent light is necessary, an ultraviolet filtering material should be used, (see these and ourUV filtering fluorescent lamps in our Tools & Equipment section).

Choose the Right EnclosuresChoose proper storage containers for your documents, papers, books, maps, etc. A wide selection is available depending uponthe type of material to be stored and how often the material is used or accessed. Read through our catalogue to acquaint yourself with the many options available. All storage boxes, folders, etc. should be acid-free with an 8.5 pH where possible andhave a 3% calcium carbonate buffer added. In addition, all materials should be free of groundwood and lignin when possible.The storage container must be designed to provide physical support and stability while protecting your materials from adversechemical reactions. Boxes and folders should be comfortably filled, never stuffed. Each item must be supported, and metal staples and paper clips removed. Store only “like-sized” documents and papers together, and only in archival quality file folders,envelopes or archivally safe “see through” enclosures like Mylar® “D” or Melinex. These can then be stored in document casesor archival quality cartons. Avoid placing more than a dozen sheets together in one enclosure, and then use interleaving sheetsbetween each item. These interleaving sheets reduce the risk of the acids from one individual document affecting the adjacent ones. In fact, the 3% calcium carbonate buffered sheets will resist acid absorption from adjacent material. Maps,newspapers, books, pamphlets and other oversized materials should be interleaved and stored flat in appropriate containers.

Benefits of Metal Edge BoxesThe metal corners remove the need for adhesives which may dry out or off gas. Boxes can be stacked even when empty due tothe strength of the metal edge. Archives have been using them for over thirty years and are now seen as the best type of boxfor archival storage and handling.

Box sizes are internal measurements.

�� File-Out CardsArchivally safe “File-Out” cards to mark your files whenremoving items for reference, exhibits or refiling to other locations. Made of 450gsm acid-free, lignin-free folder stockand pre-printed in green with “File-Out” information spaces.Price per package of 25.

Product Code size (mm) wt Price727-9511 Letter 298 x 248 0.68kg £19.95727-1485 Legal 375 x 248 0.82kg £24.85

�� Document Case Spacer BoardA corrugated spacer board designed by the National Archives to keep file folders standing up straight when a document case is not full. This strong, lightweight corrugated blue-gray board is acid-free, lignin-free, and buffered with a 3% calcium carbonate buffer. Each board is 8" high x 21-1/4" wide with 5 score lines at each end of the board at one inch intervals to allow the board to be folded to fit either letter or legal size boxes. Price per package of 5 boards.

Product Code size (mm) wt Price613-0821 203 x 540 0.41kg £10.85note: 5 score lines 25mm

DATE TAKEN BY NUMBER, SUBDIVISION OR NAME DATE

Removes the stress in creasing and the frustration in trying to assemble die cut boxes that pop open

Page 5: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Document Cases Storage ��

5

�� Reinforced Document CasesPEL offers a choice of either our standard Document Case(blue-grey outside, white inside) or our lignin-free solid tanboard which is made completely of lignin-free cellulose fibresfor both purity and strength. Both boards are acid-free with apH of approximately 8.5 and are buffered with approximately3% calcium carbonate to retard the effects of migrant acidity.The combination of our strong, durable 1.5mm thicknessboard and metal-edged construction make these boxes yourbest choice for lasting protection. Pull strings are included onthe 5" deep boxes in both letter and legal size. Box sizes areinside dimensions. Price each.

Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price735-2210 12.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” (311 x 260 x 64mm) 364g £4.75735-2510 12.25” x 10.25” x 5” (311 x 260 x 127mm) 455g £4.90735-5210 15.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” (387 x 260 x 64mm) 455g £4.95735-5510 15.25” x 10.25” x 5” (387 x 260 x 127mm) 500g £5.15735-5512 15.50” x 12.50” x 5” (394 x 318 x 127mm) 955g £7.20

Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price801-2210 12.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” (311 x 260 x 64mm) 364g £7.40801-2510 12.25” x 10.25” x 5” (311 x 260 x 127mm) 500g £6.50801-5210 15.25” x 10.25” x 2.5” (387 x 260 x 64mm) 455g £7.45801-5510 15.25” x 10.25” x 5” (387 x 260 x 127mm) 909g £7.45801-5512 15.50” x 12.50” x 5” (394 x 318 x 127mm) 955g £10.30

StandardBlue-GreyExterior,white interior

Lignin-freeTan DocumentCases

Page 6: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 6

�� Boxes Archival

�� Drop Front Print Storage BoxesPEL offers you a choice in Drop Front Storage Boxes. Greatfor prints, photos, music, pamphlets, and letters, theseboxes will also accommodate our Perma/Dur® Envelopes.Our standard box is made of sturdy Perma/Dur® board witha blue-grey exterior and a white interior. We also offer a tanlignin-free box. This board is made of bleached fibres, withlight-fast non-bleeding dyes. The absence of lignin in theboard and the presence of calcium carbonate as a bufferproduce a superior box. It is estimated that under properstorage conditions the lignin-free board remains durableand usable in excess of 500 years. Stackable for easy storage. Both boards are 1.5mm thick and metal-edged forstacking strength. Drop Front is on the long dimension ofeach box. Price each.

Lignen-Free Tan

Standard Blue-Grey Exterior, White InteriorProduct Code Size (W x L x H) Wt Price733-8103 10.5” x 8.5” x 3” (267 x 216 x 76mm) 0.36kg £4.70733-9123 12.5” x 9.5” x 3” (318 x 241 x 76mm) 0.41kg £4.95733-1215 12” x 15.5” x 3” (305 x 394 x 76mm) 0.55kg £5.55733-1015 15” x 10.5” x 3” (381 x 267 x 76mm) 0.55kg £6.60733-1153 15” x 11.5” x 3” (381 x 292 x 76mm) 0.55kg £6.20733-1418 14.5” x 18.5” x 3” (368 x 470 x 76mm) 0.73kg £9.20733-0211 20.5” x 16.5” x 1.5” (521 x 419 x 38mm) 0.82kg £9.65733-1623 20.5” x 16.5” x 3” (521 x 419 x 76mm) 0.86kg £9.95733-0221 24.5” x 20.5” x 1.5” (622 x 521 x 38mm) 0.95kg £10.30733-2024 24.5” x 20.5” x 3” (622 x 521 x 76mm) 1.09kg £11.55

Lignin-Free Tan Unbuffered 40pt (1000gsm)Product Code Size (W x L x H) Wt Price800-8103 10.5” x 8.5” x 3” (267 x 216 x 76mm) 0.36kg £6.20800-1153 15” x 11.5” x 3” (381 x 292 x 76mm) 0.55kg £7.15800-1418 14.5” x 18.5” x 3” (368 x 470 x 76mm) 0.73kg £9.85800-1623 20.5” x 16.5” x 3” (521 x 419 x 76mm) 0.82kg £11.65

�� Newspaper Storage BoxesThese large boxes store maps, prints, newspapers or any large size item which should bestored flat. Manufactured of acid-free, blue/grey, Perma/Dur® archival quality buffered boardin 1.5mm thickness and lined with heavy, white, lignin-free bond for extra protection of contents. Metal-reinforced edges for greater strength. Completely telescoping top gives thestacking strength of two thicknesses. Boxes are available from stock in six standard sizes;however, special sizes for particular requirements can be made in minimum of 200 boxesInquire for details.Price each.

Product Code Size (W x L x H) Wt Price732-1522 15” x 22” x 2” (381 x 559 x 51mm) 0.82kg £8.20732-1503 15” x 22” x 3.5” (559 x 381 x 89mm) 1.00kg £10.25732-1813 18” x 13” x 3” (457 x 330 x 76mm) 0.86kg £8.15732-1925 19” x 25” x 2.5” (483 x 635 x 64mm) 1.09kg £10.15732-2243 20.5” x 24.5” x 3” (521 x 622 x 76mm) 1.23kg £11.50732-2331 23” x 31” x 3” (584 x 787 x 76mm) 1.41kg £16.85

Note: Unbuffered lignen-free tan boxes can be found on page 16

�� Newspaper Polyester L-VelopesPEL offers polyester pockets to fit each newspaper storage box. The pockets are sealed on twoadjacent sides (known as L/Velopes) this allows easy access and removal of the newspaper forresearch. The 75 micron archival quality polyester contains no adhesives, is glass clear, acid-free, providing the best protection for newspapers.

L-Velopes are ideal for items that are handled frequently, two adjacent sides open for ease ofuse. Price for package of 25 L-Velopes. See pages 42/43 for other sizes of polyester enclosures.

Product Code Size Fits Box Wt Price565-1522 370 x 550mm 732-1522 1.08kg £37.50565-1813 450 x 320mm 732-1813 0.75kg £29.70565-1925 470 x 625mm 732-1925 1.55kg £49.50565-2243 514 x 616mm 732-2243 1.64kg £55.00565-2331 575 x 775mm 732-2331 2.35kg £72.00

Page 7: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Archival Boxes ��

7

Sturdy & easy to assembleshipped flat to reduce shipping

& storage costs.

�� Ready to Assemble Document Cases (Blue/Grey Corrugated Design Cases)Provide safe, long term protection for your documents, family records, books etc. These file boxes are constructed of our heavy-duty 600gsm corrugated board to protect your papers against dust, dirt,and damaging UV light. Double thick front and bottom panels provide additional strength. The acid-free, lignin-free material is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve, protecting thestored materials from migrant acidity and atmospheric pollutants. Because these easy-to-assemble boxes are sent to you flat, you save money on expensive shipping.

Simply place your papers in one of our archival file folders from page 37 (prevent crushing by placing no more than 12 items in each folder); mark the folder with indexing information, and placein the box. You can use our new Document Spacer Boards from page 4 to keep the folders upright until the box is full. Available in letter and legal sizes and packaged 5 boxes per carton.

Product Code Type size (L x W x H) wt Price613-1251 Letter 12.25” x 5” x 10.5” (311 x 127 x 260mm) 2.64kg £59.40613-1551 Legal 15.25” x 5” x 10.5” (387 x 127 x 260mm) 3.14kg £66.25

�� Clamshell Storage BoxProtect your magazines and pamphlets from damage. Store them flat inthese clamshell storage boxes. One piece box with hinged lid designaffords easy access. Metal edges give these boxes extra stackingstrength and our 1.5mm blue/grey boxboard is lined with white lignin-free paper and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkalinereserve to protect the paper against migrant acidity and atmosphericsulphur. Price each.

Product Code size (W x L x H) wt Price735-0806 8.63” x 6.25” x 3” 0.19kg £3.70

(219 x 159 x 76mm)735-0906 9.25” x 6.5” x 2.5” 0.20kg £4.95

(235 x 165 x 64mm)735-1293 12.25” x 9” x 3” 0.27kg £4.40

(311 x 229 x 76mm)735-5103 15.25” x 10.25” x 3” 0.50kg £4.90

(387 x 260 x 76mm)735-1713 17.25” x 11.5” x 3.25” 0.45kg £6.85

(438 x 292 x 83mm)

Page 8: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Boxes Archival

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 8

Clamshell one piece archival box with hinged lid to allow easy access to the contents735-3021 302mm x 215mm x 75mm £4.25 each735-3826 382mm x 266mm x 94mm £6.40 each735-4433 440mm x 330mm x 70mm £6.40 each

�� Archival Storage CartonsAn acid-free corrugated storage box that is excellent fortransfer storage or long term storage of archival materials.The 600gsm corrugated board assures durability as well as performance. Double thick bottom panels provide exceptionalstrength These tan kraft 12"W x 15"L x 10"H and 6"W x 15"Lx 10"H cartons are designed to accommodate either letter orlegal size folders. The cartons are shipped flat ready toassemble. Price each.

Product Code size (mm) wt Price540-0771 305 x 381 x 254 0.91kg £4.55540-1561 152 x 381 x 254 0.36kg £4.55

See page 50 & 51for more flat storage boxes andstorage solutions

�� Archival Clamshell BoxesThese acid-free boxes are of a high conservation standard with a clean attractive appearance. The boxes are shipped flat taking up the minimum of storage space. Once readyto assemble, they have easy to use self-locking tabs with a high quality finish. Made from100% cellulose, contains no wood particles. The pH is between 8 and 9.5. A neutral adhesive is used, 4% calcium carbonate buffer is added for further protection. The qualitiesare in line with the technical standards of DIN ISO 9706, ANSI/MISO Z3948-1992, ONORMA1119, and are therefore guaranteed to be age resistant according to current knowledge.

Page 9: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Archival Cartons ��

9

�� Corrugated Polypropylene Archival BoxPEL is pleased to provide you with the latest innovation in archival quality storage- Corrugated Plastic. Corrugated Plastic is a rigid heat resistant, chemically stable copoly-mer of polypropylene and polyethylene.The storage boxes are shipped flat, and snap together using no adhesives. Theycan also be easily disassembled and stored flat, a property that creates a reusablecontainer that is both economical and environmentally friendly. Because thematerial is water repellent, Corrugated Boxes boxes are washable, allowingyou to keep them clean, attractive, and free of damaging dirt and dust. Theability to repel water makes Corrugated Plastic boxes ideal containers forstorage and transportation of objects during inclement conditions. Thesturdiness of the boxes is unmatched. Tests have shown that corru-gated plastic has significantly higher burst, puncture edge and flatcrush properties than B flute fibreboard. Corrugated plastic will notburst on the Mullen Tester.Boxes are available in white with built-in carrying handles and/or pull tabs and a unique design that helps to keep out dirt and dust. The storagecarton is designed to fit our storage rack on pages 202-203. Corrugatedplastic is available in both white and translucent sheets on page 80.Price each.

�� Archival Bulk Storage BoxesOur Perma/Dur® bulk storage boxes provide the verybest protection available when storing albums, boxes,and photographs in envelopes, folders, etc. Available inour standard 15"L x 12"W x 10"H, and a compact 15"Lx 6"W x 10"H model for smaller storage requirements.Both are made of acid-free and lignin-free, virginbleached fibres which have been buffered to protectagainst atmospheric pollutants and neutralise migrantacidity. Constructed with double side walls and bottomsto provide extra stacking strength in pleasing smooth, soilresistant Blue/Grey colour. Ship flat; assemble easily. Price each.

Product Code size (mm) wt Price613-0771 381 x 305 x 254 909g £10.00

Standard Size

Product Code size (mm) wt Price613-1561 381 x 152 x 254 364g £7.50

Compact Size

�� Flat Storage BoxesHeavy duty flat storage boxes can serve a variety of storage needs. Manufactured from either economical acid-free,tan corrugated board or our highest quality acid-free, lignin-free, blue/gray corrugated board with a 3% calcium carbonate buffer added. Both provide convenient, acid-free storage for manuscripts, scrapbooks, files, periodicals orany items requiring a strong, durable box. Shipped flat, these boxes will snap together in seconds without tools, tapeor adhesives. Three convenient sizes. Price each.

Acid-free Tan corrugated boxesProduct Code size (L x W x H) wt Price540-0034 12” x 10.25” x 5” (305 x 260 x 127mm) 409g £5.65540-0036 17.25” x 11” x 5” (438 x 279 x 127mm) 591g £6.65540-0038 20” x 16” x 5” (508 x 406 x 127mm) 773g £8.90

Acid-free, lignen free, Blue/Grey corrugated boxes with 3% calcium carbonate buffer addedProduct Code size (W x L x H) wt Price613-3400 12” x 10.25” x 5” (305 x 260 x 127mm) 409g £11.85613-3600 17.25” x 11” x 5” (438 x 279 x 127mm) 591g £12.40613-3800 20” x 16” x 5” (508 x 406 x 127mm) 773g £15.40

Product Code Description Dimensions wt Price225-0771 Storage Carton 15” x 12” x 10” 545g £7.25

(381 x 305 x 244mm)

LockingTab

See page 50for more flat storage boxes

Page 10: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Labelling TapeRecord the catalogue numbers of your textile collection with permanent, washable ink onthis 100% cotton tape and thenstitch inside your artifact. Tapeaccepts ink well and is perfectfor use with our Pigma Pens

(see page 36). White woven twill fabric is 1" wide and comeson a 72 yard roll. Price per roll.

�� Unbuffered Large Textile Storage BoxesSturdy, durable storage containers are excellent for textiles, costumes, and other materials. Unbuffered, blue/gray exterior and white lignin-free bond interior for complete protection. Reinforced metal edges combine with 1300gsm. boxboard to createa quality stackable box.

Price each.

�� Archival Hat BoxThe difficult task of finding suitable archival storage boxes for vintage hat collections is solved. Our hat boxes are madefrom 1300gsm, blue/gray unbuffered board with rust proofmetal edges for superior support. Each box is 343mm squarex 318mm deep with a telescoping cover which extends64mm down. Price each.

Product Code size (mm) wt Price736-5000 343 x 318 x 343 0.9kg £14.28

See page 174 for Desiccants to Help Control

Moisture and Humidity

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price736-0775 30” x 18” x 6” (762 x 457 x 152mm) 1.64kg £16.95736-3024 30” x 24” x 5” (762 x 610 x 127mm) 2.41kg £17.65736-4018 40” x 18” x 6” (1016 x 457 x 152mm) 2.77kg £20.65736-6018 60” x 18” x 5” (1524 x 457 x 127mm) 3.36kg £25.85

Product Code size wt Price586-0172 25mm x 66m 0.5kg £15.48

�� Unbuffered Costume/Fabric Box (not shown)Protect and preserve precious or priceless fabrics and costumes with our Unbuffered Costume/Fabric Storage Boxes. Each ismanufactured from our highest grade acid-free, 1300gsm boxboard and features metal edge construction. A white, acid-free,lignin-free, Perma/Dur® bond interior provides additional protection. Shipped fully assembled. Size 41"L x 18"W x 10"H. Price each.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price735-4118B 41” x 18” x 10” (1041 x 457 x 254mm) 4.27kg £27.80

�� Corrugated Textile Storage BoxesManufactured from sturdy, acid-free, lignin-free blue/graycorrugated board, these new Textile Storage Boxes contain a 3% calcium carbonate buffer for additional protection ofcostumes, period clothing, and other fabric items createdfrom cellulosic materials. If storing proteinaceous fabrics, youshould first wrap with an unbuffered interleaving tissue (page85). Each of the two available sizes has a self locking design,half lid, and ships flat to save space and reduce shippingcosts. The generous 6" height allows you to keep fabricsloosely folded.Price per carton of 5 boxes.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price613-3018 30” x 18” x 6” (762 x 457 x 152mm) 7.27kg £112.24613-4018 40” x 18” x 6” (1016 x 457 x 152mm) 9.55kg £126.87

Ship flat for reduced shipping & storage costs.

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 10

�� Textiles Storage

Page 11: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Boxes Archival ��

11

�� Perma/Dur® Pamphlet FilesOur exclusive Perma/Dur® Pamphlet Files are set up and ready to use with no folding or bending. Made of 1300gsm Blue-Gray Perma/Dur® board, they are assembled with durablemetal edges to withstand heavy use. For A4 size we recommend 735-1210.Price each.

�� Economical Acid-Free Shelf FilesOur economically priced shelf files are made of extra strong, acid-free 600gsm test corrugatedboard. These long lasting kraft coloured files provide an inexpensive method of storing and organising magazines, pamphlets, manuals, etc. Large pressure sensitive labels are suppliedwith each package. Price per package of 12.

540-0863 size: 8"H x 3"W x 6"D, for storing digest magazines, small pamphlets, photos and booklets.

540-0950 size: 9-1/2"H x 4"W x 9"D, for storing digests, pamphlets, small manuals,brochures, etc.

540-1275 size: 12-3/4"H x 4"W x 10-3/4"D, for storing popular size magazines, letter size files and papers, folders, large pamphlets, and envelopes.

540-1411 size: 14"H x 3" W x 11"D, for storing larger magazines, legal size file folders and envelopes.

Product Code size (H x L x W) size (mm) wt Price735-9630 9” x 6” x 3” 229 x 152 x 76 136g £3.78735-9830 9” x 8” x 3” 229 x 204 x 76 136g £3.80735-1103 11” x 10” x 3.5” 279 x 254 x 89 182g £3.30735-1210 12” x 10” x 3.5” 304 x 254 x 89 190g £3.75

Product Code size (mm) wt Price540-0863 204 x 76 x 152 (8” x 3” x 6”) 1.05kg £20.95540-0950 241 x 102 x 229 (9.5” x 4” x 9”) 1.82kg £21.85540-1275 324 x 102 x 273 (12.75” x 4” x 10.75”) 2.45kg £25.45540-1411 356 x 76 x 279 (14” x 3” x 11”) 2.45kg £19.61

�� Hinged Lid Pamphlet BoxStore your pamphlets and magazines in these sturdy pamphlet boxes to protect them from damaging dust and light. Made of heavy 1.5mm buffered blue-grey board with metal reinforced edges for added strength. Price each.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price735-5710 5” x 7” x 10” (127 x 178 x 254mm) 0.41kg £5.10

�� Perma/Dur® Telescoping Storage BoxesThese acid-free Perma/Dur® telescoping boxes offer excellent storage for a wide range of small objects. Reinforced edges and basic strength permits boxes to be stacked. 1524micron Perma/Dur® board buffered for an alkaline reserve with blue-grey exterior and whitelignin-free bond interior. Price each.

Product Code size (H x W x L) wt Price736-1253 3.125” x 5.125” x 12” (79 x 130 x 305mm) 0.32kg £4.95736-1264 4.125” x 6.125” x 12” (105 x 156 x 305mm) 0.41kg £5.50736-1285 5.125” x 8.125” x 12” (130 x 206 x 305mm) 0.50kg £5.90

Page 12: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 12

�� Roll Storage

�� Heavy Duty Roll Storage TubesAcid-free and lignin-free tubes made of our strong, bleached,non-bleeding tan fibre stock. This represents an improvedproduct over tubes with inner cores of kraft and other soft orweak fibres. Large Diameter Tubes have a 6" inside diameterfor special storage requirements. You can either wrap largeritems around a single tube for storage or wind smaller itemsonto our 3" diameter tubes and nest these inside the 6" tube.

Product Code wall thickness inside diameter length wt Price017-3161 5mm 76mm (3ft) 0.92m 9.55kg £151.70017-3162 5mm 76mm (4ft) 1.22m 12.73kg £187.70017-3163 5mm 76mm (6ft) 1.83m 20.00kg £259.95

Inside diameter 3”. Price per carton of 10 tubes

Product Code wall thickness inside diameter length wt Price017-6003 10mm 152mm (3ft) 0.92m 4.10kg £69.30017-6004 10mm 152mm (4ft) 1.22m 5.00kg £84.40017-6006 10mm 152mm (6ft) 1.83m 6.82kg £123.50

Inside diameter 6”. Price per carton of 2 tubes

Product Code Description wt Price777-1000 (3”) 76mm 20 caps per package 182g £9.85777-1001 (6”) 152mm 2 caps per package 91g £4.04

Tube plugs. Price per package.

�� A. Corrugated Roll Storage BoxesThe design of these new Roll Storage Boxes allows you toplace maps, blue prints, charts, textiles, and other large format items in roll form easily inside without the risk of damage that end-opening boxes can cause. These acid-free,sturdy, blue corrugated boxes are buffered with 3% calciumcarbonate and open on long top dimension to allow ease ofplacement and removal of items. The generous 6" x 6" x 43" length can accommodate a large variety of products.Available in single units or in cartons of six. Wt. per box: 682g

�� B. Perma/Dur® Roll Storage BoxesRoll Storage Boxes for acid-free storage of rolled items.Excellent for blueprints and maps. Made of 60-point greybuffered Perma/Dur® board, with white lignin-free bondinterior. Fastened with metal edges for stacking strength andvermin resistance. The box is 4" square by 30" long. Sold inmultiples of 6. Weight: 410g. Price per pack of 6.

�� C. Expandable Tube Storage SystemDurable, lightweight, grey polypropylene tubing safeguardsmaps, prints, charts, and textiles. Three part construction,end cap, base tube and middle section (spacer). The tube canbe lengthened with additional 12” spacers to the requiredlength simply adding a middle section spacer and screw onthe end cap. The tubes provide a tight, water resistant, ultraviolet light proof and dust free protection. Tubes come withend cap 26.625” (676mm) in length, middle section/spacerare 12” (305mm) long.Price each. See page 8 & 12 for other roll storage boxes.

Product Code Disc size (mm) Price613-66431 single 152 x 152 x 1092 £24.75613-66436 pk of 6 152 x 152 x 1092 £92.15

Product Code size Price777-4430 102 x 102 x 762mm £95.76

Product Code size wt Price428-2012 89mm x 676mm 364g £9.40

Base tube & end cap428-0812 89mm x 305mm 364g £3.95

Middle section/spacer

A.

C.

B.

Page 13: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Roll Boxes ��

13

�� B. Tyvek Map & Banner SleevesTyvek is already used in a number of conservation storagemethods especially textiles and paper. This protective mater-ial has high tensile/tear strength in all directions because itsconstituent fibres are spun-bonded. The relatively slick surface is a further barrier and prevents fragile maps snagging. Most professional conservators are well aware ofthe benefits of Tyvek. This is the reason why we have introduced these map and banner sleeves. Available in twowidths in 25 metre rolls, simply cut the sleeve to the lengthyou require. The open ends can be sealed in our Crossweldsealing machine, stitched or tied with our cotton tape.

Product Code Size Diameter Price428-1200 120mm x 25m 76mm (3”) £31.75428-2400 240mm x 25m 152mm (6”) £44.50

Product Code Size Price735-1059 1059 x 102 x 102mm (41.7” x 4” x 4”) £9.95735-7620 762 x 102 x 102mm (30” x 4” x 4”) £7.95

�� C. Triangular Roll StorageMoisture resistant coated B-Flute corrugated storage boxesare new to our roll storage range of boxes. The boxes are manufactured from acid-free, lignin-free corrugated boardthat is buffered for a pH of approximately 8.5. These boxesship and store flat so you can save money on space. Theirtriangular shape prevents them from rolling off the shelf.Price each.

Product Code Size (L x W X H mm) Wt Price156-5245 127 x 127 x 619 500g £8.54156-6386 152 x 152 x 965 600g £10.77156-6496 127 x 127 x 1244 770g £13.64

�� A. Roll Storage BoxThese acid-free boxes are of a high conservation standard with a clean attractive appearance. The boxes are shipped flat andtake up the minimum of storage space. Once ready to assemble they have easy to use self-locking tabs with a high quality professional finish. The material is identical to the clamshell boxes shown on page 8 and match the same design. The full depthtwo piece separate lid gives strong dust free storage for various rolled items. In the picture we have shown tape being used, thisis to enable heavy rolls to be lifted out of the box without damage (see page 111 for suitable archival cotton tapes).

�� D. Map & Banner BagsA range of protective stitched calico bags with cotton tapepull strings. These soft breathable bags are used to protectrolled tithe maps, plans and banners. Can be washed butshould not be tumble dried. Width: 9.5” (241mm). Diameter approx 155mm.

Product Code size Price428-0036 36” (914mm) £4.70428-0042 42” (1067mm) £4.95428-0048 48” (1219mm) £5.10428-0062 62” (1575mm) £5.40428-0072 72” (1829mm) £5.70428-0084 84” (2134mm) £6.25428-0096 96” (2438mm) £7.95

A.

B.

C.

D.

Page 14: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 14

�� Boxes Binders & Folders

�� Perma/Dur® Sheet Music FoldersThese generous 11-3/4” x 15-1/4” Perma/Dur® Sheet MusicFolders are ideal for the protection and support of sheetmusic and small scores. Eachfolder is manufactured from225gsm. acid-free folder stock that is buffered with 3% calci-

um carbonate for additional protection against air born pollutants. Folders fit nicely in our drop front storage box 733-1215 found on page 6.Price per package of 25 folders.

Product Code size (mm) wt Price701-1115 298 x 387 1.10kg £17.57

�� Binder/FoldersUse these acid-free binder folders for protective covering andhousing of textbooks with detached or damaged covers, and to isolate covers with severe red rot. Manufactured from 1000gsm. acid-free and lignin-free board and scored to accommodate several spine widths up to 32mm. An economical alternative to phase boxes. Secure with whitecotton tying tape (page 37). A variety of sizes are offered toaccommodate various size books. Scores are parallel to theshort dimension. Price per package of 10.

Product Code size (opened flat) Price801-9512 241 x 311mm £12.53801-1015 267 x 400mm £18.41801-1119 298 x 502mm £20.24

�� Drop Front Storage Boxes - With Matt Black ExteriorOur acid-free, drop front, storage boxes have an elegant, matt black exterior preferred by artistsand photographers. The interior is white and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for additionalprotection from airborne pollutants. These boxes are manufactured with heavyweight boardand feature black, metal edge corners to provide sturdiness. A full telescoping lid provides protection while the drop front allows easy access. Price each.

Product Code holds actual size Price733-2008 8” x 10” 266 x 216 x 76mm £4.95733-2009 9” x 12” 317 x 241 x 76mm £5.50733-2011 11” x 14” 292 x 381 x 76mm £6.50733-2014 14” x 18” 368 x 467 x 76mm £8.90733-2015 14.75” x 10” 380 x 266 x 76mm £8.95733-2016 16” x 20” 419 x 520 x 76mm £11.50733-2022 22” x 30” 584 x 787 x 76mm £16.95Drop front on one (long) side.

White Interior is buffered for added protection from airborne pollutants

Page 15: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Archival Photo & Print Boxes ��

15

�� Lipped Clamshell BoxesThese attractive black book cloth covered boxes are specially manufactured for PEL. The bookcloth is durable, washable and entirely suited to this product.

The boxes are ideal for special collections and are archival quality. Available in two standardsizes both 60mm deep to store mounted or unmounted prints.

Lipped clamshell boxes have a book like luxurious appearance and are competitively priced forsuch quality, making them affordable for most collections.

Product Code size (holds) wt Price614-0013 13” x 11.4” x 2.36” (330 x 290 x 60mm) 1kg £35.95614-0020 20” x 16.14” x 2.36” (510 x 410 x 60mm) 2.2kg £55.95

See page 31 for 4 hole boxbinder polyester pages

Special size are available in minimums of 10 boxes

�� PEL® 4 Ring BoxBinderThis archival quality, BoxBinder is manufactured using heavy duty, acid-free Board. The outerlayer is covered with an elegant, yet durable, high grade bookcloth to help repel dust, dirt and fingerprints. The interior is lined with black, acid-free, paper. Four 38mm D Rings are incorporated to secure the special 4-hole polyester pocket pages below. the standard 4 ringscan be used for most 4 ring album pages. Inside dimensions: 330mmH x 287mmW x 60mmD.

Product Code size Price Each507-PBP1 330mm x 287mm x 60mm £35.65

Page 16: Catalog PEL 2010

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 16

�� Photo Files Storage Boxes

�� Infinity Archival Photo Files™Our best acid-free and lignin-free Infinity Archival Photo Files™ meet museum standards for safe photographic storage. Files contain calcium carbonate to absorb migrant acidity fromthe atmosphere or from handling. Also included are 25 acid-free envelopes, an index,polypropylene negative sleeves and a label. Manufactured from a 1300gsm. thick tan archivalboard, Infinity Archival Photo Files™ are covered with attractive faux leather and reinforcedwith stylish metal edges for superior stacking strength. Generous size holds up to 1,000 3.5 x 5, 4 x 6, or 5 x 7 photos and negatives. There is no better long term storage at any price.

Please add -56 (Ruby), -57 (Royal Blue), -58 (Ivy), -09 (Chestnut), or -33 (Black) to cat numberlisted in chart. Colours may be assorted for best quantity price. Price each.

Product Code size Price462-5059 7.87” x 10.87” (200 x 276mm) £25.37Extra envelopes - Package of 25Product Code size Price670-4757 4” x 6” (102 x 152mm) £3.95

�� Drop Front Print Storage BoxesMuseum quality boxes provide safe archival storage of photographs and prints. These durableboxes protect your valuable items from atmospheric contaminants, pollution, dust, and dirt, andhelp moderate changes in humidity and temperature. Ideal storage for prints, music sheets,pamphlets and more. Available in solid tan 1000gsm. acid-free and lignin-free unbufferedboard. The boxes have a fully telescoping lid, a drop front for easy access and a reinforcedmetal edge for added strength and stackability. An excellent choice when storing prints on ashelf. Note: we suggest unmounted photos and prints be placed in envelopes or interleavedwith unbuffered tissue before placement in the box. Price each.

Lignin-Free Unbuffered Tan 40pt (1000gsm)Product Code size (W x D x H) wt (kg) Price799-1081 10.5” x 8.5” x 1.5” (267 x 216 x 38mm) 0.273 £6.55799-1511 15.5” x 11.5” x 1.5” (394 x 292 x 38mm) 0.455 £8.95799-1841 18.5” x 14.5” x 1.5” (470 x 368 x 38mm) 0.364 £9.30

�� Negative Storage KitEach kit contains enough fine archival quality materials to help you organise and store hundredsof 35mm negatives in 6-frame strips. Clear sleeves of 3-mil polypropylene protect your negativesfrom dust, dirt and fingerprints while paper sleeves provide extra protection and a means to recordindexing information. Kit includes: Unbuffered, 1000gsm. lignin-free, hinged lid file box; 50 clearpolypropylene negative strips that open wide for easy insertion of negative strips and then sealwith a fold-over top; 50 paper sleeves of 225gsm. unbuffered paper and a foil-backed label foridentifying contents of box. Box dimensions: 264 x 149 x 114mm H, (inside dimensions.)

Product Code Description wt Price799-1056 Negative storage kit 773g £33.85487-1490 Extra package of 50 polypropylene strips 90g £13.45313-1043 Extra package of 50 paper sleeves 364g £15.95799-5610 Box only 180g £4.45

See page 6 for additional sizes.

Page 17: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com

Print & Negatives Storage ��

17

�� Print/Negative Storage Kits (right)These kits are designed to provide an inexpensive archivally safe method to store, index and preserve your negatives and prints. Protects them from dust, dirt and handling while providing anacid-free, lignin-free professional environment. Storage Kit includes: 100 (50 micron) Mylar®sleeve protectors; 100 Perma/Dur® thumb cut envelopes; 100 (25 x 50mm) foil back acid-freewhite labels to index envelopes and one 127mm deep tan, acid-free, lignin-free storage box madeof sturdy, unbuffered 100gsm board with reinforced metal edges. Price each.

Product Code neg/print size wt Price778-2000 102 x 127mm 1.00kg £45.43

778-3000 127 x 178mm 1.86kg £59.47

778-4000 203 x 254mm 7.5kg £90.22

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

�� B. Polyethylene Negative & Print EnvelopesHigh density, transparent, matte 50 micron polyethylene negative and print envelopes have a thumb cut for easy access.Although these envelopes do not have the clarity or rigidity of our highest quality archival polyester sleeves and envelopes, theydo provide an inexpensive solution to large collection storage. Envelopes may be written on with our film-marking pens (pg 17).Envelopes are sealed on three sides.

Product Code Negative/Print Format Envelope size wt pkg Price889-00635 60mm x 70mm 2.75” x 3.125” (70 x 79mm) 0.05kg 100 £8.92889-00640 2.25” x 3.25” 2.75” x 3.625” (70 x 92mm) 0.05kg 100 £9.20889-00650 3.25” x 4.25” 3.625” x 4.75” (92 x 121mm) 0.18kg 100 £9.66889-00660 4” x 5” 4.25” x 5.25” (108 x 131mm) 0.23kg 100 £10.65889-00670 5” x 7” 5.25” x 7.375” (133 x 187mm) 0.32kg 100 £13.27889-00680 8” x 10” 8.25” x 10.375” (210 x 264mm) 0.27kg 50 £14.34*889-00740 11” x 14” 11.25” x 14.25” (286 x 362mm) 0.23kg 20 £12.39*889-00750 16” x 20” 16.5” x 20.5” (419 x 521mm) 0.45kg 20 £20.36*889-00760 20” x 24” 20.5” x 24.5” (521 x 622mm) 0.68kg 20 £31.23

�� A. Clear Polyester Photo/Negative EnvelopesCrystal clear, polyester photo or negative envelopes provide excellent protection during handling and storage. The transparentpolyester material makes viewing possible without removing the item from the envelope. This prevents scratching, oily fingerprints and physical damage to old or brittle prints. The film itself will not interact with the print and will help prevent adjacent items from chemically interacting with the photo or negative image. Envelopes are sealed on three sides with our “thermo-weld” process for lasting protection. All envelopes are open on the first dimension listed. Envelopes may be marked withour film marking pen (page 63) or our foil back labels (pg 64). Price per pack of 10. See page 43 for many other sizes.

Product Code fits up to actual size wt Price565-2726 4” x 5” (107 x 132mm) 0.05kg £3.50565-4060 4” x 6” (108 x 159mm) 0.14kg £3.75565-2728 5” x 7” (132 x 183mm) 0.14kg £3.95565-2732 8” x 10” (203 x 254mm) 0.32kg £5.75565-1114 11” x 14” (285 x 360mm) 0.41kg £8.50

B.

A.

* Open on long side

�� Unbuffered Perma/Dur® Negative EnvelopesSturdy Perma/Dur® Unbuffered Negative Envelopes are ideal for storage of negatives and photographs. On the recommendation of several photographic archivists, we have changed the seam design and added a new style without a thumb cut. The new side seam construction allows even stacking and filing, and prevents marring of the negative or photo within due to too much weight or pressure. Manufactured from a lignin-free ivory stockwith a pH of approximately 7.0 and a high alpha cellulose content. Seams are fastened with aneutral pH adhesive. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes.

Thumb Cut No Thumb Cut size (mm) (inches) Price800-4558 800-4558NC 111 x 137 4.375 x 5.375 £21.95800-4363 800-4363NC 111 x 162 4.375 x6.375 £24.70800-5378 800-5378NC 137 x 187 5.375 x 7.375 £28.30– 800-8060 222 x 172 8.75 x 6.75 £28.35– 800-6050 172 x 127 6.75 x 5 £21.95800-8210 800-8210NC 216 x 267 8.5 x 10.5 £42.00Price per pack of 50800-4388 800-4388NC 292 x 368 11.5 x 14.5 £43.95

Page 18: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 18

�� Storage Negatives & Envelopes

�� A. Negative BoxesThese fully telescoping, drop-front boxes have been designed specifically to house negatives inour four-flap enclosures. Constructed of acid-free, lignin-free 1000gsm unbuffered tan boardwith metal reinforced edges for extra strength and stackability. The boxes are correctly sized tofit our four-flap negative enclosures for a firm fit and added protection for film or glass platenegatives. The drop-front design assures easy accessibility. Price each.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price799-7251 7.25” x 5.25” x 2.06” (184 x 133 x 52mm) 1.00kg £3.15

�� B. Four Flap Negative EnclosuresThese unbuffered enclosures are an excellent choice for the storage of either standard negative film or glass plate negatives. These enclosures are made of our exclusive Perma/Dur®paper which is a lignin-free paper of high alpha cellulose content with excellent folding properties. The design of the enclosure allows the negative to be encased on all four sides,assuring the uniform pressure which is so important with glass negatives. Multiple scores easilyaccommodate glass plate negatives. These enclosures can be supplied on special order withcalcium carbonate buffered Perma/Dur® ledger or in special sizes for large plate glass or filmnegatives. Please call our customer service department for pricing. Price per package of 50.

Product Code size wt Price727-3046 3.06” x 4.06” x 0.06” (78 x 103 x 1.58mm) 0.409kg £19.70727-4050 4.06” x 5.06” (103 x 129mm) 0.636kg £20.59727-4056 4.06” x 5.06” x 0.06” (103 x 129 x 1.58mm) 0.636kg £20.59727-4058 4.06” x 5.06” x 0.125” (103 x 129 x 3.18mm) 0.636kg £20.59727-4066 4.06” x 6.06” (103 x 154mm) 0.636kg £24.50727-5070 5.06” x 7.06” (129 x 179mm) 1.00kg £31.37727-5076 5.06” x 7.06” x 0.06” (129 x 179 x 1.58mm) 1.36kg £31.37727-5078 5.06” x 7.06” x 0.125” (129 x 179 x 3.18mm) 1.36kg £31.37727-6080 6.06” x 8.56” x 0.125” (154 x 217 x 3.18mm) 1.36kg £37.37727-6989 6.56” x 8.56” x 0.06” (167 x 217 x 1.58mm) 1.36kg £37.37727-8010 8.06” x 10.06” (205 x 256mm) 1.36kg £42.97727-8016 8.06” x 10.06” x 0.06” (205 x 256 x 1.58mm) 2.45kg £42.97727-8018 8.06” x 10.06” x 0.125” (205 x 256 x 3.18mm) 1.36kg £42.97C. Four Flap Lanternslide Envelopes Pack 100727-33316 3.31” x 3.31” x 0.18” (84 x 84 x 4.75mm) 0.455kg £19.36

�� Mylar® Lantern Slide EnvelopesNow there is a protective polyester enclosure specially sized foryour lantern slides. Heavy archival quality 75 micron archivalpolyester construction provides protection from handling and atmospheric pollutants while allowing you to see the image.Each envelope is sealed on 3 sides, with our thermo-weldprocess. Sized to hold American-style 83 x 102 x 4.76mmlantern slides. Price per package of 10.

Product Code size Price565-33316 4.5” x 3.625” (114 x 92mm) £2.97

Four Flap Negative Enclosures Proper storage of your glass plates and plastic supported film in our Four-Flap Enclosures and Archival Storage Boxes will not only provide addedphysical protection but will appreciably enhance the lifespan of the image itself. We recommend the following simple guidelines when using theFour-Flap Enclosures:

• Plastic supported film should be placed in our single creased four flap enclosures.• Gelatin glass plates should be placed in our double creased 1/16" four flap enclosures.• Collodion glass plates should be placed in our double creased 1/8" four flap enclosures.

note: Glass plate and plastic supported artifacts should be placed in the enclosure emulsion side down. Store paper and metal artifacts withemulsion side up with a sheet of interleaving tissue, cut to size, placed over them prior to closing the enclosure. (See “B”).

A.

B.

C.

�� Lantern Slide BoxThis short lid box is designed to store lantern glass slides (canalso be used for glass negatives). Constructed from acid-freeand lignin free unbuffered tan board of an exceptional high qualityto ensure the best archival storage for rare valuable collections.

Product Code size Price799-0403 4.5” x 3.75” x 5”H £4.95

(114mm x 95mm x 127mmH)

Feel free to browse our website at:www.preservationequipment.com

Page 19: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 19

A. Sides fold down for easy access

B. Upright clamshell

C. Short Lid

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price799-5745 7.75” x 5.75” x 4.5” (197 x 146 x 114mm) 0.27kg £6.15799-8104 10.75” x 8.75” x 4.5” (273 x 222 x 114mm) 0.41kg £8.55

�� A. “Drop Side” Negative/Print Storage BoxesNegative/print storage boxes designed with a “drop-side” allowing easyaccess to negatives or prints which are stored flat. Each box is large enoughto accommodate negatives or prints in a variety of envelopes as shown on page 38 and 45. If you are storing prints without an envelope, we recommend interleaving with our unbuffered photographic interleaving sheets shown on page 87. These boxes are made of our 1000gsm. unbuffered tan lignin-free and acid-free board with metal reinforced edges for extra strength and stackability. Boxes present an excellent method for storing your negatives and prints on standard size shelving. Price each.

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price799-0455 5.75” x 5” x 4.75” (146 x 127 x 121mm) 0.09kg £6.45799-6343 6.75” x 5” x 4.75” (172 x 127 x 121mm) 0.09kg £3.65799-0575 7.75” x 5” x 5.75” (197 x 127 x 146mm) 0.14kg £4.97799-0815 10.75” x 5” x 8.75” (273 x 127 x 222mm) 0.18kg £7.25

�� B. “Clamshell Lid” Negative/Print Storage BoxesStore negatives and prints in a minimal amount of space in drawers or on shelves, with these sturdy museum quality clamshell boxes. They will help protect your negative and print collection from the atmospheric contaminants of pollution, dust, and dirt and also help moderate changes in temperature and humidity. Boxes are made of our solid 1000gsm. tan lignin-free and acid-free unbuffered board and have metal reinforced edges for added strength.We recommend placing your negatives or prints into an acid free envelope before placing inthe box. This provides protection from handling and prevents chemical reactions betweenunprotected items. Pre-made kits are available, see page 45.Price each.

Product Code holds size (L x W x H) wt Price799-0405 4” x 5” 12” x 5.75” x 4.5” (305 x 146 x 114) 0.18kg £7.65799-6412 4” x 6” 12” x 6.75” x 4.75” (305 x 172 x 121) 0.23kg £5.75799-0507 5” x 7” 12” x 7.75” x 5.5” (305 x 197 x 140) 0.27kg £6.80799-8010 8” x 10” 12” x 10.625” x 8.625” (305 x 270 x 220) 0.41kg £8.30

�� C. “Short Lid” Negative/Print Envelope BoxesShort lid archivally safe boxes made specifically for the bulk storage of negatives and prints.Manufactured of the same museum quality lignin-free and acid-free unbuffered 1000gsm. tanboard as our clamshell negative/print boxes. These boxes are 305mm long and have a 38mmhigh “short” lid for quick and easy access. All boxes are metal edge reinforced for addedstrength and stackability and are ideal for storing negatives and prints on shelves. As always,we recommend that negatives and prints be placed in envelopes prior to placement in the box.This provides protection from handling and helps prevent possible chemical reaction betweenunprotected items.Price each.

Print & Negative Storage ��

�� Oversize Photo Storage BoxesWhen you love to take pictures but can’t seem to find the time to organise and storethem properly, these sturdy acid-free storagecontainers provide a quick, convenientmethod of assuring your photographs are kept in safe conditions while they awaityour special attention. Each box has four internal sections and is available with orwithout 50 archival photo organiser envelopes to protect your photos and negatives.Metal edge reinforced corners on attractive burgundy board provide plenty of stacking strength. Designed to hold 1700 photos up to 4" x 6" and their negatives. Size is 395mm w x 305mm d x 127mm h.

Product Code Description Price613-1512 BUR Photo Storage Box w/o envelopes £21.95613-1512 EBUR Photo Storage Box w50 envelopes £30.56670-4757 Extra Envelopes Pack 25 £3.95

Page 20: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 20

�� Storage Microfilm

Helpful Hint… Photo Activity TestIn addition to the testing performed in our ownplant, University Products also relies on the ImagePermanence Institute to conduct the PhotoActivity Test (P.A.T.) on all relative paper products.The P.A.T. was developed by the ANSI to evaluatethe safety of paper intended to come in contactwith photographic materials. This testing assuresyou that our materials are the highest qualityavailable. For more information on the PhotoActivity Test, see our free literature section.

�� A. Microfiche Storage BoxesConstructed of our acid-free and lignin-free unbuffered tanboard, these boxes have passed the “Photographic ActivityTest,” assuring you that this box is safe for long-term archivalstorage of microfiche. Inside box dimensions are 100mmH x156mmW x 111mmL. One piece construction and metal-rein-forced edges for strength and durability. Price each.

Product Code wt Price799-6443 136g £3.70

�� B. Large Capacity Microfiche BoxAn easy-access, large capacity “shoe-box” style box for the safe storage of your microfiche files. Each box is made of our 40point, unbuffered, tan, acid-free, lignin-free board with metal-reinforced edges for added strength and stackability. The boardused in the manufacture of this box has passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for long-term archival storage. Boxes are high enough to allow a storage and retrieval system using our divider indexing guides (Cat. No. 228-5400 or 228-5500) and designed to fit any standard size microfiche envelope.Price per box.

Product Code size (H x W x L) wt Price799-5612 127 x 159 x 305mm 500g £6.25

�� C. Microfiche Indexing Storage BoxA microfiche storage box high enough to allow a storage and retrieval system using our divider indexing guides. This unbuffered,acid-free, lignin-free, tan box is made of one piece construction with metal-reinforced edges. The board used in this box haspassed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for long-term archival storage. Fits any standardacid-free microfiche envelope and our acid-free microfiche divider guides (Cat. No. #228-5400 or #228-5500). Each box holdsapproximately 225 fiche in envelopes and twelve guides. Size: 127H x 159W x 127mmL. Price each.

Product Code wt Price799-0565 136g £4.95

�� Acid-Free Microfiche EnvelopesAcid-free microfiche envelopes protect fiche from potential damage which may occur fromacidic paper. Fiche envelopes have high throat and closed end. Overall size: 82 x 156mm.

(3.25”H x 6.125” W).Price per box of 500.

�� Microfiche Divider GuidesFull cut or half cut guides for easy division of microfiche. Overall size is 121mmH x 152mmW (4.75” x 6”). Light Tan acid-free stock. Price per package of 50.

Product Code description wt Price228-5400 half-cut 364g £15.26228-5500 full-cut 409g £12.56

Product Code wt Price570-8700 1.68kg £15.76

A.

B.C.

Microfilm Storage Cabinets are available on page 196

�� Micro Film ViewerA convenient handy viewer for reading aperturecard, microfiche and X-ray film. Magnification 8xwith a 24mm field of view.

Product Code Wt Price886-2026 92g £71.50

Page 21: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Microfilm Storage ��

21

D.

E.

�� D. Microfilm CasesThis sturdy metal reinforced edged box, made of our tan lignin-free boxboard, was designed tohold both 16mm and 35mm boxes shown at right. Hinged lid and drop front provide easyaccess to individual boxes so unit is ideal for shelf storage of microfilm. The unbuffered boardused in the manufacture of these boxes has passed the “Photographic Activity Test” assuringyou that these boxes are safe for long term archival storage.Price each.

Holds 6 35mm boxes 10 .625”L x 4.125”W x 4.125”H (270 x 105 x 105mm)Product Code wt Price799-1044 273g £4.95

Holds 7 35mm boxes 13”L x 4.125”W x 4.125”H (329 x 105 x 105mm)Product Code wt Price799-1244 273g £7.15

�� E. Archival Microfilm Storage Boxes for 35mm & 16mmMade of our sturdy tan acid-free and lignin-free board, these boxes will stand up under rigorous use and are metal-edged for long life. This unbuffered box board is made from highly purified fibres which will not tarnish. The board used in the manufacture of these boxes has passed the “Photographic Activity Test,” assuring you that these boxes are safe for long-term archival storage.Price per 100.

35mm 3.75”L x 3 .75”W x 1.5”H (95 x 95 x 40mm)Product Code wt Price799-3310 5.73kg £149.90

16mm 3.75”L x 3 .75”W x 0.75”H (95 x 95 x 19mm)Product Code wt Price799-3312 5.73kg £151.95

Product Code film box size Price507-2221 35mm 4” x 1.75” x 4” (100 x 45 x 104mm) £62.33507-2224 16mm 4” x 1.125” x 4” (100 x 29 x 104mm) £45.43

�� Infinity™ Microfilm Reel Storage BoxesTo assure the quality of the Microfilm Storage boxes we provide, University Products is offeringits own line of boxes for microfilm storage. Both the 16mm and 35mm size boxes are constructed of a high quality, acid-free (pH 8.5 +/- .5) and lignin-free board that is bufferedwith 3% calcium carbonate to help prevent microblemishes (also known as measles). Theboxes fold flat for shipping and storing then pop together easily when you are ready to use.There is no better box of its kind on the market. Imprinting available, please call for quotation.Price per package of 100.

�� Mylar Covers for Microscope SlidesThese sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captiveflap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm) glass slides. Being glassclear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust andfingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomologyat The Natural History Museum in London, who kindly allowedus to use the picture.Price per 1000.

217-8032 Price £115.85

�� Microfilm Reel Identification TagsThese Button & String Reel I.D. tags are a safe and effective means of preventing the unraveling of your valuable microfilm. Acid-free Perma/Dur tags help prevent damaging dustand light from reaching your film while providing you with space for numbering or recordingspecific information about each particular reel. Available for both 16mm and 35mm microfilm.Price per package of 100 tags.

Product Code film type wt Price721-1137 35mm 1.375” x 12.5” (35 x 318mm) 273g £35.70721-1138 16mm 0.625” x 12.5” (16 x 318mm) 182g £31.45

Page 22: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 22

�� Polypropylene CD CasesDust, grime and environmental pollution are often the greatest threat to your audio/visual collections. Protect your CDs by storing them in these long-lasting polypropylene cases.Polypropylene is an inert, non-reactive plastic suitable for long-term, dust-free storage of mediaof all types. Original polystyrene “jewel boxes” often crack or break at the hinge after only oneor two openings, but the hinges on these cases are flexible and will withstand hundreds ofopenings. Translucent cases allow a visual check of the contents without having to open them.Size (W x H x D): 59/16" x 47/8" x 7/16". Price each.

Product Code size wt Price549-6424 141mm x 124mm x 11mm 22g £2.45

�� CD Storage BoxesMake the most of your shelf space while at the same time, protecting your CDs from dust, dirt andenvironmental pollutants. Both of these boxes store up to 30 CDs and accompanying literature ineither the original jewel cases or our polypropylene replacement cases (see above). Constructed of60 pt. lignin-free tan board that has a smooth, low-dust surface. Lids are 2" (50mm) deep. Choosethe portrait version that allows you to read titles on standard CDs, or the landscape version thatleaves room for divider guides (sold separately). Divider guides allow you to identify and divide yourcollections within the box. Please note: Divider guides are not compatible with 800-5512.

Product Code size wt PriceA. 800-5512 12” x 5.125” x 5.625” (portrait) 273g £6.95A. 800-1255 12” x 5.875” x 5.5” (landscape) 273g £6.62B. 800-1255DIV 5.5” x 5.875” x 5.625” (10 pack) 273g £6.80

�� C. CD Spacer BoardsSpacer boards will keep the CDs upright in their box. Each board is made of lignin-free, bufferedcorrugated board. Boards are 5-1/2" high and 19-3/4" long with scores at each end. 5 pack.

Product Code wt Price613-5519 273g £7.95

A.

B.

C.

�� Compact Disc Identification LabelsCD Labels feature high tack, acid-free permanent acrylic adhesive. The white, smudge proof labelshave a foil backing to protect from bleed through of the adhesive. Note: If you are holding CDs forpermanent retention, the circle labels for the CD may not be advised. Fan-folded, 200 labels perpackage. Price per package.

Product Code description Price387-0730 Circles label 1.5” diameter (38mm) £4.95387-1730 Jewel box spine 0.25” x 4.625” (6.35mm x 118mm) £6.61

�� Archivalware® Jewel Case InsertsAn easy-to-use, pressure sensitive disc of Corrosion Intercept® polyethylene film can be placedeasily and permanently into existing jewel cases or envelopes. Featuring Corrosion InterceptTechnology, each 4-1/2” circle of active protection is able to absorb organic gases and acts asa barrier for your music CD’s, computer software or games, photo discs, etc., inside the closedcontainer. Simply adhere Archivalware® Inserts to the side of the jewel case or envelope thatfaces the readable (shiny side without label) side of the CD. Helps preserve all types of compactdiscs from atmospheric gases, mold and mildew, as well as outgassing by the media itself.Inert, acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive holds them in place. Price per package.

Product Code quantity/package wt Price416-1959 10 136g £4.60416-1960 100 1.36kg £35.50

�� Storage CD

Page 23: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Audio & Visual Storage ��

23

�� Compact Disc EnvelopesAcid-free archival quality compact disc storage envelopeswith protective flap. For long term archival care of compactdiscs. Can be used in our CD storage cabinets (see page196) or archival storage box. Designed to house one singleCD with a snug fit to prevent movement inside the envelope.

These sturdy, inexpensive storage envelopes help protect alltypes of compact discs from atmospheric pollutants that can corrode a CD’s important metallic layer. Each acid-freeenvelope is buffered with calcium carbonate to neutralizeacids. The 4.75” x 4.75” enclosure has a 1” flap to keep outdirt and dust. Ideal for all types of CD’s including music,photo, games and software. A great replacement for bulky,fragile jewel cases.Price per pack of 100.

See CD Storage Box opposite which completes the systemproviding a suitable storage for the envelopes, alternativelysee our Multi-Media Archival Cabinets on page 196 for easyaccess of bulk storage of compact discs.

Product Code size Price381-0124 124 x 124 & 25mm flap £12.50

�� B. Perma/Seal® Labels for AngleFlap Pockets and Dividers

Laser or Inkjet printable, these standard 8.5’’ x 11’’ sheets fitnearly all printers. Labels are 0.5’’ high by 4’’ wide and areacid-free with our exclusive foil back and permanent non-yel-lowing acrylic adhesive. 40 labels per page. 5 pages per pack.

Product Code Price387-1735 £6.95

�� C. Style “P” Angle FlapStandard Pockets

The pockets are Manufactured from smooth clear archival4.5 mil polypropylene. The flap is scored for easy tuckinginside. Accommodates CDs, DVDs or booklets up to 5.375’’ x5’’. Overall size is 5.625’’ wide x 5.375’’ high. Flap is 1’’ high.Sold in packages of 10 & 100.

Product Code Size Price416-5585 142mm W x 136mm H £2.10416-5585/100 142mm W x 136mm H £13.65

�� D. Archivalware® PocketsFeaturing Corrosion Intercept® Technology. One side madeof smooth Corrosion Intercept® material and the other side isclear 4.5 mil polyethylene. The flap is scored for easy tuckinginside. It can accommodate CDs, DVDs, ZIP Discs or bookletsup to 5.375” x 5”. Overall size is 5.5” wide x 5.25” high. Flap is1” high. Sold in packages of 10 & 100.

Product Code Size Price416-5555 140mm W x 133mm H £3.10416-5555/100 140mm W x 133mm H £21.98

B.

C.

D.

�� Storage Box for Angle Flap PocketsThis convenient CD Storage Box offers easy access with goodvisibity. It is 10'' deep and holds over 150 CDs with pockets.In addition, 10 handy dividers are included. Boxes are blackoutside and white inside with sturdy metal edges and elegantmetal label holder.

Product Code Price800-5510 £15.25

�� A. Dividers for Angle Flap PocketsDividers for Angle Flap CD Pockets are the same size as thepockets for easy browsing. They may be hand-lettered or youcan use printable Perma/Seal® Labels shown above. Dividersare made of heavy acid-free cardstock for long life. Price for pack of 10 & 100.

Product Code Price800-0505 £4.35800-0505/100 £37.10

A.

Page 24: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 24

�� Introducing archivalware® Preservers with Corrosion Intercept® TechnologyExtend life of your CDs 40+ years!

PEL is pleased to announce that new testing ofLucent Bell Labs’ Corrosion Intercept®Technology indicates substantial increases inCD longevity by storing them in archivalware®enclosures. Recent studies have shown CD life tobe extended from 40 to 120 years. Ozone andreactive oxygen cause the aluminum layer on theCD/DVD to break down. When aluminum in a thin film oxidizes it becomes clear and unable toreflect the laser pulse attempting to read the disc.archivalware® Corrosion Intercept® protectsagainst this failure. The permanent neutralization ofcorrosive gasses also prevents fungus and bacterialgrowth. The unique design of the archivalware® CDPreservers allow full visibility of the face of the CD/DVDwhile protecting the data side of the disc. The clear filmwhich is UV protected will not lift images from the faceof laser or inkjet produced labels. This unique and conve-nient storage system assures you the maximum protection current technology offers.

Product Code description colour Price416-8001 Album, slipcase & 5 pages black £24.15416-8002 Album, slipcase & 5 pages grey £24.15

�� 8-CD Page Storage SystemOur new archivalware® Storage System is comprised of a sturdy 3-Ring Album and amatching Slipcase for easy stacking and light/dust protection. Album has 38mm D-Ringsystem and contains five 8-CD archivalware® Pages. Maximum capacity is 15 pages (120CDs) per album. Overall size is 11-1/4" high x 11-7/8" wide (286 x 302mm).

�� Perma/Dur® CD/DVD AlbumsAvailable in 2 sizes to accommodate either 4-CD or 8-CD pages, Perma/Dur® Albums are archival and made with sturdy acid-free binder board which is covered with Black F Grade library Buckram bookcloth. 1" (25mm) slanted D-rings will accommodate 10 pages. Albums will fit our archivalware® Pages or Standard.

Binder Pages shown on opposite page. The 4-CD album is 11-5/8" high x 7-1/2" wide (295 x 190mm), 8-CD album measures11-5/8" high and 13” wide (295 x 330mm). Price Each

Product Code style size Price463-D4BK 4 page 305 x 190mm £12.80463-D8BK 8 page 305 x 330mm £13.20

Browse our website atwww.preservationequipment.com

�� Disc Storage

Page 25: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Disc Storage ��

25

�� A. Black/Clear Pages for CDsManufactured from clear archival polypropylene on the outsideand black, non-woven polypropylene on the interior whichhelps prevent scratching. These pages provide an economi-cal and safe way to store your compact disc collectionsincluding CDs, DVDs and Photo Discs. Won’t stick to discslike vinyl pages. Unique “steerhead” design holds discs firmly in place. Choose either the 4-disc page (two on eachside) or 8-disc page (four on each side). Price per package of 10 pages.

Product Code description Price416-0204 4 disc (146 x 257mm) £3.90416-0408 8 disc (273 x 257mm) £4.38

�� B. archivalware® Pages for CDsFeaturing Corrosion Intercept® TechnologyCreated specifically to protect the delicate metal layer of compact discs from degradation, these pages actively protectthe digital images and information stored on CDs from oxidationcaused by damaging gasses in the atmosphere. Choose eitherthe 4-disc page (two on each side) measuring 5-3/4" x 10-1/8"or 8-disc page (four on each side) measuring 10-3/4" x 10-1/8". Corresponding albums are sold separately. Price per package of 5 pages.

Product Code description Price416-8004 4 disc (146 x 257mm) £3.95416-8008 8 disc (273 x 257mm) £4.95

�� C. DVD Storage Page with Literature PocketFeaturing Corrosion Intercept® Technology. Ensure the longevity of your movie library witharchivalware® DVD Storage pages. The copper colored Corrosion Intercept® inner layer helpsneutralize gasses that can adversely affect the metallic layer of your disc, causing a loss of datathat renders the disc unplayable. Unlike standard DVD cases and pages, the archivalware® pagesactively protect the disc’s delicate surface. Each 9-1/4" x 11-3/8" page holds two discs (one oneach side) and the accompanying literature. The pages fit any standard three-ring binder or album,and allow you to quickly flip through and locate your movie of choice. A 7-1/2" x 5-1/8" upperpocket holds standard DVD literature while the 5-1/4" x 5-1/8" houses the corresponding disc. Aninert clear outer layer allows you to easily view titles. Price per package of 5 pages.

Product Code weight size Price416-1458 136g 235mm x 289mm £5.15

A. Black/Clear Pages for CDs

B. archivalware® Pages for CDs

�� 8-Disc White/Clear Binder Pages (above)

Fit our Perma/Dur® CD/DVD Albums as well asthe Archival-Ware® Albums shown on oppositepage. Sold in packages of 10.

Product Code Price416-0402 £4.95(273mm x 257mm)

C. DVD Storage Page with Literature Pocket

Page 26: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 26

�� Storage Cabinets

�� Multi-Media Archival CabinetsGlass Negatives, Photographs, VHS Cartridges, Music & Video Cassettes, Floppy Disks, Compact DiscsA highly versatile lockable cabinet with simple drawer fittings which can be easily adjusted to suit a variety of formats as listed above. Archivesand Libraries can store more than one form of media, allocating a drawer, or part of a drawer.

The unique feature of the PEL cabinets is the drawers can be opened fully to the back of the drawer, making it so easy to remove the last itemat the back. The easy-action drawers have a safety interlock which permits only one drawer to be opened at a time. Six different size cabinetsavailable. We have endeavoured to offer a guide to cabinet capacity because of various thicknesses of material, or if stored with protective cov-ers, sleeves or case, these figures can only be approximate.

Drawer size:155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm Front to back. Colour: Two-tone coffee/cream.

Cabinet Drawers Size Glass Negs Photos VHS Videos Floppy Discs CDs Price501-4000 4 785mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 3000 7000 168 430 3000 600 £616.00501-5000 5 955mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 3750 8750 210 530 3750 750 £708.00501-6000 6 1125mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 4500 10,500 250 640 4500 900 £778.00501-7007 7 1295mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 5250 12,250 290 750 5250 1050 £853.00501-8008 8 1465mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 6000 14,000 330 850 6000 1200 £975.00501-9009 9 1635mmH x 575mmW x 635mmD 6750 15,750 370 960 6750 1350 £1097.00

Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price732-9125 318 x 229 x 76mm 364g £4.95

�� Audio Cassette Storage BoxKeep audio cassettes neat and orderly in these Audio Cassette Storage Boxes. Each box holds 36 individual cassettes in their original cases. These buffered acid-free boxes featuremetal edges for stacking strength, and a 1-1/2" telescoping lid to prevent dust and light fromreaching your cassettes. Dimensions: 12-1/2" x 9" x 3". Price each.

Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price735-1555 394 x 216 x 127mm 364g £5.75

�� Archival Video BoxStore 12 video cassettes in their original cases or in our polypropylene video cases (below) inthis archival quality box. Constructed of 60 pt. blue/gray boxboard, this box has a 2-1/2" deeplid so it stays securely on, protecting the contents from dust and rapid changes in the outsideenvironment. Use our foil-backed box labels. Price each.

Product Code media size Price563-4881 VHS Video 117 x 203 x 29mm £1.95441-6420 Audio Cassette 67 x 105 x 14mm £0.19

�� Polypropylene Media CasesDust, grime and environmental pollution areoften the greatest threat to your audio/visualcollections. Protect your videos and audiocassettes by storing them in these long-lasting polypropylene cases. Polypropyleneis an inert, non-reactive plastic suitable forlong-term, dust-free storage of media of alltypes. Polystyrene “boxes” often crack or break at thehinge after only one or two openings, but the hinges on these cases are flexible and will withstand hundreds of openings. Translucent cases allow a visual check of thecontents without having to open them. Price each.

�� Foil-Backed Perma/Seal® Audio Cassette Labels

Superior label stock with foil-backed smudge proofpaper and an aggressive high-tack adhesive. Labels arepin-feed, 1-across. Label size: 3-1/2"W x 1-9/16"H. Price per package of 500.

Product Code size Price387-1064 89mm x 40mm £24.53

Page 27: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Vinyl/Music Storage ��

27

�� B. Divider BoardsMatching 1300gsm. Divider Boards are available for the 12" record box to help you organiseand segregate your collection. 13"H x 12.5"W. Price per package of 25.

Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price780-7759 197 x 190 x 229mm 364g £8.20

�� A. Phonograph Record Storage BoxesThese sturdy, acid-free, Phonograph Record Storage Boxes are manufactured from our1300gsm. Perma/Dur® board with an attractive blue/grey exterior and white interior. Theadhesive-free, metal edge construction creates an ideal storage environment for your preciousvinyl recordings. Boxes available for 7", 10" and 12" diameter albums and are designed to fitthe album and sleeve.

7" (45 rpm) Record Storage BoxesStore up to 100 of your 45 rpm records in an easy-access clamshell design. Box size is 7.75"H x 7.5"W x 9"L. Price each.

10" and 12" Record Storage BoxesStore up to 33 of your 10" or 12" records in these record storage boxes with telescoping lidand interior edge lip for easy viewing and access. Price each.

Product Code size (W x H x D) wt Price780-10756 273 x 273 x 152mm 455g £7.90780-13136 330 x 330 x 152mm 545g £10.45

Product Code size (H x D) wt Price780-13125 330 x 318mm 455g £24.85

B.

A.

�� Anti-Static Record SleevesReplace the torn, worn out, and dust coated inner sleeves which can damage your valuablerecord collection. Each polyethylene sleeve is subjected to a negative ion, static preventionprocess,which lessens friction between the record and the inner sleeve and reduces the attrac-tion of dust. Each sleeve is designed to fit 12" lp recording which is then placed in the record’scardboard jacket. Works for laser discs as well. Price per package of 50 sleeves.

Product Code wt Price967-102 182g £17.80

�� Phonograph Record Storage Sleeves and EnvelopesProtect your valuable record albums with durable, acid-free and lignin-free, olde white, 135gsmPerma/Dur® storage sleeves and envelopes. Each is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate toabsorb migrant acids. The extra smooth surface minimises abrasion of recordings. StorageSleeves feature a circular cut-out to view record label. Storage Envelopes have an overlappingflap for added protection from dust and dirt and are without the circular cut-out. Price per package of 25.

SleevesProduct Code Description wt Price308-7070 for 7” record (178mm) 545g £21.21308-2100 for 10” record (254mm) 727g £22.46308-2112 for 12” record (305mm) 864g £27.86EnvelopesProduct Code Description wt Price380-0010 for 10” record (254mm) 682g £25.62380-0012 for 12” record (305mm) 955g £34.58

Page 28: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 28

�� Storage Film

�� Polypropylene Movie Film CansStoring your films in rusting film cans may be one of the chief causes of their deterioration. These film cans of inertpolypropylene won’t rust or corrode like the original metalcans your films probably came in. Gap between the lid ofthe containers allows the exchange of acidic gasses (the by product of deterioration) which would otherwise build upinside the can and speed the breakdown of the film. Thesecans are flame retardant and contain less than 4% halogenwhich means that in the event of a fire there is virtually norelease of chlorine or bromine gas. For storage of films oncores (not reels), only.Price each.

Product Code for: #m of film Diameter wt Price519-22504 122m of 16mm 7” (178mm) 364g £2.40519-22522 670m of 16mm 15” (381mm) 455g £7.25519-23510 305m of 35mm 12.5” (318mm) 682g £5.45519-23520 610m of 35mm 15” (381mm) 727g £8.00

�� Polypropylene Film CoresThe flanges of a reel may cause the edges of film to warp andcurl. The best, safest way to store film is wound on one of these cores without a reel. The 35 mm cores are of made of inert, archival polypropylene; the 16mm cores are polystyrene. Diameter on both cores is 3" (76mm).Price each.

Product Code core wt Price519-53230 35mm 45g £1.05519-52030 16mm 45g £0.70

�� Audio Tape BoxesThe boxes that are normally supplied with audio reel tapes, although convenient, are usually made of acidic chipboard, covered with acidic paper and unstable adhesives. Inorder to maintain the integrity of the sound on your tapes, you should store them in an acid-free, dust-free environment that provides physical protection as well. Our Audio TapeBoxes are constructed of unbuffered (pH neutral) lignin-free board with a low-dust surface.The two-piece design is made with a snug lid to stay closed during storage. Boxes accommodate tapes on reels either with or without flanges. The box for 267mm reelscomes with a removable insert which has a 3" hub to keep smaller reels from shifting andcreating static and dust. Box size: 178mmH x 178mmW x 18mmDeep and 279mmH x 279mmW x 18mmDeep.

Product Code for reels wt Price799-7070 up to 7” (178mm) 455g £4.56799-1111 up to 10.5” (267mm) 910g £8.74

�� Film Reel Storage BoxesDeveloped in conjunction with a major motion picture studio, our Film Reel Storage Boxesprovide the best possible environment for stored movie film on reels. The boxes are madefrom an acid-free, lignin-free, buffered board and feature a full telescoping lid to keep outdirt, dust, and light. Two sizes are offered. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price733-1010 10.25 x 10.25 x 1.5” (260 x 260 x 38mm) 410g £9.35733-1414 14.625 x 14.625 x 1.5” (371 x 371 x 38mm) 818g £11.65

�� IPI Storage Guide for Acetate FilmCollection managers will find this tool from the Image Permanence Institute invaluable in evaluating the quality of the storage environment they provide for their film. Easy to use wheel hastwo sides, one for new film, the other for partially degrading film. To calculate the approximate time

to the onset of vinegar syndrome of new film, justturn the wheel to the storage temperature andcheck the relative humidity. For film that is alreadydegrading, use the other side of the wheel to calculate the approximate time for free acidity todouble. Also included are graphs, a “Time Out ofStorage” table, and instructions. 1993. Price each.

�� A-D StripsFilm Base Deterioration Monitors. Cellulose acetate film undergoes a slow form of chemicaldeterioration known as ‘vinegar syndrome’. A-D Strips represent a safe and reliable method for

detecting, measuring and recording the severity of ‘vinegar syn-drome’ in film collections. When placed inside a closed container inthe presence of acidic vapour given off by degrading film. A -DStrips change colour to indicate the severity of the level of acidity.Each kit contains complete instructions, a reference pencil printedwith four bands of colour that correspond to the level of acidity, aswell as 250 detector strips (measuring 38 x 10mm).

Product Code description wt Price114-0002 A-D kit 90g £55.90

The Image Permanence Institute in Rochester, New York has developed

A-D Strips, (film base deterioration monitors) to check film collections for vinegar syndrome. Contact IPI

for more information

Product Code wt Price114-0001 182g £39.95

Page 29: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 29

�� A. Stereo Storage BoxesStorage Boxes for stereoscopic cards, post cards or other similar size items. Boxes have metal edges for stacking strength and are made of 1300gsm archival quality Perma/Dur® board. Inside is white; outside is blue/grey. Completely acid-free throughout for lasting protection. Slanted front allows for protection of contents and easy viewing without squeezing. Cover is 1" deep. Price each.

Product Code Inside Dimensions (L x W x H) wt Price780-1218 12” x 7.5” x 4.5” (305 x 191 x 114mm) 410g £5.60

Product Code Inside Dimensions (L x W x H) wt Price780-4618 8” x 6.125” x 4.5” (203 x 156 x 114mm) 182g £4.90780-4612 12” x 6.125” x 4.5” (305 x 156 x 114mm) 273g £6.20

Product Code Size wt Price780-1216 3.625” x 7” (92 x 178mm) 136g £8.75780-1217 4.5” x 7” (116 x 178mm) 182g £9.75

Product Code Size wt Price780-4070 3.75” x 5.75” (95 x 146mm) 90g £6.75780-4060 4.125” x 6” (105 x 152mm) 136g £7.00

Product Code Size wt Price500-3756 3.75” x 6” (95 x 152mm) 90g £5.30500-4256 4.25” x 6.25” (108 x 159mm) 136g £5.30

�� B. Stereo SleevesStereo Sleeves in two sizes for stereoscopic card preservation. Crystal clear, archival 2 micronarchival polyester protects the cards while allowing complete visibility. Price per package of 25.

�� C. Postcard Storage BoxesPostcard Storage Boxes are blue-grey outside and white inside, buffered and acid-freethroughout. Sturdy 1300gsm Perma/Dur® board for durability and lasting archival storage. Price each.

�� D. Postcard ProtectorsPostcard Sleeve Protectors, sealed on two sides, will protect your postcard collection fromdamage caused by handling or acidic conditions. 50 micron archival polyester assures com-plete visibility while supporting and protecting contents.Price per package of 25 sleeves.

�� E. Economical Polyethylene Postcard ProtectorsTransparent, 50 micron polyethylene postcard envelopes provide inexpensive protection foryour collection. Archival quality polyethylene is free from damaging plasticisers found in other plastics, protects your collection from dirt, dust and fingerprints, and allows you unobstructedviewing of your postcards. Opens on short side. Also ideal for photographic storage. Price per package of 100.

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

�� Postcard Storage CabinetThis archival quality cabinet has been especially produced for PELwho worked with archivists to design a cabinet that would house various sizes of postcards. The drawers have metal dividers to providestorage channels of widths to suit an assortment of sizes. Available in either 4 or 6 drawers, the internal drawer width is 442mm. Thechannel width can be adjusted to various sizes by inserting the metaldrawer divider into the appropriate slot at the front and back of eachdrawer. The unique feature of the PEL cabinet is the drawers openfully to the back of the drawer to avoid damage when removing even

the last postcard from the back of the drawer. For safety reasons only one drawer can beopened at one time to prevent the cabinet tipping forward. The drawer and channel sizes havebeen designed to take postcards with or without sleeve protectors, we recommend our archivalones are used.

Product Code: P501-4000 (Four Drawer) £536.00Colour Two-tone Coffee/CreamDimensions 785mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to backDrawer Size 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to backWeight 53kg

Product Code: P501-6000 (Six Drawer) £795.00Colour Two-tone Coffee/CreamDimensions 1125mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to backDrawer Size 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to backWeight 68kg

For more Storage Cabinets see page 197.

Postcard Storage ��

Page 30: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 30

�� Photo Albums Scrap Books

�� Heritage ScrapbooksUniversity Products' acid-free Heritage Scrapbooks for memorabilia offer all the benefits of our Heritage Albums. In addition, we have attached an acid-free envelope inside for safe, temporary storage until you are ready to mount to pages. Available in three standard sizes, eachcontaining 50 acid-free, Ivory coloured Perma/Dur® pages. Screw Post assembly makes insertion of expansion pages a simple task. Choose from our wide variety of mounting corners(page 62) or use neutral pH adhesive (page 96) for direct mounting. For additional protectiontry our 50 micron polyester page protectors.

Scrap Books With 50 Pages (does not include protectors) Ivory Perma/Dur®Product Code Size mm (W x H) Page Size Wt Kg Price742-1012 267 x 330 254 x 318 1.55kg £54.67742-1116 305 x 419 292 x 406 2.18kg £61.88742-1624 419 x 622 406 x 610 4.18kg £105.50Expansion Pages. Price per package of 25, Ivory Perma/Dur®Product Code Size Wt Price743-1012 254 x 318mm 0.41g £11.59743-1116 292 x 406mm 0.64g £11.27743-1624 406 x 610mm 1.45g £16.11Polyester page protectors (does not include mounting pages)Price per package of 25Product Code Size Wt Price781-1012 254 x 318mm 0.41g £20.68781-1116 292 x 406mm 0.59g £21.32781-1624 406 x 610mm 1.18g £38.64

�� Heritage Albums & ScrapbookOur Heritage Scrapbooks and Heritage Albums have set the standard for archival quality storage albums. Each is manufactured from sturdy, 2.8mm thick. acid-free board that is covered in an attractive maroon book cloth. Interiors are lined with acid-free, lignin-freePerma/Dur® and feature the appropriate O-ring or D-ring to securely hold pages. Slipcasescovered in matching maroon bookcloth are available for standard size albums. Choose our standard acid-free, Ivory coloured Perma/Dur®, Insert Pages manufacturedfrom acid-free, archival quality, mounting paper. Our Jumbo Album features sturdy, acid-free,blue/grey insert pages for increased support. All page protectors are manufactured from inertMylar® archival polyester to provide additional safety.

Standard Album & Pages:Album is 305mm high, 298mm wide with a 64mm spine and 38mm D-ring (3 rings 108mmcentres). Matching slipcase is 318mm high, 305mm wide with a 73mm spine. Pages mea-sure 295 x 245mm.

Oversize Album (Legal Size) & Pages: Album is 394mm high, 392mm wide with a 52mm spine and four 38mm O-rings. Sorry, noslipcase available. Pages measure 356 x 241mm.

AlbumsProduct Code Description wt. Kg Price Each462-0001 Album & Maroon Slipcase 1.60kg £47.73462-0002 Album only 0.73kg £23.89462-0003 Maroon Slipcase only 1.00kg £23.89Expansion Pages with 50 micron Protectors, IvoryProduct Code Size Qty/Pack Price Per Package742-851250 298 x 245mm 50 £24.80

AlbumsProduct Code Description wt. Kg Price Each462-0004 Album Only 1.09kg £34.16Expansion Pages with 50 Micron Protectors, IvoryProduct Code Size Qty/Pack Price Per Package742-851450 355 x 245mm 50 £28.78

�� Perma/Dur® Ring Binder Storage AdaptersEnjoy the convenience, adaptability, and organizational capacity that storage binders offer(without punching holes) using our Ring Binder Storage Adapters. These sturdy Ring BinderStorage Adapters are manufactured from 10 pt., acid-free, Perma/Dur® cardstock and featurea non-yellowing permanent acrylic adhesive for long life. Simply remove the release liner andattach to Archival Polyester or paper envelopes, brochures, catalogs, or most any flat item youwish to keep in a binder. Available in two styles to fit most standard ring binders or albums. Not for use directly on valuable artifacts. Price per package of 12 adapters.

Product Code Length To Fit Price Each381-1134 298mm 4 ring A4 £13.95381-1122 279mm Multi-ring £13.95

Page 31: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Storage Binders Photographic ��

31

�� The Museum BoxBinderThis BoxBinder is manufactured from our 1300gsm. acid-free blue/grey board, lined with awhite acid-free interior that is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate. Black, rust proof metaledges give the Museum BoxBinder extra stacking strength. Available with your choice of eithera three 38mm D-ring (to fit standard 3-ring pages found on pages 32-34 and 60-61), or a fourD-ring binding mechanism which accommodates pages below. Interior dimensions: 330mm x291mm x 60mm. Price each.

�� PEL® 4 Ring BoxBinderThis archival quality, BoxBinder is manufactured using heavy duty, acid-free Board. The outerlayer is covered with an elegant, yet durable, high grade bookcloth to help repel dust, dirt and fingerprints. The interior is lined with black, acid-free, paper. Four 38mm D Rings are incorporated to secure the special 4-hole polyester pocket pages below. the standard 4 ringscan be used for most 4 ring album pages. Inside dimensions: 330mmH x 287mmW x 60mmD.

Product Code size Price Each507-PBP1 330mm x 287mm x 60mm £35.65

Product Code Description wt Price Each735-BB3 Three D-Ring 1.14g £10.95735-BB4 Four D-Ring 1.14g £10.95

�� Polyester 4 Hole Boxbinder Pocket PagesDesigned specifically for use in our Deluxe Infinity Album™ and our 4-ring MuseumBoxbinders, these pages offer maximum protection to your most precious photos, documents,momentos, etc. The crystal clear pages, made from 75 micron polyester with a superior welded seam, will not become brittle or yellow with age, safeguarding your memories for futuregenerations to enjoy. Overall page size: 320mmH x 250mmW. Price per package of 10 pages. These pages fit 4 ring albums and boxbinder found on this page.

Product Code Pkts/Pg Approx Pkt Size (mm) Opening wt Price Each565-PBP1 1 318H x 229W top 0.5g £8.98565-PBP2 2 152H x 229W top 0.5g £16.95565-PBP3 1 318H x 229W side 0.5g £9.75565-PBP4 4 157H x 118W top 0.5g £15.95565-PBP5 8 76H x 114W side 0.5g £17.95

100% Archival Polyester Pages

Page 32: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 32

�� Photographic Pages & Accessories

�� A. Heavy Duty Perma/Dur® Black Mounting PagesUniversity Products’ acid-free, lignin-free, Perma/Dur® Black Mounting Pages provide you withan ideal background to mount photographs, documents, prints, and other items. Use them to replace dangerous acidic pages found in most commercial binders, or with the variety ofalbums offered on pages 30 and 31. Manufactured from sturdy 225gsm. stock that has passedthe Photo Activity Test. Each page is 3-hole punched and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for increased protection. Use with our mounting corners on page 62.Price per package of 50 pages.

�� B. Silver, Gold and White Ink PensFor Documenting Items Mounted on Black Perma-Dur® PagesInclude names, dates, places, and any other information about the photos, documents andephemera you mount on black mounting pages with our elegant marking pens. Choose fromopaque white, metallic gold or metallic silver fine point ink pens. An ideal way to personaliseyour memories and provide valuable information to future generations. Price each.

Product Code overall size wt Price Each745-8511 280 x 217 0.73g £10.95

Product Code Description wt Price Each642-2300 Opaque White 0.05g £3.28642-1302 Metallic Silver 0.05g £3.28642-1301 Metallic Gold 0.05g £3.28

�� C. Heavy Duty Mounting Pages These pages are ideally suited for mounting and supporting photos, documents, cards, etc.Made of our medium weight rigid 225gsm, pale cream, acid-free cardstock, these pages are three-hole punched with the 280 x 217mm size, fitting neatly into our standard page protectors. Price per package of 50 pages.

�� D. Photo Page Protectors With Insert Mounting SheetsThese photo page protectors provide excellent archival protection for your individual photographs or clippings. Crystal clear, 50 Micron Mylar® archival polyester sheet cover provides protection from harmful pollutants, dirt ,dust, handling and will not react chemicallywith your photo images. Each 216 x 279mm protector is 3-hole punched for use in a standard3-ring binder. The paper insert is available in Ivory or Black acid-free and lignin-free materialfor complete protection of your photograph. We recommend use of our acid-free photo corners(page 62) to mount your photos and clippings. Price per package.

Product Code overall size Wt. Price Each781-8511 280 x 217 0.73g £7.65

Product Code Colour Qty/Pk Wt. Price Each780-8511 Ivory 50 0.95g £28.95

Helpful Hints… Black Mounting PaperThe popular black pages often used in older albums and scrapbooks, while providing an aestheticallypleasing background, contained harmful acids that damaged the photographs and documents theycontained. Today, technology has allowed us to create a black paper that is free of damaging acids and yet provides photographers and collectors with the background that best contrasts and enhancestheir mounted items.

D.

A.

B.

C.

�� E. Archival Polyester Sheet ProtectorsPreserve, protect and display autographs, prints, letters, cards, photographs, negatives and otheritems with our archival quality polyester envelopes. These envelopes are sturdy polyester 100 micronarchival polyester. 3 edges are sealed by an exclusive welding process. archival polyester is recog-nised as the most stable and protective plastic storage material and can be used with confidencefor the storage and display of your valued materials. Completely transparent for easy viewing without touching. Use with our mounting sheets (page 32) for trading cards, photos, postcards,baseball cards, etc. Items mount easily with our Mounting Corners (page 62) Price per pack of 10.

Product Code Description size Price565-2753 letter size 222 x 286mm 3 hole (side opening) £7.30565-2752 letter size 231 x 286mm 3 hole top opening) £7.95

�� F. Divider GuidesArchivally safe divider guides help you organise and index your files and albums. Made of ouracid-free, lignin-free 225mm. light tan Perma/Dur® file folder stock. Each guide has a 13mmhigh one third cut tab to allow you to “write-on” or place a label with your information. All guidesare punched to fit our Heritage and all standard 3-ring albums. Price per pack of 24 dividers.

Product Code size wt Price727-1185 216 x 279mm plus 13mm tab 0.45kg £16.79

for use with standard size files, albums and pages with protectors727-1195 241 x 292mm plus 13mm tab 0.55kg £16.79

for use with protectors 565-2753 and 565-2752, above

E.F.

Page 33: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com

Pages & Accessories Photographic ��

33

�� Giant Archival Scrapbook AlbumOur newest Archival Album is 20” wide by 26” high, makingit easy to mount full size newspapers with ease, Made withpost binders to allow for easy expansion, The album comescomplete with 25 heavyweight (216gsm), ivory, acid-freesheets (50 pages), each measuring 19.5” x 25.5”. A 1” rein-forcing strip on the binding side of the page helps preventtear-outs and keeps the binder from bulging once items aremounted on the pages. Album covers are crafted from anattractive and durable book cloth to assure years of use. Toprovide additional protection to your mounted items, coverthem with crystal clear polyester Archival Polyester page pro-tectors (sold separately).

Product Code Description Price742-1925-33 Black Album £72.09743-1925 25 extra pages/ivory £24.25781-1925 25 Mylar D (50 micron) £41.53870-2055 3/pk 0.5” post extension £1.20870-2054 3/pk 2” binding post £1.43

�� PEL Box Binder™Preserve your family’s most personal treasures for genera-tions to come with the Infinity Archival Box Binder™. Like a box, this unique format protects your photographs and othermomentos from damaging dust and light, yet allows you toenjoy and share the memories like an album. An elegantembossed black book-cloth exterior features an acrylic coat-ing to resist moisture. The acid-free Perma /Dur® lined inte-rior assures you your collection is safe from natural deterio-ration. The large capacity 64mm slanted ‘D’ rings provideplenty of room for a lifetime of memories. An overall size of337 x 311 x 76mm allows you to choose the page formatthat best suits your particular needs. Choose from a variety ofstyles and formats (Featured in this catalogue). Price each.

The first choice of professional photographersand artists to display and protect their valuable collections.

Product Code wt Price Each507-3110 1.09g £29.95

Page 34: Catalog PEL 2010

A.Page protectors 50 micron

to fit 216mm x 279mm sheets. overall size: 230mm x 281mm,

with acid-free Ivory insertsheets.

B.Pocket page 75 micron

to fit 216mm x 279mm sheets,sealed on 3 sides open at top

216mm side. Overall size:248mm x 286mm.

C.4 pocket page 75 micron

to fit 86mm x 140mm photos or cards. Pockets are top

opening and sealed on 3 sides.Overall size: 248mm x 286mm.

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 34

�� Photographic Storage

�� Infinity™ 100%/Polyester Archival Album PagesWe’ve added a new dimension to the convenience of organiser pages by manufacturing them from the most permanent andstable of all plastics - Polyester. Now you can store your photos and other collectibles quickly, conveniently and confidently. Archival Organiser pages contain no harmful plasticisers, and will not become brittle or yellow. They are inert, chem-ically stable, crystal clear, and have a high tensile strength. The exclusive welding process creates pages without sharp edgeswhich will enhance and protect the items enclosed for decades to come. Page protectors (styles A & D) are now available in yourchoice of acid-free, Ivory Perma/Dur®. We recommend using mounting corners shown on page 62. Available for 3-ring bindersin a variety of styles and configurations. Sold in packages of 50. These album pages fit 3 ring albums and boxbinders found in this catalogue.

For 3 Ring Binders - Price per packageProduct Code Description wt qty/pk PriceA. 780-8511 Page protector open on 3 sides 0.95kg 50 £28.95B. 533-5811T Pocket page sealed on 3 sides 0.95kg 50 £47.96C. 533-5811P Four pocket page 0.95kg 50 £72.87

Helpful Hint… Plastic EnclosuresPlastic enclosures allow viewing of the image through the enclosure, reducing damage from handling and protecting it from moisture and sulphides in the air. Unfortunately, under certain conditions, plastic enclosures can trap moisture and cause sticking.Suggestion: Use archival quality plastic enclosures made of polyester, polypropylene, and polyethylene. All are chemically stable andhave a neutral pH. AVOID enclosures made from polyvinyl chloride (PVC). It is not chemically stable, and its plasticisers will causedeterioration of photographs over a period of time.

�� Polyester Sheet ProtectorsPreserve protect and display autographs, prints, letters,cards, photographs etc. with our 75 micron archival polyesterpages. Three edges are sealed by an exclusive weldingprocess that creates an exceptionally strong seam.Pages are completely transparent for easy viewing without touching, while protecting items from dust, dirt andfingerprints. Protectors can be used alone or with mountingpages found on page 32 and a large selection of acid freemounting corners on page 62. Price per package of 10.

A. 565-2753Letter size. 222 x 286mm. 3 hole punched, side opening.

Product Code wt PriceA.565-2753 0.27kg £7.95B.565-2752 0.27kg £7.95

�� The Preservation Box/AlbumEnjoy all the safety and security an archival quality box provides, along with the organisationalcapabilities an album offers. The Preservation Album/Box is manufactured with 1300gsm. acid-free,lignin-free tan boxboard using metal edge construction to create this clamshell design. A 1-1/2"plated steel O-ring mechanism secures whichever standard size pages you choose to include.Protect photographs, negative, slide collections, or documents. An ideal vehicle for transportingyour collection. A Velcro enclosure is included for additional security. The Album/Box measures12-3/4" x 11-3/4" x 2" when closed.

Product Code Description Price799-1112 Tan (324 x 299 x 51mm) £10.80

B. 565-2752Letter size. 230 x 286mm. 3 hole punched, top opening.

Printfile Negative & Print Preserves, see page 60

These pages will fit The Preservation Box/Album on this page, PEL Boxbinder on page 33 and the 3-ring Museum Boxbinder on page 31

Page 35: Catalog PEL 2010

Slides Storage ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 35

Archivally safe storage for yourvaluable slide collection.

�� C. Slide Storage BoxOur buffered slide storage box, made of the finest 1000gsm. lignin-free tan board, has a hinged-lid design for stability and a thumbcut top for easy access. Each box comes with 20 slide boxes, made with our 500gsm. bufferedboard. Just pop open the slide holder and tuck in the bottom - it’s ready to hold up to 20 slides. A safe, easy and economical way to sort and store up to 400 2" x 2" slides. Inside dimensions: 290mm x 162mm x 57mm. Price each.

Product Code Description wt Price799-6112 Box and 20 Slide Holders 0.27kg £13.40799-2000 Pkg. of 20 Holders 0.09kg £10.29

C.

�� A. Slide File Case For Archival Slide Storage BoxesDesigned to hold six of our archival slide storage boxesdescribed below (799-2211), this sturdy metal edged box ismade of our 1000gsm. unbuffered tan, lignin-free box board.Fully telescoping lid provides protection from dust, dirt, and handling and the drop front design provides easyaccess to individual boxes. This slide file case is ideal for shelf storage of your slide collection. Inside dimensions:387mmW x 292mmD x 76mmH.Price each.

Product Code wt Price799-1143 0.36kg £8.89

�� B. Archival Slide Storage BoxThe very finest archival quality slide storage box available in today’s marketplace. A fully telescoping, reinforced metal-edged box. Manufactured of our 1000gsm. unbuffered,lignin-free, tan, acid-free board, it provides safe, convenient storage and transportation for your slide collections.Inside box dimensions are 54mmW x 64mmH x 279mmL with six dividers. Designed to fit case above. Price each.

Product Code wt Price799-2211 0.14kg £3.68

�� D. 35mm Group Slide FileA rugged and economical archivally safe slide file for storing 2" x 2" 35mmslides. The all-metal construction protects your collection from damage instorage or transit. The attractive baked enamel finish will not react with slideimage and the convenient handle makes transporting the file easy and safe.An ideal file for storing up to 750 readymounts or up to 375 glass mounts;each file has 24 movable pressboard dividers allowing you to categorise yourcollection. A corresponding index chart is included on the inside of the coverlid. Size is 190mm x 368mm x 50mm. Price each.

Product Code wt Price545-200 1.55kg £36.60

A.

B.

D.

Page 36: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Folders

�� Hanging File FoldersAcid-Free, Lignen-Free. Developed by University Productsfor our customers who favour the simplicity and effectivenessof a hanging file system, but require archival quality folders.Available in both letter and legal size, these hanging foldersare made from the same lignin-free, acid-free, buffered,Perma/Dur® tan folder stock that we use for our standard folders. Folders are mounted on standard hanging rods andinclude index tabs.Price per package of 25 folders.

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 36

�� Paper File Folder Inserts Protect Individual Documents During Hanging. Now youcan separate and index your letters, documents and othermaterials before placing them into standard file folders withour water marked Perma/Dur® 90gsm paper file folders.These individual folders provide extra support for each itemand they are buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve to protect against migrant acidity. Developedin cooperation with the Library of Congress, these qualitypaper folders are sized to fit within a standard file folder andeach has a full 14mm exposed rounded corner tab for indexing information. Available in letter and legal size.Price per package of 100 folders.

Product Code Size Wt Price678-9119 letter 232 x 298mm 1.09kg £15.81

(9.125” x 11.75”)678-9149 legal 232 x 375mm 1.27kg £17.78

(9.125” x 14.75”)

Product Code Style Size (W x H) Weight Price727-7044 A4 318 x 230mm (12.5” x 9”) 3.2kg £59.95727-7011 Letter 285 x 225mm (11.25” x 8.75”) 2.7kg £58.95727-7022 Legal 362 x 225mm (14.25” x 8.75”) 3.6kg £61.95

See page 9 for our full range cartons

Product Code size wt Price727-1100 letter 298 x 240mm 1.6kg £19.25727-1400 legal 375 x 240mm 2.0kg £19.25

�� Juris Expansion Folders These expansion folders have four scored flaps so that the folder thickness can be adjusted to accommodate varying amounts of loose or bound papers up to 30mm thickness. The seven scores allow easy creasing, each scoreis 5mm apart and no tools are needed to make the folder adjustment.

The folder card is acid-free, lignin-free, 245gsm file folder stock which is also buffered with a 3% calcium carbonateto help the control of migrant acidity. These light-fast, non-bleeding, soil resistant expansion folders are available inA4, letter and legal sizes.

The folders meet the Library of Congress specification and they have passed the PAT test. Please note PEL do not printor emboss these folders they are 100% plain. BEWARE of embossed printed folders that may overtime leave animpression on the papers inside.Price per package of 100

�� Perma/Seal® Laser LabelsChoose either our regular acid-free Perma/Seal® laserlabels for file folders, or Perma/Seal® foil-backed ver-sion. Both contain 30 individual file folder labels on one8.5” x 11” sheet (two columns of 15 labels). Individuallabels measure 3.44” x 0.67” (87mm x 17mm).Price per pack of 100 216 x 280mm sheets of 3000 labels.

Product Code description wt Price377-4375 Perma/Seal® 410g £22.95387-0666 Foil Back Perma/Seal® 410kg £29.95

Page 37: Catalog PEL 2010

File Folders ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 37

�� Perma/Dur® Reinforced File FoldersThese acid-free and lignin-free folders offer maximum protection for storage of letters,documents and other materials. Made of our exclusive Perma/Dur® 260gsm folderstock, these full-cut file folders possess superior folding characteristics and outstand-ing strength qualities assuring long life and protection. Folders are lignin-free and acid-free with a strictly controlled pH level (8.5±) buffered with 3% calcium carbonate foran alkaline reserve to assure a safe and protective environment for material storedwithin these folders. Available in two light-fast, non-bleeding, soil resistant colours, inboth letter and legal size.Price per package of 100 folders.

Light Tan 13mm (0.5”) Exposed TabProduct Code size wt Price727-0912LT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) £33.46727-0915LT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm) £37.10

Light Tan 25mm (1”) Exposed TabProduct Code size wt Price701-0912LT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) £28.36701-0915LT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm) £33.66

Dark Tan 13mm (0.5”) Exposed TabProduct Code size wt Price727-0912DT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) £33.46727-0915DT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm) £37.10

Dark Tan 25mm (1”) Exposed TabProduct Code size wt Price701-0912DT 9.625” x 11.75” (245 x 298mm) £28.07701-0915DT 9.625” x 14.75” (245 x 375mm) £33.00

�� Perma/Dur® Unreinforced File FoldersMade from acid-free, lignin-free Perma/Dur® 260gsm stock in light tan for exceptionalstrength and endurance. Top margin has 1/2" exposed tab, straight cut and round corners. Price per package of 100 folders.

Letter Size: 241 x 298mm (9.5” x 11.75”)Product Code Tab size wt Price727-1912 full cut 2.82kg £28.38727-2912 half cut 2.68kg £28.38727-3912 third cut 2.45kg £27.04Legal Size: 241 x 375mm (9.5” x 14.75”)Product Code Tab size wt Price727-1915 full cut 3.82kg £31.35727-2915 half cut 3.59kg £31.35727-3915 third cut 3.45kg £31.35

�� File Folder LabelsFinally… pin-fed labels sized specifically for use on file folders. Made of our foil-backed label stock with aggressiveacrylic adhesive that will not yellow, crack or peel with age.Package of 1000 labels, fanfolded for use on your computer,word processor or typewriter. Price per package.

Product Code To fit tab size Dimensions wt Price387-3736 half cut 0.75” x 4” (19 x 100mm) 0.45kg £20.26387-3301 third cut 1” x 3.5” (24 x 89mm) 0.55kg £15.04

�� Manuscript FoldersAcid-free, lignin-free, Perma/Dur® stock Manuscript Foldersprovide ultimate protection for long-term storage of importantpapers. Your manuscripts and other meaningful documentsbenefit from the 3% calcium carbonate buffer which helps tocontrol migrant acidity. The light-fast, non bleeding, soil resistant 260gsm. folders are available in both letter andlegal size, with a 25mm tab and rounded corners. Price per 100 folders .

Product Code size wt Price701-1913 10” x 11.75” (254 x 298mm) 3.45kg £40.59701-1915 10” x 14.75” (254 x 375mm) 3.86kg £42.28

�� Acid Free Vertical File JacketsAccess the contents of your file jackets without pulling thefiles out or tugging open the flap. These vertical file jacketscombine instant access to documents afforded by the opendesign with the safety of archival quality materials. One piececonstruction file jackets are made of sturdy 260gsm Perma/Dur® folder stock with an alkaline reserve and have a13mm exposed reinforced extended back for labelling. Pleatsfor 1" expansion also give the file a firm base on which tostand. Choose either letter or legal size. Price per package of 10 folders.

Product Code style size inc. tab (W x H) wt Price727-8111 letter 11.75” x 9.5” (298 x 241mm) 0.27kg £21.71727-8141 legal 14.75” x 9.5” (375 x 241mm) 0.36kg £23.48

�� Expansion FoldersAccordion pleats on sides and bottom fulfil a variety ofarchival storage needs. Excellent for groupings of manu-scripts, pamphlets, music or any items with expansion potential. Made of sturdy. 260gsm Perma/Dur® acid-freefolder stock for long life. Pre-scored, large, overhanging flapfolds easily. Expands to 1-1/2" (38mm). Price per package of 5 folders.

Product Code style size (W x H) wt Price727-2012 letter 12.25” x 10.25” (311 x 260mm) 0.32kg £11.41727-2015 legal 14.75” x 10.25” (375 x 260mm) 0.41kg £13.72

Our best qualityfolders are both acid & lignen free with superior strengthqualities

�� Flush Cut File Folders for A4 sizeFlush Cut Acid-Free Folders designed for A4 papers. Madefrom acid-free buffered heavy weight attractive 244gsmpaper with moderate porosity allowing the folder to breath.Will allow a quantity of papers to be stored in one single folder. No exposed tab makes the Flush Cut File Folders suitable for archival box storage (see box 733-9123 on P6). Price per package of 100 folders.

Product Code size wt Price701-1209 12.2” x 9.05” (310x 230mm) A4 2.75kg £29.40

Page 38: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 38

�� Envelopes Print & Negatives

Helpful HintPaper enclosures are opaque and block light. They are also porous and help prevent the accumulationof moisture and gases. However, viewing is more difficult since you must remove the item from theenclosure before you can see it. Handling can cause harmful fingerprinting and other damage.Suggestion: Use paper when items don’t require frequent viewing. Select non-acidic paper enclosuresthat are of archival quality. Use buffered storage enclosures for cellulose-nitrate and early safety-filmnegatives, brittle prints, and prints on brittle acidic mounts. Use non-buffered enclosures for colourimages, black and white prints, cyanotypes, or albumen prints.

�� Unbuffered Perma/Dur® Negative EnvelopesSturdy Perma/Dur® Unbuffered Negative Envelopes are ideal for storage of negatives and photographs. On the recommendation of several photographic archivists, we have changed the seam design and added a new style without a thumb cut. The new side seam construction allows even stacking and filing, and prevents marring of the negative or photo within due to too much weight or pressure. Manufactured from a 120gsm lignin-freeivory stock with a pH of approximately 7.0 and a high alpha cellulose content. Seams are fastened with a neutral pH adhesive. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes.

�� Buffered Perma/Dur® Negative EnvelopesPEL acid-free Perma/Dur® Negative Envelopes are available in three standard sizes. Eachenvelope features side seams for even filing and stacking, and are constructed using a neutralpH adhesive. The material is ivory coloured Perma/Dur® buffered with 3% calcium carbonateto help retard migrant acidity. Passes P.A.T. Price per 100 envelopes.

Thumb Cut No Thumb Cut size (mm) (inches) Price800-4558 800-4558NC 111 x 137 4.375 x 5.375 £21.95800-4363 800-4363NC 111 x 162 4.375 x6.375 £24.70800-5378 800-5378NC 137 x 187 5.375 x 7.375 £28.30

800-8060 222 x 172 8.75 x 6.75 £28.35800-6050 172 x 127 6.75 x 5 £21.95

800-8210 800-8210NC 216 x 267 8.5 x 10.5 £42.00Price per pack of 50800-4388 800-4388NC 292 x 368 11.5 x 14.5 £43.95

Thumb Cut size (mm) (inches) wt Price375-4358 111 x 137 4.375 x 5.375 0.68kg £22.50375-4368 137 x 187 5.375 x 7.375 0.82kg £24.50375-4378 216 x 267 8.5 x 10.5 1.27kg £49.75

�� A. Unbuffered Glassine Envelopes (P.A.T. Tested)PEL acid-free translucent preservers are available in four standard sizes. The neutral pH glassine is unbuffered and allows you to see the negative without touching it. Envelopes are sideseam style and open on one long side. The open side has a leading flap to allow easy insertingof negatives.

Product Code Size Price per 100 pk375-5378 53mm x 78mm (2.09” x 3.07”) £2.25375-5358 108mm x 134mm (4.25” x 5.25”) £5.50375-5368 134mm x 184mm (5.25” x 7.25”) £6.50375-2418 185mm x 250mm (7.25” x 9.85”) £9.95375-3024 250mm x 310mm (9.85” x 12.20”) £15.15

New & Improved Two Side Seams!

A.

Page 39: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 39

Product Code size wt Price322-2300 9.5” x 11.75” (241 x 299mm) 0.9kg £20.68322-2301 9.5” x 14.75” (241 x 375mm) 1.14kg £22.53

�� A. Heavy Duty Side Opening EnvelopesThese acid-free envelopes, ideal for filing loose materials, are made of 225gsm heavy weight bufferedcream stock with an ungummed flap. The acid-free stock protects the contents from atmospheric pollutantsand migrant acidity. Price per package of 25.

�� B. Perma/Dur® Envelopes (with new improved side seam design)PEL Ivory coloured Perma/Dur® Envelopes are an excellent acid-free and lignin-free storage device forall types of documents, pamphlets, clippings, etc. Manufactured from 120gsm sturdy Perma/Dur® stock,buffered with approximately 3% calcium carbonate. Each is constructed using a neutral pH (P.A.T. tested)adhesive and includes an ungummed flap to help keep out dust and light. We have eliminated the centre seam which could mar the contents if too much pressure or weight is applied. Instead we haveincorporated two side seams that are not only safer, but provide more even stacking and filing in largegroups. No adhesive on flap. Price per 100 envelopes.

Product Code size wt Price381-0124 4.9” x 4.9” (124 x 124mm) CD 1.23kg £12.50381-0609 6” x 9” (152 x 229mm) A5 1.23kg £31.56381-6795 6.75” x 9.5” (171 x 241mm) 1.50kg £33.96381-7010 7” x 10” (178 x 254mm) 1.68kg £33.30381-7515 7.5” x 10.5” (191 x 267mm) 1.86kg £35.80381-0810 8.5” x 10.5” (216 x 267mm) 2.10kg £38.00381-0912 9” x 12” (229 x 305mm) A4 2.55kg £46.95381-1013 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 2.82kg £49.95381-1115 11.5” x 15” (292 x 381mm) 3.82kg £59.95

�� C. “Open Wide” EnvelopesSeamless “Open Wide” Envelopes offer unique storage for fragile documents and manuscripts. Items maybe placed in or removed from these envelopes without damage in handling. Envelopes are acid-free andbuffered for added protection against acid migration. May be stored flat or in storage boxes. Self-adhesiveVelcoins® (see page 132) are useful as an enclosure device. Five sizes available from stock. Special sizesavailable - please inquire. Price per package of 5.

Product Code size wt Price779-7010 7” x 10” (178 x 254mm) 136g £8.54779-9115 9” x 11.5” (229 x 292mm) 273g £11.54779-9015 9” x 15” (229 x 381mm) 273g £11.95779-1013 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 273g £13.95779-1114 11” x 14” (279 x 356mm) 318g £14.95

�� D. Tyvek® EnvelopesOur Tyvek® envelopes provide excellent protection for your documents, negatives and artwork, and are alsouseful in storing and protecting books in need of repair. Dupont's patented and unique Fibre-Spun bondedOlefin (a bonding of tough, durable high-density polyethylene fibres) is made of continuous fibres and is sostrong, you cannot tear it. It resists water, chemicals, rot, mildew and won't discolour. Available in 5 standard sizes. No adhesive on flap. Price per 100 envelopes.

Product Code size wt Price622-0001 6.5” x 9.5” (165 x 241mm) 0.86kg £61.95622-0002 7.5” x 10.5” (191 x 267mm) 1.10kg £68.27622-0003 9” x 12” (229 x 305mm) 1.55kg £77.59622-0004 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 1.73kg £82.69622-0005 11.5” x 14.5” (292 x 368mm) 2.14kg £107.98

Print & Negatives Envelopes ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 39

A.

B.

C.

D.

Page 40: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 40

�� Folders Map & Print

�� Large Print File FoldersStore your valuable prints and photographs in these folders to keep them clean and safe frombending. Heavyweight 135gsm, unbuffered lignin-free and acid-free ledger folders supportphotos while protecting them from atmospheric contaminants and migrant acidity. Folders areivory coloured, with squared corners and flush folds so they neatly fit inside our standard printsize portfolios (see pages 14 and 15). Price per package of 25 folders.

Product Code size (H x W) wt Price743-1418 14” x 18” (356 x 457mm) 3.23kg £27.59743-1620 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 4.14kg £34.80

Product Code size wt Price701-7046 18” x 24” (457 x 610mm) 1.82kg £26.72701-7047 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 2.27kg £31.90701-7048 20” x 30” (508 x 762mm) 2.27kg £36.41701-7049 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm) 3.64kg £48.76701-7050 24” x 40” (610 x 1016mm) 4.10kg £53.11701-7052 30” x 42” (762 x 1067mm) 5.45kg £52.69701-7053 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 5.90kg £56.73701-7051 36” x 48” (914 x 1219mm) 6.82kg £60.50

�� Perma/Dur® Map & Print FoldersThese completely acid-free and lignin-free Map and Print Folders provide an excellent means ofstoring and protecting maps, prints, and broadsides. Manufactured from .010 light tanPerma/Dur® with a pH of approximately 8.5, reducing the possibility of paper discolouration andink fading. Straight cut for safe, convenient storage. Flush folded and reinforced with acid-freetape for added protection. Special size requirements available. Price per package of 10 folders.

Visit PEL online at www.preservationequipment.com

Page 41: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Documents & Book Binders ��

41

�� Oversized Print Folders (for Panoramas, Albumen Prints & Colour Photos)

Our long, continuous folders may be easily cut to size to fit your panoramas, oversize albumin prints and colour photos. Made of our unbuffered, lignin-free and acid-free 225gsmPerma/Dur® folder stock in a pale cream colour, these long flush cut folders are 12" and24" high and 36" long. Simply cut the length and height to fit your requirements using astandard paper cutter or scissors. These durable folders provide protection from handling,dust and dirt and may be stored in standard size metal flat files. If you are storing on shelves,we recommend you put the folders in our tan drop-front print storage boxes (call our customer service for special sizes). Price per package of 25 folders.

Product Code size (H x W) wt Price313-1236 12” x 36” (305 x 914mm) 2.64kg £47.07313-2436 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm) 4.95kg £69.45

�� Adjustable Book Storage BoxesCreate your own storage boxes for your valuable rare books and documents with these acid-free 450gsm boards. These soil-resistant cream colour boards are scored every0.625" for easy folding and are available in a wide range of sizes. Enclosure is secured using a pressure-sensitive Velcoin (1 Velcoin provided per sheet; for additional supply, see below). See How-To on this page for complete instructions. Price per package of 5 boards.

step 1 Determine book size and select the 2 Closest box half sizes.eg: Book size 6"W x 7"L x 1"DOne-half size piece 6" x 22"One-half size piece 7" x 16"

note: allow at least 2" for overlap.

step 2Encase book side to side first. Fold along scored lines for snug fit.Attach Velcoin to complete enclosure.

step 3Encase book top to bottom. Again fold along appropriate score line. Attach Velcoin to complete the enclosure.

Product Code size Price722-6014 6” x 14” (152 x 356mm) £6.00722-6022 6” x 22” (152 x 559mm) £6.40722-7016 7” x 16” (178 x 406mm) £5.80722-7024 7” x 24” (178 x 610mm) £7.25722-8018 8” x 18” (203 x 457mm) £6.95722-8026 8” x 26” (203 x 660mm) £8.15722-9020 9” x 20” (229 x 508mm) £8.75722-9028 9” x 28” (229 x 711mm) £8.40722-1022 10” x 22” (254 x 559mm) £9.70722-1030 10” x 30” (254 x 762mm) £10.00722-1124 11” x 24” (279 x 610mm) £8.80722-1132 11” x 32” (279 x 813mm) £12.50722-1226 12” x 26” (305 x 660mm) £12.45722-1234 12” x 34” (305 x 864mm) £11.85722-1430 14” x 30” (356 x 762mm) £14.15722-1436 14” x 36” (356 x 915mm) £15.40

�� Document Pamphlet BindersWith 40pt. Board. Superior heavyweight shelving or drawer binder protection for your most valuabledocuments and pamphlets. Each binder is made ofour acid-free and lignin-free 1000gsm rigid board with a 225gsm internal storage folder and a flex-ible 6mm spine. These binders, buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve, provideprotection during handling or storage and may be shelved vertically. Features a 6mm spine for easyaccess and indexing.Price each.

�� Document Preservation FoldersThese folders are ideal for pamphlets or documentswithout much bulk. Store them vertically or horizon-tally. Sturdy grey genuine pressboard folders offer aninexpensive means of storing documents. The innerfolder is sturdy Perma/Dur® which is acid-free, andlignin-free.Price per package of 5 Folders.

Product Code size wt Price323-1159 9” x 11.5” (229 x 292mm) 0.86kg £25.95323-1509 9” x 15” (229 x 381mm) 1.18kg £22.95

�� Drama/Playbook BindersBinders designed specifically for the protection and storage of drama/playbooks. Manufactured ofsturdy 1300gsm blue/grey board, they are hingedwith our strong, acid-free linen tape. The expandinginterior folder provides a full 6mm spine and is madeof acid-free cream white Perma/Dur® stock. Thesebinders are strong enough to store vertically or horizontally. Price per package of 5 Binders.

Product Code size wt Price740-6080 6” x 8” (152 x 203mm) 0.55kg £20.52740-6595 6.5” x 9.5” (165 x 241mm) 0.64kg £21.77740-75105 7.5” x 10.5” (191 x 267mm) 0.59kg £27.08

�� Wide Spine Document BinderOur Wide Spine Document Preservation Bindersaccommodate thicker pamphlets and small bookswith a full 13mm spine and 13mm expansion oninterior folder. Binder is made of sturdy 725gsm.genuine Pearl Gray Pressboard with an acid free,lignin-free folder of 225gsm. Perma Dur®.Price per package of 5 binders.

Product Code size wt Price324-70102 7” x 10” (178 x 254mm) 0.77kg £31.71324-91152 9” x 11.5” (229 x 292mm) 1.00kg £35.55324-10132 10” x 13” (254 x 330mm) 1.23kg £43.96

Product Code binder size folder size Price801-1189 308 x 235mm 289 x 229mm £7.60801-1449 381 x 235mm 368 x 229mm £8.90

Page 42: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Archival Polyester

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 42

Product Code Format Box Code Micron Size (mm) Size (inches) Price 25pk565-0503 Photo size 50 126 x 86 5 x 3.4 £8.50565-0504 Photo size 799-0405 50 132 x 107 5.2 x 4.2 £8.50565-4070 Photo size 50 146 x 95 5.75 x 3.75 £8.50565-0604 Postcard 780-4612 50 152 x 102 6 x 4 £8.50565-650 A6 + 10mm 799-6412 50 158 x 115 6.2 x 4.5 £9.00565-1217 Photo size 799-0507 50 178 x 116 7 x 4.5 £10.00565-0705 Photo size 799-0507 50 183 x 132 7.2 x 5.2 £11.00565-272 Photo size 735-0806 50 216 x 140 8.5 x 5.5 £11.00565-550 A5 + 10mm 735-0906 50 220 x 158 8.6 x 6.2 £10.50565-575 A5 + 10mm 735-0906 75 220 x 158 8.6 x 6.2 £11.50565-3580 Bank note 50 203 x 89 8 x 3.5 £11.00565-0906 Photo size 735-0906 75 229 x 152 9 x 6 £12.50565-1008 Photo size 733-8103 50 254 x 203 10 x 8 £13.50565-1007 Comic size 50 267 x 190 10.5 x 7.5 £15.50565-8105 Photo size 733-8103 50 260 x 210 10.25 x 8.25 £13.50565-0810 Photo size 733-8103 75 260 x 210 10.25 x 8.25 £14.50565-2523 Photo size 75 254 x 235 10 x 9.25 £13.50565-10105 Photo size 75 260 x 260 10.25 x 10.25 £16.00565-1155 Photo size 733-9123 75 280 x 216 11 x 8.5 £15.00565-1190 Print size 733-9123 75 292 x 235 11.5 x 9 £15.00565-1285 A4 + 5mm 733-9123 75 304 x 216 11.97 x 8.5 £15.50565-450 A4 + 10mm 733-1293 50 307 x 220 12 x 8.6 £14.00565-475 A4 + 10mm 733-1293 75 307 x 220 12 x 8.6 £15.50565-1297 Print size 733-1015 75 310 x 245 12.2 x 9.65 £17.00565-1210 Photo size 733-1015 75 320 x 250 12.6 x 9.8 £18.00565-1308 Foolscap 75 340 x 214 13.4 x 8.4 £17.00565-09145 Photo size 75 356 x 232 14 x 9.13 £18.50565-11145 Photo size 733-2011 75 360 x 285 14.2 x 11.2 £22.00565-3617 Certificate 75 365 x 174 14.37 x 6.85 £20.50565-14095 Photo size 735-3826 75 368 x 235 14.5 x 9 £20.00565-1411 Photo size 735-3826 75 362 x 286 14.25 x 11.25 £20.50565-1612 Photo size 735-4433 75 413 x 313 16.25 x 12.6 £23.00565-350 A3 + 10mm 735-4433 50 430 x 307 17 x 12 £22.00565-375 A3 + 10mm 735-4433 75 430 x 307 17 x 12 £23.00565-4532 Newspaper 732-1813 75 450 x 320 17.7 x 12.6 £31.00565-1915 Photo size 75 485 x 380 19.10 x 14.96 £32.00565-1913 Photo size 75 488 x 335 19.2 x 13.2 £28.00565-1625 Photo size 733-0211 75 513 x 413 20.2 x 16.25 £35.00565-2117 Print size 75 533 x 432 21 x 17 £38.00565-5537 Newspaper 732-1522 75 550 x 370 21.6 x 14.5 £38.00565-275 A2 + 10mm 75 604 x 430 23.8 x 17 £48.00565-2418 Print size 75 610 x 457 24 x 18 £48.00565-2420 Photo size 732-2243 75 616 x 514 24.25 x 20.25 £55.00565-6247 Newspaper 732-1925 75 625 x 470 24.6 x 18.5 £51.00565-2618 Map print 75 660 x 458 26 x 18 £56.00565-3022 Newspaper 732-2331 75 775 x 575 30.5 x 22.6 £72.00565-175 A1 + 10mm 75 851 x 604 33.5 x 23.8 £75.00565-3624 Map print 75 915 x 610 36 x 24 £79.00565-3011 Print size 75 1016 x 635 40 x 25 £86.00565-0575 OS map 75 1016 x 821 40 x 32.3 £112.00565-3042 OS map 100 1060 x 750 41.73 x 29.53 £135.00565-750 OS map 75 1060 x 750 41.73 x 29.53 £108.00565-075 A0 + 10mm 75 1199 x 851 47.20 x 33.5 £135.00

Product Code Format Box Code Micron Size (mm) Size (inches) Price 10pk565-14586 Cabinet size 75 1450 x 860 57.07 x 33.86 £69.00565-11786 Cabinet size 75 1170 x 860 open 46.06 x 33.86 £58.00565-9011 Cabinet size 75 900 x 1100 open 35.43 x 43.31 £55.00565-6086 Cabinet size 75 600 x 860 open 23.62 x 33.86 £31.00565-3724 OS map 75 955 x 625 37.6 x 24.6 £36.00565-4733 OS map 75 1200 x 841 47.25 x 33.1 £55.00565-5137 OS map 75 1320 x 955 51.97 x 37.6 £69.00565-5630 OS map 75 1422 x 762 56 x 30 £67.00

�� Archival Polyester PocketsPEL pockets are used for conservation quality archival storagefor works of art on paper.

Archivists and Conservators insist on polyester for glass clear,inert protection, knowing it will not crack or yellow with age.It’s so strong it withstands constant handling.

Standard pockets are open on one short side. We also offer acomplete range of sleeves which have both short sides open.

We have included in the format column the nearest box size.You should ensure the size tolerance is acceptable and this isonly a guide.

We can supply other sizes and configurations such as opentwo adjacent sides, long side and in sizes to suit yourrequirements. Prices on application, minimum quantitiesmay apply. Contact our customer services department.

�� Polyester Film Marking PensIdeal for cataloguing polyester pockets with details of contents. Also used for overhead projection film. The ink isnon-erasable, alcohol based, permanent and smudge-proof.Can be used on most smooth surfaces such as films, acetate,glass, plastic and metal.Available in two colours.Price each.

Product Code Line Width Colour wt Price642-0050 0.5mm Black 9g £1.59642-1050 0.5mm Red 9g £1.59

Page 43: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Polyester Archival ��

43

Product Code Micron Size (mm x m) Type Price415-1255 125 1270mm x 25M anti-static £93.50Product Code Micron Size (mm x M) Size (inches x feet) Price415-1250 125 1067mm x 50M 42” x 164ft £107.00415-1251 125 1524mm x 50M 60” x 164ft £165.00415-1005 100 1067mm x 50M 42” x 164ft £93.25415-100 100 1067mm x 20M 42” x 65.6ft £38.00415-753 75 1067mm x 100M 42” x 328ft £147.50415-755 75 1524mm x 50M 60” x 164ft £105.00415-75 75 1067mm x 20M 42” x 65.6ft £29.70415-5020 75 500mm x 20M 12.7” x 65ft £15.00415-503 50 1067mm x 100M 42” x 328ft £102.50415-0050 50 1067mm x 20M 42” x 65.6ft £20.25415-12 12 1524mm x 100M 60” x 328ft £48.75415-36 36 1524mm x 50M 60” x 164ft £52.50415-0200 50 50mm x 152M 2” x 500ft £14.70415-0150 50 38mm x 152M 1.5” x 500ft £10.95415-0010 50 25mm x 152M 1” x 500ft £7.30

�� Archival Polyester RollsPolyester rolls are a convenient way of handling polyester espe-cially when your requirements are for various sizes. We can supply special thicknesses and roll sizes however minimums willapply, contact our customer services department.

Stock sizes are as shown and are available for immediate despatch.

Product Code Micron Size (inches) Size (mm) Price780-1913 75 19.2 x 13.18 488 x 335 £68.00780-1612 75 16.25 x 12.3 413 x 313 £64.00780-375 75 17 x 12 430 x 307 £64.00780-350 50 17 x 12 430 x 307 £52.00780-14095 75 14.5 x 9 368 x 235 £48.00780-1411 75 14.25 x 11.25 362 x 286 £49.00780-1114 75 14.2 x 11.2 360 x 285 £52.00780-09145 75 14 x 9.13 356 x 232 £45.00780-1308 75 13.4 x 8.4 340 x 214 £42.00780-1210 75 12.6 x 9.8 320 x 250 £44.00780-1297 75 12.2 x 9.6 310 x 245 £42.00780-475 75 12 x 8.6 307 x 220 £39.00780-450 50 12 x 8.6 307 x 220 £36.00780-1285 75 11.97 x 8.5 304 x 216 £36.00780-1190 75 11.5 x 9 292 x 235 £38.00780-1155 75 11 x 8.5 280 x 216 £38.00780-1010 75 10.25 x 10.25 260 x 260 £40.00780-8105 50 10.25 x 8.25 260 x 210 £36.00780-0810 75 10.25 x 8.25 260 x 210 £38.00780-1008 50 10 x 8 254 x 203 £36.00780-0906 75 9 x 6 229 x 152 £34.00780-550 50 8.6 x 6.2 220 x 158 £29.00780-575 75 8.6 x 6.2 220 x 158 £31.00780-272 50 8.5 x 5.5 216 x 140 £30.00780-0705 50 7.2 x 5.2 183 x 132 £29.00780-1711 50 4.55 x 7 178 x 116 £28.00780-650 50 6.2 x 4.5 158 x 115 £26.00780-0604 50 6 x 4 152 x 102 £24.00780-1495 50 3.75 x 5.75 146 x 95 £24.00780-0504 50 5.2 x 4.2 132 x 107 £24.00780-0503 50 5 x 3.4 126 x 86 £24.00

�� Archival Polyester SleevesPolyester sleeves are open on two short ends and sealed onboth long sides. We only use 100% archival polyester film inthe manufacturing of these glass clear acid free sleeves. The material is identical to our polyester pockets, the price is lowerbecause they are produced automatically, removing expensivelabour costs.

Another benefit of archival sleeves is the less likelihood of damaging the paper or photo when inserting into the sleeve.The natural cling of polyester helps to prevent the contentsfalling out.

Pack of 100 sleeves.

Product Code Size (mm) Micron Price 100 Sheets415-175 A1 + 10mm 851mm x 604mm 75 £89.95415-275 A2 + 10mm 604mm x 430mm 75 £45.75415-375 A3 + 10mm 430mm x 307mm 75 £23.25415-475 A4 + 10mm 307mm x 220mm 75 £11.95

�� Archival Polyester SheetsPolyester Sheets are used on our polyester sealing machines.Sheets are also used for interleaving and other conservationmethods.

Sheets remain perfectly flat, they do not curl like polyester cutfrom a roll. All sheets are supplied interleaved with tissuebetween each sheet. We offer convenient sizes however, wecan supply sheets to your required size. Minimums will apply,contact our customer services department.

Pack of 100 sheets.

Page 44: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com44

�� Polyester Sealing Machines

�� Monarch Economy™ Polyester Sealing MachineMake Your Own Melinex® Envelopes & Encapsulation Units

The Monarch Economy Polyester Sealing Machine edge sealspolyester sheets in about 3-5 seconds. The single action clapand alignment grid provide positive positioning and ease ofoperation.

The adjustable timer allows you to vary settings for differentweights of polyester. A built in light sensor indicates completedweld. An ideal machine for creating adhesive-free encapsulationunits, folders, and envelopes.

Welding capacity: 750mm continuous

Product Code wt Price806-6000 18.2kg £1399.00

Monarch Sealing Machine805-ME710 90g £9.95

Monarch Replacement Element

�� Crossweld™ Polyester Film Sealing MachinePreservation Equipment Ltd’s polyester sealing machines are recognised and trusted worldwide. After years of experience with the previous Crossweld we have now introduced the ultimate sealing machine. This new machine has been designed with health and safety approval, we no longer use a foot switch which could easily be activated by accidentally stepping on it (health and safetyliked that). The jaws previously slammed down by touching the foot switch and could cause nipping of fingers, this cannot happenwith this new machine. Not using jaws means you are not restricted by the jaw width and can continually weld very wide sheets, upto a maximum of 1400mm. The new style of operation allows much more room to work with the material you are sealing.

The working alignment grid squares can now be replaced when worn. The PTFE cloth protecting the welding element is simplyreplaced by winding new material into place from the roll attached to the machine, a real advantage for quality welds. We haveincreased the weld length to 700mm and you are no longer restricted to the width between the jaws as on the old machine. For widermaterial you can now continuously weld in any position from the edge to the centre, this is because the jaws are no longer used.

The heat compensating device uses the latest electronics to ensure constant welds every time. The Crossweld can be used for sealingvarious thicknesses of polyester film, it will weld polyester to paper and board also other materials such as Reemay, Hollytex, Tyvek,

PEL Softwrap and even bubble film can all be welded to make pockets and bags. We have made replacing the heating element so easy(not like the old machine), replacing the PTFE Cloth is even simpler. A floor mounting stand is available complete with adjustable feet.

Comes complete with instructions, spare element and PTFE cloth. Each machine is shipped in a wooden crate arriving ready for use.

Product Code Description Price806-7000 Power supply: 240 volts £1995.00806-7000-110 Power supply: 110 volts £1995.00

Weld length: 700mm continuousDimensions: 870 x 680 x 240mm highWeight: 58kg

Product Code Description Price806-7001 Spare heating element £8.50806-7002 Spare PTFE Cloth 700mm x 600mm £32.00806-7003 Base protection PTFE tape 19mm x 15m £41.00806-7004 Floor mounting stand £249.00

Page 45: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Preservation Time CapsuleDesigned for PEL by a scientist who recommended we use marine 316 stainless steel that will not rust even in salt water. Comes complete with a PTFE sealing gasket. The materialswill not affect the contents, the time capsule is water tight and will survive thousands of years into the unknown future. Papers may need to be de-acidified so they contain no acidand to stop deterioration (see solutions available in this catalogue). Separate each item with archival quality bags, rubber and some plastics will emit acidic vapours, so avoid them.Remove batteries from electrical devices. We also suggest you have your details engraved onto the time capsule.

Product Code: 412-0008 £379.00size: 220mm Diameter x 600mm Long

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

A4 Format Archival Multihole Album Pages ��

45

�� A4 Format Archival Multihole Album Pages

These archival album and binder pages are manufactured forPEL to a high conservation standard. Made from inert, clear,acid-free polypropylene. The pages are designed to fit A4 andA5 paper sizes with multi holes for 3 or 4 ring binders. The pages have a soft clear quality feel with an attractiveappearance making them one of our most popular best selling products.

If you use binders that are in constant use then this productwill be ideal. The smooth surface allows you to flick throughthe pages with ease. For more albums and boxbinders seepage 31.

Buy 1,000 pages and you save 10%.

Product Code Overall Size Pocket size Price525-00A4 302 x 235mm 1mm x 300mm x 217mm £12.75 pack 100525-00A4/10 302 x 235mm 1mm x 300mm x 217mm £115.00 pack 1000525-00A5 302 x 235mm 2mm x 214mm x 150mm £13.95 pack 100525-00A5/10 302 x 235mm 2mm x 214mm x 150mm £124.75 pack 1000Museum Boxbinder735-BB3 330 x 290 x 60mm Three 38mm D-Ring £10.95 each735-BB4 330 x 290 x 60mm Four 38mm D-Ring £10.95 each

Page 46: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 46

�� Sleeves, Envelopes, Bags

�� A. Archival Quality Polyethylene BagsPrints and posters exposed to repeated handling deserve to be protected from thedamaging effects of dirty hands, dust, and moisture. Accomplish this easily and inexpensively with the use of these qualitypolyethylene bags. Each bag is manufacturedof 50 micron uncoated polyethylene, which ischemically inert and will not harm your valuable materials. Smaller bags each hold

one matted print; the largest bag holds multiple prints, but is ideally suited for protecting up to 25 sheets of mounting board or archival corrugated board until ready for use. Pack 100 bags. 500-3547 Pack 50

Product Code size wt Price500-0810 8.25” x 10.375” (210 x 264mm) 0.41kg £9.25500-1114 11.375” x 14.25” (289 x 362mm) 0.68kg £13.25500-1418 14.375” x 18.25” (365 x 464mm) 1.36kg £16.80500-2024 20.375” x 24.25” (518 x 616mm) 1.82kg £36.80500-2431 24.5” x 31.375” (622 x 797mm) 2.05kg £42.50500-3547 35.75” x 47.375” (908 x 1203mm) 2.18kg £43.70

�� B. Polyester Protector BagsFor books, pamphlets, paperbacks, objects or collectables.These lightweight 25 micron bags contour to irregular shapes& are inexpensive for the storage of most common materials.Archival polyester with flap for sealing. Best seller with comiccollectors. Price per package of 100 bags.

Product Code size wt Price565-2156 6.25” x 8.25” (159 x 210mm) 318g £42.55565-2158 6.875” x 10.375” (175 x 264mm) 364g £36.26565-2162 7.875” x 10.5” (200 x 267mm) 500g £40.11565-2153 8.875” x 11.75” (225 x 299mm) 500g £55.16

�� C. Polyethylene Zipper BagsMinigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made from 50micron polyethylene, now available at very good pricesgiving excellent value. These simple efficient bags arecompletely inert and transparent. They have many usesin Museums, Archives and Libraries including storage of books, paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, arch-aeological spacimens and odd shaped objects. Bags arewater resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety ofsizes for a variety of uses.Pack 500 and 200 bags.

Product Code size qty Price500-1000 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 500 £2.60500-1001 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 500 £3.40500-1005 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 500 £8.85500-1006 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 500 £9.00500-1008 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 500 £8.70500-1105 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 500 £10.25500-1100 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 200 £7.70500-10A4 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 200 £11.30500-1014 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 200 £13.70500-1016 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 200 £20.60500-1017 380mm x 510mm (14.96 x 20.08”) 200 £26.20

A.

B.

C.

Page 47: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Print/Negative Storage ��

47

�� D. Archival Quality Polyester PocketsPrints and posters exposed to repeated handling deserve to be protected from the damaging effects of dirty hands, dust and moisture. Polyester is the best material availablefor this purpose. Each pocket is manufactured from 75 Micron ICI Melinex top grade archivalpolyester film, which is chemically inert and will not harm your valuable collection. Below arelisted photographic sizes, you will find a more complete range on page 43. We can makethem to your size requirement, just contact our customer service department for a quotation.Pack Quantity 25.

�� E. Easy Access Photo/Negative SleevesWith Self-Locking FlapLightweight, clear polyethylene protectors provide long term protection for the storage and handling of your entire collection atvery reasonable cost. Each protector opens on the side for easyinsertion or removal of materials and the flap seal provides a secureclosure. Soft, less rigid transparent polyethylene will not scratch theemulsion side of your photographs and the protector will not yellowor crack with age.Price per package.

Product Code neg/print size wt Qty/Pkg Price511-0045 4” x 5” (102 x 127mm) 0.14kg 50 £5.30511-0057 5” x 7” (127 x 178mm) 0.18kg 50 £8.02511-0810 8” x 10” (203 x 254mm) 0.45kg 50 £13.59511-1114 11” x 14” (279 x 356mm) 0.50kg 25 £14.07511-1620 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 0.55kg 25 £40.43

�� F. Archival Polyester Polyester Sleeve ProtectorsAn easy method for protecting your prints or other items from dust, dirt and scratches during storage and handling. Our best crystal clear sleeves make superb viewing easy without removing the item from the sleeve. Archivally safe polyester material assures thatneither the sleeve nor adjacent prints will chemically react with the enclosed print. Sleeveshave the two long sides sealed and are open at each end for easy access. Sleeves may bemarked with our film marking pen (page 17) or labelled for identification with our acid-freefoil-back labels, (page 64).

Price per package. See page 43 for full range

25/Pkg.Product Code sleeve size wt Price780-4070 3.75” x 5.75” (95 x 146mm) 0.09kg £6.75780-4060 4.125” x 6” (105 x 152mm) 0.14kg £7.00780-0507 5.2” x 7.2” (132 x 183mm) 0.14kg £8.00780-1217 4.55” x 7” (116 x 178mm) 0.18kg £8.00100/Pkg.Product Code sleeve size wt Price780-0504 4.2” x 5.2” (107 x 132mm) 0.27kg £24.00780-0705 5.2” x 7.2” (132 x 183mm) 0.41kg £29.00780-0810 8.25” x 10.25” (210 x 260mm) 0.91kg £38.00780-1155 8.5” x 11” (216 x 280mm) 1.00kg £38.00

Our Polyester Photo Mounting Sleeves onpage 62 allow you to mount photo in

sleeve directly to mounting page.

D.

E.

F.

Product Code size Price565-2420 24.25” x 20.25” (616mm x 514mm) £55.00565-2418 24” x 18” (610mm x 457mm) £48.00565-1625 20.2” x 16.25” (513mm x 413mm) £35.00565-1612 16.25” x 12.3” (413mm x 313mm) £23.00565-1411 14.25” x 11.25” (362mm x 286mm) £20.50565-1210 12.6” x 9.8” (320mm x 250mm) £18.00565-475 12” x 8.6” (307mm x 220mm) £15.50565-1155 11” x 8.5” (280mm x 216mm) £15.00565-10105 10.25” x 10.25” (260mm x 260mm) £16.00565-0810 10.25” x 8.25” (260mm x 210mm) £14.50565-0906 9” x 6” (229mm x 152mm) £12.50565-650 6.2” x 4.5” (158mm x 115mm) £9.00565-0504 5.2” x 4.2” (132mm x 107mm) £8.50

See page 43 many other sizes.

Page 48: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 48

�� Storage Special Collections

�� “See Thru” Polyester Map, Newspaper & Print EnvelopesThese large envelopes offer an excellent approach to the practical archival storage of largemaps, prints or broadsides. These envelopes offer archival storage while giving complete visibility to its contents. Made of 75 micron archival polyester, with 3 edges sealed.Price per package of 5.

Product Code size wt Price565-2769 11” x 17” (279 x 432mm) 364g £6.95565-1721 17” x 21” (432 x 533mm) 636g £9.95565-1824 18” x 24” (457 x 610mm) 773g £11.50565-2777 24” x 36” (610 x 914mm) 1.41kg £19.50

�� Polyester L-VelopesThese L-Velopes are sealed on 2 adjacent sides for easy insertion and removal of your valuable covers and documents. Static electricity in the archival polyester clings to materials,providing security while making complete enclosure unnecessary. One long side and one shortside are thermo-welded for long life. Sturdy archival 75 micron archival polyester assures theutmost in safety, strength, clarity and longevity. Guaranteed non-yellowing and stable. Price per package of 10.

Product Code Outside Dimensions of L-Velopes™ Fits Box Price

737-2510 2.5” x 10.12” (64 x 257mm) £2.50737-0810 8.25” x 10.25” (210 x 260mm) 733-8103 £6.95737-0912 9.25” x 12.25” (235 x 311mm) 733-9123 £7.95737-9514 9.5” x 14.25” (241 x 362mm) 735-9123 £8.95737-1114 11.25” x 14.25” (286 x 362mm) 733-1153 £9.95737-1714 17.375” x 14.375” (442 x 365mm) 733-1418 £12.95737-1620 16.25” x 20.25” (413 x 514mm) 733-1623 £14.95737-2420 20.25” x 24.25” (514 x 616mm) 733-2024 £21.95

�� Coin EnvelopesAcid-free, paper coin envelopes with flap. Insert the coin, fold over the (ungummed) flapto hold the coin. Safe for handling, protecting from fingerprints, dust and dirt.

Product Code size quantity Price876-5050 50mm x 50mm) 100 £5.35876-COIN-S 50mm x 50mm 1000 £35.50

�� Self-Sealing L-Velopes®Now you can protect your photos, ephemera, maps, or documents safely and easily betweensheets of archival quality polyester using no adhesives! These Self-Sealing L-Velopes® are made of polyester to support their contents and protect them from stress, dirt, fingerprints andatmospheric pollutants. Great for temporary displays or items that need to be handled frequently. Self-Sealing L-Velopes are easy to use: two adjacent sides open (fig.1) so sheet slipssafely in (fig.2) then flaps fold over to make a seal (fig.3). The process is just as easily reversiblewith no damage to contents. Price per package of 5 L-Velopes.

fig.1 fig.2

fig.3

Product Code Micron fits up to wt Price738-0811 75 216 x 279mm (8.5” x 11”) 182g £10.15738-0912 75 229 x 305mm (9” x 12”) 182g £11.95738-1114 75 279 x 356mm (11” x 14”) 318g £13.30738-1117 75 279 x 432mm (11” x 17”) 364g £14.35738-1217 75 305 x 432mm (12” x 17”) 364g £14.35

Page 49: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Archival Print Boxes ��

49

�� B. Archival A Size BoxesThe A size acid free boxes are designed to store international paper sizes from A1 to A5.

Modern A size archival boxes have previously been hard to find, PEL is the only company to offertrue archival conservation quality in the international A size as standard.

The archival boxes are 50mm deep, the metal corners remove the need for adhesives whichmay dry out or off gas. The boxes can be stacked, heavy full ones will not crush the partly fullor empty ones due to the strength of the metal corners.

The PEL matt black outside and white inside conservation boxboard is used for both purity and strength. The combination of our strong, durable 1.5mm thick board and metal edge construction make these boxes your best choice for lasting protection. Buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for additional protection from airborne pollutants. For additional archival protection we have included the polyester pocket product code for each box.

Product Code Format Internal Size Polester Pocket Price732-1005 A5 225 x 165 x 50 565-575 £6.55732-1004 A4 315 x 225 x 50 565-475 £7.55732-1003 A3 435 x 315 x 50 565-375 £8.95732-1002 A2 610 x 435 x 50 565-275 £12.95732-1001 A1 860 x 610 x 50 565-175 £15.25

Product Code Format Polyester Pocket Internal Size Price507-1005 A5 565-575 225 x 160 x 15mm £12.00504-1004 A4 565-475 310 x 225 x 15mm £13.50507-1003 A3 565-375 435 x 320 x 15mm £15.60507-1002 A2 565-275 610 x 435 x 15mm £23.60

�� A. Archival Print BoxesMade exclusivity for PEL these archival print boxes are ideal for single prints and other worksof art on paper. The print boxes are made with acid free board covered in black book cloth. Thewhite acid free interior assures you that your collection is safe from natural deterioration.

The small capacity is 15mm deep which allows storage for a small selection of sheets ensuringdamage is removed from over filled deep boxes of documents.

For additional protection use our polyester pockets on page 42, we have entered below theproduct code for the pocket which is suitable for each box.

The separate lid fits completely over the box base for secure protection.

B. Archival A Size Boxes

A. Archival Print Boxes

Page 50: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 50

�� Boxes Flat Storage

Page 51: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Flat Storage Boxes ��

51

�� E-Flute Blue/Grey Flat Storage Boxes

Consider lightweight E-Flute acid-free, lignen free corrugated blue/grey board. Each contains a 3% calciumcarbonate buffer. Available in three convenient sizes.Price each.

Thickness CaCO3 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free1/16” Yes Blue/Grey Short Lid RTA Yes

Product Code Size (L x W x H) Size (mm) Weight Price612-0034 12” x 10.25” x 5” 304 x 260 x 127 0.3kg £16.00612-0036 17.25” x 11” x 5” 438 x 279 x 127 0.5kg £19.25612-0038 20” x 16” x 5” 508 x 406 x 127 1.14kg £23.10

�� KraftFlat Storage Boxes

Made from our cost effecient acid-free tan corrugated.These boxes ship flat and snap together in seconds without tools, tapes, or adhesives. Available in three convenient sizes.Price each.

Thickness CaCO3 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free1/8” No Tan Short Lid RTA No

Product Code Size (L x W x H) Size (mm) Weight Price540-0034 12” x 10.25” x 5” 304 x 260 x 127 0.4kg £5.65540-0036 17.25” x 11” x 5” 438 x 279 x 127 0.6kg £6.65540-0038 20” x 16” x 5” 508 x 406 x 127 0.8kg £8.90

�� B-Flute Blue/Grey Flat Storage Boxes

The standard for protection. Our B-Flute acid-free corrugatedboxes offer durability with no sacrifice in archival quality.Available in three convenient sizes.Price each.

Thickness CaCO3 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free1/8” Yes Blue/Grey Short Lid RTA Yes

Product Code Size (L x W x H) Size (mm) Weight Price613-3400 12” x 10.25” x 5” 304 x 260 x 127 0.4kg £11.85613-3600 17.25” x 11” x 5” 438 x 279 x 127 0.6kg £12.40613-3800 20” x 16” x 5” 508 x 406 x 127 0.8kg £15.80

Page 52: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Box Really Useful

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 52

Product Code Litre Size External Dimensions Internal Dimensions Price755-0001 0.7 155 x 100 x 80 120 x 80 x 70 £0.95755-0015 1.5 355 x 100 x 70 320 x 80 x 60 £2.80755-0002 1.6 195 x 135 x 110 150 x 110 x 95 £1.87755-0003 3 245 x 180 x 160 190 x 143 x 120 £2.80755-0004 4 395 x 248 x 88 348 x 220 x 68 £3.73755-0006 6 465 x 270 x 85 400 x 225 x 70 £4.67755-0009 9 395 x 255 x 155 335 x 210 x 140 £4.67755-0010 10 520 x 340 x 85 460 x 295 x 70 £6.53755-0011 11 450 x 350 x 120 365 x 300 x 91 £5.60755-0018 18 480 x 390 x 200 380 x 310 x 170 £7.47755-0019 19 395 x 255 x 290 315 x 205 x 270 £7.47755-0020 20 710 x 440 x 120 610 x 370 x 90 £9.33755-0021 21 480 x 390 x 230 380 x 310 x 200 £9.33755-0035 35 480 x 390 x 310 370 x 310 x 280 £10.59755-0035/F 35 Folding 485 x 390 x 325 380 x 320 x 290 £12.45755-0038 38 480 x 390 x 345 370 x 310 x 280 £12.45755-0042 42 520 x 440 x 310 405 x 365 x 280 £10.92755-0050 50 710 x 440 x 230 605 x 370 x 200 £10.92755-0064 64 710 x 440 x 310 605 x 370 x 280 £12.60755-0084 84 710 x 440 x 380 605 x 370 x 355 £15.96755-00TR Trolley fits 50, 64 & 84 litre boxes £39.20755-00TS Trolley fits 18, 21, 35 & 38 litre boxes £23.40

ServingMuseums,Libraries & ArchivesWorldwide

�� Really Useful BoxThese transparent polypropylene multi-purpose boxes are acid-free, suitable for archives andare conservation quality. They are exceptionally strong, stackable and come complete with a lidand locking handles.

The 35 litre size is also available in folding format making it very useful for keeping a quantityready in your disaster kit, product code 755-0035/F.

For storage of CDs and DVDs, the 18 litre box is rigid, strong and is ideal for safe storage of thistype of media. Another very useful (really useful box) box is the 35 litre with an integral lip toaccommodate foolscap suspension file folders, see page 36. This makes the box ideal for mobilefiling or as archive storage.

The 9 litre box is designed to take A4 paper size and is one of the best selling sizes. Anothervaluable size is the 1 litre used for small fragments especially on archaeological site digs. Thelocking lid ensures contents are secure, even if the box is knocked over.

Dimensions: Length x Width x Depth.

Page 53: Catalog PEL 2010

Product Code: 502-00T1 £4.25External Dimensions (mm): 375 x 310 x 90mmNo. of compartments & size: 6 x 150mm x 20mmProduct Code: 502-00T2 £4.25External Dimensions (mm): 373 x 308 x 90mmNo. of compartments & size: 16 x 90mm x 74mm

Really Useful Box Storage ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 53

�� Archiving Shelf Kits – Really Useful BoxesDue to the success of the Really Useful Boxes we can now offer racking designed by PEL together with our racking manufacturer. The shelves are especially made for the boxes. The paint is ofconservation standard and does not off gas, making the archive racking suitable for museum storage and archiving. The kits are supplied flat packed and are easy to assemble.

Really Useful Box storage bays can be used with other sizes of boxes to suit your requirements. Each shelf will take 78kg. Please be aware that weights quoted are for uniformly distributed weights.Graphite grey uprights with light grey shelves.

Please note, prices are for shelving only. Boxes must be ordered separately.

Product Code Size (mm) Boxes Shelves Price502-0704 1850H x 900W x 450D 10 x 35 litres 4 £129.35502-0705 1850H x 900W x 370D 48 x 4 litres 5 £148.85502-0706 1850H x 900W x 450D 10 x 35 litres 6 £159.20

�� Really Useful Box TraysThe trays are designed to fit inside the 755-0035 Really UsefulBox. The system is ideal for storing fragments, specimens,small fossils, minerals, shells, jewellery, medals and variousartefact collections. We recommend our 979-1000, 100%polyester batting/wadding to create nests to protect fragilecontents.

Really Useful Box Trays are 90mm deep and you can fit 3 traysinto the 35 litre box.

Each tray has a lip to allow the trays to be stacked neatly andprevents them slipping apart. They sit squarely on each otherand this allows them to be used without a box if necessary.

Page 54: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Dehumidifiers

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 54

Product Code: 810-0036 £259.50Power Supply 220/240 voltEnergy Use 0.463 KwOperating Temperature 5-35ºCWater Tank 10 litresDimensions 530mm H x 340mm W x 425mm DWeight 22.6 KiloNoise Level 55.7 Max dB

�� A. Heavy Duty HumidifierSuitable for areas requiring quiet operation and smart appearance.

Will remove 25 litres of moisture per day, through built in water tank or continuous drainage option.

The dehumidifier has a variable humidity control for the RH level you require. The features on thismodel are normally found on more expensive units. Automatic defrost, washable nylon filter, fittedcastors, automatic water tank full shut off, full tank alarm or light.

Product Code: 810-0060 £986.00Power Supply 230 voltEnergy Use 0.8 KwWater Removal 60 litres per 24 hoursAir Flow (average) 300 cfmOperating Range 5ºC to 30ºCRefrigerant R134ANoise Level 63dBDimensions 950mm H x 360mm W x 410mm DWeight 36 kilo

�� B. Extra Heavy Duty HumidifierThis dehumidifier is ideal for use in occupied buildings with a sound level of 63dB at 3 metres.Despite its power it works off a 13 amp electrical socket, just plug in and go.

The housing body is powder coated to resist rust and has the strength to soak up inevitable knocks.Water removal rate is up to 60 litres per 24 hours with a standard outlet stub for a garden hose.

The wide fin spaced coil blocks help to prevent coil clogging to deliver the designed performanceover longer periods. This robust unit is designed to be powerful, efficient and highly mobile.

Product Code 810-0170 £2,200.00Power Supply 230 or 110 voltEnergy Use 2.3 KwDrainage ContinuousMoisture Removal 170 litres day (37 gallons)Air Volume in free air 1000 m3/hrMaximum Static Pressure 450 pascalsDimensions 999mm H x 571mm W x 599mm DWeight 63 kilo

�� C. Extreme Heavy Duty DehumidifierThis Dehumidifier is a very quick unit, when speed of drying is required such as drying out an entirebuilding after flooding.

This extreme heavy duty dehumidifier can remove 170 litres of moisture/water per day. Built to withstand the rigours of a disaster site this unit operates on 230 or 110 volt. It is fitted with automatic pump out and purge button as standard.

Operates off normal 13 amp electrical plug. The unit has a built in trolley with large handle for mobility and is easy to lift with two side handles.

A.

B.

C.

Page 55: Catalog PEL 2010

Air Conditioning ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 55

Product Code 810-0028 £2,853.00Power Supply 220/240 voltEnergy Use 2.3 KwCooling Power 28000 btu (8.2 Kw)Air Delivery 850 cfm (1420m/hr)Refrigerant R417AExhaust Diameter 8" (200mm)Cooling Duct Diameter 6" (150mm)Range 21º C to 35ºCNoise 65 dBDimensions 1450mm H x 530mm W x 690mm DWeight 97 kilo

�� D. Air Conditioning Mobile UnitMany customers have requested we include an air conditioning unit to our range of products. Afterserious investigation and research we have decided on a unit suitable for museums, archives andlibraries.

We are offering two models, one at 23000 btu and one at 28000 btu. Both are commercial air conditioning units capable of providing air conditioning to rooms 100 square metres (1000 sq ft),product code 810-0023 and 160 square metres (1700 sq ft), product code 810-0028.

The units work off 3 pin standard 13 amp electrical socket and can be used up to 65 feet (20m)from an external wall.

The units have a removable water tank with automatic cut off or continuous drainage options. The2.5 metre exhaust hose is permanently attached and stored inside the unit. Spot cool attachmenthose is available and comes in 10 metre lengths. This allows cooling directed to where you needit.

Product Code 810-0023 £1,870.00Power Supply 220/240 voltEnergy Use 1.8 KwCooling Power 23000 btu (6.7 Kw)Air Delivery 650 cfm (1100m/hr)Refrigerant R417AExhaust Diameter 6" (150mm)Cooling Duct Diameter 6" (150mm)Range 21ºC to 35ºCNoise 65 dBDimensions 1080mm H x 530mm W x 690mm DWeight 86 kilo

Product Code 810-0140 £399.00Power Supply 230 voltEnergy Use 1.55 KwNoise Level Max 48 dB Low 42 dBDimensions 800mm H x 570mm W x 410mm DWeight 35 Kilo

�� F. Mobile Air Conditioning UnitsHot or Cool climate control for use all year round. No need to empty the water tank when cooling.

This full remote control mobile unit cools and heats; simply set the temperature and the systemautomatically keeps the room temperature level. Easy to install and simple to use. The unit hasa heavy duty chassis with castors for easy repositioning and comes complete with 2 metreexhaust hose and window mounting board.

Uses ozone friendly R407C refrigerant, suitable for areas of up to 60 square metres. The threefan speeds have a very low noise level at maximum 48 dB and 42 dB at low level.

Product Code 810-0150 £425.00Power Supply 230 voltEnergy Use 1.6 KwNoise Level Max 50 dB low 46 dBDimensions 815mm H x 370mm W x 595mm DWeight 40 kilo

�� E. Mobile Air Conditioning UnitsThis climate control system has soft touch controls for switching between heating and cooling. Thepowerful 15000 btu (4.4Kw) heating and cooling capacity gives hot or cool climate control all yearround. The heat pump technology together with an additional evaporative cooling feature keeps energy costs down. The three fan speed climate control unit is very quiet at maximum only 50 db atthe low setting is just 46 db. Suitable for 100 cubic metre large rooms, offices, studios and other hotspots. No water tank to empty when cooling; just set the temperature and forget about it.

This model has an evaporative mode which allows an increase in humidity if required

D.E.

F.

Page 56: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Film Containers

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 56

Product Code Description Dimensions Interior Dimensions Exterior Price& Thickness & Thickness

519-22504 16mm/400ft (120m) 7.01”/0.98” 7.64”/1.11” £2.40polypropylene film container 178mm/25mm 194mm/28mm

519-22506 16mm/800ft (240m) 9.25”/0.98” 9.88”/1.11” £4.00polypropylene film container 235mm/25mm 251mm/28mm

519-22512 16mm/1200ft (360m) 11.22”/0.98” 12.01”/1.08” £4.75polypropylene film container 285mm/25mm 305mm/27mm

519-22516 16mm/1200ft (360m) film 11.22”/0.98” 12.01”/1.17” £5.65container with CD/DVD lid 285mm/25mm 305mm/30mm

519-22522 16mm/2000ft (600m) 14.17”/0.98” 14.96”/1.10” £7.25polypropylene film container 360mm/25mm 380mm/28mm

519-22526 16mm/2000ft (600m) film 14.17”/0.98” 14.96”/1.14” £8.55container with CD/DVD lid 360mm/25mm 380mm/29mm

16mm film container. Price each.

Product Code Description Dimensions Interior Dimensions Exterior Price& Thickness & Thickness

519-23510 35mm/1000ft (300m) 10.24”/1.54” 11.02”/1.81” £5.45polypropylene film container 260mm/39mm 280mm/46mm

519-23516 35mm/1200ft (360m) 11.06”/1.73” 12.01”/1.83” £5.35polypropylene film container 281mm/44mm 305mm/47mm

519-23520 35mm/2000ft (600m) 14.17”/1.54” 14.96”/1.81” £8.00polypropylene film container 360mm/39mm 380mm/46mm

519-23526 35mm/3000ft (900m) 17.13”/1.54” 17.95”/1.85” £13.00polypropylene film container 435mm/39mm 456mm/47mm

35mm film container.

�� Hubs• Designed to prevent lateral sliding during transportation• Used to hold an audio reel of 10"• Made of polypropylene• Black is the only available colour• Size for 1200 ft and 2000 ft containers

Product Code Description Dimensions Exterior Price& Thickness

519-21200 Hub for 1200ft (360m) film 11.02”/1.81” £1.40container 280mm x 46mm

519-20000 Hub for 2000ft (600m) film 12.01”/1.89” £1.80container 305mm x 48mm

�� Film ContainersThe Analog Media Preservation container was designed withthe best criteria sod preservation available, to answer the needsof the audio and film industry. The cans are vented, the gases produced by the degradation of the film base are evacuated andthe Vinegar Syndrome should not develop in them if the filmwas in a proper condition when put in.

Storing your films in rusting film cans may be one of the chiefcauses of their deterioration. These inert polypropylene filmcans won’t rust or corrode like the original metal cans your films probably came in. Small vents in these containers allow theexchange of acidic gasses (the by product of deterioration)which would otherwise build up inside the can and speed the breadown of the film. These cans are flame retardant and contain less than 4% halogen which means that in the event ofa fire there is virtually no release of chlorine or bromine gas. Forstorage of films on cores (not reels) only.

• Silver Grey colour• 100% prime polypropylene• Designed allowing ventilation• They cannot be water soaked• The cans are stackable, interlocking and they don’t open

only by dropping them• CD/DVD case in the lid as an option available for the

16mm/1200 ft container and the 16mm/2000ft only

Casing answering to the standards drawn by ANSI, AIN and SMPTE.

Page 57: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Film Containers ��

57

�� CoresThe flanges of a reel may cause the edges of film to warp and curl. The best, safest way to store film is to wind around one of thesecores without a reel. The 16mm cores are made of inert, archival polypropylene: Diameter on both cores is 3". Price each.

• Resilient, does not deteriorate • Made of polypropylene, resistant to acids and bases • Size 3” • Blue is the only colour available

Product Code Description Dimensions Exterior Price& Thickness

519-52030 3 inch core for 16mm film container 3”/1.81” (76mm x 46mm) £0.70519-53230 3 inch core for 35mm film container 3”/1.89” (76mm x 48mm) £1.05

�� Labels• Made of vinyl, resistant to acid • Adherence resistance to temperature between -190ºC and 125ºC • Can be peeled off and replaced easily • Compatible with regular laser printers • Possibility of permanently identifying the label with your logo • Personalized dimensions available• Also available in a roll for thermal printers

Product Code Description Quantity per packet Price519-0018 Vinyl white labels for 16mm container for laser printer 192 per packet £70.00519-0019 Vinyl white labels for 35mm container for laser printer 144 per packet £70.00

�� Data Protection CD/DVD Case & DiscsOriginally the CD/DVD case was created to answer the needs of the archival field but since has been discovered by users for their dailyuse. Made of unbreakable polypropylene, its shelf life is estimated to about a century.

These durable and functional CD/DVD cases are ideal for both circulation and long-term storage. Manufactured from inert, heavy-dutypolypropylene, these one-piece cases won’t crack or yellow over time. The resilient hinge won’t crack or separate even after years ofuse. A protective hub holds the disc securely in place and the transparent case allows you to easily view the contents. Internal tabsare provided for storage of literature with the disc. The lock-tight design keeps the case securely closed during transit. Best of all, thepatented self-releasing hub suspends the disk midair.

• 100% unbreakable, polypropylene • Fully hinged, resilient, moulded as one piece • Self-releasing patented hub • Disk floats to prevent scratches

Product Code Description Quantity per packet Price491-7845 Polypropylene CD/DVD case 5.63” x 4.88” x 0.39” (143mm x 124mm x 10mm) £1.07

�� Kodak DVD & CD DisksThe recordable Archival Gold CD-R is manufactured using a patented dye that reacts faster to the disc drive’s writing laser, making thepit edges used to store data sharper and easier to read. This dye offers maximum resistance to the effects of light, humidity and heat.The CD’s reflective layer is made with 24K gold instead of the silver layer used in most common discs, making it less vulnerable tooxidation (CD rot). An ideal medium for long term storage of digital files including pictures, music and other data. Tested through anaccelerated aging process and shown to safely store data for more than 300 years. Gold CD-R has a speed of 52X and can store upto 700 MB.

• Assures the safety and integrity of your digital heritage • Pure gold reflective layer that will keep intact your data for centuries• Approved for all burners

Product Code Description Price245-1001 Kodak Gold Preservation CD-R Disk £1.83 each245-1002 Kodak Gold Preservation DVD-R Disk £2.90 each245-1005 Kodak Preservation System: Kodak Gold CD-R disk in a clear polypropylene case £24.95 10pk245-1006 Kodak Preservation System: Kodak Gold DVD-R disk in a clear polypropylene case £25.35 10pk

�� Labels• Made of vinyl, resistant to acid• Adherence to temperatures between -190ºC and 125ºC• Compatible with regular laser printers

Product Code Description Quantity per packet Price519-0024 Vinyl white labels for CD/DVD case for laser printer 624 labels £70.00

Data Protection CD/DVD Case & Discs

Cores

Kodak DVD & CD Disks

Page 58: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Multihole Pages

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 58

�� Archival A4 Multihole PagesThese archival album and binder pages are manufactured especially for PEL. Made from inert, clear,acid-free, polypropylene designed to fit A4 paper size 297 x 210mm with multi holes for 3 or 4 ringbinders. The pages have a soft clear quality feel and attractive appearance making them one of ourbest selling products.

We now offer them in a bulk pack of 1,000 pages and you save 10% discount (£10.75 per 100).

Product Code Overall Size No. Pocket Size Price525-00A4 302 x 235mm 1x 300 x 217mm £12.75 100 pack525-00A4/10 302 x 235mm 1x 300 x 217mm £115.00 1000 pack525-00A5 302 x 235mm 2x 214 x 150mm £13.95 100 pack525-00A5/10 302 x 235mm 2x 214 x 150mm £124.75 1000 pack

For Boxbinders see page 31

Page 59: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Digital Print Presentation ��

59

�� Presentation PocketsHigh clarity, 150 micron thick polypropylene. Sealed on threesides, 1/16” (1.5mm) lip, opening on short side. 1/4” (6mm)pocket tolerance. Ideal for digital prints. Price package 100 pockets

�� Workbox®Workbox® is a fully enclosed box binder which makes storage, presentation, and transportation ofphotographic work easy. Featuring a sleek, contemporary design and made of archival qualitypolypropylene. (241 x 316 x 63mm). Acid-free, archival safe, no PVC. Long life hinges and latches.Removable binder rings. Detachable handle. 1.5” D-ring capacity - 75 negative pages, 50 printpages, 25 slide pages. Colour: Black.

Product Code Size (W x H x D) Price080-0600 241mm x 316mm x 63mm £11.47080-0800 Workbox® Document Clip £1.86

At the top of each preserver page (see page 60/61) you will note the overall size in brackets. Toensure the preserver pages fit the Workbox® you will need to select page sizes smaller than316mm x 241mm

Product Code Description Size (mm) Size (inches) Price067-0810 Presentation Pockets 210mm x 262mm 8.25” x 10.25” £11.25067-0811 Presentation Pockets 222mm x 287mm 8.75” x 11.25” £12.19067-1117 Presentation Pockets 304mm x 440mm 12” x 17.25” £19.47067-1319 Presentation Pockets 336mm x 490mm 13.25” x 19.25” £23.93067-1620 Presentation Pockets 412mm x 516mm 16.25” x 20.25” £29.48067-2024 Presentation Pockets 514mm x 617mm 20.25” x 24.25” £41.59

�� Wire Bound Albums/Portfolio EditionWire bound portfolio edition albums feature three popular presentation sizes: 5 x 7” (127mm x178mm), 8.5 x 11” (216 x 279mm), 11 x 14” (279 x 355mm). Matte black cover material. Theportfolio album comes with 12 high clarity 125 micron polypropylene print preserves. Black wiresecures preservers and allows for easy turning. Wire binding allows album to lie flat during pre-sentations. Portfolio edition wire bound albums are a professional and functional way to display yourwork. Archival quality, acid-free. Ideal for digital prints.

Product Code Description Size (W x H) Price652-0510 Holds 24 8.5 x 11” Prints 252 x 303mm £7.64652-0610 Holds 24 11 x 14” Prints 316 x 379mm £11.83

Page 60: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 60

�� Archival Preservers

�� Print File Negative & Print PreserversPrint File have appointed PEL as their European Importer. We stock the range in 4 hole and 3 hole binder pages.The Archival quality preservers are made from premium high clarity polypropylene which contains no harmful chemicals to cause deterioration during long-term storage. Independent laboratory tests prove Print File preservers store negatives,slides, transparencies, and prints safely. They have passed the Photographic Activity Test (PAT) per ANSI Standard IT9.2. These archival preservers are acid-free, containing none ofthe plasticisers, catalysts, or solvents found in vinyl. We encourage you to compare our products with other brands, and we are confident our consistent quality will convince you. Ifyou still prefer polyester Mylar or Melinex, these are available, see pages 31 & 43. The overall dimensions are in brackets after the Printfile Product Code.

416-52581Holds eight 3.5” x 5” prints

£7.37 25 packMulti hole

416-3510Holds ten 3.5” x 5” prints.

£7.37 25 pack. 3 holeAvailable in 4 hole 416-3510/4

525-4660Holds six 4” x 6” prints

£7.37 25 packMulti hole

416-52572Holds four 5” x 7” prints

£7.37 25 packMulti hole

416-8101Holds two 8” x 10” prints

£7.37 25 packMulti hole

416-62013Holds two 8.5” x 11”documents or prints

£7.37 25 pack3 hole

525-4050Holds eight 4” x 5” prints

£7.37 25 packMulti hole

416-464MEach album page holds 4 4” x 6” printsalong with one strip of four 35mm negs.

£5.55 25 pack3 hole

525-8102 8”x10” £9.19 100 pk525-1114 11”x14” £13.56 100 pk525-1620 16”x20” £23.39 100 pk

525-3507 Extra WideHolds seven 6 frame 35mm strips,

42 frames total

£19.84 100 packMulti hole

527-3542Holds seven strips of 6 frame

35mm, 42 frames total

£17.65 100 packSheets. No holes

525-3506 Extra WideHolds six 7 frame 35mm strips,

42 frames total, 3 hole contact prints on 8.5” x 11”

£19.84 100 pack

525-1241Holds twelve frames of 6x6cm, nine

frames of 6x7cm, or fifteen frames of6x4.5cm 120 film contact prints on 8”x10”

£17.65 100 packMulti hole

525-1240Holds 12 frames of 6x4.5cm, or 8frames of 6x7cm 120 film, contact

prints on 8”x10” £17.65 100 pack525-1244A: £5.19 25 pack

Multi hole

525-2512Holds twelve 6x6cm frames of 120 mountedor unmounted transparencies or negatives

£26.57 100 packMulti hole

525-8101Holds one 8”x10” sleeved negatives ortransparency; contact prints on 8”x10”

£17.65 100 packMulti hole

525-5720Holds two 5”x7” sleeved negatives or

transparency; contact prints on 8”x10”

£17.65 100 pack3 hole

525-4542Holds 4 4”x5” negative or tran; contact

prints on 8”x10” £5.19 25 pack525-4544: £17.65 100 pk

25 pk 3 hole. 100 pk Multi hole

525-12067Holds nine individual frames of 120 filmup to 6x7cm; contact prints on 8”x10”

£7.37 25 packMulti hole

35-8P (278mm x 235mm) 35-10P (287mm x 251mm) 46-6P (278mm x 235mm) 310-4P & 412 4G(278 x 235mm) & (327 x 252mm)

57-4P (278mm x 235mm)

810-2P (278mm x 235mm) 811-2P (303mm x 250mm) 45-8P (278mm x 235mm) 46-4M (260mm x 184mm) 8 x 10-Bag (273mm x 213mm)11 x 14-Bag (375mm x 289mm)16 x 20-Bag (527mm x 416mm)

35-7BXW (293mm x 253mm) 35-7 (293mm x 253mm) 35-6HBXW (276mm x 248mm) 120-3HB (267mm x 221mm)

225-12HB (303mm x 251mm) 45-4B (284mm x 235mm) 120-9HB (295mm x 225mm) 810-1HB (267mm x 235mm)

120-4B (287mm x 217mm)

57-2B (284mm x 219mm)

416-4124 4”x12” £8.10 25pkHolds four panoramic prints. 3 hole

416-3104 3.5”x10” £7.37 25pkHolds four panoramic prints. 3 hole

Page 61: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Archival Preservers ��

61

Product Code overall size wt Price416-ALBS 280 x 301 x 66mm 620g £14.56416-ALBG 282 x 340 x 70mm 712g £17.93

�� Economy Album (not shown)Accommodates Print File preservers and allows you to store a wide variety ofprint sizes in one convenient album. An economical alternative hard-wearingalbum available at a moderate price. The 3-ring (25mm) gives a capacity upto 50 album page preservers. Holds up to 50 album page preservers.

Product Code overall size Descriptions Price416-ARCS 280 x 295 x 47mm Fits standard 3 ring pages £7.55416-ARCM 219 x 273 x 47mm For pages 416-464M only £6.73

525-2220Holds twenty 35mm mounted

or unmountedtransparencies or negatives

£26.57 100 packMulti hole

525-2225Holds twenty 35mm mounted

transparencies,I.D. strip for each slide

£26.57 100 pack3 hole

525-3524Holds 24 mounted 35mm slides

£24.50 50 packP466-PSHU For convenient filing

in standard file drawers, slide hangerthrough I.D. strip on preservers

£56.00 100 pack

525-3525Extra heavyweight 10mil,

holds twenty 35mm mounted transparencies

£8.83 25 packMulti hole

2x2-20B (295mm x 238mm) 2x2-20H (279mm x 246mm) (365mm x 265mm) 2x2-20HB (279mm x 240mm)

525-3525FFrosted back, Extra heavyweight,

10 mil, holds twenty 35mm mounted transparencies

£8.80 25 pack3 hole

2x2-20HBF (279mm x 240mm)

525-4541Holds one 4”x5” sleeved negative or transparency

£7.37 100 pack

525-5070Holds one 5”x7”

£15.38 100 pack

45-1 & 57-1 (132mm x 140mm)(155mm x 197mm)

525-3571Holds seven 5 frame 35mm strips, 35frames total; contact prints on 8” x 10”

£17.65 100 packMulti hole

525-3560Holds six 6 frame 35mm strips, 36

frames total; contact prints on 8.5” x 10”

£17.65 100 pack3 hole

35-7B (284mm x 217mm) 35-6HB (254mm x 248mm)

525-1267Holds twelve frames of 6x7cm 120 film

Multi hole for 3 & 4 hole

£19.84 100 pack

120-4UB (287mm x 252mm)

525-00A4Holds A4 paper 297x210mm

Multi hole for 3 & 4 hole

£12.75 100 pack

(302mm x 235mm)

525-00A5Holds two A5 papers 210 x 148mm

Multi hole 3 & 4 hole

£13.95100 pack

(302mm x 235mm)

�� Archival AlbumStandard 3-ring archival album designed for Print File preservers. Embossedleather-like black exterior, black interior and satin black 40mm D-rings. Offersgood security since it makes it virtually impossible to open the D-rings withoutan audible loud snap. The 40mm 3-ring mechanism allows ease of page turn-ing especially when in constant use. Holds up to 100 album page preservers.

525-4680Holds eight 6” x 4” prints

£8.10 25 packMulti hole

46-8G (236mm x 327mm)

Page 62: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 62

�� Photographic Mounting Corners

�� Gummed Paper Photo CornersEnjoy the ease of application and a traditional appearance with these handy 13mm archival quality photo corners. These acid-free paper corners include a neutral pH, water activatedadhesive that is quick and easy to use. A great look in any photoalbum, but especially attractive on our new black photo and scrapbook album pages (see pages 32). Price per box of 240 indi-vidual corners.

�� Mylar® Photo Mounting CornersLineco Self-Adhesive, Preformed Print & Photo Mounting CornersLineco’s popular Mylar® archival polyester, self-adhesive mounting corners are crystal clear and completely free of harmfulplasticisers used in vinyl corners. They feature a non-yellowing, pressure sensitive, acrylic adhesive backing which never comesin contact with the item being mounted. Display and protect photographs, prints, post cards, trading cards, baseball cards,stamps, and other items. Great for albums, scrapbooks and framing.Price per package of 240 corners.

Product Code size wt Price533-0020 13mm 0.09kg £4.99533-0021 35mm 0.18kg £9.97

�� Mounting Corners for large artwork

These Lineco polypropylene mounting corners provide extrastrength and are available in sizes to accommodate larger art pieces. They are safe and acid-free. The full view varietyminimises the border required to hide the corner under thewindow mat in a picture frame. Can be used for light to heavy-weight photographs and artwork. Prevents prints and photo-graphs coming into contact with the mounting corner adhesiveand allows the artwork to be removed in its original pristine condition.

Product Code size qty/pkg Price533-0022 5/8” (16mm) 500 £5.30533-0034 1.25” (32mm) 250 £12.30533-0035 1.25” Full View 250 £13.60533-0036 3” (76mm) 100 £11.80533-0037 3” Full View 100 £12.97

�� Pre-Scored Mounting CornersCrystal clear Archival Mounting Corners allow safe mounting ofphotographs, post cards, ephemera, clippings, letters, prints or nearly any paper item. Archival Mounting Corners areprescored for speedy application and are made of Mylar®polyester. The self-stick adhesive is 3M 415 tape. Available in either 16mm or 22mm size, these corners offer easy and practical means of archival mounting. Price per box of 100.

Product Code size wt Price545-2336 16mm 0.09kg £8.30545-2337 22mm 0.09kg £9.14

�� Mylar® Photo Mounting SleevesThis quick and convenient mounting system also protects yourphotographs from dirt and dust. Simply slide the photographinto the appropriate size sleeve, remove the release liner fromthe two pressure sensitive strips on the back of the sleeve,and press into place. The inert, crystal clear 50 micronMylar® creates an effective barrier from fingerprints andother hazards. Originally designed for photo albums, theseMounting Sleeves are now being used for framing applicationsas well. Price per package.

Product Code colour wt Price533-0028 gold 0.136kg £2.87533-0025 olde white 0.136kg £2.87533-0024 black 0.136kg £2.87

�� Photographic Infinity Tabs®Photo Tabs provide a simple solution to permanent mountingof photos, news clippings, postcards, etc. The 0.5” squaretabs have an acid-free, non-yellowing, pressure sensitiveadhesive on both sides. Simply apply the tabs to the back ofthe photo, peel away the easy-lift release liner and press yourphotos into place. Infinity Photo Tabs® have passed the P.A.T.test.Price per package of 500 tabs.

Product Code wt tab size Price533-0030 88g 13mm x 13mm £3.70

Product Code fits size (mm) qty wt Price780-3550 3.5” x 5” 86 x 133 25 0.227kg £4.34780-0406 4” x 6” 105 x 159 25 0.273kg £5.12780-0507 5” x 7” 130 x 184 25 0.364kg £6.48780-0810 8” x 10” 208 x 260 10 0.182kg £11.14

1.25” & 3”

Full View

Page 63: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Ink & Pens Conservation ��

63

�� A. “Pigma” Acid-Free Fade-Proof Pens

The first generation of technical pens using the new Pigment InkProcess. Pigmented Ink is composed of super-micro particlesand provides a waterproof line with no fading or discolourationunder direct sunlight. The .08 line width is perfect for spine labellettering, the .01 mm and .005 mm provide fine lines for delicatewriting, and the .05 mm is a great all-purpose pen. Available in Black, note: ink is Permanent. Price each.Not suitable for polyester film.

Product Code Line Width wt Price642-08BK 0.50mm 40g £2.56642-05BK 0.45mm 40g £2.56642-01BK 0.25mm 40g £2.56642-005BK 0.20mm 40g £2.56

�� B. “Pigma” Pen SetThe only way to improve upon what have become our mostpopular pens is to offer a greater variety of sizes. We now havea six pen set, including the .005 (.21 mm line), .01 (.28 mmline), .02 (.32 mm line), .03 (.36 mm line), .05 (.38 mm line),and .08 (.47 mm line): a pen to fit almost every drawing orwriting need. Black, permanent ink. Price per set.

Product Code Description wt Price642-P6 6 pen PIGMA set 110g £14.95

�� C. Film Marking PensThese fine-line film marking pens from Germany are far superior to the others we’ve tried. Ink dries within one secondto a permanent, smudge-proof, waterproof mark on film,Mylar®, acetate, slide mounts, glass, plastic, metal and allsmooth surfaces. Set of 4 includes one each: red, blue, green,and black. Also available in black only.

Product Code Description wt Price871-2040 Black Only 40g £4.41871-2039 4 Film Markers 40g £21.95

�� D. Marking Pencils (not acid-free)This truly unique graphite pencil marks paper, glass, plasticand metal. Use it to temporarily mark on photos or any otherslick surface including Mylar and glassine. Remove pencilmarks with soft white vinyl eraser. Price per dozen.

Product Code wt Price479-9120 136g £23.10

�� Archival InksThese permanent, non-fading inks are resistant to light, heat, and water, and contain no impurities that can affect the permanence of paper or photographic materials. BlackActinic Inks are chemically stable and feature an inorganicpigment that has no tendency to absorb impurities like otherink pigments can. Caution must be used to guard againstcontamination of pens and stamp pads by other, non-archivalinks. Price each.

Product Code wt Price885-125 100g £10.95

Black Actinic Ink #125 for stamp pads. 2oz. bottle with brush in cap.

Product Code wt Price885-1000 100g £9.60

Clear Print un-inked wood block stamp pad set. includes wood stamp pad 2.5” x 4” and reusable case.

Product Code wt Price885-125K 273g £19.77

Archival Ink Stamping Kit includes 2oz. Black Actinic Ink #125; 3 disposable un-inked wood ink pads.1.75” x 3” applicator and directions (no case included).

Product Code wt Price885-230 50g £7.70

Black Actinic Ink #230 for writing, for use with steel tip quill pens.

Product Code wt Price885-230K 230g £13.60

Archival Ink Writing Kit includes 2oz. Black Actinic Ink #230, steel pen, 1 pen holder and directions.

A.B.

B.

C.

D.

For permanent markingof archival materials.

�� “NEW’ Millennium PensPigment ink, acid-free, archival quality, lightfast, waterproof,fade proof, non-bleeding, xylene free and odourless.

A marker system for records, cataloguing, scrapbooks andmemory books. Each marker pen includes pure pigment inkwhich stands the test of time so your precious memories can be preserved for future generations to enjoy. Available inthree line widths. Please note the ink is permanent. Price each.

Product Code Line Width Colour wt Price642-0020 0.20mm Black 9g £2.15642-0035 0.35mm Black 9g £2.15642-0065 0.65mm Black 9g £2.15

�� Polyester Film Marking PensIdeal for cataloguing polyester pockets with details of contents. Also used for overhead projection film. The ink isnon-erasable, alcohol based, permanent and smudge-proof.Can be used on most smooth surfaces such as films, acetate,glass, plastic and metal.Available in two colours.Price each.

Product Code Line Width Colour wt Price642-0050 0.5mm Black 9g £1.59642-1050 0.5mm Red 9g £1.59

�� Perma Ball Roller Ball PenPermanent marker pen for metal, plastic, ceramic, glass andmost hard smooth surfaces. Use minimum pressure on hardsurfaces to avoid scratching the surface. Easy and comfort-able to use writes and flows well to create clear markings.Price each.

Product Code wt Price642-4910 11g £1.95

�� Ultrafine Rollerball PenWhen you need to write small and discreet notes, the roller-ball pen has a 0.4 ball tip that writes a smooth 0.2mm ultrafine line with constant line width.

Newly developed bio-polymer ink prevents feathering and iswater resistant when fully dry. A built in cushion in the pencap protects the tip.

You would not believe a rollerball could write such an ultra fine line.

Product Code Line Width Colour wt Price642-4902 0.2mm Black 10g £2.34

Page 64: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 64

�� Labels Acid-Free

�� B. Perma/Seal® Foil Backed LabelsWhite, smudge proof, flexible, permanent Foil-Backed Labels coated with our special formulationof Perma/Seal® acid-free acrylic adhesive that really does stick to boxes, books, Mylar® polyester film, etc. The unique foil barrier prevents surface inks from penetrating the label andaffecting the material beneath; conversely, the adhesive cannot penetrate the foil to attack the inkand cause excessive fading.Price per package of 1000.

Product Code label size wt Price387-1216 0.75” x 1” (19 x 25mm) 182g £7.66387-1224 0.75” x 1.5” (19 x 38mm) 182g £7.48387-1420 0.875” x 1.25” (22 x 32mm) 182g £9.84387-1624 1” x 1.5” (25 x 38mm) 227g £8.96387-1225 0.75” x 2.5” (19 x 64mm) 318g £12.50387-1632 1” x 2” (25 x 51mm) 364g £12.03387-1648 1” x 3” (25 x 76mm) 500g £14.15Price Per Package387-1640 2” x 3” (51 x 76mm) 252 per pack 273g £9.28387-1642 3” x 4” (76 x 102mm) 150 per pack 273g £9.87

�� A. Pin-Feed Box & File LabelsSame labels as described on page 65, but in a continuous, 2-across, pin-feedformat for computer printers, word processors or any standard typewriter.Price per package of 1000.

Product Code size overall wt Price(H x W) mm width mm

387-1640PF 2” x 3” 51 x 76 6.875” 175 1.05kg £43.90387-1642PF 3” x 4” 76 x 102 8.875” 225 1.86kg £53.65387-3052 1.5” x 0.9” 38 x 22 3.5” 89 336g £13.17387-3301 1” x 3.5” 24 x 89 4.25” 108 514g £15.04

A.B.

�� Pressure Sensitive Archival Polyester Label Holders

Our Archival Polyester Label Holders provide you with a sim-ple and effective means of label-ling boxes, binders, shelving,folders, etc. Label holders are constructed using a crystalclear window of 50 micron Archival Polyester attached on two(long) sides to a 75 micron Archival Polyester base. Remove the release liner and attach the holder using the pressuresensitive acrylic adhesive. Each label holder comes completewith an acid-free insert. Use over and over again simply bychanging the insert. Price per package of 12 holders and inserts.

Product Code Size Price780-2030 2” x 3” (51 x 76mm) £7.90780-3040 3” x 4” (76 x 102mm) £8.15

�� Clip-On Label HolderMetal clip-on label holder allows quick and easy relabeling of boxes, pamphlet files and binders. The spring-lock mech-anism allows for easy yet firm application. Rounded cornerswill not scratch or mar surfaces. Each black label holdercomes complete with identification insert and a plastic labelprotector. Overall size is 2-3/4"L x 2-1/2"W with a full 2-1/4" x 2" area for identification. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price607-SL2 70mm x 64mm 45g £1.50

�� Tyvek Tying Tape LabelsThese Tyvek labels have two slots to thread throughunbleached cotton tying tape. The labels are used for cata-loguing and detailing notes when tying together bundles ofpapers, books and documents. No doubt other uses will befound for these Tyvek labels. They can be used outdoors asthey withstand water and are very strong and will not split.Used as identification tags, Tyvek will take our pigma Pens(see page 63) for acid-free permanent lettering. Price per 1000 labels.

Product Code Size Price613-7500 100mm x 70m £59.75

Page 65: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Laser Labels ��

65

A. Label Size - 4"W x 2"H(102mm x 51mm)

C. Label Size - 2.625"W x 0.875"H(67mm x 22mm)

D. Slide Label Size1.75"W x 0.5"H(47mm x 11mm)

B. Foil-Back Perma/Seal® 8.5" x 11" (216mm x 280mm)

sheets without splits or perforations for makingyour own custom laser images in variable sizes.

50 sheets per pkg.

E. Label Size - 3.33”W x 4”H(85mm x 102mm)

F. Label Size - 3”W x 4”H(76mm x 102mm)

�� Archival Quality Laser LabelsOur Perma/Seal® and Perma/Seal® Foil Back Laser Labels provide archivists, conservators,curators and other collection care specialists with a variety of acid free label formats for their laserprinters. All feature a non-yellowing, pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. The foil back version pro-vides an extra barrier between the acid-free paper and the adhesive to prevent bleed through andto enhance the ability of the label to adhere to rounded or other irregularly shaped items. Eachlabel format is provided on an 280 x 216mm sheet. Please note: These labels should not be useddirectly on valuable artwork, documents, artifacts or photographs. Price per package.

Product key type labels/ sheets/ label wt PriceCode sheet pkg size*387-5352 A Foil back 10 100 102 x 51mm 1.5kg £28.70*387-3025 B Foil back 1 50 280 x 216mm 0.8kg £15.88377-3025 B Perma/Seal 1 50 280 x 216mm 0.7kg £13.52377-4501 C Perma/Seal 33 100 67 x 22mm 1.5kg £38.14*387-2520 D Foil back 84 30 47 x 11mm 0.5kg £24.50633-2520 D Perma/Seal 84 30 47 x 11mm 0.4kg £22.56377-5164 E Perma/Seal 6 100 102 x 85mm 1.5kg £38.14*387-3400 F Foil back 6 100 102 x 76mm 1.6kg £30.44377-4375 G Foil back 30 100 83 x 17mm 0.5kg £25.90387-0666 G Perma/Seal 30 100 83 x 17mm 0.5kg £29.95

* These labels, specifically formulated for desktop laser applications, have performedeffectively in HP Laser Jet Series II printers. Always consult your printer manual andservice rep for technical requirements before using foil-backed laser labels.

�� Artifact Identification Tags WithNew Size for Bar Code Labelling

Identify artifacts or specimens with University Products’ acid-free Artifact I.D. Tags. Made of buffered 225gsm off-white tagstock which is both acid-free and lignin free, each tag fea-tures a strong 152mm cotton string for attaching to objects.Four sizes are available including a size to accommodate barcode labels. Price per package of 100 tags.

Product Code size wt Price613-3478 19 x 22mm 40g £7.68613-1530 38 x 76mm 90g £14.50613-3050 76 x 127mm 273g £16.45613-1535 89 x 38mm 136g £11.76

new size for bar code labelling

Product Code size Price613-7550 75mm x 50mm £37.95 per 1000613-7510 150mm x 100mm £55.00 per 500

�� Tyvek Tags & LabelsIdentity tags for artifacts and specimens used in museums forlabelling works of art, very strong, tear proof, waterproof, canbe used outside since the wet will not affect them. Tyvek isacid-free, lightweight, resistant to harsh chemicals and can beeasily over printed (contact our sales office for over printing).Tag has eyelet reinforced hole, supplied without ties. We suggest our acid-free twine is used for ties, so you can cut to the necessary length. Special sizes available, contact outcustomer service department for prices.

�� Unbleached Cotton Archival TapeVarious uses are made of archival quality tapes, from tying upbundles of documents and folders to bookbinding. This soft,unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of booksand periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying togetherdamaged books while they wait for repair. Non-abrasive, withno dye to bleed.

Product Code size Price586-0006 6mm x 100m £5.32586-0010 10mm x 100m £5.99586-0016 16mm x 100m £7.40

Page 66: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 66

�� Storage Artifact

�� C. Flat “Short-Lid” Storage Boxes“Short-lid” flat boxes made for the storage of manuscripts, rare books and many other itemsrequiring a shallow depth 89mm, metal-reinforced acid-free stackable box. The convenient“short-lid” makes access quick and easy. Available in both our acid-free 1300gsm Blue/Greyboard and our acid-free, lignin-free tan board.Price each.

A.

Size: 17.5” x 11.5” x 3.5”Product Code board wt Price732-1711 Blue/grey 445 x 292 x 89mm 500g £6.55801-1711 Tan 445 x 292 x 89mm 545g £8.75

Size: 12” x 5.125” x 3.125” (for 3” x 5” cards)Product Code board wt Price732-1253 Blue/grey 305 x 130 x 79mm 318g £4.40801-1253 Tan 305 x 130 x 79mm 318g £5.35

Size: 12” x 6.125” x 4.125” (for 4” x 6” cards)732-1264 Blue/grey 305 x 156 x 105mm 410g £5.35801-1264 Tan 305 x 156 x 105mm 410g £7.60

Size: 12” x 8.125” x 5.125” (for 5” x 8” cards)732-1285 Blue/grey 305 x 206 x 130mm 500g £5.90801-1285 Tan 305 x 206 x 130mm 500g £7.70

Size: 12” x 9.125” x 6.125” (for 6” x 9” cards)732-1296 Blue/grey 305 x 232 x 156mm 545g £6.35

�� A. Artifact Storage Boxes - For Small ItemsArtifact Storage Boxes for storage of various objects such as buttons, fragments, miniatures orany small item that should be stored in an environment that does not contain migratory acids,lignins or chemicals. Metal edged for strength and vermin-free enclosures. Tops and bottomsmay be used as open trays. Buffered, light tan board; 0.5mm thickness. Sturdy and stackablefor a variety of uses.Price per package of 10.

Product Code size wt Price734-2525 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” (64 x 64 x 32mm) 318g £23.40734-3540 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” (89 x 102 x 32mm) 410g £25.95734-4560 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” (114 x 165 x 38mm) 773g £34.00734-5575 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5” (140 x 191 x 38mm) 864g £42.40

�� B. Card File BoxesShort-lid boxes made for the storage of cards, envelopes and other miscellaneous items requiring a metal reinforced, stackable box. Short-lid (1.5") makes access quick and easy. Availablein both our 1300gsm buffered blue-grey board and our buffered tan lignin-free board. Price each.

B.

C.

Size: 20.5” x 16.5” x 3.5”732-2016 Blue/grey 521 x 419 x 89mm 864g £10.80

�� Small Artifact Storage BoxesThree distinctive design styles now availableArtifact Storage Boxes for storage of various objects such as buttons, fragments, miniatures or any small item that should bestored in an environment that does not contain migratory acids, lignen or chemicals. Metal-edged for strength and vermin-freeenclosures. Fully telescoping lids. Tops and bottoms may be used as open trays. All prices are for package of 10 boxes

A. Top View Artifact BoxesThickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen Free

Bottom 20pt Yes Light Tan Deep Lid Metal Edge YesTop 20pt N/A Clear Deep Lid Metal Edge Yes

Store your collections safely and visibly with our Clear-View® Boxes. These boxes feature an acid-free buffered 0.5mm tanboxboard bottom with a 375 micron clear polyester top. Both tops and bottoms have sturdy metal-corner construction with a fulltelescoping design for strength and stability. Display and view the contents without disturbing your collection.

Product Code L x W x H weight Price734-2525-1 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” (64mm x 64mm x 32mm) 318g £31.00734-3540-1 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” (89mm x 102mm x 32mm) 410g £32.00734-4560-1 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” (114mm x 165mm x 38mm) 773g £37.25734-5575-1 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5” (140mm x 191mm x 38mm) 864g £38.25

B. Full View Artifact BoxesThickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen Free

Full View Box 20pt N/A Clear Deep Lid Metal Edge N/A

The ultimate in visibility for your collection; both top and bottom of boxes are manufactured with 375 micron archival quality,crystal clear polyester and feature metal edge construction.

Product Code L x W x H weight Price734-2525-2 2.5” x 2.5” x 1.25” (64mm x 64mm x 32mm) 318g £32.65734-3540-2 3.5” x 4” x 1.25” (89mm x 102mm x 32mm) 410g £37.00734-4560-2 4.5” x 6.5” x 1.5” (114mm x 165mm x 38mm) 773g £48.60734-5575-2 5.5” x 7.5” x 1.5” (140mm x 191mm x 38mm) 864g £45.00

A.

B.

Page 67: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Special Collections Storage ��

67

�� Clear-View BoxesStore your collections safely and visibly with our Clear-View Boxes. These boxes are con-structed of our1000gsm, unbuffered, tan box board which is both acid-free and lignin-free.The box top has a window of crystal clear, 75 micron, archival quality polyester so you can seethe contents without disturbing them. Metal-edged corners and the telescoping design createan exceptionally strong box. Outside dimensions are given. Price each.

specimen specimen specimen Product tray size tray size trays perCode (mm) (inches) carrier tray wt Price727-14040 (A) 40 x 40 x 23 1.56” x 1.56” x 0.9” 48 318g £29.95727-18040 (B) 40 x 80 x 23 1.56” x 3.12” x 0.9” 24 273g £21.60727-18080 (C) 80 x 80 x 23 3.12” x 3.12” x 0.9” 12 273g £16.10727-11680 (D) 160 x 80 x 23 6.24” x 3.12” x 0.9” 6 227g £12.90727-8632 8 A’s, 6 B’s, 3 C’s, 2 D’s 19 assorted 273g £20.95727-101312 Clear-View polyester cover for carrier tray 45g £10.95

Product Code size (L x W x H) wt Price799-5372 5.5” x 3.75” x 2.5” (140 x 95 x 64mm) 90g £6.23799-7552 7.5” x 5.5” x 2.5” (191 x 140 x 64mm) 90g £7.07799-7555 7.5” x 5.5” x 5.5” (199 x 140 x 140mm) 227g £13.30799-1172 11” x 7.5” x 2.5” (280 x 191 x 64mm) 182g £7.95799-1174 11” x 7.5” x 4” (280 x 191 x 102mm) 227g £14.36799-1175 11” x 7.5” x 5.5” (280 x 191 x 140mm) 364g £15.86799-15114 15” x 11” x 4” (381 x 280 x 102mm) 410g £13.36

�� “Mix & Match” Artifact/Specimen Trays - Now Available With New, Optional Clear-View Covers

This artifact/specimen storage system provides you with the configuration which best suits the storage requirements of your particular collection. The 257 x 340 x 25mm metal edgedcarrier tray is constructed of our 1300gsm. buffered blue/grey board. All specimen trays are constructed of white, unbuffered, 2-ply, 100% rag board fastened on the corners by an acid-free paper tape with a stable heat seal acrylic adhesive. The system is ideal for storing itemssimilar in character but varying in size. Jewellery, medals, buttons, small fossils, shells, and almost any collection of miniatures can benefit from this neat and orderly storage system. The design allows you to configure multiple specimen tray sizes within one carrier tray asshown above. Price includes one carrier tray and number of specimen trays indicated. A new, optional clear-view Mylar® cover for the carrier tray helps secure the collection, keeps it freefrom dirt and dust, and still allows full view of contents.Price each.

See page 53 for Really Useful Box Trays.

Page 68: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 68

�� B-Flute Storage System

�� B-Flute Tray SystemA system ideal for archival presentation or display of artifacts, these trays are constructedfrom heavy duty B-Flute corrugated board and are acid-free and lignen-free with a 3% calcium carbonate buffer. Note: Base storage carton will only accept trays without covers.

Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free1/8” (3mm) Yes Blue/Grey Bulk RTA Yes

Product Code Size (L x W x H) Weight PriceG. 613-0771 15” x 12” x 10” 900g £10.00

Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free1/8” (3mm) Yes Blue/Grey Nesting Tray Metal Edge Yes

Product Code Compartments Size (L x W x H) Weight PriceA. 613-1525 15 3.75” x 2.75” x 2.5” 400g £17.40B. 613-0625 6 5.75” x 4.75” x 2.5” 360g £16.50C. 613-0405 4 7.75” x 5.75” x 5” 450g £16.50D. 613-0207 7 12” x 2” x 1.375” 400g £16.50

Inner Compartmentalized Trays

Base Storage Carton Complete with Lid

Product Code Description Weight PriceE. 415-12151 1.375” Standard Lid 180g £9.10F. 415-121522 1.375” Lid Clear Archival Polyester 140g £9.85

Tray Lids

�� Pull-String KitUse the unique kit to create reliable pull-handles foryour artifact storage trays. With regular pliers, justcrimp the nickel-plated clip over a knotted length of

cord on the edge of the tray. Each kit contains 6 pre-crimped clips and 6 cords.

Price per kit

Product Code Weight Price613-0001 45g £8.45

613-0771Base Box withStandard LidSize: 381 x 304 x 254mm

415-12151Standard LidHeight: 35mm

415-121522Lid made fromArchival PolyesterHeight: 35mm

613-04054 CompartmentsSize: 196 x 146 x 127mm

613-06256 CompartmentsSize: 146 x 120 x 63mm

613-02077 CompartmentsSize: 301 x 50 x 35mm

613-152515 CompartmentsSize: 95 x 70 x 63mm

G.

E.

F.

C.

B.

D.

A.

Page 69: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Storage System E-Flute ��

69

612-0104E-Flute CorrugatedTray & Solid Lid

612-01052Tray & Clear-View®375 micron Polyester Lid

612-01034 CompartmentsSize: 228 x 152 x 35mm

612-01028 CompartmentsSize: 228 x 76 x 35mm

612-010116 CompartmentsSize: 114 x 76 x 35mm

612-010032 CompartmentsSize: 76 x 54 x 35mm

612-0106Tray & solid lid withcomplete set of 15compartments

20 point (375 micron)Polyester Cover

H.

I.

J.

K.

L.

M.

N.

Trays also fit standard 2”(50mm) flat file drawers

�� ‘Mix & Match’ Modular Archival E-Flute Storage BoxesSturdy and durable E-flute corrugated compartments and trays create a storge system fora variety of artifacts and collectibles. Acid-free and lignen-free, with a calcium carbonatebuffer to help neutralize acids. Metal corners protect against wear and tear and providestacking strength. Overall tray size is 18.375” x 12.5” x 1.5” (I.D.) Perfect for flat file storage. Trays are available with matching corrugated lid or the new Clear-View® 375micron polyester lid. Trays and compartments sold separately.

Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free1/16” 1.5mm Yes Blue/Grey Nesting Tray Metal Edge Yes

Product Code Master Tray Size (L x W x H) Compartments PriceM. 612-0100 4 x 8 = 32 3” x 2.125” x 1.4” 32 £14.30L. 612-0101 4 x 4 = 16 4.5” x 3” x 1.4” 16 £14.30K. 612-0102 4 x 2 = 8 9” x 3” x 1.4” 8 £14.30J. 612-0103 4 x 1 = 4 9” x 6” x 1.4” 4 £14.30

Compartments

Thickness CaCO2 Buffer Colour Design Construction Lignen-Free1/16” 1.5mm Yes Blue/Grey Tray & Lid Metal Edge Yes

Product Code Description Size (L x W x H) Wt PriceH. 612-0104 Tray & Matching Solid Lid 466 x 317 x 38mm 0.77kg £16.95I. 612-01052 Tray & Clear-View® Lid 466 x 317 x 38mm 0.54kg £18.95N. 612-0106 Tray & Solid Lid 466 x 317 x 38mm 1.09kg £51.95

Set of 15 Compartments

Trays with Lids

N.

Page 70: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 70

�� Registers & Notebooks

�� Acid-Free JournalsYou will find hundreds of uses for these handsome volumes - as accessions books, diaries,keepsake books, journals, etc. Each book contains 160 pages of 75gsm acid-free, bufferedPerma/Dur® bond, lightly lined. The covers are constructed of acid-free binder board andcovered with a rich burgundy linen-textured fabric. The “Smyth sewn” construction allowsthe book to be opened completely with no damage. Bound exclusively for University Productsof our own quality materials. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price678-0003 5.5” x 8.5” (140 x 216mm) 90g £26.16678-0004 8.5” x 11” (216 x 280mm) 227g £29.46

�� Acid-Free Wirebound NotebooksRecord your notes for posterity on these spiral-bound notebooks of acid-free paper. Use as accessions books or for keeping working notes, genealogical information, scientific fieldnotes, gardening notes, even recipes or classroom notes. Constructed of acid-free 75gsmPerma/Dur® bond with lined pages. Cover is our 1300gsm. Hunter Green boxboard with a wipe-clean surface. Stainless steel wire spiral. Each book is 160 pp.Price each.

Product Code size wt Price678-0001 5” x 7” (127x 178mm) 90g £8.60678-0002 8.5” x 11.5” (216 x 280mm) 227g £11.21

�� Accession and Deaccession RegistersAcid-free Registers are the original, trusted, hand recorded account of details pertainingto the acquisition and removal of articles from museum collections. Seven columns permitentry of information including article number, date, description, remarks, and other perti-nent information. Each hard cover book contains 80 two page spreads. Use Pigma Pens(page 63) for recording information.

Product Code Price061-1000 Accession Reg £75.00061-2000 Deaccession Reg £75.00

Page 71: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Natural History ��

71

�� E. Self-Sealing L-Velopes®Support and protect your valuable mounted specimens while in circulation, or on display withunique Self-Sealing L-Velopes®. Heavy, 100 micron Mylar D® construction. Two adjacentsides open (figure 1) so mounting sheet safely slips in (figure 2); then flaps fold over to makea seal (figure 3). Your specimen is safe from dirt, fingerprints and damage due to ordinary wearor handling, yet it is completely visible. Package of 5 L-Velopes. Additional sizes can be foundon pages 42 and 45.

Product Code description size fits up to: Price/Pkg of 5738-0811 For documents 219 x 293mm 216 x 280mm £10.15738-1217 For mounting sheets 308 x 435mm 292 x 419mm £14.35

1.

2.

3.

�� Herbarium Specimen Sheet ProtectorsThese sheet protectors provide vital protection for your herbarium specimens. Manufacturedfrom soft, smooth, 75 micron polypropylane, these L-sealed enclosures help keep loose plant particles from becoming separated from the specimen. In addition they provide a safe,secure environment that keeps out dirt, dust and fingerprints, while separating one specimenfrom another. Overall size is 11.75” x 16.75” (298 x 425mm). Designed to fit standard 11.5” x 16.5” (292 x 419mm) herbarium mounting paper. Unlike polyester enclosures, polypropylanelacks the static that can cling to and damage small plant fragments. Price per package of 25.

Product Code dimensions (W x H) Price416-9277 298mm x 425mm £13.65

Discounts available on large quantities.

Product Code size qty Price500-1000 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 500 £2.60500-1001 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 500 £3.40500-1005 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 500 £8.85500-1006 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 500 £9.00500-1008 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 500 £8.70500-1105 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 500 £10.25500-1100 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 200 £7.70500-10A4 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 200 £11.30500-1014 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 200 £13.70500-1016 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 200 £20.60500-1017 380mm x 510mm (14.96” x 20.08”) 200 £26.20

�� Polyethylene Zipper BagsMinigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made fro 50 micron polyethylene, now available at verygood prices giving excellent value. These simple efficient bags are completely inert and trans-parent. They have many uses in Museums, Archives and Libraries including storage of books,paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, archaeological specimens and odd shaped objects.Bags are water resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety of sizes for a variety of uses.Price per package of 500 & 200 bags

Page 72: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Natural History

�� Resistall Paper fromByron Weston Co.

Thanks to the requests and efforts of so many Natural HistoryProfessionals, we are pleased to once again be able to offerResistall. For years, Resistall has been used for labels for “wet”natural history collections (those specimens stored in alcoholor formaldehyde) because of its ability to maintain dimension-al stability even when wet. The long, stable 100% cotton fibresof this material are specially treated for longevity and superiorwet strength and durability. While we have eliminated some ofthe standard formats offered in previous catalogues, we willhappily provide a quotation for any special requirements youmay have, including imprinting. Note: not acid-free.

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 72

�� C. Species FoldersUniversity Products’ Species Folders are made of acid-free165 micron folder stock in Pale Cream, watermarked foryour protection. This archival Species Folder is folded fromsize 16.5" x 23.125" to 16.5" x 11.5".Price per 100 folders.

Product Code Description wt Price678-1611 419 x 588 1.68kg £32.97

folded to: 419 x 294

�� A. White Buffered BlotterHeavy .030 blotting paper is strong, absorbent, and durableenough to use time and time again. Safer for your specimensthan the coloured felt blotters, which can delaminate andleave a coloured residue. Size: 12" x 18". Package of 100 sheets.

Product Code size Price702-1218 305 x 457mm £58.90

�� B. Unprinted NewsprintClean and economical sheets for field pressing specimens.Sheet size: 24"x18", pre-folded to 12"x18". Note: This paper,like other newsprints, is not acid-free.Price per package of 100 sheets.

Product Code Price170-1218 610 x 457mm £33.40

folded to: 305 x 457mm

B.

A.

Sheets for Printing, Laser Printer or Xerographic Copier (8.5” x 11”)Product Code sub. wt wt sheet size qty Price219-368511 120gsm 730g 279 x 216mm 100 sheets £23.89219-36A4 120gsm 3.64kg 297 x 210mm (A4) 500 sheets £138.75Large Sheets (18” x 23”)Product Code sub. wt wt sheet size qty Price219-361823 120gsm 3.64kg 584 x 457mm 100 sheets £62.49

visit PEL online at www.preservationequipment.com

Page 73: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 73

�� Archival Specimen TraysAcid-free, lignin-free specimen trays offer standard containers to fit in specimen cabinets(standard specimen tray drawer 590mm x 753mm x 48mm deep) in a variety of configurations.Trays are metal edged. Modular dimensions and design enable user to create drawer layoutsto fit any collection. Items may be assorted for best quantity price. Manufactured from our 40 pt. Dark Tan board which is buffered for an alkaline reserve. Price per package of 10.

Product Code Inside (L x W x H) wt Price800-2911 2.925” x 1.8” x 1” (74 x 46 x 25mm) 0.36kg £18.80800-2931 2.925” x 3.625” x 1” (74 x 92 x 25mm) 0.27kg £24.30800-3651 3.625” x 5.85” x 1” (92 x 149 x 25mm) 0.59kg £25.51800-7115 7.25” x 11.7” x 1.5” (184 x 297 x 38mm) 1.36kg £45.57

C.

E.

D.

�� D. 100% Rag Herbarium Mounting PaperOur finest archival quality 100% Rag Herbarium Mounting Paper. This superior paper is off-white with a moderately textured surface for excellent adhesion of mounting strips or adhesive. It is buffered with approximately 3% calcium carbonate to inhibit acid migration.These 292 x 419mm sheets are available in four different thicknesses. The grain direction is parallel to the long dimension to assure ease in handling after specimens have been mounted. This paper is, of course, acid-free and lignin-free with a pH of 8.5 ±.5. By populardemand we have added a heavyweight unbuffered material in the UCAL type. Carton of 500sheets, packaged with moistureproof wrapping.

�� E. Archival Quality Genus CoversArchival Quality Genus Covers in a light tan (natural) colour. Acid-free and lignin-free with 3%calcium carbonate buffer to repel migrant acidity. Covers possess high folding tolerance toendure years of service. University Products’ Genus Covers are 380micron thick and folded tosize indicated below. Price per 100 folders.

Product Code wt colour size Price170-1012 6.7kg Plain 422 x 610mm £70.49

folded to 422 x 305mm

Natural History ��

Product Code wt description type Price per 100170-1116L 2.35kg Lt. wt. Stanford £22.05 (292x419mm)170-1116S 2.85kg Std. wt. NYBG/Smithsonian £24.50 (292x419mm)170-1116H 3.55kg Hvy. wt. UCal £31.00 (292x419mm)

Page 74: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 74

�� Storage Entomology

�� C. Pinning BoxesThese insect pinning boxes are constructed of the finest archival quality materials, yet are reasonably priced. This fully telescoping box is constructed of tan unbuffered, 960gsm boardwith metal edged corners for added strength - no adhesives which might attract insect pestshave been used. Each box has been lined with archivally safe 1/4" polyethylene foam. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price799-1080/F 8”W x 10”L x 2”H (203 x 254 x 51mm) 273g £7.73799-1080 Box only without foam lining 273g £4.53

�� Entomology PinsThe black hardened steel specimen pins have a lacquered finish that guards against rust. Twothicknesses are available, each measures 38mm in length. The stainless steel pins are smoothand are preferred by some customers.

Product Code thickness length qty/pack finish price023-0055 0.55mm 38mm 500 black £7.50023-0530 0.53mm 38mm 500 stainless £13.95

Helpful Hint… Special Sizes

University Products will manufacture most products to your exact dimensions and specifications, including imprinting. Replace damaging acidic storage materials with archival

quality products from Preservation Equipment. Please call for a quotation.

C.

A.

B.

�� Artifact Identification Tags with New Size for Bar Code Labelling

Identify artifacts or specimens with University Products’ acid-free Artifact I.D. Tags. Made ofbuffered 225gsm off-white tag stock which is both acid-free and lignin free, each tag featuresa strong 152mm cotton string for attaching to objects. Four sizes are available including a sizeto accommodate bar code labels. Price per package of 100 tags.

Product Code size wt Price613-3478 19 x 22mm 40g £7.68613-1530 38 x 76mm 90g £14.50613-3050 76 x 127mm 273g £16.45613-1535 89 x 38mm (new size for bar code labelling) 136g £11.76

Page 75: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Cabinets Storage ��

75

�� Entomology Cabinet (pictured right)These Entomology Cabinets are manufactured to a very high specification. Designed to takeexisting entomology trays size 446 x 443 x 57mm, with 20 tray spaces per cabinet. The lockable door has a seal to keep out possible infestation, thus keeping your collection safe andsecure. The door is fitted with a lockable handle and metal identification label holder.

Product Code: 501-7000 £499.00Colour Light GreyDimensions 521mm W x 523mm L x 1508mm HDrawer Size to take 446mm x 443mm x 57mmWeight 66 kiloCaution: Delivery is to ground floor first door only. For installation beyond this point youshould contact our customer service department.

�� Entomology TraysMade from American Lime, which is recognised as the most suitable wood for entomology. The trays have a glass lid in a tongued and grooved top, and lined with white Plastazote inertfoam. These entomology trays are well known and are of an existing size already used in various Natural History Museums.

Product Code: Price501-7402 Plastazote Lined (446 x 443 x 57mm) £67.50

�� Geology CabinetThis cabinet is the same outside as the entomology cabinet, but with open metal drawers.Already installed for rare gemstone collection in Yorkshire. Drawers have overall dimension 456wide x 490mm deep (front to back) and have 12 drawers per cabinet. We suggest drawerliner such as Plastazote or Polyfelt is used to protect specimens. No doubt other types of conservation storage within museums will be used for this cabinet. The lockable sealed door will keep out unwanted infestation and could be used with Art-Sorb to control humidity. A double plinth is available to support two cabinets secured together.

Product Code: 501-7012 £699.00Colour Light GreyDimensions 510mm W x 520mm D x 1695mm HDrawer Size 456mm x 490mm x 122mm (50mm at front)Drawer Quantity 12 DrawersWeight 66 kilo

�� Mylar Covers for Microscope SlidesThese sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captive flap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm)glass slides. Being glass clear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust and fingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomology at The Natural History Museumin London, who kindly allowed us to use the picture.

P217-8032 1” x 3” (25mm x 76mm) £115.85

Product Code: 501-7010 £665.00Drawer Size 456mm x 490mm x 150mm (50mm at front)Drawer Quantity 10 Drawers

See Full Range Cabinets & Shelving on pages 194 to 205

Page 76: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 76

�� Microchamber® Mounting Board

White MicrochamberMounting Board

Antique White MicrochamberMounting Board

Heritage White MicrochamberMounting Board

Natural White MicrochamberMounting Board

Ivory MicrochamberMounting Board

Page 77: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Microchamber® Mounting BoardMicrochamber museum mount boards with their patented molecular trap technology have been proven to significantly outperform all other mount boards in the protection of framed art.

These boards are available in 100% cotton rag manufactured exclusively by Nielsen & Bainbridge. The boards contain zeolites which are molecular traps which collect airborne acidic pollutant gases. These harmful gases are then neutralized by an alkaline buffer of calcium carbonate. Therefore, within the micro environment of a sealed frame mounted with Microchamberthe ageing of artwork is considerably retarded.

The boards are sulphur and lignin free, have a pH of 8.9 and pass the Photographic Activity Test. Microchamber® boards arethe only mount boards available that pass the ANSI IT 9.15 1992 for the blockage of acid/oxidising gasses.

Product Code Colour Size (mm) Size (inches) Thickness Pack Price700-8649 White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 1 ply 350 micron 25 £74.90700-8632 White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 2 ply 700 micron 25 £119.95700-86348 White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00700-86349 White 1016 x 1524 40” x 60” 4 ply 1400 micron 5 £88.20700-8652 Heritage White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00700-8656 Natural White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00700-86408 Antique White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00700-86409 Antique White 1016 x 1524 40” x 60” 4 ply 1400 micron 5 £88.20700-8645 Ivory 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00700-0000 Sample Swatch FREE

�� Unbuffered Microchamber® Mounting Board

Product Code Colour Size (mm) Size (inches) Thickness Pack Price700-6001 White 813 x 1016 32” x 40” 4 ply 1400 micron 10 £83.00

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Mounting Board Microchamber® ��

77

�� Microchamber® Foam Board (bottom right)An archival heat-activated foamboard that allows art to be reversed to its pre-mounting condition.

Ultimate Protection!You can safely reverse art to its exact, pre-mounting conditions. The non-permeable adhesive meets all archival standards and canbe completely removed from the art. the adhesive activates at low temperatures with short dwell times, making it safe for most art.

Fast and Easy!Gives you the fastest, easiest and safest mounting option available. You can mount art in just 15-30 seconds on a mechanicalpress - or as little as 2 minutes in most vacuum presses.

Highest QualityOffers an ultra-smooth mount not achievable with other archival mounting methods. A permanent mount that is reversible whenreheating to 150ºF and removing the art.

Archival Plus!Patented Microchamber® technology actively protects art from the harmful effects of outgassing and from damaging pollutants- something no other foamboard can do!

Product Code Sheet Size Thickness Pack Size Price616-3240/25 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 5mm 25 Sheets £141.20616-4060/25 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 5mm 25 Sheets £230.00

Page 78: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 78

�� Archival & Museum Board

�� 100% Rag, Acid Free Museum Quality Mounting BoardManufactured from 100% select cotton fibres, this top quality rag board features a 3% calcium carbonate buffer to guard against acid migration. The pH level of 8.5 enables it to resist fading,discolouration, and embrittlement. It is the standard for museums and galleries. Ideal for both matting and mounting prints, watercolours, etchings, documents and letters. Outstanding surface characteristics and cutting properties. There is no finer board at any price. Sold in full cartons only. Price per carton.

Sheets/Ctn Ply Thickness Pure White Soft White Antique White Natural Ivory Cream wt size (mm) Price25 2 ply 0.75mm 700-3242 700-4243 700-3246 700-3256 N/A N/A 11.36kg 813 x 1016 £130.5025 4 ply 1.50mm 700-3244 700-3245 700-3247 700-3258 700-3243 700-3259 24kg 813 x 1016 £255.2510 8 ply 3.00mm 700-3248 700-3260 700-3261 700-3262 N/A N/A 23.64kg 813 x 1016 £255.25

Most paper manufacturers obtain their water from nearby rivers. Obviously, whatever foreign matter is contained in the water can wind up in their paper.The manufacturers water supply is from an artesian well that originates from a limestone water table 800 feet below the earth's surface. For the 60 yearsthey have tested their water, it has never varied in these astonishing characteristics: pH 7.2 - 7.6, no iron or copper traces, and a high concentration of calcium. Alum is never used in the manufacturing process.

�� Unbuffered 100% Rag, Museum Quality Mounting BoardThe same 100% rag board described above is manufactured without the addition of a calcium carbonate buffer for those who prefer mounting and matting photos with an unbuffered board. Price per cartons of 10 sheets.

Sheets/Ctn Ply Thickness White wt size Price10 4 ply 1.50mm 701-3240A 9.6kg 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm) £126.4025 4 ply 1.50mm 701-3240 24kg 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm) £225.2525 2 ply 0.75mm 701-3242 11.36kg 32 x 40” (813 x 1016mm) £126.50

Colour SamplesCat. No. 700-sampler £1.00

Pure White

Soft White

Page 79: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 79

Antique White Natural Ivory

Cream

�� Archival Conservation Mounting BoardThis superior quality, purified high alpha cellulose mounting board is buffered with 3% calcium carbonate for an alkaline reserve and will resist fading, discolouration and embrittlement for yearsto come. Manufactured to museum quality standards, this mounting board has a smooth vellum surface quality and excellent cutting characteristics. Moderately priced and available in both 2 ply(0.75mm) and 4 ply (1.50mm") board. Price per package.

Sheets/Ctn Ply Thickness Pure White Soft White Antique White wt size (mm) Price25 2 ply 0.75mm 714-3240 714-2324 N/A 12.75kg 813 x 1016 £96.2525 4 ply 1.50mm 714-3243 714-4324 714-3244 23.18kg 813 x 1016 £185.0025 4 ply 1.50mm N/A 714-4060 N/A 43.18kg 1016 x 1524 £250.21

2 Ply: 30pt Soft White (0.75mm) 25 Sheets/PkProduct Code size wt Price714-2810 8” x 10” (204 x 254mm) 0.9kg £8.90714-2024 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 4.55kg £63.90

Page 80: Catalog PEL 2010

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 80

�� Mounting Board

�� Corrugated Plastic SheetsThis rigid, heat resistant, chemically stable copolymer of polypropylene and polyethylene features a sturdiness unmatched by corrugated paper boards. Tests have proven that CorrugatedPlastic has significantly higher burst, puncture and edge and flat crush properties than B flute fibreboard. Corrugated Plastic will not burst on the Mullen Tester. An ideal material for boxmaking, print backing, picture framing, artifact support, and much more. Available in solid white and our new, translucent sheets for applications where some amount of visibility is preferred. Both are 4mm thick. Price per carton of 25 sheets.

Product Code colour size wt Price225-3040TR Translucent 30 x 40” (770 x 1000 x 4mm) 12.3kg £61.80225-3040 White 30 x 40” (770 x 1000 x 4mm) 12.3kg £61.80225-4060 White 41 x 61” (1040 x 1550 x 4mm) 24.6kg £128.40

Conservation Mounting Board found on page 79

B. Acid-Free Fome-Cor®

A. Unbuffered MuseumMounting Board

www.preservationequipment.com

Page 81: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 81

�� A. Unbuffered Museum Mounting BoardThis 100% cotton mounting board is unbuffered with a neutral pH of 7.0. The pleasing soft-white colour will compliment most photographs and is desirable for matting albumen,chromogenic photographs and dye transfer prints which should not be stored in an alkaline environment. It is also an excellent choice for mounting textiles. Available in 2 or 4 ply.Price per package.

2 Ply (0.75mm) 25 Sheet PackageProduct Code size wt Price701-3242 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 12.27kg £126.50

4 Ply available in 10 Sheet PackageProduct Code size wt Price701-3240A 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 10kg £126.40

Product Code size sheets Price616-8771 32” x 40” (3 x 813 x 1016mm) 5 £30.20616-8771/25 32” x 40” (3 x 813 x 1016mm) 25 £130.95616-3240 32” x 40” (5 x 813 x 1016mm) 5 £33.65616-3240/25 32” x 40” (5 x 813 x 1016mm) 25 £141.20616-4060 40” x 60” (5 x 1016 x 1524mm) 5 £52.20616-4060/25 40” x 60” (5 x 1016 x 1524mm) 25 £230.00

�� B. Acid-Free Foam BoardThis product was developed specifically for conservation quality framing. Designed to beused in direct contact with art work in framing as well as for backer boards, exhibits, dis-plays and models. Cuts easily. Lightweight and sturdy, these boards are made from highquality neutral pH papers on an extruded polystyrene foam inner core 3mm or 5mm thick.Packed 5 sheets per package. No broken packages. Save on 25 pack quantity.

Product Code size sheets Price616-4030W 5mm thick 762 x 1016mm (30” x 40”) 5 £21.75616-4030/25 5mm thick 762 x 1016mm (30” x 40”) 25 £97.60

�� Exhibition Foam Boards (non-archival)This CFC-free rigid polystyrene board is light weight and ideally suited for all mounting anddisplay applications using our heat activated mounting and laminating products as well as wet glue and spray adhesives. Its smooth brilliant surface presents photographs, maps,artwork etc at their best and is easily cut, leaving a clean smooth edge. Colour: white.

�� C. Bi-Corr Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated BoardOur exclusive blue/grey Bi-Corr™ Perma/Dur® acid-free and lignin-free corrugated boardwith cross direction corrugation offers exceptional strength without heavy weight. For mak-ing picture frame backings, special boxes, displays, or any application requiring an acid-free durable board. A 3% calcium carbonate alkaline reserve is added for protection fromatmospheric pollutants.Sold in full cartons only.

Product Code size shts/ctn wt Price613-4001 32” x 48” (813 x 1219mm) 8 16.36kg £208.75

C. Bi-Cor™ CrossDirection Perma/Dur®Corrugated Board

White

Translucent

�� White Display Board (not shown)This 2000 micron board, being only 2mm thick, is very rigid due to the dense core. It hasthe benefit of not attracting moisture (as does softer open structured mounting boards) andthe smooth finish makes it ideal for exhibition mounting.

The manufacturers claim the White Display Board is pH neutral and priced competitivelyfor such a specialist product. This is a suitable alternative to foam board for creating exhibition displays and is now the most popular board for exhibition designers. Available in packs of 10 sheets.

Product Code size shts/ctn Price809-5080 32” x 44” (815 x 1120mm) 10 £32.50

Page 82: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 82

�� Acid-Free Davey BoardThe Davey Co. has developed an acid-free board with a pH greater than 7 and an alkaline reserve. This board is far superior topaperboard products which have been pasted or laminated together. If quality bookbinding is your goal, only the highest grade binderboard is good enough to withstand the severe stresses to which books are subjected. This board is available in standard sizes at areasonable price for those bookbinders, conservators and librarians who want all acid-free cover materials on their books.Price per package.

Board Product Code board size boards/thickness pk wt Price473-0067 26” x 38” (660 x 965mm) .067 (1.70mm) 22 28.64kg £70.85473-0082 26” x 38” (660 x 965mm) .082 (2.08mm) 18 25.91kg £73.85473-0098 26” x 38” (660 x 965mm) .098 (2.49mm) 15 25.00kg £73.85

Our Cornerounder can add a professional finish to your own folders. See page 114.See pages 78-79 for Museum Mounting Boards.

�� Acid-Free Pearl-Grey PressboardGenuine Pressboard, 725gsm in thickness is specially manufactured with a neutral pH. It is ideal for binder covers, dividers or wherea strong rigid board of neutral material is essential. Packed 50 sheets per carton. Price per carton.

Product Code size wt Price711-2638 660 x 965mm 34kg £262.50

�� Acid-Free Buffered Perma/Dur® Archival Corrugated BoardThis strong, smooth, lightweight, pale blue-grey material is the ultimate in corrugated boards. Available in either single wall(approx. 3mm) or double wall (approx. 6mm) thickness, Perma/Dur® Corrugated Board is acid-free, lignin-free and alkalinebuffered with 3% calcium carbonate added for an alkaline reserve in all three layers for maximum protection. This exclusiveboard is made of fully bleached virgin fibres and is unusually strong - an excellent choice for boxmaking, print backers, pictureframing, dividers - wherever a sturdy, light board is required. Price per carton.

Single WallProduct Code size shts/pk wt Price613-1114 11” x 14” (280 x 356mm) 10 0.6kg £13.95613-1418 14” x 18” (356 x 457mm) 10 1.0kg £20.85613-1620 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 10 1.4kg £26.15613-2024 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 10 2.0kg £36.75613-3040 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 25 14.5kg £149.00613-4060 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 25 27.3kg £279.55613-4896 48” x 96” (1219 x 2438mm) 15 36.4kg £326.15

Double WallProduct Code size shts/pk wt Price613-3041 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 10 11.4kg £134.20613-4061 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 10 29.6kg £253.30

�� Bi-Corr™ Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated BoardFor ultimate strength and rigidity in archival board, we offer Bi-corr Cross Direction Perma/Dur® Corrugated board. As the namesuggests, we laminate two layers of our very best corrugated board together so the corrugation of each runs perpendicular to theother. The result is a light weight board of exceptional strength which resists bending, folding, or curling. This blue/grey board, withits 1/4” thickness, is exceptional for picture frame backing, but is equally effective as a sturdy display construction material. In fact, it excels in any application which requires a strong but lightweight acid-free material. A 3% calcium carbonatebuffer offers additional protection from atmospheric pollutants. Like both our single and double wall corrugated boards shownabove, this board is made of bleached cellulose fibres, and is acid-free and lignin-free. Sold in full cartons only. Price per carton.

Product Code size sheets/carton weight Price613-4001 32” x 48” (813 x 1219mm) 8 13.64kg £208.80

Acid-FreeDavey Board

Acid-Free Pearl-Grey Pressboard

CorrugatedSingle Wall

Bi-Corr™

Corrugated Double Wall

�� Mounting Boards

Page 83: Catalog PEL 2010

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Conservation Boards ��

83

�� Buffered Blue-Grey/White Box BoardSheets of our sturdy 1300gsm barrier board (pH 8.5) are now available for a variety of uses. This improved barrier board is acid-free throughout and possesses excellent folding characteristics. Buffered with approximately3% calcium carbonate. The blue-grey side has a smooth surface and the white lignin-free interior eliminates any concern for colour transfer to objects placed against it. This board is ideal for making phase boxes, special sizeboxes, dividers or any use where an archival quality board is required. May be cut to special sizes - consult ourcustomer service department. Sold in packages of 25 sheets. Price per package.

�� Unbuffered Tan Box BoardAn archivally safe board which can be used for making your own custom sized storage boxes, dividers, heavyweight folders, pamphlet or photographic binders, etc. Acid-free and lignin-free, our non-buffered 1000gsmboard is manufactured for those applications where buffering compounds such as calcium carbonate would cause an undesirable reaction with the materials contacting the board, including natural history specimens. This attractive tan board is lightfast, non-bleeding, and most importantly has no internal polyester barrier which preventsmaterials from receiving adequate air-flow and intensified, unwanted internal chemical reactions. Package of 25sheets (polywrapped and cartoned for moisture and handling protection). No broken packages, please. Price per package of 25 sheets.

Product Code thickness size grain wt Price345-1620 .060 (1.5mm) 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) long 6.36kg £42.20345-3240 .060 (1.5mm) 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) long 26.36kg £146.90345-5833 .060 (1.5mm) 58” x 33” (1473 x 838mm) short 37.73kg £214.55

Product Code size grain wt Price799-3040 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) short 23.64kg £148.80799-4060 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) long 38.64kg £285.25

Blue-Grey/WhiteBarrier Board

Unbuffered Tan Barrier Board

�� Archival Corrugated E-Flute Board (Acid Free, Lignen Free, Buffered)The strength of Perma/Dur® E-Flute corrugated board makes it ideal for box making. E-Flute is half the thicknessof standard B-Flute with nearly the same strength.

Acid-Free, Lignin-Free and Buffered with calcium carbonate. Pleasing Blue/Grey colour. Folding and cutting are easyand ideal for E-Flute corrugated board. Great for CAD box making machines. (1.75mm Thick).

Product Code size weight Sheets Per pack Price612-2024E 20” x 24” (508 x 610mm) 2.1kg 10 £42.40612-3040E 30” x 40” (762 x 1016mm) 14.5kg 25 £156.75612-3060E 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 27.3kg 25 £313.65

Multi-useCorrugated E-Flute

Multi-use Corrugated B-Flute Single Wall

�� Honeycomb PanelsThese lightweight panels provide a sturdy support medium for a variety of applications. Each 13mm thick, off-whitepanel is acid-free and buffered with 3% calcium carbonate, with a pH of approximately 8.0. They are manufacturedusing a neutral polyvinyl acetate (PVA) adhesive. Ideally suited for supporting large works of art and heavy textiles, anda great fabricating material for exhibits, displays, and models. Easily cut and shaped using a fine tooth saw blade orsharp utility knife. Price per carton of 6 sheets.

Product Code board size sheets colour Price037-9850 98.4” x 55” x 0.5” (2500 x 1400 x 13mm) 6 Natural White £514.00

Buy online at www.preservationequipment.com

Page 84: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 84

�� Conservation Paper & Board

Perma/Dur®Buffered Bristol Board

Perma/Dur®Folder Stock

Perma/Dur®Heavy Duty Folder Stock

Lightweight Folder Stock

�� Perma/Dur® Buffered Bristol BoardPerma/Dur® Bristol is a high quality acid-free, lignin-free and buffered Bristol with a variety ofpotential uses. Excellent for folders, interleaving and lightweight mats. Also great for forms wherea sturdy and durable index Bristol is needed. Price per package of 100 sheets.

Medium Weight 0.25mm ThicknessProduct Code size wt Price678-4112 10” x 12” (254 x 305mm) 1.5kg £21.70678-4162 16” x 20” (406 x 508mm) 4.6kg £49.25678-4324 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 20.5kg £174.10

�� Perma/Dur® Folder StockThis 0.25mm thick folder stock is sturdy and durable, excellent for making special size folders,as a divider, or for backing prints. It is acid-free, lignin-free and buffered, with a pH of 8.5 (±.2).Price per package of 100 sheets.

Light TanProduct Code grain size wt Price750-1620 long 406 x 508mm 5.0kg £54.70750-3240 long 813 x 1016mm 18.6kg £165.90

�� Perma/Dur® Heavy Duty Folder StockSimilar to the Perma/Dur® Folder Stock (above) except 0.5mm thickness for extra stiffness. It hasa variety of uses in addition to the construction of sturdy protective folders. Ideal for making phaseboxes, vertical standing dividers, print backings, drawer liners, lightweight mats, etc. Caution mustbe used when folding as this stock must be scored and folded along the grain. Available in LightTan. Price per package of 50 sheets.

Product Code grain size wt Price750-2620 long 381 x 508mm 5.0kg £45.75750-3040 long 762 x 1016mm 19.6kg £170.00750-4060 short 1016 x 1524mm 34.1kg £310.25

�� Unbuffered, Lightweight Folder StockThis unbuffered, 1660gsm paper is off-white in colour and has a pH between 7.0 and 7.5. Itscores easily and has excellent folding characteristics. Great for making folders, envelopes,dividers or for interleaving, lining and printing. Sheet size is 32" x 40," grain long. Price per package of 100 sheets.

Product Code size wt Price670-3240 813 x 1016mm 15.5kg £148.00

�� Silver Safe Photo PaperThis photo and silver safe unbuffered paper is made from high purity 100% cotton all rag paper. It has been developed for photo-graphic conservation. An ideal interleaving paper used for protectingprints and works of art on paper. The fibre distribution and formationare excellent with a very smooth finish to prevent damage by abrasion. At the time of manufacture the pH value is between 6.8 and 7.2 since the paper is not buffered, a drop in pH value is to beexpected when exposed to normal atmospheric conditions.

Various uses are found for this 40gsm 100% cotton rag paper other than the obvious photographic uses such as: Document and manuscript repair, backing, lining, reinforcing, hinging, interleaving and wrapping. Ideal for storage where unbuffered stock is used such as forwool and silk in textiles, silver and other artifacts.

This product passes the Photo Activity Test of ANSI Standard IT 9.16 in independent tests performed at the Image Permanence Institute at Rochester Institute of Technology, Rochester, NY.

Product Code description wt Price682-1180 sheets 40gsm 610 x 914mm £36.00 (50 sheets)682-1182 sheets 40gsm 610 x 914mm £164.65 (250 sheets)682-1191 roll 40gsm 1270mm x 227m £234.30 (roll)

Page 85: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 85

�� Microchamber® PaperThis acid-free thick, heavyweight paper is 100% cotton rag Microchamber®, 350 micron paper. The patented technology active-ly protects the harmful effects of outgassing and damaging pollutants. These harmful gases are then neutralized by an alkalinebuffer of calcium carbonate. The paper is sulphur and lignen free with a pH of 8.9 and passes the Photographic Activity Test.Price per pack of 25 sheets

Product Code Size Thickness Price700-8649 813 x 1016 (32” x 40”) 350 micron £74.90

�� Unbuffered See Thru, Acid-Free GlassineAcid-Free Glassine (26 gsm) for a variety of conservation applications. It is transparent and smooth with a pH of approximately7.0 and is unbuffered. Its light weight makes it easy to fold or shape and is excellent for use in situations where its transparencyis helpful. Available in both rolls and sheets. Price per pack of 100 sheets

Product Code size Price448-1625 406 x 508mm £23.30448-3240 813 x 1016mm £76.70448-4000 1016 x 305m Roll £136.50

�� Unbuffered Acid-Free Tissue Paper (16gsm)Excellent for stuffing, interleaving or a variety of uses, this translucent tissue (16 gsm) is completely acid-free and has a thicknessof .001. Available in either sheets or rolls, it has countless applications in museums, archives or libraries. Its very soft surface makesit an ideal choice for separation wrapping. Excellent for photographic and textile storage.

Product Code qty size Price741-1015 100 254 x 381mm £8.75741-1520 100 381 x 508mm £19.80741-3040 100 762 x 1016mm £35.60741-3041 12 762 x 1016mm £5.50

Product Code Size Price741-3250 1016 x 76m £49.77741-3500 1016 x 152m £74.30741-3100 1016 x 305m £139.20741-3160 1524 x 305m £210.25

Price per pack Price per roll

�� Buffered Acid-Free Tissue PaperThe same .001 thick acid-free tissue (16 gsm) as above with a 3% calcium carbonate buffer added. Buffering agent will helpprevent acid migration to the tissue itself. Available in sheets or rolls.

Product Code Size Price741-1015BF 254 x 381mm £8.10741-1520BF 381 x 508mm £19.24741-3040BF 762 x 1016mm £34.59

Product Code Size Price741-2504BF 1016 x 76m £37.60741-5004BF 1016 x 152m £66.20741-1040BF 1016 x 305m £125.75

Price per pack of 100 sheets Price per roll

All available in sheets & rolls.Glassine

Unbuffered Tissue

Buffered Tissue

See Glassine Envelopes page 38

Paper Conservation ��

�� PEL 5 Gram Spider TissueThis handmade Tengucho 5 gram Japanese Kozo spider tissue is exclusive to PEL. The tissue is flexible, translucent and made from long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong. The tissue is unbuffered with a pH 7.2 developed for repair work in painting and paper conservation. Being extremely soft and strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicate works of art. The natural colour and wet strength makes the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair. Price per roll.

Product Code Size Base Weight Price682-3638 965mm x 20m 5gsm £69.85

PEL 5 Gram Spider Tissue

�� Low Cost Acid-Free Tissue Paper (not shown)We have introduced this unbuffered low cost acid-free tissue paper, after many requests from customers who use high volumesof tissue paper in transportation of works of art. This low cost bleached wood pulp tissue does not replace our high quality tissue papers. We made the rolls wider which is very useful for packing large items. One roll contains 1300 square metres oftissue a little over a penny per m2. Price per roll

Product Code Size Thickness Price741-1300 1300 x 100m 22gsm £17.95

�� Unbuffered Acid-Free Tissue Paper (9gsm)A long-fibered 9gsm tissue, which resembles Japanese papers in structure and appearance. Made from abaca fibers, this semi-transparent paper lends itself to a wide variety of applications in conservation and preservation. At the time of manufacture thepH value is between 6.8 and 7.2. Since the tissue paper is not buffered, a drop in pH is to be expected when exposed to normalatmospheric conditions. Price per pack of 500

Product Code Size Price741-1158 914 x 610mm £278.70

Page 86: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 86

�� Perma/Dur® Buffered Bond Sheets - Great for PhotocopiersUniversity Products’ exclusive 20# Perma/Dur® Bond (75 gsm) offers an excellent archival quality buffered paper at moderatecost. Watermarked for your protection, it is a premium quality paper with a potential life of over 300 years. Perma/Dur® Bond is an excellent choice for reproductions, reports, books, anywhere durability and longevity are a factor. For Laser Printing,Xerographic or Lithographic processes. Available in White or Olde White colours.Price per package of 500 sheets.

WhiteProduct Code size gsm wt Price678-8511 8.5” x 11” (216 x 280mm) 75g 2.32kg £13.90678-1175 A4 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm) 75g 2.55kg £21.40Olde White678-1176 A4 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm) 75g 2.32kg £22.60

�� Large Perma/Dur® Buffered Bond SheetsAcid-free Perma/Dur® Bond (75 gsm) in large sheets is ideal for wrapping and interleaving prints and drawings. These sheets mayalso be used for printing and drawing papers where an acid-free sheet is required. Substance 20, White. Price per package.

Product Code sheets/pk size gsm wt Price678-1722 50 17” x 22” (432 x 559mm) 75g 1.36kg £9.70678-3240 50 32” x 40” (813 x 1016mm) 75g 7.73kg £37.95678-1711 500 11” x 17” (280 x 432mm) 75g 5.09kg £36.95

�� Wide Rolls Perma/Dur® Buffered BondAcid-free Perma/Dur® (75 gsm) in 34" wide x 100 yard rolls for wrapping, separating and interleaving. Very useful when an acid-free paper is needed in varying sizes. Substance 20, White. Price per roll.

Product Code size gsm wt Price678-3400 864mm x 92m 75g 7.5kg £69.27

�� Perma/Dur® Buffered LedgerAn excellent acid-free paper (120gsm) used as an end paper in book binding. Its smooth finish is resistant to dirt marks or abrasions. Also used for lightweight folders, special envelopes and the like. Its pleasing Olde White colour and .007 (36#) thickness make it a good choice for many archival paper uses. Watermarked. Price per package of 100 sheets.

Product Code size gsm wt Price678-24A4 A4 297 x 210mm 120 0.86kg £8.25

�� Perma/Dur® Archival Paper

�� Archive TextArchive text is specially designed for long life by incorporatingseveral very important features:

� Surface sized with gelatine starch.� Woodfree pulp which gives high strength.� Alkali buffering with 2% calcium carbonate to give

protection against atmospheric acidity (currently about pH 4 in London.

� Not using conventional alum/rosin sizing but a special sizing which is neutral pH to ensure an acid-free paper.

The long life of the paper is demonstrated by subjecting it toaccelerated ageing at high temperature and testing for tearresistance and folding endurance. These attributes make itideal for documents and records which are required to be pre-served for posterity. The paper is classified as a permanentlong life paper as defined in the American National StandardZ39.48-1992 and greatly exceeds ISO9706.

Product Code 678-70A4size A4 297 x 210mm (11.7” x 8.27”)base weight 85gsmquantity 500price £11.95

Now available in White & Olde White

�� Byron Weston Paper (100% New Cotton)A very high quality archival paper for valuable records. This white linen record paper from Byron Weston is produced from 100%new cotton, acid and lignin free, 120gsm, A4 size used for photocopying, laser printing and inkjet printers. The record paper isan excellent choice for reports, books, documents and records which are required to be preserved for the future.

Product Code Description Size Base Weight Quantity Price219-0032 Record Paper (A4) 297 x 210mm 120gsm 500 sheets £87.95

�� Buffered Acid-free and Lignen Free Wrapping Paper (Light Tan & Blue/Gray)

This sturdy, medium weight light tan paper (110gsm2) hasexcellent strength for many wrapping uses. It is an excellentchoice for wrapping and protection of documents and art work- for either storage or shipping. It is buffered and has an average pH of 8.5. Price per roll.

The pleasing, blue/grey 90gsm wrapping paper is slightlylighter than the tan, acid-free and buffered, and has excellentfolding, cuting and handling characteristics.

Product Code Description Size Wt Price613-0037 Blue/Grey 914mm x 91m (36” x 100yds) 9kg £56.00613-2625 Light Tan 660mm x 228m (26” x 250yds) 19.5kg £149.20613-5425 Light Tan 1321mm x 229m (52” x 250yds) 36.3kg £272.00

Page 87: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Paper Conservation ��

87

�� Buffered Alpha CelluloseAlpha Cellulose paper (105 gsm) in a pleasing ivory shade is an excellent choice for book plates,calligraphy and book printing. Its acid-free qualities provide protection when used as end papersin rare books. Other uses include printing, typing or Xerographic copying. Price per 100 sheets.

Product Code size gsm wt Price716-8275 (A4) 8.25” x 11.75” (210 x 297mm) 105 0.68kg £12.95

�� Unbuffered Blotting PaperThis 112# (346 gsm), 100% cotton rag blotter is great for any number of conservation applications. Use it in wet treatment of papers and as a blotter in leaf casting. Line drawers and shelves with it to protect your artifacts or natural history specimens. It is also fine as a lining material in conservation picture framing. Because it is smooth and unbuffered, it is perfect for use with most photo processes. This pure waterleaf paper contains no buffers orfillers. The pH is 8.5 (± .2); white.

SheetsProduct Code sts./ctn. size gsm wt Price535-1925 10 20” x 30” (508 x 762mm) 346 1.8kg £32.68535-3825 25 38” x 25” (965 x 635mm) 346 5.8kg £99.95535-3850 25 40” x 60” (1016 x 1524mm) 346 16.4kg £210.60

�� Multisorb Blotting PaperThis is the best paper for pressing and drying during conservation, especially leaf casting andpaper infill. It will take 2.5 times its own weight in water. With its extra strong wet strength, thesheets can be used and dried many times. Although good for Herbarium conservation, it is notrecommended for permanent interleaving or mounting.

Product Code sheets size gsm Price682-3020A 25 750mm x 680mm 300gsm £39.85682-3020 100 750mm x 680mm 300gsm £151.85

�� Masa Lining PaperThis Japanese paper is very popular with conservators and artists. Machine made white, thick,strong paper with one side smooth, the other textured. Masa is also very good for printmak-ing and drawings. Its quality and weight make it an excellent material for lining of large formatworks of art. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price682-3200 1092mm x 30m 70gsm £58.50

�� PEL Blotting PaperAcid-free, wood-free slightly textured to give high bulk and absorbency. The pH is close to 7.

Product Code size base wt qty Price535-1000 860mm x 610mm (33.85” x 24”) 300gsm 100 £54.95535-1048 1220mm x 860mm (48” x 33.85”) 300gsm 50 £59.95

�� Unbuffered Interleaving Sheets & RollThis unbuffered 40gsm paper is made from high purity 100% all rag cotton. The fibre distributionand formation are excellent with a very smooth finish to prevent damage by abrasion. An idealinterleaving paper used for protecting prints and works of art on paper.Available in 250 or 50 pack 24" x 36" sheets.

Product Code size base wt quantity Price682-1180 610 x 914mm 40gsm 50 sheets £36.00682-1182 610 x 914mm 40gsm 250 sheets £164.60682-1191 1270 x 227m 40gsm Roll £234.30

�� Document Cleaning Powder & PadsLineco’s Document Cleaning Pads are recommended for cleaning dusty, dirty, or mouldy paperitems. These pads contain a soft, grit-free powder that absorbs and cleans surface dirt frompaper. Price each.

Product Code Description wt Price782-1004 one cleaning pad 90g £2.40782-1000 2lb can of powder 2.0lbs (0.91kg) £9.95

To Use: Twist the pad lightly over the soiled document to produce a thin layer of whitecleaning powder. Then, gently rub the pad over the area to be cleaned. This actioncauses the dust and dirt to be absorbed by the layer of cleaning powder. Once the areais clean, simply brush the residue away to reveal a clean, renewed appearance.

Page 88: Catalog PEL 2010

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 88

�� Japanese Paper

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

�� A. Kitakata*Handmade in Japan of 90% Phillipine Gampi and 10%pulp. The buff shade and silky touch of this paper make it afavourite with conservators of old books and documents. Alsoused for wood cuts, etchings and for Chine Colle applications.Acid-free and deckled on four sides. Price per package of 10 sheets.

Product Code size wt Price682-2620 510 x 410mm 36gsm £21.00

�� B. Usumino (Kizuki-shi)Silky 100% Kozo sheet paper. Natural in colour, with body and a hard surface. Created by master craftsmen of Japan.Especially made for mending since its fibres are compact andcan be torn into a strong web. May be used for bookbinding.Price per package of 5.

Product Code size wt Price682-2836 940 x 640mm 11-12gsm £65.80

�� C. Sekishu Kozogami Tsuru*Created by one of the master craftsmen of Japan, this 100%Kozo paper is very soft and silky in appearance with chainlines. Its great strength makes it practical for all types of repairwork. Price per package of 5.

Product Code size wt Price682-2129 720 x 520mm 22gsm £31.45

�� D. Okawara Large Sheets100% Kozo sheet, cream colour with smooth surface, andfibres are quite visible throughout. Strong, soft and supplewith laid lines. Excellent for conservation and print making.Machine made in Japan from 50% Kozo and 50% sulphitepulp. Price per package of 5 sheets.

Product Code size wt Price682-3672 1830 x 910mm 60gsm £48.50

�� E. Mulberry PaperThis white paper is handmade in Japan from 30% Kozo and 70% sulphite pulp. Its name comes from the mulberry plantfrom which the Kozo fibre is taken. Lightweight and soft, it isstrong, very versatile and pleasant to use. In addition to itsconservation uses, this paper is excellent for printing orprintmaking. Price per package of 10 sheets.

Product Code size wt Price682-2433 850 x 640mm 42gsm £23.00

�� Handmade Japanese & Conservation PaperPreservation Equipment offers the most complete selection ofHandmade Japanese Papers and Conservation Papers. All are specifically designed for conservation but have a variety of uses in the hands of a creative person. Acid-free, they are delicate looking yet are remarkably tear resistant.

�� Japanese Paper SwatchbookA swatchbook of our Japanese papers. Designed to assist youwith your selection of colour and texture for your projects.

Product Code Price682-Sampler £6.00

�� F. Mulberry RollsMachine made version of the most popular Oriental paper in the U.S. It is slightly lighter than its handmade counterpart,but it affords the conservator a large format. Sheet is 10% Kozo with the balance being 90% sulphite pulp. There are nochemical fillers and a small amount of sizing is added beforedrying. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price682-2710 690mm x 9.15m 52gsm £37.75

�� G. Hosokawa Ohban*A handmade sheet of 100% Kozo, most popular with conser-vators as backing or support sheet for maps, documents, etc.,especially larger pieces because it is slightly heavier thanmost Japanese papers. Also an excellent choice in blockprinting. Price per package of 5 sheets.

Product Code size wt Price682-2926 970 x 640mm 23gsm £54.00

�� Japanese Hinging TissueThese generously sized sheets 597mm x 432mm (23 1⁄2” x17”) of Japanese Mulberry paper are specially manufacturedwith 55 parallel “tear lines” that allow you to form perfect,deckled-edge Japanese hinges every time. The tear lines arearranged at various distances apart, to form hinges from6mm wide to 23mm wide, all up to 432mm in length.Available in lightweight 12gsm for photographs and light art-work, and 20gsm for heavier work. Applied easily with wheator rice starch to make sound conservation quality hinges.Pack of 4 sheets.

Product Code description Price682-0012 12gsm Hinging Paper £24.50682-0020 20gsm Hinging Paper £26.15

Preservation Equipment Ltd has access to many other Japanese papers if you can not find the paperyou require. Please contact our customer servicedepartment we may be able to locate the paper

Page 89: Catalog PEL 2010

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Paper Japanese ��

89

H

I

J

K

M

L

�� H. Kaji NaturalHandmade in Japan of 100% Kozo. Lightweight yet sturdy. This sheet is a prime example of the best Oriental hand papermaking. Good for conservation, woodcuts, and letterpress.Acid-free, unsized with four deckled edges. Price per package of 5 sheets.

Product Code size wt Price682-2439 980 x 640mm 11gsm £23.80

�� I. Sekishi Natural*Handmade in Japan of Kozo and sulphite pulp. A soft, light-weight paper showing dispersed fibres that do not intrude andgive a rather soft background. Price per package of 5 sheets.

Product Code colour size wt Price682-2439NA Natural 990x610mm 30gsm £16.25

�� J. Tosa Tengujo*A handmade, 100% Kozo paper, with especially long, silkyfibres that give the paper an almost woven look.Price per package of 5 sheets.

Product Code size wt Price682-2925 790 x 540mm 9gsm £36.50

�� Assorted Hinging PaperA variety of the highest quality Japanese Hinging Papersallows you to select the proper thickness and strength for yourparticular application. The five papers included in the assort-ment have different weights and finishes, one just right foryour job.

Product Code Price682-4000 6 Assorted Papers £32.00

�� Assortment IncludesSekishu Kozogami Tsuru(one 720 x 520mm 22gsm handmade, 100% kozo, lightweight with laid finish sheet)

Sekishu White (one 990 x 610mm 30gsm long fibre sheet)

Sekishu Natural (one 990 x 610mm 30gsm long fibre sheet)

Kizukishi(one 940 x 640mm 11-12gsm, 100% kozo, silky, long fibre sheet)

Mulberry(two 850 x 640mm 42gsm sheets) handmade, kozo and sulphite pulp, long fibre, lightweight, strong and soft.

�� K. Silk TissueMachine made in Japan of Gampi and sulphite pulp. It is a very silky paper which is also very transparent. Excellent for interleaving, for overlays on prints or over illustrations in books. Acid-free. Price per package of 10.

Product Code Size wt Price682-2824 610 x 460mm 10gsm £14.95

�� M. PEL Wet Strength Repair TissueThis toned tissue is specifically designed for wet repairs inpaintings and paper conservation. The tissue is exclusiveto PEL. Paintings and paper conservators are finding that thetissue is the strongest wet strength tissue available and has ahigher wet strength than tissues offered by other suppliers.The tissue has a unique lint-free long fibre non-woven specialblend of high strength, large diameter premium grade abaccafibres and other selected cellulose fibres. The fibres are specially selected for tensile, tear and porosity control at lightbasic weight and to facilitate natural bonding. The structure ischaracterised as non-abrasive, highly absorbant and consistentlyuniform in caliper, basic weight and pore size distribution. Thisuniformity provides exceptional fibre retention under stresswith excellent drapability and elongation.

�� L. Masa Lining PaperThis Japanese paper is very popular with conservators andartists. Machine made white, thick, strong paper with one sidesmooth, the other textured. Masa is also very good for printmaking and drawings. Its quality and weight make it anexcellent material for lining of large format works of art. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price682-3200 1092mm x 30m 70gsm £58.50

*Denotes that these papers use natural tororo

Product Code size Price682-3612 1016mm x 100m £84.95682-3614 1016mm x 250m £189.50

weight 12.3gsmthickness 0.0020 inches (51 micron)air permeability 1130L/min/100sq cm at 12.7mm

Water Delta Pdry tensile MD 5.71 lbs/indry tensile CM 1.85 lbs/inwet burst 2.68 psimoisture 7.5%pH extract (cold) 6.75

�� PEL 5 Gram Spider TissueThis handmade Tengucho 5 gram Japanese Kozo spider tis-sue is exclusive to PEL. The tissue is flexible, translucent andmade from long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong.The tissue is unbuffered with a pH 7.2 developed for repairwork in painting and paper conservation. Being extremely softand strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicateworks of art. The natural colour and wet strength makes the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair.Price per roll.

Product Code Size Base Wt Price682-3638 965mm x 20m 5gsm £69.85

�� PEL-TISSUE (toned)This 9gsm acid-free tissue has been developed by PEL toreplace the L2 Spider Tissue, which is no longer being made.Since we had to produce a suitable replacement we took theopportunity to improve the tissue in two prime areas.• Now toned; more suitable for faded papers (no longer a stark white)• Less visible with lamination wet repairs• Uniform covering is very even, again less visibleMade from Abaca Hemp with fibres that are suitable for wetlocalised or full manuscript repairs, making the laminationbarely detectable. A soft unbuffered tissue ideal for interleav-ing papers, photographs, book binding, stuffing textiles andother conservation applications. We also now use this sametissue to produce our Archibond archival heat set tissue.

Product Code size wt Price682-3610 927mm x 100m 9gsm £68.60

Page 90: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 90

�� Dry Mounting

�� Acid-Free Mounting AdhesiveArchival Quality. Acid-Free adhesive that has a completelyneutral pH balance. The thermoplastic adhesive melts in theheating process, becomes transparent and adheres rapidly.Low-Temperature (70ºc) is formulated for general mountingapplications in all presses and used in place of conventionalmounting tissue. May be used to heat bond lithographs,posters, newsprint, parchment, art papers, all photographsincluding RC, and most mount and mat boards.note: Removable with heat. Price per Roll

Product Code size Price426-2030 1040mm x 25m £130.20

�� Permanent Dry Mounting FilmNon-Archival. This film is ideal when mounting photographs,posters etc. onto difficult or uneven surfaces such as chip-board and plastics. It is also used for the canvas bondingprocess. It is slightly tacky which helps to position mountingwork before activating in the press. This material is a PVC filmcoated on both sides with heat activated adhesive, suppliedbetween two release papers.Price per Roll

Product Code size Price426-6125 1040mm x 25m £162.75

�� Permanent Dry Mounting TissueNon-Archival. An all purpose widely used heat activatedmounting tissue. Used for dry mounting paper subjects including resin-coated photographs to card, hardboard,chipboard, foamboard etc. Price per Roll

Product Code size Price426-1508 1040mm x 25m £59.85

�� PEL 5 Gram Spider TissueThis handmade Tengucho 5 gram JapaneseKozo spider tissue is exclusive to PEL. The tissue is flexible, translucent and made from

long Kozo fibres which are both light and strong. The tissue is unbuffered with a pH 7.2 developed for repair work in painting andpaper conservation. Being extremely soft and strong for its weight it will be suitable for very delicate works of art. The naturalcolour and wet strength makes the tissue ideal for wet repairs giving a clear strong repair. Price per roll.

Product Code Size Base Weight Price682-3638 965mm x 20m 5gsm £69.85

�� Over Laminating Exhibition Film (heat activated)Non-Archival. This pre-pierced film is used for overlaminatingexhibitions, photographs, posters and papers to protect themfrom sticky fingers etc. The satin matt finish prevents glare fromlighting and gives an attractive appearance to your display. A 50

micron film which is conveniently pre-pierced to allow air to escape during application. A foam blanket must be used when applyingover laminating film especially on photographs. Price per Roll.

Product Code size Price426-1707 650mm x 25m £72.00426-1708 1040mm x 25m £120.75

�� Self-Adhesive Mounting Board - Photo and Print Mounting without a Press.PEL’s new “Perfect Mount” cold application adhesive mounting board makes it easy to mount your photos and prints like a professional without a dry mounting press. Simply peel the liner and position the photograph on the board. Most items bond withinminutes after pressure is applied allowing you some repositioning, if necessary. Complete instructions are included with each pack-age. The soft-white, board is available in 2mm thickness. The adhesive is a safe, cold application acrylic adhesive which will notdamage or discolour your photo or print in later years. Please note that this is a permanent process and should not be used on itemsthat may need to be removed at a later date or rare originals. Non Archival.

Product Code size qty Price887-1114 11” x 14” (355 x 279mm) 20 £32.55887-2024 20” x 24” (610 x 508mm) 20 £68.25

�� A. PEL Wet Strength Repair TissueThe tissue is exclusive to PEL and is specifically designed forwet repairs in paintings and paper conservation. Paintingsand paper conservators are finding that the tissue is the strongestwet strength tissue available and has a higher wet strength thantissues offered by other suppliers. The tissue has a unique lint-freelong fibre non-woven special blend of high strength, large diameterpremium grade abacca fibres and other selected cellulose fibres.The fibres are specially selected for tensile, tear and porosity control at light basic weight and to facilitate natural bonding. Thestructure is characterised as non-abrasive, highly absorbant andconsistently uniform in caliper, basic weight and pore size distribution. This uniformity provides exceptional fibre retentionunder stress with excellent drapability and elongation.

Product Code size Price682-3612 1016mm x 100m £84.95682-3614 1016mm x 250m £189.50

weight 12.3gsmthickness 0.0020 inches (51 micron)air permeability 1130L/min/100sq cm at 12.7mm

Water Delta Pdry tensile MD 5.71 lbs/indry tensile CM 1.85 lbs/inwet burst 2.68 psi moisture 7.5%pH extract (cold) 6.75

Page 91: Catalog PEL 2010

�� MaterialsDouble Sided Mounting Film Pressure sensitive adhesive is coated to both sides of a clear film. This film is used to coat all types of artwork or boards making them self adhesive. Protected with twin release papers.

Foam Centred Board For high gloss photography and situations where weight is a consideration we recommend using our 5mm thick foamboard.

White Display Board This 2000 micron board (2mm thick) has a very dense core which does not attract moisture (as does softer open structured mounting boards). The dense core is smoother than ordinary pulp boards reducing the effect of orange peel on glossy work.

www.preservationequipment.com 91Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Laminating Tissue Mounting ��

�� Beva® 371 Film (Gustav Bergers)Beva® is an adhesive created specifically for conservationapplications. We have it available as adhesive film sandwichedbetween white silicone-coated paper and a Mylar® support-ing sheet. Activate the adhesive with a tacking iron or hot airblower and remove the support film. Since it is not a liquid itcan be cut and applied to small, well defined areas with nofear of it spreading. You’ll find many uses in the repair ofpapers, paintings and textiles. Price per roll.

Product Code size Price695-371 686mm x 5m £92.60

�� ABF (Area Bonded Fibre)Thin, non-woven nylon is coated with an acrylic adhesive andis similar in appearance to Archibond Tissue. Cerex® isextremely strong, tear resistant and flexible. Ideal for use when repaired document or book is expected to be handled considerably. note: ABF must be removed from carrier sheetprior to application.

Product Code size wt Price533-4110 1040mm x 25m 4.5kg £95.20533-4027 1040mm x 100m 13kg £353.50

�� Archibond Heat Set Tissue (toned)

For laminating or repair. Used for document repair and protection, Archibond 9gsm Tissue produces a lamination thatis barely detectable on the repaired document. Neutral pH tis-sue is coated one side with archivally approved pure acrylic adhesive. Page repairs are done easily with a tacking iron (full laminations require the use of a hardbed press). Acrylic adhesive is removable (even after artificial aging) with mineral

Product Code roll size wt Price533-7410 900mm x 25m 4kg £83.50533-7400 900mm x 100m 12kg £283.80

�� Exhibition Mounting MachineThe machine requires no heat for mounting photographs or paper prints and is ideal for digitalphotographs. All your exhibition graphics can be mounted on card/foam centred board/Perspex/MDF/rigid plastic board – all up to 10mm thick. Flexible, rigid, temporary or permanent displayscan be created. The 610mm throat means even large displays can be created on many types ofmounting boards. Siliconised rollers are a feature normally found on expensive laminators, onthis machine they come as standard giving clean, perfect results every time.

The PEL range of pressure sensitive films are designed for use with the Exhibition MountingMachine and can be used on other roller laminators. The films contain UV stabilisers andinhibitors to prevent the effects of fading from light. You should remember that the adhesivesare non-archival and are not suitable for rare originals. For the best results we recommendusing boards that have been designed with mounting in mind.

Product Code Description Price809-6204 Exhibition Mounting Machine £659.00809-3165 Double Sided Mounting Film 650mm x 25m £82.95616-4030W Foam Board 5mm x 762mm x 1016mm (30 x 40”) £21.75 (5pk)616-4030/25 Foam Board 5mm x 762mm x 1016mm (30 x 40”) £97.60 (25pk)809-5080 White Display Board 815mm x 1120mm (32 x 44”) £32.50 (10pk)

spirits. Care should be taken when delaminating documentsprinted with inks which may have been spirit based. Note:Tissue is mounted on a carrier sheet and must be removedprior to application. Price per roll.

�� PEL-TISSUE (toned)This 9gsm acid-free tissue has been developed by PEL toreplace the L2 Spider Tissue, which is no longer being made.Since we had to produce a suitable replacement we took theopportunity to improve the tissue in two prime areas.• Now toned; more suitable for faded papers (no longer a stark white)• Less visible with lamination wet repairs• Uniform covering is very even, again less visibleMade from Abaca Hemp with fibres that are suitable for wetlocalised or full manuscript repairs, making the laminationbarely detectable. A soft unbuffered tissue ideal for interleav-ing papers, photographs, book binding, stuffing textiles andother conservation applications. We also now use this sametissue to produce our Archibond archival heat set tissue.

Product Code size wt Price682-3610 927mm x 100m 9gsm £68.60

SpecificationPower Supply 220/240 voltPower consumption 500 watts (5 amps)Dimensions 280mm H x 280mm L x 760mm WWeight 28kgMaximum working sizes: 610mm width x 1040mm length x 10mm thickness

Page 92: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 92

�� Conservation Materials

�� Wool FeltThe best and finest quality 100% wool felt available today. This excellent wool felt surpasses allother drying media and proves to be the most reliable when high standards are required. A trulytop quality paper makers felt, ideal for our MasterPulp Paper Infill Machine.

Product Code size qty Price986-2410 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 10m roll £171.00986-2405 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 5m roll £94.00

�� PEL-SoftwrapAcid-free, very soft handleable drapable material, already used for protecting fragile works ofart especially in storage. Used for lining boxes, rolling textiles etc.

Product Code thickness size Price492-8000 44gsm 0.35mm 1200mm x 25m Roll £31.95492-8100 80gsm 0.90mm 1500mm x 25m Roll £89.95

�� BondinaWe have been requested to include Bondina in our range of non-woven polyester materials.Many conservators have used Bondina and know it well for various conservation treatments.Has an extra smooth surface and is much slicker than Reemay. The thinner 30gsm has a paperlike feel making it ideal for lining.

Product Code size Price492-3228 30gsm 1000mm x 10m £28.60492-3230 30gsm 1000mm x 50m £98.25492-1010 100gsm 1000mm x 10m £58.95

�� A. Flymesh NettingIdeal for drying shelves and supporting textiles and paper in washing, makes a protective gridwhile vacuum cleaning delicate textiles.

Product Code size Price805-7110 1220mm x 10m Roll £52.90

�� B. Capillary Matting 8204This material is well known as a media for the humidification process, when wetted has theadvantage of a more uniform humidification to reduce the risk of liquid penetration when usedwith Gore-Tex or Sympatex.Can also be used as a reusable blotter, support when spraying or drying. Is also used in leafcasting as a drying support and to take away excess water in the machine.

Product Code size Price986-8204 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 5m Roll £20.20986-8204-50 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 50m Roll £152.90

�� Goldbeaters SkinGoldbeaters skin is a thin transparent membrane with great tensile strength which was traditionally used as an interleaf for the manufacture of gold leaf.Used for the conservation of parchment and strengthening to books, this naturalmaterial is not readily available, however we have located a reliable supplier whoknows the special requirements of conservators and bookbinders. Also used in miniture conservation to reseal coverglass to backing card.

Product Code size Price682-6025 approx. 590mm x 150mm. Pack of 4 skins £25.50

�� Tyvek (Now available in 3m wide rolls)Tyvek fulfils the function of gas-permeable non-abrasive waterproof, dustproof barrier. A provenprotective cover for artifacts, textiles, soft furnishings, tapestries etc. providing a barrier to dustand spores. It cannot support the growth of fungi or bacteria. Now available in 3 meter wide rolls.

Product Code size Price212-1422 1524mm x 25m Roll £49.50212-1422100 1524mm x 100m Roll £183.40212-1422300 3000mm x 50m Roll £206.40

C.

B.

A.

�� C. Sympatex (alternative to Gore-Tex®)This material is moisture permeable. Used for humidification, allowing humidity to reach theobject without wetting. Offers easy and inexpensive techniques for the humidification method inremoval of residual adhesives, old linings and stains from water sensitive objects.

Product Code size Price986-0360 1500mm x 10m Roll £156.80

Page 93: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Conservation Materials ��

93

�� 12 Micron Polyester FilmUsed mainly for hot tables when lining paintings. Extra wide, very light clear strong film.

Product Code size Price415-12 1523mm x 100m roll £45.40

�� PTFE ClothThis heavy-duty cloth is extremely useful since nothing sticks to its surface. Can be used overand over again in hard bed and vacuum presses.

Product Code size Price426-0108 1000mm x per metre £44.50

�� Acid-Free 50gsm Greaseproof (Food Grade) PaperPEL makes every effort to introduce products that are frequently requested. This paper is oneof them and is a suitable alternative to silicone coated release paper. The paper has a parch-ment feel and is softer than silicone papers. No doubt conservators will find various uses for thispaper especially with the lower price PEL is offering.Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price741-9000 900mm x 100m 50gsm £21.50

�� 12 Micron Silicone Coated PolyesterSilicone coated one side only, following a long search we are now able to provide this excellentproduct for conservation. Ideal for use as a transparent membrane on vacuum hot tables,vapour treatment and other applications.

Product Code size Price534-0012 1600mm x 45m roll £172.00

�� Silicone Coated Polyester FilmThis 36 micron clear polyester film is silicone coated on both sides, making an ideal release film for hot tables and our Hot Glass Vacuum Press, as it allows work to be viewed during the mounting process. Furthermore it will last longer than release papers.

Product Code size Price534-8411 1270mm x 25m Roll £48.95

�� Silicone Coated PaperHigh quality white paper silicone coated. Prevents excess adhesive sticking to other surfacesand press platen. Especially useful in preparing single-sided laminations.

Product Code size Price426-0923 1300mm x 25m Roll - single sided with grid backing £42.50

�� Dartek® Cast Nylon FilmConservators will find many new uses for Dartek® cast nylon film. Dartek® is a soft, trans-parent, nylon film with no plasticisers, additives or surface coatings. It is often used as a cover -ing membrane for lining of paintings on a vacuum hot table or low pressure table, becomingsofter as it is heated. In addition, the film is ideal for long term storage in a dark, climate controlled environment. Dartek® performs well as a short term packing material, makes agreat barrier layer for displays, and creates an ideal, transparent dust cover. The .075" thick material conforms easily, is clear, does not puncture easily, and will not stick to painting surfaces. It cuts with scissors, adheres with hot melt or double stick tape, and adheres to itselfor other plastics with a heated spatula or tacking iron. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price216-88200 2235mm x 61m 5.5kg £99.85

�� SaatifilSaatifil is now available in 2 grades, 492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf castingand paper infill machines. 492-12050 is 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables.

492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting and paper infill machines (see PEL-Caster). It can also be used for backing, interleaving, as a support for parchment during repairand other conservation tasks. Makes a fine drying support, the material has a slick surfacewhich prevents sticking, especially useful when using wet pulp. It is soft, drapable close weavematerial, with air permeable 120 micron mesh opening (41%) 51gsm.

492-12050 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables, allows good air flow with a smoothsurface. An excellent support material for drying shelves, does not stretch or sag. Also used overfragile textiles and soft furnishings when being vacuumed to prevent loose threads leaving the fabric, yet allowing dirt and dust to be removed. When using this extra wide material on vacuum tables it provides full support to delicate works of art. Also prevents the vacuum tableholes leaving impressions on the item during treatment. The material has a mesh opening of 50micron and a weight of 180gsm. Price Per Roll

Product Code Description size Price492-12041 Saatifil 100% Polyester 1070mm x 5m £102.60492-12050 Saatifil 100% Polypropylene 2370mm x 3m £215.00

492-12041

B. 492-12050492-12041

Buy online at: www.preservationequipment.com

Page 94: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 94

�� Conservation Materials

�� Marvelseal® 360Marvelseal® 360 is an aluminised polyethylene and nylon barrier film. New Marvelseal® 470is an aluminised polyethylene and polypropylene barrier film. Both resist the transmission of water vapour and other atmospheric gases. This economical, flexible and easy to fabricate material is used for passive humidity controlled shipping or storage bags. In addition,Marvelseal® is ideal for lining the inside of shipping crates and exhibit cases, and for lining shelves with the objective of decreasing off-gassing from exposed wooden surfaces. Ithas also been used to create a sealed framing package and to create a low oxygen environ-ment to treat insect infestation.Price per roll.

Product Code Description size wt Price974-3610 Marvelseal® 360 1219mm x 10m 5.7kg £41.95974-3650 Marvelseal® 360 1219mm x 50m 29.4kg £149.95

Marvelseal is often stapled to wooden shelves and shipping crates to reduce off-gassing. Usethe acid-free foil sealing tape with acrylic adhesive listed below to cover staples and seal thepunctures they create. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price387-0151 1.25”w x 1000” (32mm x 25m) 182g £8.50387-0156 3.5” x 1000” (89mm x 25m) 318g £17.95

Our sealing machines are ideal as an inexpensive means of creating your own pouch.

Moisture Oxygen Barrier Film with off gassing interceptor

�� Foil-Backed Shelf LinerIf you have old wooden shelves or cases, you can protect your collections against direct contactwith the harmful elements in wood by using this unique material to line drawers or shelves. Thealuminum foil on one side acts as a barrier against harmful chemicals while your book or artifact only comes in contact with the alkaline buffered, white paper. For those collections forwhich unbuffered storage materials are indicated, we suggest you use this liner foil-side up and then top with a sheet of Polyfelt, Ethafoam, or unbuffered blotter. Replace the topsheet asneeded; the foil-backed liner can remain in place.Roll size: 25" x 100' on a 3" core.

Product Code size wt Price387-2510 635mm x 30m 2.45kg £53.95

�� Moistop Barrier FoilsMoistop is a highly technically designed laminated barrier foil consisting of polyester, aluminiumfoil and polythene, used to prevent corrosion and moisture damage to works of art.

Used in shipping, storage and as a barrier from off gassing, giving protection to moisture sensitive objects. Heat sealable at 180C/2 Seconds, the PEL crossweld Sealing Machine is idealfor sealing Moistop. Price each.

Product Code Description Price970-0010 1500mm x 10m Roll £44.60970-0002 1500mm x 200m Roll £469.00

Visit PEL online at www.preservationequipment.com

Page 95: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Conservation Adhesives ��

95

�� White Neutral pH AdhesiveOur acid-free adhesive has excellent lay-flat properties and dries clear. Easy to usepolyvinyl acetate (PVA) formula is fast setting. This adhesive was formulated specifi-cally for preservation materials and will not become brittle with age. Adheres to mostsurfaces. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price901-1008 (8oz. in Dispenser Bottle) 227g £4.25901-1032 (Quart) 0.95 litres £13.25901-1128 Gallon (3.8 Litres) 4.27kg £29.95

�� Dispenser PumpTake advantage of the lower cost on gallon containers of adhesives. Now you can use our rugged, reusable plastic pump to dispense small quantities of glue from gallon containers. No more drips, spills, or sticky messes to clean up! Fits all our gallon containers. A real handy money-saver! Inexpensively priced. Price each.

Product Code wt Price411-1000 1.05kg £6.26

�� EthuloseEthulose adhesive (ethyl hydroyethyl cellulose) forms a tough flexible film when dry. Easy to

prepare: simply dust the correct amount of Ethulose onto the surface of well-stirred water, stir until the mixture thickens, and let it stand overnight until Ethulose is fully dissolved. A 4% solution in water is about as viscous as honey; 8 to 10% solutions are gels and typically do notflow. These solutions may be diluted with pure ethyl alcohol to produce solutions where wateralone would stain or defibrillate the paper items. Ethulose solutions do not support bacteria ormould growth. Available in 400 gm jars. Price each.

Product Code wt Price615-5000 591g £23.50

�� Polyvinyl Alcohol AdhesiveA good conservation adhesive which ages without yellowing. Polyvinyl alcohol is extremely soluble in water for reversibility, and remains flexible as it ages. Price each.

Product Code Description wt Price411-1008 8oz. plastic applicator top bottle 273g £9.55411-1016 16oz. plastic jar 545g £20.70

A variety of brushes for applying glues and adhesives can be found on page 123

�� Beva® 371 Film (Gustav Bergers)Beva® is an adhesive created specifically for conservation applications. We have it available asadhesive film sandwiched between white silicone-coated paper and a Mylar® supporting sheet.Activate the adhesive with a tacking iron or hot air blower and remove the support film. Since it is not a liquid it can be cut and applied to small, well defined areas with no fear ofit spreading. You’ll find many uses in the repair of papers, paintings and textiles. Price per roll.

Product Code size Price695-371 686mm x 5m (27” x 20ft) £92.60

�� Methyl Cellulose Adhesive TubeThe 40ml tube is ready to use with a fine dispensing nozzle. The adhesive is a bio polymer cellulose derivative (methyl hydroxyl ethyl cellulose). From a conservation point of view it isreversible, adhesive and water soluble and a high quality adhesive. Used for mounting papers,picture framing and works especially well with Japanese papers. This ready made adhesive isextremely suitable for various conservation applications and is transparent.

Product Code Description Price793-1400 40ml tube £12.95

Page 96: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 96

�� Adhesives Acid-Free

�� Scotch™ Glue StickThis non-toxic, odour free, solid adhesive is a convenientmeans of adhering paper, cardboard or lightweight fabrics.White adhesive, with a pH of 12 +/-.5, goes on clear and driesclear. Price each.

Product Code wt Price477-0023 205g £1.63

�� Acryloyd B-72 Adhesive (Pellets)Acryloyd B-72 is a copolymer of ethyl methacrylate andmethyl acrylate supplied in 100% resin pellets which are soluble in acetone, toluene, and xylene. An excellent generalpurpose resin/adhesive, it can be applied in either clear or pigmented coatings by a variety of application methods and can be air dried or baked. Acryloid B-72 has a very low reactivity with sensitive pigments, and is durable and non-yellowing. Use in very dilute (5%) concentrations to consolidate flaking glazes or decayed surfaces; use in heavierconcentration (20%) to form adhesive. This material has also been used as an underlining for numbering, a varnish for paintings, and a gap filler. The product is reversible withsolvents. Price each.

Product Code wt Price422-9000 500g £15.75

�� Jade Adhesive 403NJade 403 Polyvinyl Acetate Adhesive is a neutral adhesive that is extremely flexible, fast setting, and dries transparent.This popular adhesive is used in numerous applications,including bonding wood, plastic, ceramics, vellum, and a variety of commonly used bookbinding materials. This adhesive will freeze. Avoid winter shipments when possible.

Product Code size wt Price964-40308 8oz. 273gms £15.40964-40332 quart 1.1kg £44.30964-403128 gallon (3.8litre) 4.3kg £136.50

�� Wheat StarchA very carefully purified, uncooked food grade wheat starch.When cooked, it makes a superior smooth wheat paste adhesive.note: must be cooked. Price each.

Product Code Description wt Price615-1002 (2oz.) 57g £5.25615-1008 (8oz.) 227g £8.82615-1000 2 kilos (4.4lbs) 2.14kg £20.65

�� Belgian Rice StarchSimilar to wheat starch, but it yields a lighter, thinner starchadhesive paste after cooking. note: must be cooked. Price each.

Product Code Description wt Price615-1502 (2oz.) 90g £5.25615-1508 (8oz.) 273g £8.82615-1500 2 kilos (4.4lbs) 2.14kg £20.60

�� Repair/Hinging BlottersWe recommend you use these acid-free, highly absorbentblotters when you're hinging or repairing with Japanese paperand wheat starch paste. This conservation quality blottingpaper has a soft textured surface, a pH of 8.0 and is bufferedwith 3% calcium carbonate. Blotters may be used over andover. Price per package of 24-6"x 6" blotters.

Product Code wt size qty Price702-6060 227g 152 x 152mm 24 £15.96

�� Porcelain Mortar & PestleThe ceramic mortar and pestle have been used for centuriesas a means of reducing substances to powder and for mixing. It’s still a great tool for obtaining a smooth mixture of paste oradhesives for your restoration work. Price each.

Product Code wt Price936-MORT 273g £19.25

�� Japanese StrainersBeautifully made from natural materials in Japan a high quality traditional item. Available in horsehair, 240mm (9.45”)diameter. They are used to strain paste, after cooking andespecially after storage and recooking. This removes anylumps and makes a very smooth paste.

Product Code Price996-7024 Horsehair £79.00

�� Jin ShofuJin Shofu Japanese wheat paste is a high quality paste formounting papers and boards.

Preparation is one part Jin Shofu to three or four parts waterand mix thoroughly. You may need to experiment to obtain the correct consistency for your project. More water will make athinner paste and longer cooking time will thicken the paste.During cooking stir constantly or use our Cook ‘N’ Stir PasteCooker. When the solution becomes clear remove it from theheat and let it cool to room temperature before using. For finepaste strain through a Japanese Strainer (see page 155). Storeprepared Jin Shofu in a sealed glass or plastic container in therefrigerator. Any mould that grows can simply be scraped offthe top.

Product Code Weight Price996-8000 1kg £14.95

Page 97: Catalog PEL 2010
Page 98: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 98

�� Conservation Hinging Tape

�� Self Adhesive Hinging TissueThis pressure sensitive,Mounting/Hinging Tissue is a fine, long fibre tissue with an archival quality, pressure

sensitive acrylic adhesive that is permanent and non-yellowing. Ideal for hinging translucent artsuch as Japanese paper, papyrus, and other light weight art because it won't show through.Mineral spirits are required for removal. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price533-0125 25mm x 10m 45gms £7.63533-0126 25mm x 30m 90gms £13.44

�� Self Adhesive Linen Hinging TapeLineco's Self Adhesive LinenTape is an extra strong, verythin linen cloth coated with aneutral pH non-yellowing,

pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive. The high thread count makes it an excellent choice for hinging window mats to backer mats, or for making repairs in book, etc. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price533-1055 32mm x 46m 318gms £28.95533-1015 32mm x 10m 90gms £9.95

�� Gummed Paper Hinging TapeThe high tensile strength ofthis quality, water activatedhinging tape will support all

but the heaviest works of art. The paper is acid-free with a calcium carbonate buffer and a pHof 8.5. The neutral pH adhesive has excellent tack to hold firmly without slipping or “creeping.”Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price533-0751 25mm x 40m 136gms £5.99

�� Gummed Linen Hinging TapeThis water activated tape, with 65/55 thread count fabric, provides superior strength for hinging, mounting, or repair applications. The neutral pH adhesive has high tack, lay

flat properties that make it afavourite for hinging mats andheavy pieces of artwork. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price533-1025 25mm x 9m 90gms £6.93533-1050 25mm x 46m 182gms £14.49533-1010 25mm x 91m 410gms £28.35533-1520 38mm x 91m 591gms £35.28533-2020 51mm x 91m 727gms £48.93533-3020 76mm x 91m 1.09kg £64.99

�� Japanese Hinging TissueThese generously sized sheets 597mm x 432mm (23 1⁄2” x 17”) of Japanese Mulberry paperare specially manufactured with 55 parallel “tear lines” that allow you to form perfect, deckled-edge Japanese hinges every time. The tear lines are arranged at various distances apart, toform hinges from 6mm wide to 23mm wide, all up to 432mm in length. Available in lightweight12gsm for photographs and light artwork, and 20gsm for heavier work. Applied easily withwheat or rice starch to make sound conservation quality hinges.Pack of 4 sheets.

Product Code description size Price682-0012 12gsm Japanese Hinging Paper 597 x 432mm £24.50682-0020 20gsm Japanese Hinging Paper 597 x 432mm £26.15

�� Insta-Mend® Mending Tissue Kit - with adhesive addedA fine conservation mending tissue with a wheat paste adhesive applied to both sides. This newInsta-Mend® tissue is ideal for repairing tears in books, prints, music or wherever a strongsheet mend is desired. It is pH neutral and water reversible. Supplied in a 12" x 18" sheet, thisproduct is an excellent tool for the conservator or the individual collector. Complete step by stepinstructions are included with every order. Kit also includes 4 pieces of blotting paper and 3pieces of nylon mesh. Price per kit.

Product Code size wt Price617-1216 305mm x 457mm 45g £13.50

Page 99: Catalog PEL 2010

Tape Mending ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 99

�� PEL Paper Repair TapeSame as the Transparent Mending Tissue above but 25mmwide for larger repairs. It has been thoroughly tested andapproved by numerous government agencies and is afavourite of both conservators and collectors. Easy to use, justplace over tear and burnish with bone folder. Price per box.

�� Transparent Mending TissueThis very thin and extremely transparent pressure sensitivearchival mending tissue is non-yellowing, removable with solvents, and has a neutral pH. To use, dispense a length ofthe tissue, place over the tear, and burnish with a bone fold-er. Working the adhesive into the tear causes the adhesive tostrengthen the tear as well as cover and support the areaaround the tear. Price per box.

To Use: Dispense a length appropriate for the area to bemended. Place over the tear, burnish gently, workingthe adhesive into the tear itself. For extra strength, dothe same to the reverse side of the tear.

�� Filmoplast® PFor Mending Paper. Filmoplast® P is a highly transparentmending tape suitable for invisible dry mending of tears indocuments, pages, maps, etc. Made of very thin, acid-free tissue coated with a self-adhesive. Tested by the FederalInstitute for Materials Testing who reported a pH of 8.8 on unaged tape, 8.1 on aged material.Price per roll.

�� Filmoplast® P-90Self Adhesive Paper Tape. Filmoplast® P-90 is a long fibrepaper tape which is especially useful for repairing joints ofbook sections to be restitched, replacing torn-out pages, andmending damaged edges of documents and pages. Testedby the Federal Institute for Materials Testing with a reportedpH of 9.1 on unaged tape and a pH of 7.8 on aged tape.Price per roll.

�� Hayaku® Instant Japanese HingesHayaku® is a Japanese Mulberry Paper coated with acid-free,water activated adhesive. This extremely strong, long fibrehinging material saves both time and money, and has passedthe Photo Activity Test. It is used for hinging works of art on paper, repair of paper and structural applications in art, bookbinding, memorabilia and conservation. Easily reversiblewith water. Each roll measures 1" x 100 ft. Price per roll.

• Just Moisten and Stick• Gummed adhesive is removable with water• Strong, tensile tested at 7kg per hinge

Product Code Description wt Price620-0001 Filmoplast® P 182gms £8.95

White (19mm x 50m)

Product Code Description wt Price620-0002 Filmoplast® P-90 182gms £8.95

White (19mm x 50m)

Product Code size wt Price533-0752 25mm x 30m 227gms £12.55

Product Code Description Price533-0198 1” x 98ft (25mm x 30m) £8.93

in dispenser box. wt 90g901-0198 1” x 400” (25mm x 10m) £7.25

in dispenser box. wt 32g

Product Code size wt Price533-0017 13mm x 15m 45gms £6.29

Page 100: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Self-Adhesive, Preformed Mounting CornersLineco's conservation quality Mylar® polyester,self-adhesive mounting corners provide a safe, time saving method of securing photos, documents and artwork. Crystal clear, these corners provide a virtually invisible method of mounting. Two sizes areavailable, offering time saving convenience withoutthe harmful plasticisers used in lesser quality vinylcorners. The non-yellowing acrylic adhesive backingnever comes in contact with artwork. Ideal formounting photos in albums. Price per package of 240 corners.

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 100

�� Mounting Paste & Hinging Paper

�� Mulberry: Japanese Hinging PaperThis white paper is handmade in Japan from 30% Kozo and 70% sulphite pulp. Its name comesfrom the mulberry plant from which the Kozo fibre is taken. Lightweight and soft, it is strong,very versatile and pleasant to use. In addition to its conservation uses, this paper is excellentfor hinging or printmaking. Price per package of 5 sheets.

Product Code size Price682-2433 640 x 851mm (25.2” x 33.5”) £23.00

�� Mulberry RollsMachine-made version of the most popular Oriental paper in the U.S. It is slightly lighter thanits handmade counter-part, however, it affords the conservator large format work. Sheet is 10%Kozo, 90% sulphite pulp. There are no chemical fillers and a small amount of sizing is addedbefore drying. Price per roll.

Product Code size Price682-2710 686mm x 9.15m (27” x 10yds) £37.75

�� Jin ShofuJin Shofu Japanese wheat paste is a high quality paste for mounting papers and boards.

Preparation is one part Jin Shofu to three or four parts water and mix thoroughly. You may needto experiment to obtain the correct consistency for your project. More water will make a thinnerpaste and longer cooking time will thicken the paste. During cooking stir constantly or use ourCook ‘N’ Stir Paste Cooker. When the solution becomes clear remove it from the heat and let itcool to room temperature before using. For fine paste strain through a Japanese Strainer (seepage 155). Store prepared Jin Shofu in a sealed glass or plastic container in the refrigerator. Anymould that grows can simply be scraped off the top.

Product Code weight Price996-8000 1kg £14.95

�� Wheat StarchA very carefully purified, uncooked food-grade wheat starch. When cooked, it makes a superiorsmooth wheat paste adhesive. Note: Must be cooked.

Product Code description wt Price615-1002 (2oz.) 57g £5.55615-1008 (8oz.) 227g £8.82615-1000 2kg (4.4lbs) 2kg £20.65

�� Belgian Rice StarchSimilar to wheat starch, but it yields a lighter, thinner starch adhesive-paste after cooking.Note: Must be cooked.

Product Code description wt Price615-1502 (2oz.) 57g £5.55615-1508 (8oz.) 227g £8.82615-1500 2kg (4.4lbs) 2kg £20.60

Actual Size

see page 62 for more mounting corners

Product Code size wt Price533-0020 13mm (0.5”) 91gms £4.99533-0021 35mm (1.375”) 136gms £9.75

�� Mounting CornersSelf Adhesive Polypropylene corners provide extra strength and size to accommodate larger artpieces. They are safe and acid-free. The full view variety minimises the border required to hidethe corner under the window mat. Suitable for light to heavyweight photographs and art. Noadhesive comes in contact with the artwork these corners are the easiest way to mount precious art. When used correctly they provide adequate support and allow for the expansionand contraction of the art within the frame. Artwork can always be removed in its original, pristine condition.

Product Code size quantity Price533-0022 6.25mm (5/8”) standard 500 £5.30533-0034 31.75mm (1.25”) standard 250 £12.30533-0035 31.75mm (1.25”) full view 250 £13.60533-0036 76.2mm (3”) standard 100 £11.80533-0037 76.2mm (3”) full view 100 £12.97

Page 101: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Framing & Mounting ��

101

�� Museum Mounting KitEverything you need to mount graphics and original art using rice starch and paper hinges. This kit contains a 2-oz. jar of unmodified Rice Starch Adhesive, enough heavyweight MulberryPaper to make approximately 150 hinges, and a 25m x 254mm roll of Pressure Sensitive LinenTape for hinging mats. Complete instructions included.Price per kit.

Product Code description wt Price533-2000 museum mounting kit 182gms £14.50

�� See-Thru Mounting StripsUse these mounting strips for safe, hingeless mountingof artwork to mats. Sturdy and safe, Lineco MountingStrips are made from conservation quality Mylar®polyester and acid-free paper with a self adhesive

backing strip. Simply position the print or photograph inplace and adhere strips to the mat. No adhesive ever

comes in contact with the artwork, instead, the art is "cra-dled" by inert Mylar® and is ready to be framed. Available in our regular 4" strips and now inan economical 12" bulk package. Both can be cut to just the right size for a particular job. Bothlengths sold in packages of 60 strips. Price per package.

Product Code size wt Price533-4015 4” (102mm) 182gms £10.40533-4020 12” (305mm) 591gms £20.90

�� GlasGard® Prevents glass chipping in framesThis soft polyethylene fits over standard 2mm and 2.5mm picture framing glass to help preventchipping especially in metal frames. GlasGard® contains no plasticizers and is acid-free.Supplied in 100ft (30.48m) length in a convenient dispenser box. Includes a free applicator toolto make fitting safe and simple.

Product Code description wt Price724-0100 30.48m length 4.5kg £13.95

�� Rabbet TapeThis inert 1/32" (0.8mm) thin foam tape features a high tack acrylic adhesive for lining framerabbets. Protects canvas transfers, digital media and other forms of art by providing a cushion.Seals the glass in frames preventing insects entering the framed work (acts like draft excluder).Holds the glass firmly in a picture frame.

Product Code Description wt Price018-1436 1/4” x 36 yards (6.35mm x 33m) 363g £11.00

�� EconoSpace®A simple solution for conservation framing, keeps the glass awayfrom the art. Works on both wood and metal frames, has acid-free high-tack acrylic adhesive. EconoSpace® is hollow forstiffness and lightness, does not sag in the frame, cuts clean andeasily. Available in clear with one side matte and the other sideglossy to create the right effect inside of the frame. Price per pack

Product Code Description Quantity Weight Price724-0125 1/8” (3.17mm) x 5 feet (1.5m) 20 2.7kg £31.75724-0150 1/4” (6.35mm) x 5 feet (1.5m) 12 4kg £25.95

Page 102: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Frame Sealing TapeDeveloped specifically to seal backing board toframes, this pressure sensitive tape attaches firmly toalmost any surface, and conforms well to most surfaceirregularities. Manufactured from our exclusive Perma/Seal®label stock with a foil layer, a non-yellowing, permanent acrylicadhesive and coated to match our Frame Backing Paper above. Also pro-vides an effective barrier for the rabbets of wooden frames. Available in Whiteand Blue/Grey. Price per roll.

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 102

�� Lineco’s Acid-Free Buffered Frame Backing PaperWith A New, Easy-to-use 90gsm. Standard WeightProtect your framed artwork from dust with conservation quality Perma/Dur® Frame BackingPaper. The durable paper offers acid-free, buffered, long term protection with an attractiveblue-grey finish. The paper's moderately porous surface allows the frame to breathe readilyand contains no harmful acids that commonly occur in brown kraft paper. Each roll is 92m long on a 76mm core to fit standard roll dispensers. Choose between our heavy weight (60lb.) or new 40 lb. standard weight that folds, cuts and handles like inferior kraft paperbacking, without the damaging acids. Price per roll.

Standard Weight (108gsm)Product Code size wt Price613-0037 914mm x 91.5m (36” x 300’) 9.09kg £56.00

Product Code colour size (W x L) wt Price387-0151 blue/grey 32mm x 25m 182gms £8.50387-0155 blue/grey 32mm x 152m 1kg £28.90387-0156 blue/grey 89mm x 25m 0.55kg £17.95387-0156F blue/grey 89mm x 152m 3.27kg £72.25387-0152 white 32mm x 25m 182gms £8.39387-0154 white 32mm x 152m 1.09kg £28.95

�� One Ply Barrier PaperLike all quality barrier material, this 100% rag paper is acid-free and buffered with approxi-mately 3% calcium carbonate. Its attractive white vellum finish eliminates any concern overcolour transfer to objects which come in contact with it, making it ideal for separating artworkfrom coloured window boards which could mar framed prints. These same qualities make it anexceptional liner for storage cartons. Unlike thicker, stiffer barrier boards, this paper is easily cut, folded, and manipulated without the need for scoring, but maintains good structural integrity. Size 813mm x 1016mm, grain long. Price per package of 50 sheets. Sorry, no broken packages.

Product Code size wt/pkg Price345-4030 813mm x 1016mm 10.45kg £110.97

“Serving Museums, Libraries & Archives Worldwide”

�� Framing Supplies

�� A. Polyester Transparent Tape - Double Coated3M no.415. A double-coated acrylic adhesive on both sides this transparent tape is used bythe Library of Congress and many archivists. Used in encapsulation to seal polyester film

to another sheet of film,thereby forming an envelopearound the document. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price401-4151 6mm x 33m 45gms £8.26401-4152 13mm x 33m 90gms £12.82401-4153 25mm x 33m 182gms £19.59

�� B. Polyester Transparent Tape3M no.850. A polyester tape coated with an acrylic adhesive similar to 3M “415 tape” butadhesive coated on one side only. Excellent for edge sealing plastic enclosures. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price401-8502 13mm x 66m 80gms £19.25401-8503 25mm x 66m 90gms £32.30

A.

B.

Page 103: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 103

�� A. Bone FolderThis Bone Folder, made of real bone, is used to smooth rough edges of mat board after cutting witha mat cutter or blade. Excellent for making creases or folds on tapes and papers. Price each.

Product Code style size wt Price870-900B 1 end pointed. 1 rounded 152 x 19mm 45gms £2.65870-901B large. 1 end pointed. 1 rounded 204 x 22mm 48gms £4.25870-902B 2 rounded 204 x 22mm 48gms £4.25

�� B. Rub Gum EraserThis unique formula eraser doubles as a nonabrasive eraser and a drycleaner. Using gentlepressure, a fine deep-cleaning powder is produced which will absorb and remove dirt, graphite,etc., from both mat board and drawing paper. Extra large size - 2" x 1" x 7/8". Price per dozen.

Product Code size wt Price479-211 51 x 25 x 22mm 409gms £7.90

�� C. Dusting BrushA durable 15" long dust brush with high impact handle and soft horsehair bristles. Cleans dust, dirt

and erasure crumbs from paper, mat board, glass, etc. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price869-BR364 381mm 91gms £9.95

�� D. Matting Tool KitThis handy kit contains four choicetools - ideal for framers! Sure grippaper positioner: a slight move-

ment is all that is needed to position artwork precisely without leaving marks. Double-headed spatula with pointed and rounded ends - great for lifting small items, cutting hinges, slidingunder prints to separate from support, etc. Bristle brush is perfect for holding and spreadingpaste, even in small areas. Arc-nose tweezers for hard-to-pick-up items. Price per kit.

Product Code wt Price617-0002 100g £23.45

�� E. Groom StickDry clean your documents withremarkable efficiency with this natural rubber, kneadable “molecu-

lar” trap. Neutral pH Groom/Stick positively picks up and carries away a wide array of foreignmatter. Graphite, carbon, charcoal, chalk, crayon, dry powder colours, mould, dust, dirt andgrease are just a few of the many substances that are cleanly lifted off the surface and heldwithin the “molecular trap.” Unlike most erasers, Groom/Stick will not abrade, smudge, crumble,or produce clinging debris. Also use to remove the oil from hands and fingers before tackling sensitive jobs. Permanently tacky and completely reusable. Price each.

Product Code wt Price638-0002 100gms £7.95

�� F. Alto’s Mat Makers’ HandbookThis handbook is designed to helpyou improve your mat cutting andmounting skills. Although the meth-

ods and techniques emphasise the use of Alto’s Mat Maker, over half the information is of a general nature, applicable to other mat-cutting devices as well. If you follow these instructions andsuggestions, you will learn how surprisingly easy it is to cut beautiful mats of many types. Price each.

Product Code wt Price537-HB 136gms £9.98

�� A. Cotton SwabsThese swabs derive their high absorbency from the wrapped100% cotton bud. The long wood handle makes them ideal forcleaning delicate items, absorbing & applying various solutions.

Product Code qty PriceA. 870-7005 pack of 200 £7.95B. 870-7006 pack of 50 £17.95

�� B. Foam Covered Cotton SwabsFoam head moulded around a cotton bud core on a long handle, these are best used where the cotton linting causes aproblem. The polyurethane foam encapsulates the cotton budand makes a high absorbing swab.

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

F.

B.

A.

Cleaning Products ��

�� PEL Document Cleaning Powder & PadsPel’s Document Cleaning Pads are recommended for cleaning dusty, dirty,or mouldy paper items. These pads contain a soft, grit-free powder thatabsorbs and cleans surface dirt from paper. Price each.

Product Code Description wt Price782-1004 one cleaning pad 90g £2.40782-1000 2lb can of powder 2.0lbs (0.91kg) £9.95

To Use: Twist the pad lightly over the soiled document to produce a thin layer ofwhite cleaning powder. Then, gently rub the pad over the area to be cleaned.This action causes the dust and dirt to be absorbed by the layer of cleaningpowder. Once the area is clean, simply brush the residue away to reveal a clean,renewed appearance.

See page 155 for even more cleaning products & erasers

Page 104: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 104

�� Guillotines Trimming & Scoring

�� Professional TrimmerThis Professional range of 8 superbly engineered machines is the one by which all others are judged! Over 250,000 are in useworldwide; in schools, offices, studios and darkrooms,where their robust construction is rigorously tested, day-in, day-out.

With cut lengths from 12” (305mm) to 54” (1374mm), each model features the unique chromed steel twin guide rails, silent glideaction, and all metal cutting head and end frames. The smooth running Professional cutters are designed to withstand high volume applications, and will handle virtually all flexible materials up to 3mm thickness. Fully guaranteed for 5 years. Each professional is screen-printed with very useful 10mm grid ‘A’ size indicators and two additional metric/imperial scale bars.

�� Board and Paper ChopperFree Standing. Cuts paper, mountboard, polyester film,reemay, tissue, metal foils and other materials. We knowfrom experience in our own workshop, that this guillotinewill cut very accurately all types of materials used inconservation and give troublefree service. A fold-awayextension table and foot operated clamp are standard aswell as a side lay with cm/inch scale, back gauge andfront gauge with narrow-strip-cutting device (for cuttingdown to 1mm strips).

Product Code model cut length overall length cut capacity wt Price486-12M M12 305mm / 12” 471mm 3mm 4.9kg £130.00486-15M M15 382mm / 15” 547mm 3mm 5.3kg £145.00486-17M M17 445mm / 17.5” 610mm 3mm 6.0kg £165.00486-24M M24 610mm / 24” 778mm 3mm 7.1kg £200.00486-30M M30 763mm / 30” 928mm 3mm 8.5kg £245.00486-36M M36 914mm / 36” 1080mm 2mm 8.9kg £280.00486-42M M42 1068mm / 42” 1234mm 1.5mm 10.5kg £330.00486-54M M54 1374mm / 54” 1539mm 1.5mm 12.0kg £390.00Each model 382mm width x 95mm height

Product Code: 487-1080 £1400.00cutting length 800mmcutting capacity to 4mm thicktable size 800mm x 605mmdimensions 1215mmH x 670mmW x 1070mmD Product Code: 487-1110 £2015.00cutting length 1110mmcutting capacity up to 20 sheets A4 70g/m2

table size 1110mm x 760mmdimensions 1360mmH x 830m W x 1390mmD

Product Code Trimmer Stand Price486-MS30 For Trimmer 486-30M £162.50486-MS36 For Trimmer 486-36M £162.50486-MS42 For Trimmer 486-42M £162.50486-MS54 For Trimmer 486-54M £187.90

Product Code Waste Catcher Price486-MC30 For Model 486-30M £95.00486-MC36 For Model 486-36M £100.00486-MC42 For Model 486-42M £105.00486-MC54 For Model 486-54M £110.00

Product Code Roll Dispenser Price486-RD30 For Model 486-30M £132.00486-RD36 For Model 486-36M £132.00

Page 105: Catalog PEL 2010

Mat Cutters ��

�� Oval & Circle Mat CutterCut bevelledovals from 3" x4-1/2" to 20" x

23" and circles from 4" to 20" quickly and easily. The 3-stepsystem features an exclusive mechanism for gradual entry ofthe blade into the mat to insure clean, consistent bevels. Thisunique mat cutter features an easy measuring system withboth inch and metric scales, adjustable blade depth, extrablades, and fully illustrated instructions. Price each.

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 105

�� Ultimat Gold Mat CutterProduct Code: Ultimat Gold Price486-0011 1010mm (40”) £849.75486-0012 1200mm (48”) £890.95486-0013 1570mm (62”) £937.30

�� Oval/Circle Mat CutterThis mat cutter is easy to adjust and light to operate, cuttingovals and circles from 0.8" to 25" (20mm up to 635mm) withor without a bevel, fast and clean every time. Conservators willfind the coin size apertures useful. A single locking lever moves

to select from 0.00" to make a circle progressively up to 8" (200mm) length - width differential to make an oval. Available accessory is the craftsman tool kit which comprises pen holder, tungsten carbide glass cutter, 2x embossing rollers and V-groovecutting tool. A very versatile machine for the creative framer. Bevel and vertical cutting 650 x 450mm (25" x 17").

Product Code: 486-0010 £835.35Product Code: 486-0009 £84.50

5 Piece Craftsman Tool Set

Product Code wt Price543-201 0.9kg £112.22

�� A. Dexter Mat CutterSturdy and durable, the Dexter Mat Cutter is chrome-plated toprevent marring or soiling of surface board when cutting. Ametal knob controls blade adjustment enabling you to cut abevel at the desired angle. Designed to conform to the hand,it is an ideal instrument for cutting and scoring mats, card-board, illustration board, or cutting thin sheets of plastic. FiveNo. 3 high-grade cutlery steel blades are included.Replacement blades are available. Designed for right handeduse. Price each.

Product Code Description Price471-5415 mat cutter £28.56471-5417 No.3 blade (5 per box) £2.75471-5416 No.3 blade (100 per box) £46.70

�� B. Logan 32” Compact Mat CutterDesigned to meet the needs of those who want the simplicityand precision not possible withhand mat cutters, but do nothave the volume to warrant the expensive high-productionmodels. This Compact Mat Cutter features a guided cuttinghead with a fixed 45° bevel running on a grooved rail.Removable mat guide remains parallel to rail guide and isadjustable for border widths from 7/8" to 5". Measurementscan be made down to 1/32". Start and stop guidelines preventovercuts. Uses inexpensive backless razor blades, availablebelow. Price each.

B.

Product Code Description Price543-301 32” compact matcutter £143.50543-270 blades, pack of 100 £23.75

A.

Product Code: description Price486-0017 spare bevelcut blades £17.25

pack 100 blades

486-0016 spare vertical cut blades £19.05pack 100 blades

The ideal choice for the conservator looking for a dependablehigh quality matcutter, for mounting exhibitions and pictureframing. The matguide allows precise parallel cutting small orlarge. Start-of-Cut limit stop enables mats to be cut with no over or under cuts, makes a perfect professional matboardevery time. The Ultimat Gold is easy to use even with limitedexperience and it meets the exacting requirements of themost skilled and creative framer. Provides accurate positioningfor a matboard to be marked or cut on an angle. The variousangle settings will provide all the creative scope a framer willneed with no fiddly adjustments. New on the Ultimat Gold isthe unique micro stop adjuster for perfect corners.

Page 106: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 106

�� Conservation Accessories

�� Brass Paper ClipsMade for PEL, these solid brass paper clips are an economical alternative to our top quality stain-less steel paper clips. Will not rust and are safe to use on rare papers. Price per 1000

�� PlastiklipsAttractive plastic paper clips for identification, inventory control, record keeping, routing and many other uses. These clips will notmar, rust or tear papers. Attractive colours for colour coding. Three sizes to cover a range of uses. Price per box.Mixed colours include: White, Red, Blue, Green, and Yellow.

Product Code size qty/box wt Price463-1030 medium. 25mm 500 100gms £4.95463-1060 large. 35mm 200 100gms £4.95463-1070 king. 60mm 75 100gms £5.50

�� Monel StaplesStandard chisel point staples of 100% rust-proof Monel metal. Precision made, they penetrate without buckling. Fit all standardstaplers. Price per box of 5000.

Product Code wt Price419-004M 227gms £36.52

�� Stainless Steel Paper ClipsStandard size Stainless Steel Paper Clips will not rust or stain materials. Wire is smooth and will not abrade fragile surfaces.Approximately 700 jar.

Product Code size wt Price497-3000 1.25” (33mm) 850g £14.50

Product Code size qty Price500-1000 40mm x 65mm (1.57” x 2.56”) 500 £2.60500-1001 60mm x 60mm (2.36” x 2.36”) 500 £3.40500-1005 115mm x 115mm (4.53” x 4.53”) 500 £8.85500-1006 100mm x 140mm (3.94” x 5.51”) 500 £9.00500-1008 75mm x 190mm (2.95” x 7.48”) 500 £8.70500-1105 50mm x 230mm (1.97” x 9.06”) 500 £10.25500-1100 150mm x 230mm (5.90” x 9.06”) 200 £7.70500-10A4 230mm x 325mm (9.05” x 12.80”) 200 £11.30500-1014 255mm x 355mm (10.04” x 13.98”) 200 £13.70500-1016 330mm x 455mm (13” x 17.91”) 200 £20.60500-1017 380mm x 510mm (14.96” x 20.08”) 200 £26.20

�� Polyethylene Zipper Bags (not shown)Minigrip® plain resealable zipper bags made fro 50 micron polyethylene, now available at very good prices giving excellent value.These simple efficient bags are completely inert and transparent. They have many uses in Museums, Archives and Librariesincluding storage of books, paintings, artifacts, fragments, geology, archaeological specimens and odd shaped objects. Bags arewater resistant and offer a moisture barrier. Variety of sizes for a variety of uses.Price per package of 500 & 250 bags. Discounts available on large quantities.

�� Pink Cotton Tying TapePink Tying Tape also known as legal tape. "Red Tape" - Charles Dickens is believed to be the first person to have used this phrase.(In fact the colour is pink). Generally pink tape is used to tie up bundles of official papers. The tying tape is 100% cotton, the pinkcolour does not bleed.

Product Code Description Price586-1472 Pink Tying Tape 10mm x 100m £7.56 per roll

Product Code size wt Price497-2020 33mm 306gms £14.50

�� Binding ScrewsBookbinders brass screws single 5.5mm diameter 6mm holeswith fixed head and screw top. For bound books and binders.Price 25 pack

Product Code Description Price463-0020 20mm Length binding screws £7.70463-0035 40mm Length binding screws £9.20463-0050 50mm Length binding screws £11.55

25 units per pack

Page 107: Catalog PEL 2010

Product Code description wt Price615-8000 Museum Wax 13oz £8.75

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Accessories Conservation ��

107

�� Unbleached Cotton Tying TapeThis soft, unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of books and periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying together damaged books while theywait for repair. Non-abrasive, with no dye to bleed. Spool of 100m and 915m . Price per spool.

Product Code size wt Price342-2630 2.25”W x 5”L w/tab (57mm x 127mm) 182gms £9.67342-2140 2.25”W x 10”L w/tab (57mm x 254mm) 410gms £11.91342-2410 2.25”W x 10”L w/o tab (57mm x 254mm) 364gms £10.58note: We recommend the non-tabbed Identa-Strip for those books with very brittle pages.

�� Rare Book Identa-stripsUniversity Products’ acid-free and lignin-free Identa-Strips provide easy identification of shelvedrare books. A die-cut tab prevents slippage into the book when vertically shelved. These acid-free Identa-Strips won’t discolour pages of books into which they are inserted. Tab is located 6typewriter spaces (1") from top. Price per package of 100. Product Code width Price

586-1516 5/16” (8mm x 915m) £39.95586-1716 7/16” (11mm x 915m) £52.40586-1058 5/8” (16mm x 915m) £69.95586-0006 6mm x 100m £5.32586-0010 10mm x 100m £5.99586-0016 16mm x 100m £7.40

�� CellugelThe effective consolident for deteriorating powdery leatherwas developed by professional book conservators. Cellugel isessentially a mixture of hydroxypropylcellulose and isopropanol.Cellulose ethers have been used by book and paper conservators for years for the purpose of sizing paper andconsolidating deteriorated leather. When applied to powderyleather (leather with red-rot), Cellugel is absorbed throughoutthe entire thickness of the leather and dries within minutes.After it is dry, the dust no longer comes off the leather.Cellugel does not darken, discolour nor leave a film on thesurface of the leather.

Product Code wt Price993-0116 460gms £24.85

�� Museum WaxPreviously known as 'Be still my art'. Protect your valuable collections from bumps, quakes, jolts. A special blend of microcrystalline waxes makes museum Wax safe for use oncrystal, porcelain, marble glass, ceramic and wood finishes.Perfect for mounting breakable objects to shelves, stands anddisplay cases. Performs well as a temporary "glue" to holditems in place whilst being cleaned, repaired or photographed.To use, attach a pea size bead to the contact base of yourobject, then with a slightly twisting motion, press your piece intoplace. To remove simply twist and lift. Scrape up the excess waxfor reuse and wipe away any residue with a soft cloth.

Product Code description wt Price085-3311 Museum Gel 4oz £7.45

�� Museum GelClear museum gel is used as a removable adhesive underglassware china and crystal, originally used 11 years ago by major museums in the earthquake region of California. Sincethen, the practice of securing works of art and collections has become popular among both professionals and private collectors. Museum gel will stay soft and flexible, we recommend testing the product adhesion periodically andcleaning the area to ensure proper adhesion.

Used in museum display cases for fragile works of art, is non-toxic, removable and reusable. Perfect for underneath clarity ofglass and clear crystal objects on glass shelves. Also availableMuseum Wax which is a suitable alternative to Museum Gel.

Page 108: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 108

�� Framing Tools

�� A. See-Thru, Metal Edge RulerThis extra-long ruler comes highly recommended by conservators. The heavy gauge, clearacrylic construction features internal markings that are very useful. One edge is bevelled, theother features a steel edge which keeps the acrylic from being nicked by sharp rotary cutters or scalpel blades when cutting against it, keeping the ruler itself accurate. The ruler is500mm long, graduated in sixteenths of an inch with a 0 centreing scale. Calibrations and grids are visible on both light and dark surfaces. Price each.

Product Code wt Price869-1800 91gms £8.50

�� B. Stainless Steel Corkbacked RulersAn exceptional tool for drawing, cutting or scoring, these steel rulers feature a cork backing thathelps prevent slipping. One side is graduated in inches (16ths), the other in millimeters.Available in three sizes, each ruler is 1-1/4" wide and made from .020" steel and .052 corkbacking. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price682-20012 12” (305mm) 60gms £8.85682-20018 18” (455mm) 91gms £11.65682-20024 24” (610mm) 91gms £14.00682-20036 36” (910mm) 136gms £21.69

�� C. Graduated 5’ Aluminium StraightedgeWith its hardened aluminum construction and stain resistant matte finish, this straightedge provides a practical design that features black graduations in 16ths and 8ths of an inch onopposite edges. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price682-100560 60” 136gms £34.98note: not available in metric size.

�� D. Print Mounting PositionerSave time and avoid frustration with this Print Mounting Positioner. Position any size print on amount board in seconds. No difficult measuring, complicated calculations, or unsightly penciland erasure marks. Guessing the correct proportion between top and bottom borders is a thingof the past. Includes protective plastic cover. Price each.

Product Code wt Price605-2000 227gms £28.78

�� E. Straight EdgesThese straight edges are for heavy duty cutting as with a Stanley Knife, micron anodisedaluminium with rubber anti-slip back, graduated in cm and mm.

Product Code length Price869-653M/50 50cm £20.40869-653M/80 80cm £33.35869-653M/100 100cm £41.60869-653M/125 125cm £52.80

A.B.

C.

D.

E.

�� Thickness GaugesAn essential instrument for measuring the thickness of paper board, film, fabrics and other materials.

Product Code description PriceA. 985-1319 Digital thickness Gauge with zero setting. £328.90

Inches to mm conversion range 12mm/0.5”resolution 0.01mm/0.0005” accuracy 0.02mm

B. 985-1308 Dial pocket micrometer 19mm (0.75”) £169.95throat capacity 0-10mm reading 0.01mm

A

B

�� Japanese Push Drill SetThis push drill set is so handy, simply exert pressure on the tool and the chuck spins. Excellentfor cutting clean holes in a variety of materials such as paper mount board, leathers etc. Madefrom wood and brass, a quality japanese tool. The chuck holds 9 hollow point drills in 1, 1.5,2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5 and 5mm sizes. Replacement drill bits are available.

Product Code Description Price617-7000 Drill Set plus 9 bits £49.45617-7002 Set of 9 replacement drill bits £29.50617-7001 Push Drill with 3mm Bit £19.95

The device works on the Archimedean screw principle

Page 109: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 109

�� Phase Box RiveterOne of the best ways to protect old or rare books from damage caused by temperature and humidity changes, pollutants, light and the physical stresses ofshelving is to create a phase box tailored to each book. Use this riveter withthe rivets, washers and cord to create thebox closures -no need to struggle with ham-mers or other clumsy methods of crimpingthe rivets. Riveting machine has a 76mmthroat, cast-iron and steel construction,

user-friendly cushioned handle, and can bemounted on workbench. Extra thick washers measure

19mm diameter x 0.3mm thick; rivet base measures 11mm;rivet top measures 8mm diameter. Linen thread (12-3) for tying comes on 1/2 pound spools.

Product Code description wt Price112-370 riveter 182g £376.65297-0001 die 45g £55.00297-0002 punch 45g £112.17297-3048 rivet tops/pk of 100 91g £17.67297-3036 rivet bases/pk of 100 91g £17.67106-0001 washers/pk of 100 45g £14.29

Product Code size wt Price002-2000 610 x 305 x 160mm 1.64kg £107.00

�� MEASUREpHASE™ Book Measuring DeviceThis simple tool allows you to quickly and efficiently determine the dimensions of books in orderto produce the most accurate phase boxes possible. Measure the length, width and thicknessof the book in just seconds with the movable gauge. Because accurate measurements are fun-damental to a properly constructed phase box, you can be assured your volumes are safe andsecure. Comes in both inches and metric measurements.

�� Adjustable Book Storage BoxesCreate your own storage boxes for your valuable rare books and documents with these acid-free 20-point boards. These soil-resistant cream colour boards are scored every 0.625" for easy folding and are available in a wide range of sizes. Enclosureis secured using a pressure-sensitive Velcoin (1 Velcoin provided per sheet; for additional supply, see below). See How-To on thispage for complete instructions. Price per package of 5 boards.

step 1 Determine book size and select the 2 Closest box half sizes.eg: Book size 6"W x 7"L x 1"DOne-half size piece 6" x 22"One-half size piece 7" x 16"

note: allow at least 2" for overlap.

step 2Encase book side to side first. Fold along scored lines for snug fit.Attach Velcoin to complete enclosure.

step 3Encase book top to bottom. Again fold along appropriate score line. Attach Velcoin to complete the enclosure.

Product Code size Price722-6014 6” x 14” (152 x 356mm) £6.00722-6022 6” x 22” (152 x 356mm) £6.40722-7016 7” x 16” (178 x 406mm) £5.80722-7024 7” x 24” (178 x 610mm) £7.25722-8018 8” x 18” (203 x 457mm) £6.95722-8026 8” x 26” (203 x 660mm) £8.15722-9020 9” x 20” (229 x 508mm) £8.75722-9028 9” x 28” (229 x 711mm) £8.40722-1022 10” x 22” (254 x 559mm) £9.70722-1030 10” x 30” (254 x 762mm) £10.00722-1124 11” x 24” (279 x 610mm) £8.80722-1132 11” x 32” (279 x 813mm) £12.50722-1226 12” x 26” (305 x 660mm) £12.45722-1234 12” x 34” (305 x 864mm) £11.85722-1430 14” x 30” (356 x 762mm) £14.15722-1436 15” x 36” (356 x 915mm) £15.40

Rare Book Storage ��

�� E-Flute Corrugated Rare Book StorageQuick and easy, the E-flute corrugated is strong and offers maximum support for fragile booksor books in parts. Simply measure the height and width then mark the board and score witha ruler and bone folder. Each package contains 5 pairs of mated Velcro self-adhesive buttons.

You will need to purchase 2 packs or guillotine down to size. For example a book 8" wide by10" high would require a pack of 612-0827 and 612-1031.

Product Code description wt Price612-0623 6" x 23" (152 x 584mm) 272g £9.25612-0725 7" x 25" (178 x 635mm) 363g £11.65612-0827 8" x 27" (203 x 685mm) 408g £11.30612-0931 9" x 31" (228 x 787mm) 590g £13.00612-1031 10" x 31" (254 x 787mm) 725g £13.50612-1232 12" x 32" (305 x 812mm) 816g £15.00612-1432 14" x 32" (355 x 812mm) 862g £18.25

Page 110: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 110

�� Binder Tapes�� Binder Tapes

�� A. Hinged Cambric Cloth TapeUse this tape to reinforce and reattach book covers, hinge music scores, reinforce pamphlets,etc. Acid-free white cambric tape has neutral pH water activated adhesive and is scored downthe centre to make hinging a snap. Roll is 1"x 25 ft. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price533-0125P 25mm x 7.6m 45gms £15.80

�� B. Tyvek® TapeThis pressure sensitive white polyethylene Tyvek® tape displays incredible tenacity, even under the most rigorous of circumstances. Uses include hinging mats, binding folder spines, performing book repairs to battered books, as well as a variety of other uses. The pressure sensitive acrylic adhesive eliminates the sticky mess associated with moistenable adhesivebacked Tyvek® tapes around valuable art work. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price804-0150 1” x 50yds (25mm x 46m) 500gms £10.95804-1550 1.5” x 50yds (38mm x 46m) 682gms £12.70804-2250 2.25” x 50yds (57mm x 46m) 910gms £20.55

A.

�� Unbleached Cotton Archival Tape (right)Various uses are made of archival quality tapes, from tying up bundles of documents and folders to bookbinding. This soft, unbleached tying tape is invaluable for tying bundles of booksand periodicals to be sent to the bindery, or for tying together damaged books while they waitfor repair. Non-abrasive, with no dye to bleed. Available in 3 widths in 100m rolls & 1000m rolls

Product Code size Price roll size Price586-0006 6mm x 100m £5.32 586-1006 6mm x 1000m £49.20586-0010 10mm x 100m £5.99 586-1010 10mm x 1000m £53.85586-0016 16mm x 100m £7.40 586-1016 16mm x 1000m £69.45

B.

�� Book Spine Repair TapeThis black spine repair tape is a self-adhesive, 2" wide tape for attaching torn book covers. Wewould not recommend you use this tape on rare valuable books however, it does make a quickrepair for books that are in constant use.

Product Code size Price550-1505 2” x 15yds (50mm x 13.7m) £8.70

�� C. Book Cotton TapeThis fine-stitched, white cotton textile tape is tear-resistant, acid-free and is designed forstrengthening the joint between the inner book and the cover. Self-adhesive, biodegradableand coated on one side with solvent-free, age-resistant acrylic adhesive.

Product Code size Price620-26324 30mm x 25m £9.20

�� Gudy 870A pH neutral transfer adhesive that can be applied to any smooth surface rendering it self-adhesive. Super-thin based on polyacrylate, solvent-free, age-resistant and permanently elastic not drying out or becoming greasy.

Apply by burnishing with bone folder then simply remove the silicone release liner to exposethe adhesive.

Product Code size Price620-26694 19mm x 30m £3.95

C.

Page 111: Catalog PEL 2010

Materials Conservation ��

111

�� A. Cotton Book TapeThis sturdy web cotton twill tape is used for sewing signaturestogether on the sewing frame; also useful for tying. Easier touse than the stiffer linen tapes. Price each.

Product Code Description Width Price870-6562 13mm x 50m 1/2” £5.45870-5872 16mm x 50m 5/8” £6.50

�� B. SuperAn open weave cotton cloth for good adhesive penetration. Its purpose is to unite signatures while leaving the backboneof the book flexible. 1 yard square. Price per yard.

Product Code wt Price870-102YDB 45gms £9.66

�� C. Binder’s ThreadA natural colour 225gsm cotton binding thread specificallymade for heavy duty book repairs. Available in 1500 yardspools. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price402-GT104 1372m 545g £37.95

�� D. Hinged Cambric Cloth TapeUse this tape to reinforce and reattach book covers, hingemusic scores, reinforce pamphlets, etc. Acid-free white cambric tape has neutral pH water activated adhesive and isscored down the centre to make hinging a snap. Roll is 1" x 25'.Price per roll.

Product Code wt Price533-0125P 50gms £15.80

�� Polypropylene Braided CordThis very strong acid-free white cord is soft and drapeableand ties readily, making it suitable for identification labels,tags, binding and bundling. Supplied on a plastic reel 4”(102mm) wide, diameter 8” (203mm)

Product Code size wt Price463-1003 2mm x 500m 7kg £44.95

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

A.

B.

C.

D.

�� Tag TiesThese acid-free soft drape able tag ties have been heatsealed at both ends to prevent fraying. Made to a suitable300mm length from polypropylene cord, making them idealfor most labels and tags that already have eyelets. The softcord ties very easily and securely.Price per pack of 500.

Product Code size Price613-7000 500 x 300mm lengths £10.80

�� Tyvek Tying Tape LabelsThese Tyvek labels have two slots to thread throughunbleached cotton tying tape. The labels are used for cata-loguing and detailing notes when tying together bundles ofpapers, books and documents. No doubt other uses will befound for these Tyvek labels. They can be used outdoors asthey withstand water and are very strong and will not split.Used as identification tags, Tyvek will take our pigma Pens(see page 36) for acid-free permanent lettering. Price per 1000 labels.

Product Code Size Price613-7500 100mm x 70m £62.75

For online buying visit our website at:

www.preservationequipment.com

Page 112: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 112

�� Stacking & Drying Racks

�� Mobile Drying RackThis unit is mobile and will fit through normal doorways so thatit can be wheeled into special drying rooms. The size is idealfor drying maps, prints, drawings and small papers. The supportmaterial allows good air circulation. The trays are fitted withSaatifil non-woven polyester to give full support to delicatepapers where the flymesh may leave a grid pattern. The trolleyframe has U channel tray runners for each of the 20 trays, andhas lockable wheels. The distance between each tray is50mm, if more space is required, simply remove a tray. Comesready assembled (not flat packed), the trolley is powder coatedsteel, and the trays are made from aluminium.

Product Code Description Price805-7001 20 Trays & Trolley £1799.00Dimensions Trolley: 1020 x 720 x 1525mm H

Tray Overall Size: 1000 x 700mmDrying Area: 970 x 670mm

�� Stacking TraysEconomical giant stacking trays provide an efficient, economical, and attractive flat filing system at a fraction of the cost of othersystems. Ideal for drawings, artwork, charts, maps, mat board, blueprints, etc. These modular trays interlock when stacked to form a solid bank of flat storage and allow you to customize your storage needs. Each tray can be stacked with the openingpositioned on either the same or opposite side as the one below it, and features a smooth surface and rounded corners to protect you, your clothing, and your work. Trays are available in two sizes and are constructed of heavy duty, steel reinforced,high density weight polyethylene for rigid support and strength. They can be stacked up to 5 feet high and provide a 80kg per tray load capacity. An optional wood-core vinyl laminate top with a light oak finish is also available for the top tray. Trays areavailable in white only and sold 2 per carton, tops sold 1 per carton. No assembly required.

Price per carton.

Product Code inside size (H x W x D) outside size (H x W x D) wt Pricestacking trays - 2/ctn532-4897 51 x 925 x 622mm 76 x 991 x 660mm 9.55kg £168.50532-4899 51 x 1080 x 826mm 76 x 1150 x 864mm 14.09kg £198.50optional tops - 1/ctn532-4896 top for 532-4897 19 x 991 x 660mm 10.45kg £128.93532-4898 top for 532-4899 19 x 1150 x 864mm 16.39kg £141.85

�� Bookkeeper Deacidification SprayBookkeeper is a deacidification process that safely neutralizes acids and extends the lifespanof paper at least 3 to 5 times longer than untreated material. The spray products and spray solution both feature the same patended technology as bookkeeper’s highly regarded massdeacidification process.

The spray protects safely treated single sheets including manuscripts, documents, clippings,maps, posters and other paper based materials stored in libraries and archival collections.

Independent tests conducted by leading research laboratories have verified the safety andeffectiveness of the Bookkeepers process. Tests show that the buffering agent is evenly distrib-uted throughout a sheet of paper with no affect on the integrity of inks and does not damageadhesive or binding fabrics.

All Bookkeeper products are non-toxic, non-hazardous, contains no CFC’s and no solvents. Theproducts are non-clogging, virtually odour-free and dry in minutes. Please note 214-2138 isonly supplied as a “refill” for 214-2108 pump spray bottle. The solution is for spray systems.

Product Code Description Price214-2108 8oz pump spray bottle (150 gram) £29.95214-2138 32oz refill (900 gram) £89.95

Page 113: Catalog PEL 2010

Conservation Tools ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 113

�� A. Staple ExtractorA specialized conservation tool used for extracting wire staples from paper, pamphlets, or magazines preparatory tosewing. Tapered blade and dull edge will not mar the paperas will other types of staple pullers. Smooth wooden handle.Price each.

Product Code wt Price402-1245 90g £16.80

�� B. Heavy Duty 8” ShearsFor heavy duty cutting. Will cut mat board, heavy-duty card-board, canvas and other materials that regular scissors willnot cut. Self-sharpening blades made from highest qualitySolingen Steel. Moulded plastic handles give a comfortablegrip to both right and left handed people. Adjustable tension.Price each.

Product Code size wt Price486-50038 203mm 136g £31.95

�� C. Bookbinders’ Shears by WissThe bent handle of these shears permits the blades to operate parallel to the cutting surface, providing better control and visibility. Perfect for bookbinding and repair, aswell as for general use. Made of the finest steel by Wiss,known for their quality. Shears 8" long overall.Price each.

Product Code size wt Price873-28 203mm 136g £49.95

�� F. Small SpatulaThe ideal tool for lifting or slitting paper, applying paste to smallareas and numerous other tasks, Metal: one end tapered, onerounded. Flexible, springy ends. Overall length 8".Price each.

Product Code length wt Price617-003 203mm 45g £3.10

�� E. Heavy Duty SpatulaOur heavy duty stainless steel spatula proves to be an indispensable tool in book repair and conservation work.You’ll find a number of uses for this 7.75" tool includingpaste or adhesive application, corner lifting or burnishing(when applying repair tissues or tape). One end is smoothlytapered while the other is a 10mm flat spade tip. A handy toolyou won’t want to be without.

Product Code length wt Price936-0028 197mm 50g £3.50

A.

B. C.

F.

E.

�� Scalpel BladesMade of Surgical Steel. For all cutting and trimming work!Finest quality, micro-sharp carbon steel surgical blades; heattreated to assure just the right rigidity and flexibility. Everyblade expertly tempered and ground to acute bevel for precise sharpness and high resistance to wear. Fit all standard handles, including those sold below. Please indicateblades, ie number 10 would be: 896-0010.Price per package of 10 blades or box 100 blades.

Product Code Price896-00 … Please fill in blade number £1.00

10 blades896-00 …/100 Please fill in blade number £8.95

Box 100

�� Scalpel HandlesHighest quality nickel steel handles; correctly weighted andproperly balanced to fit all standard blades.Price each.

Product Code handle fits blades Price896-03 No. 3 6, 9, 10, 10A, £2.42

11, 12, 15, 16896-04 No. 4 20, 21, 22, £2.42

23, 25, 26896-2800 Retractaway 10, 10A, 11, 15 £3.40

�� Fine Scalpel BladesThe precision made stainless steel blades offer a wide range of cutting edge optionsincluding the single bevel blade that is proving popular with conservators. The handlehas independently screwed top sections to facilitate blade changing which is a safetyfeature for fitting or removing blades, preventing the need to hold the blade. Blades aresterile stainless steel supplied individually foil-wrapped in boxes of 25.

Product Code type Price896-SF23 handle £15.95 each896-SM61 blades £21.95 pk 25896-SM62 blades £21.95 pk 25896-SM65 blades £21.95 pk 25896-SM68 blades £21.95 pk 25

896-SM61

896-SM62

896-SM65

896-SM68

896-SF23

�� Retractaway HandleThis handle allows the blades to be retracted and can belocked, closed or open. Ideal when placed in a toolbox and foron site conservation work. Please note can only be used with10, 10A, 11 and 15 scalpel blades.

�� Spatula MinaretteExtra fine steel retouching tool used in both objects and paperconservation treatments. The minarette is small, light and flexible enough to allow conservators to move small flakes ofpaint, push tiny fills or adhesive into small places, consolidatepigments, manipulate fine fibres and mix very small amountsof paint for in painting. Price each.

Product Code Price092-2221 £4.50

Page 114: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 114

�� Cutting Accessories

�� Storage/Tote BasketThese heavy duty, tough polypropylene Storage/Tote Baskets are strong enough to stand on! Store or move books, articles, files,etc. safely and con veniently with these large capacity baskets. Unit is an attractive grey colour. Baskets “nest” for safe stacking and come with frames for hanging files. 10-3/4"H x 20-3/4"L x 13-1/4"W. Price each. Unit folds flat to store when not in use.

�� Cornerounder®Desk top Cornerounder® handles up to 1/2" of stock per cut.Exclusive twin-knife shearing for clean, precise cornering onpolyester film, encapsulation units, paper, cardstock, plastics,boards, etc. Self-sharpening cutting units, easily changedwithout special tools, come with your choice of either 1/4" or1/2" cutting unit. Table leaf extends to accommodate A4 297x 210mm or larger sheets. Price each.

Product Code Size wt Price444-40006 273 x 527 x 337mm 2.1kg £19.00

Product Code approx. overall size top ext. size wt Price618-1418 14.5” x 18” x 2.75” deep 454 x 372 x 89mm 0.60kg £11.50618-2024 20” x 24” x 3” deep 610 x 508 x 89mm 1.14kg £23.20618-2428 24” x 28” x 3” deep 712 x 610 x 89mm 1.55kg £37.95618-2833 28” x 33” x 4” deep 826 x 705 x 108mm 2.23kg £55.95618-3240 47” x 37” x 4” deep 1200 x 946 x 108mm 3.00kg £89.70

�� Conservation Work TraysQuality, heavy weight, high impact polyethylene plastic trays for a variety of conservation uses. Excellent for bleaching or de-acidification by immersion. These trays are solid white, seamless, and possess a corrosion resistant surface. The handy pouring corner is useful for reuse of chemical solutions. Price each.

Product Code size Price421-2014 0.25” cutting unit (6mm) £252.37421-2012 0.5” cutting unit (13mm) £252.37

Additional Cutting UnitsProduct Code size Price421-20A 0.25” cutting unit (6mm) £133.95421-20B 0.5” cutting unit (13mm) £133.95

Page 115: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Kuramata (Daliha Sprayer)This classic Japanese Sprayer creates a consistent fine mistfrom a variety of liquids. Manufactured from chrome platedsolid brass, this rugged unit won’t rust or pit. Simply fill thesprayer with liquid of choice and pressurise manually with thehand pump. The simple but effective technology produces afine, even mist without drops or spatters. Once pressurised,the unit can dispense up to 100ml of liquid with the push ofa lever. You will wonder how you ever got along without theindispensible conservation tool.Price each.

Product Code wt capacity Price996-7000 427g 400cc £122.00996-7100 800g 1000cc £174.00

Conservation Sprayers ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 115

Product Code size wt Price968-2430 180ml capacity 60g £11.50

�� AirSpray™ Spray BottleThis reusable bottle can be filled and pressurized manually to dispense a number of liquids. The patented Airspray™System uses air pressure to propel the contents from thecontainer. Once pressurized by the user, the container candispense up to 100 ml without further pumping. The bottle istranslucent to provide a visible volume check. Bottle ispolypropylene with a polyethylene cap and rubber gasket, so there is nothing to corrode. Components provide good chemical resistance. Use to apply a fine mist of water, cleaning solution, even thin methylcellulose sizing.Note: Not intended for use with solvents. We’re sure you’llfind hundreds of uses.Price each.

�� PEL SprayerDesigned for heavy-duty, long-term industrial liquidapplications. The PEL-Sprayer features a clog-proof nozzle capable of delivering an infinitely variable andconsistent spray pattern ranging from a fine mist to apowerful jet stream.

Recommended Uses: Water. Deacidification Solutions.Liquid Waxes. Detergents. Starches. Ceramic Cleaners.Leather Polishes and many other conservation uses.

Clog-proof nozzle: Precision .030mm opening, preventsdust from entering. Fine nylon filter on dip tube keeps nozzle clog free.

Adjustable spray pattern: At just the twist of a wrist,from a fine atomized mist to a powerful jet stream.

Straight-line pump action: Ensures more forceful,immediate action. Spray nozzle, priming valve, highpressure plunger, and suction mechanism are in-line forreliable consistent operation.

Patented easy-pull pump action: Has less pull tensionto combat user fatigue.

Non-vacuum valve: Delivers sufficient liquid regardlessof the amount left in bottle.

The most chemical resistent sprayer on the market: Allparts are made of polypropylene or polyethylene with no rubber “O” rings or gaskets to dry out or deteriorate.Rust-proof springs and check valve are made of the finest quality stainless steel.

Exclusive pressure release device: Prevents bottle collapse no matter how hard you spray. Positive ventingsystem prevents product container wall collapse.

28mm Standard Screw Cap: Fits any container, glass,metal or plastic with a 28mm threaded neck.

Spray Container: Palm size handle grip and liquid mea-surement scale.

Product Code: 968-6000 £1.99PEL Sprayer

�� Dia Plastic SprayerThis 1 litre sprayer produces a consistent fine mist. Thenozzle is adjustable from narrow to wide spray mist forlarge area applications. The translucent body allows youto view the water level.

Product Code capacity wt Price996-7601 1 litre 510g £69.95

Page 116: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 116

�� Conservation Supplies

�� A. Polyethylene Foam RodArchivally safe, closed cell polyethylene foam is now available as extruded rods of 30mm and 20mm diameters. This versatile material can be used to perform a variety of tasks, includingthe formation of “doughnut” supports for specimens, gasketing for storage cabinets and exhibit cases, and padding for collection storage and/or shipment. Also makes a good plug forcertain size vials. The material is easily compressible, flexible, and chemically inert. Use hotglue or heat from hot air blower to form and seal this all-purpose material to a suitable shapeand form. Offered in 30 metre lengths. Don’t confuse with harmful polyurethane backer rod. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price956-075 20mm x 30m 910g £13.95

�� B. Blue Scales (Textile Fading Cards)Test for effects of light on paintings, documents, and textiles with Blue Scales Fading Cards.Each card features pieces of wool cloth dyed with blue dyes of different degrees of fastnesswhich are used as light fastness standards. They allow you to monitor the net exposure to lightgiven to objects on display, and to alert conservators to adjust intensity of illumination. Price each.

Product Code wt Price986-1000 40g £14.95

�� C. Orvus WA PasteThis exceptionally gentle detergent is recommended for cleaning many fine textiles (exceptsilk). Orvus WA Paste is a synthetic anionic detergent with a neutral pH which will remove mostcommon dirt and stains. Readily soluble in both hot and cold water, this product can be usedas a wetting, emulsifying, dispersing and sudsing agent.

Product Code wt Price963-1000 454g £10.90

�� D. Solvent DispenserStop worrying about spills, fumes or contamination when using this fast and economical solvent dispenser. By simply applying light pressure of a brush on the dispensing dish, the highquality stainless steel pump releases just the right amount of solvent. The moulded polyethylenebottle is shatterproof. Please note, this unit is not recommended for viscous or bodied solvents.

Product Code size Price984-0612 120ml £10.60984-0150 180ml £10.97984-0200 240ml £11.35

�� Labelling Tape For TextilesRecord the catalogue numbers of your textile collection with permanent, washable ink on this white woven 100% cottontwill tape and then stitch inside your artifact. Tape accepts ink well and is perfect for use with our Pigma Pens. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price586-0172 1”W x 72yds (25mm x 66m) 364g £16.25

C.

B.

A.

D.

�� PEL Conservators Sponge™ (left)The sponge can be shaped to suit special needs by allowing it to dry out. It thenbecomes hard and can be cut to the desired shape with a sharp knife. Simply immersein water for a few minutes, it then becomes soft and is ready to use again. During ourresearch with conservators we supplied a small sample size, however, many com-mented that the sample was such a handy size we have included it in the range.

Product Code Description Dimensions Price961-2000 Conservators Sponge (2 Pk) 73 x 48 x 30mm £2.95961-2002 Conservators Sponge (Each) 96 x 74 x 30mm £2.95

Page 117: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Conservation Materials ��

117

�� F. Tyvek® 1422A Rolls - “Now available in 3m wide rolls”Tyvek® 1422A is a spunbonded olefin material that is inert, gas-permeable, non abrasive, andwater and dust proof, making it ideal for a variety of artifact storage and protective situations.It is flexible, strong, soft, and smooth, and not susceptible to age degradation. The glossy side features a strong anti-static coating that repels dust and dirt, while the dull side tends tohold dust and dirt that transfers from dusty artifacts. Distilled water can remove Tyvek®’s antistatic agent. Tyvek® 1422A can be used as a protective cover for furniture, costumes, and artifacts, and has been used for mothball envelopes, shelf liners, padded hangers for costumes, and textile supports.

Product Code size wt Price212-1422 1524mm x 25m (43gsm) 2kg £49.50212-1422100 1524mm x 100m (43gsm) 7kg £183.40212-1422/3 3000mm x 50m (43gsm) 14kg £206.40

�� G. Polyester Batting/WaddingThis 100% virgin polyester batting/wadding has numerous uses in preparation and mount making. Use to stuff specimens. Create “nests” for eggs, shells or minerals. Line drawers orboxes where fragile and delicate specimens are stored (you may want to cover it with Tyvek®).And there are hundreds of ways it can be used in textile conservation. This batting is thermalbonded, so there are no resins to worry about. Approximately 12mm loft. 100gsm Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price979-1000 1000mm x 25m 2.5kg £39.95

�� H. Dartek® Cast Nylon FilmConservators will find many new uses for Dartek® cast nylon film. Dartek® is a soft, transparent drapeable, nylon film with no plasticizers, additives or surface coatings. It is oftenused as a covering membrane for lining of paintings on a vacuum hot table or low pressuretable, becoming softer as it is heated. In addition, the film is ideal for long term storage in adark, climate controlled environment. Dartek® performs well as a short term packing material, makes a great barrier layer for displays, and creates an ideal, transparent dust cover.The 190 micron material conforms easily, is clear, does not puncture easily, and will not stickto painting surfaces. It cuts with scissors, adheres with hot melt or double stick tape, andadheres to itself or other plastics with a heated spatula or tacking iron. Price per roll.

Product Code size wt Price216-88200 2235mm x 61m 5.5kg £108.75

�� Hollytex®Very low lint, smooth high tensile strength acid-free non-woven 100% polyester. Used for backing, lining, interleaving, and leaf casting are among its many uses. As a support materialfor drying and paper infill it’s excellent since it permits instant drainage. A quality material forconservators who use it in various preservation procedures.

Product Code size wt Price492-3251 1194mm x 25m 17gsm £75.80492-3257 1016mm x 25m 34gsm £94.00492-3242 1219mm x 25m 71gsm £157.60

See Our Textile Storage Boxes

On Page 10

G.

F.

H.

�� Reemay®Acid-free, random-spunbonded 100% polyester, available in three thicknesses in rolls. Reemayhas proved over many years to be a strong inert material for preservation and conservationmethods. Retains its physical properties when wet and is dimensionally stable during humiditychanges. As with Holytex it’s used in paper infill, a drying support media, lining, interleaving,backing, it can be used over and over again withstanding being laundered. More fibrous than Holytex, which is reflected in the price, because Hollytex is cullendered for longer in manufacture.

Product Code size wt thickness Price492-2250 1219mm x 25m 17gsm 0.13mm £10.65 Roll492-2014 1498mm x 25m 34gsm 0.28mm £35.25 Roll492-2024 1041mm x 25m 71gsm 0.30mm £28.40 Roll

Page 118: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 118

Product Code colour thickness size Price170-8275 white 3mm 500mm x 25m £47.50 per roll170-8275BK black 3mm 500mm x 25m £47.50 per roll170-4275 white 6mm 500mm x 25m £89.95 per roll170-8235 white 3mm 500mm x 500mm £17.95 20 sheet pk170-8235BK black 3mm 500mm x 500mm £17.95 20 sheet pk170-4235 white 6mm 500mm x 500mm £19.50 10 sheet pk170-4235BK black 6mm 500mm x 500mm £19.50 10 sheet pk

�� A. Archival Polyethylene FoamNow available in black for diaplay purposes. Protect your collections by using archival quality Volara® polyethylene foam to line display cases, drawers, shelves and boxes. Linephase boxes for extra protection of rare books. Archival Foam Type A is a flexible, closed cell, polyethylene foam which is cross linked by using a unique electron irradiation process thatresults in a continuous, smooth surface. Foam has excellent chemical resistance, low waterabsorption and vapour transmission, superb thermal insulation and a non-abrasive, aesthetically pleasing surface. The foam is available in a 33kgm3 density in both 3mm and6mm thicknesses, and in either black or white. It is easily cut using scissors, paper cutter or a utility knife.

Product Code Description Price018-1054 1” x 54ft (25mm x 16.46m) £11.40018-3054 3” x 54ft (76mm x 16.46m) £29.40018-1254 12” x 54ft (305mm x 16.46m) £93.74018-1854 18” x 54ft (457mm x 16.46m) £119.84

�� B. Adhesive Backed Volara® Polyethylene FoamThe Volara® Polyethylene Foam professional conservators have known and trusted for yearsis now available with a pressure sensitive, acrylic adhesive backing. The non-yellowing acrylicadhesive provides resistance to temperature extremes, conforms to irregular surfaces, and hasexcellent long term aging characteristics. Use in display cases, shipping containers, drawers,trays, boxes, and anywhere else additional padding is required to protect valuable artifacts.This 1/8", 2 pound density white foam features a silicone paper release liner.Price per roll.

�� C. White PEL Polyester FeltThe new improved version of our White Polyester Felt Liner is a, gentler, lighter weight materialthan before. Still ideal for lining of drawers, boxes, and frame cartons, Polyester Felt can beused wherever fragile materials must be cushioned or protected. Needle punched, chemicallyinert Polyester Felt is available in 3mm and 6mm thicknesses in both rolls and sheets. Textile conservators are finding the material suitable for rolling heavy uneven textiles.Price per package or roll.

SheetsProduct Code sheet size sheets per pk Price170-9113 3mm x 1000mm x 1000mm (Approx) 20 £31.20RollsProduct Code size Price170-9003 3mm x 1000mm x 25m Roll £33.95170-9006 6mm x 1000mm x 25m Roll £89.95

A. white A. Black B.

Multi-Functional FoamsFor Storage Protection& Transportation.

�� Conservation Foams

C.

visit our website atwww.preservationequipment.com

Page 119: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Storage Conservation ��

119

�� Silicone Coated Polyester FilmThis Silicone Coated Polyester Film isultra-clear and extremely durable.Particularly useful as a barrier whenrestoring paintings and paintedwooden works of art with a tackingiron. It is also used in paper restorationbecause of its transparency and the fact that adhesives willnot adhere to it. Dimensionally stable and will not wrinkle in use as silicone papers do.Thickness: 36 micron. Price per roll.

�� PEL Soft WrapAcid-free, very soft, easy to handle, drapable material used for protecting fragile works of artespecially in storage. Easy to use, just cut, tape, sew, heat weld (see Crossweld) or install withhot melt gun. This 100% polyester material is chemically inert, provides a smooth, soft surfacewhich conforms easily to most fragile objects.

Used in Archives to make pouches for wax seals and line boxes to protect rare books. Also idealfor rolling heavy textiles that have uneven surfaces.Price per Roll

Product Code size wt thickness Price492-8000 1200mm x 25m 44g/m2 0.35mm £31.95492-8100 1500mm x 25m 80g/m2 0.90mm £89.95

�� Ethafoam® Foam PlanksPlanks are rigid, inert polyethylene that are easy to cut and shape, conforms to preservationstandards, and are used for the support of artifacts on display, in storage or during transportation. Available in 12" x 24" x 4" (9 planks/case) or 12" x 24" x 2" (9planks/case). Ideal for making cavity trays. For Polyfoam sheets, see page 118.Price per case.

Product Code size qty/case Price020-12244 600mm x 305mm x 100mm 9 £69.95020-12242 600mm x 305mm x 50mm 9 £39.95

�� Ethafoam® CrystalsThis inert polyethylene material meets all preservation standards and readily conforms to theshape of delicate artifacts. An ideal packaging material for both storage and shipping. You canalso create your own display “pillows” for delicate artifacts. Shipped in 8 cubic foot containers. Price per case.

Product Code size wt Price020-8421 0.25m3 0.25kg £83.70Ethafoam® is a registered trademark of the Dow Chemical Corporation.

Product Code size wt Price534-8411 1270mm x 25m 2.5kg £48.95

�� Polyethylene Foam Rod (white)Archivally safe, closed cell polyethylene foam is now available as extruded rods of 20mm diameters. This versatile material can be used to perform a variety of tasks, including the formation of “doughnut” supports for specimens, gasketing for storage cabinets and exhibitcases, and padding for collection storage and/or shipment. Also makes a good plug for certainsize vials. The material is easily compressible, flexible, and chemically inert. Use hot glue orheat from hot air blower to form and seal this all-purpose material to a suitable shape and form.Offered in 30m lengths. Don’t confuse with harmful polyurethane backer rod. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price956-075 20mm x 30m 910g £13.95

�� Bubble Film RollsThe air-filled shock absorber with high performance properties, soft cushioning for tough protection. The bubbleFilm is flexible, strong, tear and moisture resistant.Manufactured from virgin low density polyethylene used toprotect artifacts during transit and interim storage. Artifactsshould be placed away from the bubble side.

Product Code bubble size Price425-1482/1 10mm. small 500mm x 100m £14.95425-1482/3 30mm. large 1500mm x 50m £35.95

Page 120: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 206

�� Tyvek Garment Covers

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 120 www.preservationequipment.com

�� Tyvek Garment CoversTyvek has proved to be a suitable conservation and archival material used in museums archives to protect a rangeof works of art. Tyvek fulfils the function of a permeable non-abrasive waterproof, dustproof barrier. A proven protective cover for textiles, PEL’s Tyvek Garment Covers provide a barrier to dust and spores and cannot supportthe growth of fungi or bacteria.

The conservation range includes garment covers and rail covers. Various sizes are available for jackets, coats anddresses. The zip enclosed covers provide full protection for larger, bulkier garments and are ideal for military uniforms and heavy greatcoats. A special tubular closure at the top allows for a hanger and tight fastening to prevent dust penetration. We also offer a Tyvek garment rail cover suitable for a standard rail. Price each

Product Code Description Size (mm) Price212-7001 Jacket Cover 980 x 630 £7.40212-7002 Coat Cover 1400 x 630 £9.15212-7003 Dress, long Coat Cover 1820 x 730 £11.40

Standard Garment Covers

Product Code Description Size (mm) Price212-7004 Gusseted Cover 900 x 610 x 240 £10.15212-7005 Gusseted Cover 1200 x 610 x 240 £13.90212-7006 Gusseted Cover 1400 x 610 x 240 £14.95212-7007 Gusseted Cover 1780 x 610 x 240 £21.40

Gusseted Garment Covers

Product Code Description Size (mm) Price212-7020 Rail Cover 1800 x 170 £49.35

Garment Rail Cover

Page 121: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com

Accessories Conservation ��

121

�� PELfelt (Non-Woven Polyester)This non-woven polyester material is a great padding materialfor drawers, boxes, crates, etc. In addition, the material isoften used to wrap mannequins and armatures that will beused to display vintage clothing. Use as padding and stuffingfor textiles on display or in storage. Approx 1/8" thick (3mm),White 120gsm.

PEL Low Melt Glue Gun See Page 132

Product Code Description wt Price149-1000 1067mm (42”) x 50m 6.4kg £51.95

�� Plastazote LD45 (Large Size Sheets)This Museum Foam is recognised and used in conservation for many applications such as drawer lining for various specimens,coins/medals, glass photographic negatives, book rests, display supports, shipping works of art and protecting in archival storage. This high density closed cell inert foam can be cut cleanly to most shapes using the Thermocutter, and glued togetherusing the Low Melt Glue Gun, it can be sculptured. Being inert and acid-free, it is also ideal for packing archival boxes to fit theobject such as rare books and other valuable items that are subject to potential damage. Available black or white from 2mmto 30mm thickness with no lamination up to 290mm thickness with lamination, please note minimums will apply whenordering special sizes and thicknesses.

Tolerance +/- 0.3mm up to 6mm. +/- 0.6mm over 6mm

�� Padded Storage BagsPadded archival storage bags are used to protect wax sealsand have ties to ensure they stay over the seal. These conservation storage bags are also useful for jewellery, gemstones, delicate fragments and items that require archivalquality protection. The bags are made from inert acid free materials and have soft padding making them a trulyconservation quality storage bag.

Product Code size density wt qty colour Price170-4528 1500mm x 1000mm x 28mm 45kg/m3 4.2kg 2 sheets black £55.95170-4512 1500mm x 1000mm x 12mm 45kg/m3 4.0kg 4 sheets black £46.95170-4508 1500mm x 1000mm x 28mm 45kg/m3 4.2kg 2 sheets white £55.95170-4502 1500mm x 1000mm x 12mm 45kg/m3 4.0kg 4 sheets white £46.95

Product Code Size (mm) Pack Qty Price428-7107 70 x 70 50 £46.20428-7110 100 x 100 50 £54.00428-7113 110 x 130 50 £58.20428-7114 140 x 100 25 £32.40428-7116 140 x 160 25 £34.20428-7120 200 x 240 25 £48.00

�� E. Tyvek™ 6060 SheetsTyvek® is a sheet of pure spun-bonded polyethylene olefinfibres. It is lighter, tougher, and longer lasting than paper. Youcan mark it with pencil, pen, typewriter or you can embossimages into it. Tyvek® is unaffected by water, most solventsand most fumigants. You’ll find many uses for it: create washable labels for your textiles; cover padded displays; lineshelves and display cases; create special enclosures. Tyvek®can be used with our neutral pH adhesive to reinforce bookspines and hinges, or to line phase boxes. Each sheet is 23" x 35". Price per package of 25 sheets.

Product Code sheet size Price659-2335 584mm x 889mm £49.95

Page 122: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 122

�� Conservation Brushes

�� D. Mizubake Water Brush with Deer Hair BristlesThis brush is made with many hairs in order to hold water for moistening materials to be backed or to be stretched after backing.

Product Code: 996-0001 PriceSize: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 13/16” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 30mm) £85.00

�� Japanese Brushes

�� E. Nazebake Hard Smoothing BrushThis bristles of this brush are made from the hemp palm tree. It is used to smooth and press moistened and pasted papers together.

Product Code: 996-0002 PriceSize: 53/4” wide. 7/16” thick. 23/4” bristle length (146mm x 11mm x 70mm) £66.00

�� C. Noribake Paste BrushDense goat hair bristles are used to create this brush. Use to apply paste to backing materials.

Product Code: 996-0003 PriceSize: 53/4” wide. 7/16” thick. 13/8” bristle length (146mm x 11mm x 35mm) £78.00

�� B. Tsukemawashi Joining BrushBristles are made from white goat hair. A thinner paste brush than Noribake (above) that is used for joining materials to backing.

Product Code: 996-0004 PriceSize: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 1” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 25mm) £65.00

�� A. Kuroge-Tsukemawashi Joining BrushBlack bristles. Horsehair bristle is slightly stiffer than white bristles of Tsukemawashi (above). Suitable for more detailed applications.

Product Code: 996-0005 PriceSize: 53/4” wide. 3/16” thick. 1” bristle length (146mm x 4.7mm x 25mm) £86.00

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89

101112

13

1415

16

�� Conservation BrushesCraftsman Brushes made by a small family business that has been in existence for over 100 years. The top quality bristles are made with natural materials such as white goat hair, horsehair, pig/hog,squirrel, plus German silver and brass bristles. Used for conservation from dusting, paste and paint applications, varnish, cleaning, retouching, washing, and various other functions. The makers producefar more brushes than we have shown in our catalogue. Therefore if you can not find the brush you are seeking, please let us know. We welcome your comments and look forward to hearing from you.

Item Product Code Width Bristle Length Type Hair Price1 687-461653 120mm 30mm double White Goat £8.252 687-428653 150mm 35mm single White Goat £9.553 687-428643 150mm 30mm double Horse £10.954 687-429653 300mm 35mm single White Goat £11.755 687-462534 200mm 40mm double Hog £18.606 687-45130 40mm dia. 15mm triple White Goat £8.756 687-45131 40mm dia. 15mm triple Soft Hog £7.907 687-41356 15mm dia. 30mm full White Goat £8.007 687-413512 30mm dia. 40mm full White Goat £15.858 687-452653 100mm 35mm double White Goat £7.309 687-453632 110mm 20mm triple Soft Hog £8.2010 687-453522 110mm 20mm triple Hog £6.2511 687-452532 90mm 20mm double Brass £5.7012 687-452115 90mm 20mm double Soft Hog £4.7513 687-41926 5mm dia. 6mm full White Goat £1.0513 687-419210 7mm dia. 9mm full White Goat £1.3013 687-41934 6mm dia. 10mm full Soft Hog £1.0513 687-41938 7mm dia. 15mm full Soft Hog £1.3014 687-451521 30mm 15mm triple White Goat £4.4515 687-451110 30mm 12mm triple Brass £4.4516 687-451651 30mm 12mm triple Hog £4.45

�� Paste & Water BrushesMade in Germany by the same family business that makes ourfull range of conservation brushes. The white pig hair is a highquality paste brush to ensure even distribution. The dense whitegoat hair is very soft and is made to hold water making it an idealwetting brush. Other uses can be found for these sought afterbrushes, which are only available in the UK from PEL.

Product Code width bristle length hair type Price687-4930 140mm 35mm white pig £62.25687-4931 140mm 35mm white goat £63.95

A.

B.

C.

D.

E.

Page 123: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Brushes Conservation ��

123

�� Round Bridled Glue BrushesThese 100% pure grey hog bristle brushes feature a plainsanded handle and seamless aluminum ferrules. For all hot orcold glue applications. Wire bridle construction for addedstrength.

Product Code size Dia. Bristle Price032-3041 #8 0.5” 1.5” £3.95032-3035 #12 0.75” 1.75” £5.25032-3037 #16 1” 2” £6.95032-3039 #22 1.5” 2.375” £14.90

Product Code Width Price886-0038 38mm £9.95

�� Dusting BrushA durable, 15" long, high-impact handled dust brush with softhorsehair bristles. Cleans dust, dirt and erasure crumbs frompaper, mat board, glass, etc. Price each.

Product Code Length Price869-BR364 15” (381mm) £9.95

�� Dusting BrushThis quality Winsor-Newton brush will not scratch pho-tographs, negatives, documents or artwork. Perfect for clean-ing dust, dirt, and repair material residue; made of extremelysoft goat hair. Bristle length is 1-0.5" out of a seamless aluminum ferrule. Ferrule is 0.75" wide, bristles flare to 1-0.75". White wooden handle with a black tip. Price each.

Product Code Length Diameter Price682-2403 38mm 19-45mm £13.30

�� Anti-Static BrushDissipate static and remove dust without the use of radioac-tive, electric or electronic devices. A special blend of natural

hair and conductive fibre iscarefully hand sewn withstainless steel wire. Theresult is a soft, gentle, andsafe brush that is ideal foruse on sensitive materialssuch as lenses, film, andcomputer screens. Static isremoved by conductive fibreswhile the natural blend of finegoat hair whisks away dust.Price each.

�� Conservation BrushesWe have a variety of brushes which painting conservatorsdemand, and conservators in other areas will find appropriate for hundreds of tasks. Winsor & Newton Series 7brushes are made of 100% Russian Kolinsky Sable hair, andfeature seamless, cupro nickel ferrules on polished black handles. La Corneille Golden Taklon Brushes come in twostyles, Tight Spot Detailers and Spotters. Both blend threethicknesses of dyed synthetic filament to perform like thefinest natural hair. They are highly absorbent, durable and versatile. Price each.

Product Code size Price682-7030 000 £6.51682-7020 00 £6.98682-7000 0 £7.45682-7001 1 £7.91682-7002 2 £9.32682-7003 3 £12.98682-7004 4 £20.43682-7005 5 £27.23682-7006 6 £35.74

�� E. Windsor & Newton Series 7

�� F. La Corneille Golden Taklon BrushesProduct Code size PriceTight Spot Detailers682-7670-10 10/0 £2.55682-7670-5 5/0 £2.55682-7670-0 0 £2.55Spotters682-7650-10 10/0 £2.55682-7650-4 4/0 £2.55682-7650-0 0 £2.55

E

F

G H

�� G. Classic Hake BrushesMade from the softest, select sheep hair, Classic HakeBrushes are the ideal tool for working on the most delicate of items. They are indispensable for working with the soft surfaces of Japanese papers and tissues. Price each.

�� H. Hake BrushesFlat, wide, soft, white hair brushes. Use for washes, sizing,mounting, gluing or spreading any thin media. Plain, woodenhandles. Price each.

Product Code Width Price680-215 3” (76mm) £36.70

Product Code size £Price680-00C4 1.125” (29mm) £9.25680-00C5 1.5” (38mm) £10.80680-0B30 3” (76mm) £16.90

Page 124: Catalog PEL 2010

Product Code Width Length Price032-4725 0.5" 13mm 300mm £3.50032-4721 1.0" 25mm 325mm £5.75

�� A. Flat Angled BrushFlat angled Fitch or crevice brush made from white hog hair with strong copper ferrule.Price each.

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 124

�� Brushes

Product Code Size/Hair Price996-0032 55mm/Goat Beard £21.95996-0033 55mm/Sheep Hair £19.95

�� Japanese BrushesBoth these small brushes are used in conservation repair. The wood handle lies across the fingers and between the thumb allowing a natural brushing stroke. Made from the softest selected sheep and goat hair. Price each.

Product Code Description Wt Price685-0101 Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Detail Tip 8.0g £3.25685-0102 Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Small Tip 8.0g £3.95685-0103 Reservoir Brush (Water Brush) Medium Tip 8.0g £4.35

�� Reservoir Brush (Water Brush)A Japanese innovation which is as revolutionary to the traditional calligraphy brush as the fountain pen was to the quill in Europe. Made from polyethylene, polypropylene and nylon, thereservoir brush enables the application of liquids without the necessity of continually refreshingthe tip through dipping. This ensures a more even distribution than normal brushes allow over a larger area, thus making it ideal for many brush-based conservation treatments where consistency is a requirement. The reservoir brush may be used for a number of applications,from wet-tearing (without the abrasive scratching usually associated with stylus pens) to thelocalised application of solvents*, deacidification agents and detergents. The Reservoir Brushhas been used to good effect with vacuum treatments on the PEL Cold Suction Table and SmallSuction Platens. Price each. * Not suitable for use with Alkenes, Alkanes or Ketones.

�� Silicone (Non-Absorbent) BrushesThe unique silicone tipped brush prevents adhesives, paint, glazes, wax and plaster from sticking to the brush. Ideal for mixing, spreading, modelling, carving or making small adjustmentswithout the particle/fragment coming away on the end of the brush. No doubt conservators willfind many other uses such as separating small specimens and much more. If any material drieson the tip it can simply be peeled away. Will work with tough adhesives, even dry contact cementpeels off. Works like a spatula, use them to apply and spread even fine layers of paint, leatherdressing, or adhesives, evenly blend pastel, charcoal and soft graphite. Available in ivory soft (S),grey firm (F), various shapes and sizes. To find out which silicone brush suits your intended applicationwe have included sample wallet sets. This will allow you to test the firmness and shape.

Product Code Description size Price683-11901 Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape) 0 £15.95683-12901 Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape) 0 £15.95683-11902 Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape) 2 £20.95683-12902 Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape) 2 £20.95683-11900 Soft (5 brushes, one of each shape) 6 £28.95683-12900 Firm (5 brushes, one of each shape) 6 £28.95

�� C. Brass Cleaning BrushThis copper ferrule brush has brass wire one end and bristles the other. Also known as a sieve cleaning brush.

Product Code Width Length Price032-4750 1.25" (32mm) 130mm £5.25

�� B. Cleaning BrushesThe cleaning brush has a wood handle, metal ferrule, flat 19mm wide bristles, stiff nylon one endand soft nylon the other. These inexpensive brushes can be discarded once too dirty.Price per pack of 5 brushes.

Product Code Width Length Price032-4703 0.75" (19mm) 237mm £9.50

A.

C.B.

Page 125: Catalog PEL 2010

Cubelite ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 125

Product Code Description Price511-3611 2ft Cubelite Kit £264.00511-3601 3ft Cubelite Kit £305.00511-3612 3ft Cubelite Kit (Removable Back & Base) £332.00511-3613 4ft Cubelite Kit £349.00511-3615 5ft x 5ft x 7ft Cubelite Kit £698.00511-3614 6ft 6" x 6ft 6" x 7ft Cubelite Kit £789.00511-9550 Tungsten Light, Bulb & Stand Kit £125.00511-9350 Tungsten Bulb £16.00511-8827 2ft Cubelite Light Table Kit £215.00511-8839 3ft Cubelite Light Table Kit £266.00

�� CubelitePEL has been requested to supply the Cubelite for the cataloguing of works of art and photography during conservation. This systemwill allow you to take professional looking subject shots time after time with no unsightly shadows or reflections.

By placing the item to be photographed inside the Cubelite many of the typical lighting difficulties experienced by non professional photographs are automatically taken care of. The operation of the Cubelite is simple. It works with a constant light source and therefore requires no additional “flash” from the camera. This makes composing the shot very easy because what you see is what youactually get. The Cubelite also comes with a removal front panel. This can be attached if the subject matter is highly reflective such as glass. The subject is completely isolated from the surroundings with only a small zip opening for the camera lens. This ensures photographs with no unsightly reflections.

� The 2ft and 3ft kits include: 1 x Cubelite, 1 x Stand, 1 x Tungsten Light, 1 x 500w Bulb, 1 x Silver/White Reflector,1 x White Vinyl Background Sheet, 1 x Carry Case,

� The 4ft kits include the same as the 2ft and 3ft plus a roll of white background paper.� The 5ft & 6ft 6" kits include: 1 x Cubelite, 4 x Stands, 4 x Tungsten Lights, 4 x 500w Bulbs, 1 x Roll of White Background Paper,

The removable back and base on the 3ft kit allows you to photograph a section of a much larger product that will not fit insidethe Cubelite such as long subjects. The removable back also allows you to photograph fragments and retain the original background, useful for archaeological digs.

Cubelite Light TableThe Light Table folds flat for easy storage when not in use and can be assembled in a matter of minutes. It is supplied with an additional tungsten light which is placed inside the table and can be positioned facing upwards or downwards to achieve a differentintensity and distribution of light. When the Light Table is assembled simply place the Cubelite Kit on top of it, remembering to swapthe opaque white vinyl background sheet for the translucent film supplied with the Light Table Kit. The system is now ready to use.

Available for 2ft and 3ft cubelite kits.

Page 126: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Light Boxes

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 126

�� Fibre Optic Light SheetThis product has been developed after extensive research andis a proprietary product of Preserva tion Equipment Ltd. TheFibre Optic Light Source provides a safe heat-free and UV-freebright light used for back illumination in bound books forresearch of water marks, repairs and photography. Paper andtextile conservators will find the back light ing very useful aswill other conservators who require a flexible, safe, cold, brightlight for treatment or exam in ation to a localised area of aspecimen. Since no electricity is connected to the actual light sheet or lead (only electric power is at the light source)the sheet is safe to work in damp situations. The very thin (1.8mm) light sheet is water resistant, but not waterproof and should not be immersed in water. The selector switch has3 settings for high and low light intensity with an off position.

�� Light BoxesOur extensive range of light boxes are designed to suit most requirements for conservators andphotographic work. We have available from stock small to extra large light boxes with colourcorrected lamps to British Standard 950 part 2 (5000°K). The opal perspex flush screen will notsnag your material. The lightweight aluminium extrusion has a “silver hammer” finish, sizes A4,A3, and A2 have a carry handle, all models have an on/off switch. Models fitted with stage dim-mer switch have a D at the end of the product code.

Product Code screen size (mm) overall size wt Price511-0204 (A4) 305 x 234 275 x 346 x 90mm 2.8kg £180.00511-0203 (A3) 459 x 305 346 x 500 x 90mm 4.0kg £245.00511-0202 (A2) 605 x 459 500 x 646 x 90mm 7.2kg £370.00511-0202D (A2) 605 x 459 500 x 646 x 90mm 9.2kg £390.00511-0201 (A1) 605 x 904 646 x 945 x 120mm 11.6kg £560.00511-0201D (A1) 605 x 904 646 x 945 x 120mm 16.0kg £605.00

D - Stage Dimmer Switch.

�� Portable Light ViewersThese portable viewers are a convenient size for desk or briefcase, batteries ‘C’ type or mains adaptor powered.

Product Code screen size overall size PriceA. 511-0253 99 x 124mm 135 x 159 x 40mm £14.50B. 511-3021 245 x 145mm 310 x 220 x 54mm £35.50807-7000 Mains Adapter - European and UK £12.95

Product Code. 805-0051 £762.00Power Supply 110 voltageProduct Code. 805-0052 £762.00Power Supply 220/240 voltageLamp 12 volt 50 watt dichroic

reflector lampDimensions Light Sheet 280 x 210 x 1.8mm

Sheet Lead 525mm longWeights Sheet and Lead 250g

Lightsource 4.5kg

B.

A.

Page 127: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Viewing Systems Microscopes ��

127

�� StereoMaster MicroscopeThis budget priced long-arm stereo microscope with exceptional working clearance is ideal forconservation applications. The long working-distance allows its use with a variety of specimens,large and small. Excellent stereo viewing, large fields of view and depth of field at all powers,the beam is very nearly on axis to allow the illumination of surfaces, cavaties and holes. TheStereoMaster comes with straight through binocular head, one eyetube has diopter adjustment,two wide field 10x eyepieces - accepting a 21mm diameter graticule, Pair of eyeguards, threeinterchangeable objectives giving 10x, 20x, 35x magnifications. Long arm stand with integral12 Volt 10 watt illuminator and dust cover.

Product Code: 873-410 £362.25Objective Magnification Field View Working Distance1x 10x 20mm 152mm2x 20x 10mm 113mm3.5x 35x 5mm 113mmweight 10kg

�� 873-410

�� Light SheetThe output from this very low priced light sheet will surprise you with its brightness. An inexpensive alternative to our top of the range Fibre Optic Light Sheet. This backlight is used for watermark research, photography, paper and textile repairs, viewing transparencies andexamination of specimens.

The size of the light surface is 11.7 x 8.25 inches (297mm x 210mm) an ideal size to fit A4paper. The light source will last about 20,000 hours (15-20 years with average use). Thepower consumption is less than a 20 watt bulb, because of the type of fluorescent lamp used,it does not fade or get hot.

It has a 12 volt input supplied by a mains 110 Volt and 230 Volt AC/DC adaptor. The LightSheet is mounted on four rubber feet so that it can rest firmly on a table. The Light Sheet without AC/DC adaptor weighs 870 grams.

Product Code Description Price511-7000 Light Sheet 360 x 260 x 18mm £64.95 each

Page 128: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 128

�� Microscopes

�� Trinocular body & Duplex StandThis system provides 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twindioptre and interpupilary adjustment. Pair of widefield 10xeyepieces, which accept 23mm diameter graticule. Pair eyeguards, focusing arm with incident light (12 volt 20W tungsten) and stop collar. Adapters for 35mm SLR (requiresT2 ring) and CCTV cameras. Transmitted light (12 volt 10Whalogen). Ground glass stage plate, pair clips, blue filter anddust cover.

�� Stereo Zoom Microscope SystemBefore choosing the Stereo Zoom Microscope, we discussed with conservators what they lookedfor in a microscope system. Our findings are that it should have flexibility with a quality optical sys-tem providing crisp, parfocal images plus a variety of illumination options and other accessories.

The Zoom body is available in binocular and trinocular versions with 45° inclined eyetubes andconvenient side mounted continuous zoom controls. 1x to 4x zoom range is standard. A detentemechanism indicates magnification without interrupting observation and ensures reproducibility ofmagnification for measurement purposes. Equipped with focusing eyepiece tubes and anadjustable interpupilary distance of between 50mm and 75mm. Rotatable through 360°, the bodyhas a 74mm diameter. The trinocular body is fitted with a photo port for photographic and CCTVapplication. Optics provide un-reversed stereoscopic image with bright, crisp parfocal imagesthroughout the zoom range. Widefield 10x eyepiece with eyecups as standard, providing a 10x to40x magnification range and a longer working distance. Accessories available: 20x widefield eye-pieces plus 0.5x and 1.5x auxiliary lenses.

Trinocular body provides all the advanced features of the binocular body, but with the addedfacility of a camera port. A light path selector lever transfers the image from the right eye path,directly to the camera providing maximum light while still allowing simultaneous observationthrough the left eyetube. Camera adapters for 35mm SLR and CCTV cameras are supplied, mostmodern SLR cameras can then be fitted with a suitable ‘T’ mount adapter, which is available froma photographic shop.

Universal Stand incorporates a heavy duty base and sturdy vertical column. A long horizontal armsupports the zoom head, making the system ideal for viewing large specimens, it will rotatethrough 360°.

Duplex Stand features both transmitted (12V 10W halogen) and incident (12V 10W tungsten)illumination in a compact, self contained stand. A variable intensity control is used to optimise illumination. The stand includes an opal stage plate, blue filter, stage clips and focusing arm withilluminator.

�� 873-3330

Product Code: 873-2220Price £829.50

�� Binocular body & Duplex StandThis system provides 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twindioptre and interpupilary adjustment. Pair of widefield 10xeyepieces which accept a 23mm diameter graticule. Pair eyeguards, focusing arm with incident illuminator (12 volt20W tungsten) and stop collar. Transmitted light (12 volt 20Whalogen). Ground glass stage plate, pair clips, blue filter anddust cover.

Product Code: 873-2249Price £1022.70

�� Binocular body & Universal StandComes complete with: Binocular body 1:4 zoom ratio, pairwidefield 10x eyepieces, pair eyeguards, focusing arm stopcollar and dust cover. Universal stand with 25mm diameterpost. Without illumination, requires P873-1500 light sourcewith suitable fibre optic component.

�� Trinocular body & Universal StandComes complete with: Trinocular body 1:4 zoom ratio, pairwidefield 10x eyepieces, pair eyeguards, focusing arm andstop collar and dust cover. Universal stand with 25mm diameter post. Without illumination, requires P873-1500 lightsource with suitable fibre optic component.

Product Code: 873-3349Price £1280.00

�� 873-2249with additional 873-1500 Fibre Optic Illuminator

Product Code: 873-3330Price £1110.55

Page 129: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Microscopes ��

129

�� PEL - Vertical Microscope TrolleyPEL have developed this mobile vertical microscope stand especially for conservators to view objects in a vertical position. Ideal for painting conservators working on site or in the studio. The trolley base comes with jacking feet thatlock the trolley to provide very stable conditions for microscope use.

Best used with a zoom microscope, using side zoom controls, and designed for the PEL range of microscopes.

The trolley telescopic column has 440mm vertical movement and a further 140mm adjustment on the microscope column. The horizontal column has 280mm movement and includes a safety groove to prevent the microscope fromrotating. The support bracket allows various angle movements and can easily be positioned even at various degrees tothe working surface, accessory tray supports lighting source and tools.

Product Code: 873-5000 £799.95 DimensionsAccessory Tray 300mm x 300mmTrolley Base 650mm x 550mmEye Piece Height Max: 1598mm. Min: 965mm.

�� Microscope Trolley Kits, Binocular Body (as shown)Binocular body, with 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin dioptre and interpupillary adjustment.Eyepieces 10x widefield accepts 23mm graticule. Fibre optic illuminator with focusing lens, brackets and trolley.

Product Code: 873-5222 £1953.00

�� Trinocular Body With Adapters For CCTV & 35mm CameraTrinocular body, with 1:4 zoom ratio, side zoom controls, twin dioptre and interpupillary adjustment. Eyepieces 10x widefield accepts 23mm graticule. Fibre optic illuminator with focusing lens, brackets and trolley (requires T2 ring to fit camera’s).

Product Code: 873-5333 £1999.95

�� Fibre Optic IlluminatorsThis high intensity illuminator provides a variable 150w cold light with a colourtemperature of 3250k. The system can be used with single or bifurcated lightguides with optional focusing lenses, or a continuous ringlight which providesshadow free illumination and fits easily to the microscope body.

873-1502 Double light guide semi rigid 520mm x 5.5mm £173.00

Components

873-1515 Focusing lens for P873-1501 & P873-1502 £31.00

873-1510 Spare Lamp 150w halogen for P873-1500 £14.60

873-1500 Light Source Only £429.60

�� Mylar Microscope Slide CoversThese sturdy 175 micron polyester sleeves have a captive flap to hold in 1" x 3" (80 x 32mm) glass slides. Being glassclear, the slides can be viewed, protecting from dirt, dust andfingerprints. Developed by Paul Brown, Curator of Entomologyat The Natural History Museum in London, who kindly allowedus to use the picture.

217-8032 £115.85 per 1000

Page 130: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 130

�� Conservation Hot Irons & Stations

�� Conservation Iron & StationThis state-of-the-art tacking and spatula iron is a PEL proprietary product designed to suit the needs of all types ofconservation, from heavy tacking to a delicate spatula tip for oilpaintings. The control station has the facility to dial in the tip sizereference so that the LED temperature readout is the correcttemperature, whatever the size of the tip, small or large. Theiron shaft element has been strengthened with a stainless steelsleeve to give added strength, especially when used constantlyas a tacking iron. Special safety features 115 voltage or 230voltage is stepped down to 24 volt AC. The silicone cable pro-vides remarkable protection against accidental burning, even atmaximum tip temperature. Comes complete with instructions,control station, iron and flat tip (805-2405). The control stationleaves the factory programmed in many languages, but set upin English. You can also select temperature readout inFahrenheit or Celsius. Please note to ensure accuracy of temperature it is adviseable to have the unit calibrated at leastonce a year. Supplied with 805-2405 flat tip only.

Product Code: 805-690 £221.50Power Supply 220/240 VoltageProduct Code: 805-690-110 £243.65Power Supply 110 VoltageWattage to iron 50 WattVoltage to iron 24 volt ACTemperature Range 30oC - 200oC / 86oF - 392oFAccuracy +/- 5ºCElectric Cable 2.3m805-SD50 Spare Iron £53.50452-1002 Iron Stand £8.33

5mm

32mm

21mm

62mm

20mm

46mm

17mm

32mm74mm

30mm

P805-00S4 P805-00S1

P805-00S2P805-00S3

P805-00S6�� TipsSpatula and tacking tips for805-6914 and 805-690. Theseindividually made tips are soldseparately, illustrated withdesign shape and mm size.

A. 805-00S1 £21.95B. 805-00S2 £21.95C. 805-00S3 £29.95D. 805-00S4 £29.95E. 805-00S6 £21.95F. 805-2405 £13.95

D.

C.

B.

A.

E.

F. 805-2405 TIP

�� 452-1002Stand

�� Tacking/Spatula IronIn Handle Control. Adjusting the temperature is easy, use asmall blade screwdriver to set the temperature between 60°Cand 160°C graduated in 20°C increments. The high positivetemperature coefficient provides rapid tip temperature recovery time, and fast warm-up from cold (e.g. 50 secondsto maximum temperature). There are six extra tips to choosefrom, for a variety of applications. Uses same tips as conser-vation iron. Supplied with 805-2405 flat tip only.

Product Code: 805-6914 £72.50Power Supply 220/240 VoltageWattage to iron 50 WattTemperature Range 60oC - 160oC approximateDimensionsOverall Length: 222mm. Tip to Handle Length: 82mm.Handle Length: 140mm. Weight: 55g.

�� Tacking IronThis low priced iron is suitable for light-duty applications, such as photographic dry mounting or tacking corners of heat activated laminating materials before inserting into laminatingpresses. Comes complete with curved tip. Please note thisiron is not temperature controllable and gets very hot.

Product Code: 805-6910 £36.70Power Supply 220/240 VoltageWattage to iron 15 WattTemperature Range 170oC (approx.)Weight with Tip 75g

�� Precision Temperature ToolControlling the heat from100°C upwards is easyand exact with the tem-perature dial controller.Some experimentationmay be required to cali-brate the amount of heatneeded. The selection oftips gives a dependable

variety of conservation uses, from removing Sellotape toactivating heat-set adhesives. Order tips separately.

Product Code Price452-1003/1 UK Plug £52.95452-1003/1E 220 Volt Plug £52.95

Product Code Price

452-1002 Tool Stand £8.33

452-1006 Sellotape Removal Tip £10.86

452-1007 Bent Needle Tip £8.04

452-1008 Medium Flat Tip £10.15

452-1009 Wide Flat Tip £10.15

452-1010 Fine Flat Tip £10.15

452-1012 Button Tip £8.04

452-1013 Blade Tip £10.15

452-1014 Curved Spade Tip £10.15

452-1015 Needle Tip £8.04

452-1016 Long Blank Tip £8.04

452-1018 Standard Tip £8.16

452-1020 5mm Round £8.16

�� Tips for Precision Temp ToolA complete set of 12 tips to choose from for a variety of appli-cations. These low-price tips are sold sep arately and are illus-trated with approximate sizes.

Sellotape Tape Removal Tip is used to soften the adhe-sive spading off the old tape. Please note GREAT CAUTIONshould be used in the removal of any tape. Some tapes mayscorch when exposed to a high temperature tip setting.Always test a small unobtrusive area before attempting anyremoval method.

These tips only fit the precision temperature tool

Page 131: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Sealing Machines ��

131

�� Monarch Economy (Bead Welding)This product has without doubt out-sold any other sealing machine, constantly being used by conservators worldwide. A truly

reliable machine justifiably referred to by itsusers as “the best machine we’ve boughtand so easy to use”. The 710mm weldlength allows continuous sealing for thosereally large charts, maps and photographs.The Monarch Economy will allow you tomake any size poly ester pocket or sleeve orcompletely encapsulate in seconds.

Product Code Specification Price806-6000-240 Power Supply: 220/240 Voltage £1399.00806-6000-110 Power Supply: 110 Voltage £1490.00

Weld Length: 710mm continuousDimensions (max): 770mmW x 750mmD x 120mmHWeight: 15kgCapacity: 23 to 175 micron thick

805-ME710 Spare Element £9.95

�� Polyester Sealing MachinesOur professional experience of polyester film sealingmachines for conservation is recognised and trustedworldwide. Conservators work and choose carefullywhich is why they trust and purchase the PreservationEquipment machines. Cut sheets and rolls for use insealing machines, see Polyester Film section for ourmany sizes of polyester film.

�� WarningThe success of the Crossweld™ has attracted competitorsto offer bag and flat tube machines with bottom element. Wesuggest these machines, designed for sealing low melt pointpolyethylene, are not suitable as a crossweld machine. Toavoid disappointment, talk with customers who have pur-chased the Crossweld™, they will tell you how superior ourmachines are, that’s why we make this statement.

The Crossweld™ is designed especially to suit the weldingof polyester film, which requires a flat support surface bothsides of the weld. The sealing of polyester filmrequiresmachines that have been manufactured for the precisewelding of the very narrow band melt point of polyester film,if it’s too high it will melt through the film too low and it willnot seal. The welding element must be fitted to the top mov-ing jaw, not on the base/bottom as with bag sealers, this isessential for lining up the weld and sealing polyester to board

�� Crossweld™ Polyester Film Sealing MachinePreservation Equipment Ltd’s polyester sealing machines are recognised and trusted worldwide. After years of experience with the previous Crossweld we have now introducedthe ultimate sealing machine. This new machine has been designed with health and safetyapproval, we no longer use a foot switch which could easily be activated by accidentallystepping on it (health and safety liked that). The jaws previously slammed down by touchingthe foot switch and could cause nipping of fingers, this cannot happen with this newmachine. Not using jaws means you are not restricted by the jaw width and can continual-ly weld very wide sheets, up to a maximum of 1400mm. The new style of operation allowsmuch more room to work with the material you are sealing.

The working alignment grid squares can now be replaced when worn. The PTFE cloth protecting the welding element is simply replaced by winding new material into place fromthe roll attached to the machine, a real advantage for quality welds.

We have increased the weld length to 700mm and you are no longer restricted to the widthbetween the jaws as on the old machine. For wider material you can now continuously weldin any position from the edge to the centre, this is because the jaws are no longer used.

The heat compensating device uses the latest electronics to ensure constant welds everytime. The Crossweld can be used for sealing various thicknesses of polyester film, it willweld polyester to paper and board also other materials such as Reemay, Hollytex, Tyvek,

PEL Softwrap and even bubble film can all be welded to make pockets and bags. We havemade replacing the heating element so easy (not like the old machine), replacing the PTFECloth is even simpler. A floor mounting stand is available complete with adjustable feet.

Comes complete with instructions, spare element and PTFE cloth.

Each machine is shipped in a wooden crate arriving ready for use.

Product Code Description Price806-7000-110 Power supply: 110 voltage £1995.00806-7000 Power supply: 220/240 voltage £1995.00

Weld length: 700mm continuousWeld width: 3mmDimensions: 870 x 680 x 240mm highWeight: 58kg

Product Code Description Price806-7001 Spare heating element £8.50806-7002 Spare PTFE Cloth 700mm x 600mm £32.00806-7003 Base protection PTFE tape 19mm x 15m £41.00806-7004 Floor mounting stand £249.00

Page 132: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 132

�� Shipping & Packing

�� Low Melt Glue GunWe have selected this system because the low melt adhesivegives an instant bonding at a much lower temperature. Thismakes it easier and safer to use. More significantly it meansyou can bond heat sensitive substrates, such as Plastazote,even polystyrene foams, fabrics, films, corrugated board andother delicate materials without heat damage. This revolution-ary new hot melt glue gun operates at a lower temperaturethan conventional glue guns. Nearly 70°C lower! It is evenpossible to stick decoration pieces onto inflated balloons without heat damage. After initial warm up, the glue melts ondemand as trigger pressure is exerted. Just apply low meltglue to one surface, then press parts together for instantbonding. Conforms to very high safety standards, it operatesusing a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) heater thatregulates its own temperature electronically. The heater willoperate on any voltage from 100-240 voltage and provides afast warm-up time of only 5-7 minutes.

Product Code: 419-1000 £19.20Power Supply 100/240v (Electronic Self Adjust)Power Consumption 20-400 watt (Electronic Self Reg)Temp 130ºC (Self Regulating Heater)Melt Rate Up to 750g/hrAdhesive Size 12 x 190mm sticks (low melt)Weight 280 grams Gun Only

�� Low Melt AdhesiveThese low melt glue sticks are clear 12mm general purposehot melt adhesive, specially designed to be used in the 419-1000 glue gun: it will bond a wide variety of substrates,including paper, board, fabric, foam, film, wood and manymore. It has been formulated for application temperaturesbetween 120°C-140°C, making it particularly useful for bonding heat sensitive materials.

Product Code: 419-1044 £13.40Adhesive Size 12mm x 190mmWeight 1 kiloQuantity 50 sticks

�� Velcro® Hook & Loop Coin Fasteners (Velcoins®)These self-adhesive Velcro® fasteners consist of woven nylon hook and loop mated pairs. They have a very strong neutral pH adhesive and are useful for a variety of purposes including box and folder closures, holding displayed objects in place andexhibitions. The round coins are a very neat method of making a simple secure fastener. The rounded corners enable easy assemblyand avoids lifted edges. Price 25m rolls and small packs.

Product Code Description Type Colour No. of coins Price483-0016 16mm Coins Pairs White 16 sets £1.28483-0020 20mm Squares Pairs White 24 sets £1.93483-1013H 13mm Coins Hooks White 1,550 £23.95483-1022H 22mm Coins Hooks White 1,022 £31.29483-1013L 13mm Coins Loops White 1,550 £23.95483-1022L 22mm Coins Loops White 1,022 £31.29

Product Code size/type wt Price483-1200 20mm x 10m White £15.75

�� Velcro Tape®A continuous roll of both hooks and loops. Simply cut the strip to a desired length, attach to both surfaces and press together tofasten. Same as the Velcoin® the adhesive is strong and sticks to most surfaces.

Product Code size/type wt Price483-101OW 10mm x 25m White £10.50483-101OB 10mm x 25m Black £10.50483-1025W 25mm x 25m White £15.75483-1025B 25mm x 25m Black £15.75

�� Velcro ® Brand One-WrapPatented Velcro® brand one-wrap® Self-Gripping Fasteners offer a neat and secure fastening system that is both adjustableand reusable and can never over-tighten. These unique back to back fasteners can be cycled (open and closed) hundreds oftimes. One side has the loops and other the hooks, one single strip is all you need, it wraps round itself. The advantages ofVelcro® are the straps can be adjusted, repositioned and reusable. Closed by one single touch. The application is to hold bundles of papers, folders, envelopes and rolled maps/drawings together. Making fastening for phase boxes the one-wrap canbe riveted to boards. Also used in disaster recovery since water does not prevent the fasteners working. No doubt other uses willbe found for Velcro® One-Wrap®. Price per 25m roll.

Page 133: Catalog PEL 2010

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

�� Museum Vac®Backpack with Dial Suction Control. This vacuum cleanerfrom our Museum Vac range is designed for mobile cleaningwith hands free operation, ideal for working on steps and ladders. As with all Museum Vac’s, our unique electronic dialsuction control allows the lowest vacuum on fragile items to full power on tougher cleaning jobs. A genuine practicaldesign where particular attention has been paid to user comfort, convenience and safety, with lightweight distributionand low operational noise level. The performance is excellent,with extra large filter system and 2-stage disposable dust bagsensuring continuous high performance and easy emptying. Thestandard accessory kit incorporates all that is needed for thequick and efficient cleaning of all surfaces right down to thelightweight, free flo’floor nozzle which simply glides fromcarpet to hard floors or vice versa without so much asa single adjustment.

�� Museum Vac® (with dial suction control)Compact and light weight, specially developed to conservation standards with unique PEL features such as adjustable suction level, which allows the lowest vacuum on delicate fragile items, to full power for tougher cleaning jobs. Mildew spores are locked in a

disposable paper filter bag by patented value preventing further contamination. A range ofaccessories are available (please order separately) to suit most applications. Secure

shoulder strap for hands free operation is designed for this model, as is a nyloncarry bag for the vacuum and all the accessories. Stretch hose without coil

back pressure and soft rubber tools prevent chipping and scratching works of art. Comes with hose and rubber nozzle as shown and one filter bag.

Product Code: 561-1997 £159.95Museum Vac, Hose & Rubber NozzlePower Supply 230 voltage modelsPower Consumption 400 wattAirflow 12 litres per secondSuction 642mm H2O Filtration 0.3 micronCapacity 1.7 litresWeight 2 KgDimensions 320 x 175 x 146mm561-4251 Filter Bags £19.95 per pack of 10

561-8099 Nylon carry bag

561-8090 Shoulder Strap

�� Museum Vac®In carry case with dial suction control. This Museum Vac®

comes complete within a carry case storing the tools andaccessories in the lid. As with all Museum Vac’s it is adjustablefor delicate suction to full power vacuum. Thermal protectioncuts out the motor if bag is full or blocked (automatic reset).The 800 watt motor produces a 30 litre per second airflowmaking a strong suction of 1400mm WG.

This Museum Vac® will tackle very tough jobs and still do delicate conservation work. The 3 stage filter system keepsmildew spores locked in the disposable paper bag by apatented non-return valve. Our extensive range of purposemade brushes and accessories are available for all models ofMuseum Vac’s (please order separately). Comes completelyintegral, in its own carry case, stretch hose, rubber nozzle,crevice tool and brush and one filter bag.

Product Code: 561-1990 £273.90Power Supply 230 Volt modelProduct Code: 561-1990-110 £279.90Power Supply 110 Volt modelPower Consumption 800 wattAir flow 30 litres per secondSuction 1400mm H2O Capacity 2.7 litresWeight 5.5 KgDimensions 457 x 241 x 190mm561-4150 Filter Bags £21.95 per pack of 10

Product Code: 561-1982 £269.85Power Supply 230 VoltProduct Code: 561-1982-110 £275.85Power Supply 110 VoltPower Consumption 1000 WattAirflow 43.5 litre/secSuction 2100mm H2O Capacity 9 litresCable Length 12 metresWeight 5.9 KgDimensions 500 x 335 x 215mmProduct Code: 561-4149 £8.95HEPAFLO Filter Bags. Pack of 10

133

Museum Vac® ��

Page 134: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 134

�� Museum Vac®

�� Museum Vac® With HEPA filter and disposable cartridgeThis model of Museum Vac® is designed for use when removing mildew spores, fungi and irri-tant or toxic dust. The machine is invaluable when cleaning documents and books that containmildew spores that should be disposed of safely to reduce spreading. The health of the conservator is better protected by a HEPA filter. The disposable cartridge when filled with wastecan then be disposed of in compliance with local regulations. The HEPA filter is built into the disposable cartridge and is automatically replaced when a new cartridge is fitted. As with allMuseum Vacs it is adjustable from delicate suction to full power vacuum by the dial suction control. Comes complete with hose, crevice tool, brush, rubber nozzle and instructions all in itsown carry case.

Product Code: 561-3000 £269.00Power Supply 220/240 volt & 110 volt (USA plug)Power Consumption 800 wattAir Flow 30 litres per secondSuction 1400mm WGCapacity 4.6 litresFiltration Down to 0.3 micronsWeight 5.2kgDimensions 465mmL x 195mm W x 245mm H561-4300 2 pack spare Filter Cartridge £20.95

�� PEL Cloth™MicroFibre Cleaning without chemicals (just use water). Until recently it has not been possibleto clean surfaces without the use of chemicals. Technology has changed this, with the PEL-Cloth you can clean either with or without water. Excellent results are achieved on all surfaces, without the need for cleaning agents and chemicals, and you protect yourself and theenvironment.

For more information on PEL Cloth see page 180.

Product Code description dimensions Price947-3232/5 standard 320mm x 320mm £10.95 pack 5947-3232/50 standard 320mm x 320mm £89.00 pack 50947-5040/5 glass 500mm x 400mm £10.95 pack 5947-5040/50 glass 500mm x 400mm £89.00 pack 50

947-3232 Standard

947-5040 Glass

�� Vacuum Pick-Up SystemThis system is designed for various conservation practices, will pick up small fragments of wood,metal, gem stones, ceramics, paper and paint flakes. One feature is you do not have to holdyour finger over a small hole (as with other systems) to create a vacuum. This is better for conservators to manipulate fragments into awkward positions, then simply press the button torelease the fragment. The PTFE rigid cups will prevent pieces with wet adhesives sticking tothe vacuum cup when you wish to release the fragment such as paint flakes.

The vacuum pump is very small, quiet in operation and lightweight and consumes only 5W ofpower. An internal filter on the inlet ensures that no particles can enter the pump mechanismand an outlet filter ensures that no particles created by the pump are released into the surrounding air. This makes the pump suitable for class 1 clean rooms. Vacuum pressure issufficient to lift 150 grams weight and is adjustable from maximum to very soft pressure. Spareinlet filters are also available.

This high quality wand is manufactured in PTFE, a fluoropolymer resin with exceptional resis-tance to high temperatures, chemicals and corrosion. This allows a high level of cleanliness tobe maintained. The unique wand control valve ensures reliable suction and instantaneousrelease. Vacuum is continuosly drawn until the button is pressed (press to release). Suctioncups are easily changed without dismantling the wand itself. Silicone suction cups are includedin diameters 5,8,11 & 15mm. An optional set of rigid PTFE suction cups in the same diametersis also available.

Product Code: 560-FV-10 £246.65Adjustable Vacuum Pressure 4kPa to -14kPaFlow Rate 2.71/minPower Consumption 5.0WDuty Cycle ContinuousDimensions (D x W x H) 155mm x 72mm x 54mmWeight 600gFlexible Tubing included 1 metreProduct Code: 560-FV-20 £42.50Set of 4 rigid PTFE suction cupsProduct Code: 560-FV-30 £24.95Replacement inlet filter

560-FV-30ReplacementInlet Filter

560-FV-20Set of 4 Rigid PTFESuction Cups

560-FV-10Vacuum Pick-UpSystem

Page 135: Catalog PEL 2010

A full range of spares is available for each model of Museum Vac® All models are CE approved and are made in Great Britain. On the shelf spares, we are not dependent on overseas suppliers.

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Museum Vac® ��

135

�� Picture/Stretcher Vacuum KitDesigned especially for painting conservators but no doubtother uses will be found for this handy kit. Ideal as an accessory for the Museum Vac® and will fit other vacuumcleaners. The one metre long tube can be washed, as can thefittings to remove any infestations such as mildew spores. Thethin flexible spatula end is designed to reach into narrow slotsto disturb dust and dirt which can then be vacuumed, the flatend can be extended with card to reach further. The fan fittingis for vacuuming on the frame edges, it is also useful in otherconservation cleaning methods.

Product Code: 561-4960 £21.95

Pic. Museum Vac® Accessories PriceA. 875-UV-2/1 Mini Adapter Kit fits all models £11.95A. 875-0021 Spare Brushes fits mini adapter kit £3.95A. 875-0022 Spare Nozzles fits mini adapter kit £1.95

561-8099 Nylon Carry Bag fits 561-1997 model £11.95 561-8090 Shoulder Strap fits 561-1997 model £9.95

F. 561-8650 Crevice Tool Brush £3.95E. 561-8610 Crevice Tool £4.25B. 561-4958 Fan Shaped Fitting for Mini Adapter £14.95M. 561-4956 Large Horse Hair Brush £13.95 H. 561-4955 Small White Horse Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit £9.95 pairL. 561-4954 Large White Goat Hair Brush £13.95J. 561-4953 Small Pig Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit £9.95 pairG. 561-4952 Small White Goat Hair Brush for Mini Adapter Kit £9.95 pairK. 561-4241 Large Brush & Textile Combination Attachment £5.60

561-4251 Filter Bags & Seal Label for 561-1997 £19.95 pack 10561-4150 Filter Bags & Seal Label for 561-1990 £21.95 pack 10561-4149 Filter Bags for 561-1982 £8.95 pack 10

Brushes

Mini Fittings

A. Mini Adapter Kit.B. Fan Shaped Fitting -

shown fitted to mini adapter.

C. Small Brush - shown fitted to mini adapter.

A

CB

�� Wet & Dry VacuumMulti-purpose vacuum for professionals. Compact, easy-touse and lightweight with powerful technology in a moderndesign. This vacuum is the quietest vacuum we have found,just 62 dB(A) at 1 metre (quieter than a typewriter). The dif-ference in this vacuum cleaner becomes obvious once you tryit. Exceptional airflow and vacuum power using the cycloneprinciple for more effective suction. The filter is washable tear-resistant made of PE fibre fabric. Comes with accessories universal nozzle, 2 peice extension tubesand combination floor nozzle.

Product Code: 561-440 £128.50Power Supply 230 Volt/1500wNoise Level/DIN 62 db(A)Container Volume 18 litreVacuum 160 mbarAir Flow 3600 litre/minWeight 5.6KgDimensions 367 x 350 x 455mm

Product Code Description Price 5pk561-61156 Dust bags for 561-4512 £9.95

KL

M

J H G

E F

www.preservationequipment.com

Page 136: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 136

�� Storage Bags

�� Padded Storage BagsPadded archival storage bags are used to protect wax sealsand have ties to ensure they stay over the seal. These conservation storage bags are also useful for jewellery, gemstones, delicate fragments and items that require archivalquality protection. The bags are made from inert acid free materials and have soft padding making them a trulyconservation quality storage bag.

Product Code Size (mm) Pack Qty Price428-7107 70 x 70 50 £46.20428-7110 100 x 100 50 £54.00428-7113 110 x 130 50 £58.20428-7114 140 x 100 25 £32.40428-7116 140 x 160 25 £34.20428-7120 200 x 240 25 £48.00

�� Cotton BagsPEL drawstring calico bags are soft to give delicate fragments protection. The 100% cotton bags are sturdy (not the flimsy see-through type) with strong cotton pull strings to seal the contents. Can be washed but should not be tumble dried.

Used for seeds, specimens, jewellery, fragments and various items found in museums.

As with all our bags, special sizes are available, a minimum of 250 bags will apply. Contact customer services.

Price per pack 100 bags.

Product Code Size Price428-0023 2” x 3” (50mm x 76mm) £21.95428-0045 4” x 6” (101mm x 152mm) £22.95428-0057 5” x 7” (127mm x 177mm) £23.95428-0810 8” x 10” (203mm x 254mm) £27.95

Product Code Size Price Plain Product Code With Label613-7023 2” x 3” (50mm x 76mm) £20.95 613-7023L £22.95613-7045 4” x 6” (101mm x 152mm) £28.95 613-7045L £30.95613-7057 5” x 7” (127mm x 177mm) £35.95 613-7057L £37.95613-7010 8” x 10” (203mm x 254mm) £53.95 613-7810L £55.95

�� Tyvek BagsTyvek has proven to be a suitable material for many conservation and preservation requirements. This protective material hashigh tensile/tear strength in all directions because its constituent fibres are spun-bonded. The relatively slick surface is a furtherbarrier and prevents snagging with fragile specimens. Used as geological bags and archaeological bags because they can beused outside since the wet will not effect them.

The Tyvek Bags are frequently used for field specimens, the convenient sown in label allows notes of the contents. The pull stringclosure enables the contents to be sealed inside the bag.

All sizes are kept in stock, for special sizes, minimums of 250 bags per size would apply. We can print your desiredwording on the label, contact customer services.

Price per package of 100 bags.

�� Map & Banner BagsA range of protective stitched calico bags with cotton tapepull strings. These soft breathable bags are used to protectrolled tithe maps, plans and banners. Can be washed butshould not be tumble dried. Width: 9.5” (241mm). Diameter approx 155mm.

Product Code size Price428-0036 36” (914mm) £4.70428-0042 42” (1067mm) £4.95428-0048 48” (1219mm) £5.10428-0062 62” (1575mm) £5.40428-0072 72” (1829mm) £5.70428-0084 84” (2134mm) £6.25428-0096 96” (2438mm) £7.95

Page 137: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Hot Air Pencil Steamers ��

137

�� Derotor Steam CleanerSteam, heat and pressure provide the means for immediate removal of particles from a given surface, cleaning it thoroughly. Conservators find these units useful for various work in stone, sculpture, archaeological, wall paper and no doubt other areas ofconservation. The Derotor steam cleaners incorporate various safety features such as low voltage controls, thermostatic cut outshould the water level become too low, a pressure release valve, water level indicator and rugged construction with stainless steelmain tank and pipes. Deionised water is recommended to prolong boiler life. The steamers have a mains electrical supply andtank size of either 3 or 5 litres depending on the model. Water content of the vapour is controllable by a separate valve.Please Note: PEL supplies both models with extra long hose 1.75m long. This allows the unit to stand on the floor and theoperator can then work standing up and reach much higher.

�� Jiffy SteamersUsed by textile, paintings, and paper conservators for variousapplications.

J2 Standard Steamer features a clear plastic, shatterproofwater bottle. Unique heating element produces steam in a fewseconds and is especially designed to control “spitting”.

J4 Heavy Duty Steamer has dual thermostats for steam afterpreheating and built-in-stainless steel boiler tank. This modelis designed for more steam and longer life, includes waterlevel indicator.

Product Code: 891-J2 £323.20Weight 7kgProduct Code: 891-J4 £512.75Weight 11kgVoltage 220/240 110 voltsPower Supply 1500 watts

�� 891-J4

�� 891-J2

�� Conservation Tool (not shown)Hand tool with 1.67 metre hose for single jet application. Fits both Jiffy steamers.

Product Code: 891-CT £79.80Nozzle 8mm Diameter

Product Code: 891-75GV £633.00 891-75GV6 £718.00Power Supply 220/240 volt & 1400 watts 220/240 volt & 1400 wattsSteam Pressure 3-4 bar 4-5 barHose Length 1.75 metre 1.75 metreMax Temperature 130ºC 130ºCTank Size 3 litres 5 litresWarm up time 20 minutes 20 minutesDimensions 320 x 180 x 300mm 370 x 220 x 310mmWeight 8kg 13kgProduct Code: 891-75GV-110 £752.30 891-75GV6-110 £842.90Power Supply 110 volt 110 volt

Page 138: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 138

�� A. Preservation Pencil®The Preservation Pencil was first available in 1989 andsince that time hundreds have been supplied all over theworld. The product has proved to be one of the most successful conservation tools.

It provides fine delicate jets of moisture (or dry) air fromambient to 100ºC and is used for removing glue, resins, oldlabels, separating paper layers, activating adhesives andenzymes, relaxing and cleaning. Cold moisture produced by the humidifier is heated by the PENCIL to a desired predetermined temp, which remains at a constant level.

Conservators continually find new uses for the product andquote “How could we manage without it”. The way thePreservation Pencil works is cold mist produced by theUltrasonic Humidifier is heated by dialling into the controlunit the desired temperature, which then remains at a constant precise level with a digital display of the actual temperature. Adjustment is made by dialling the selectedtemperature, the control unit will then automatically adjustthe Pencil and display the actual temperature. The range is from ambient to 100ºC, users find the lower temperaturesvery useful especially for cleaning with enzymes. The dry airfacility is especially useful for low temperatures adhesivessuch as Beva 371 used in oil painting conservation.

Features over alternative steam units:• Temperatures below steam, Dry air facility,

Adjustable moisture levels, • Ambient to 100ºC temperature range,

No scalding boiling water,• Instantaneous (no start up time), Selection of

support brackets, Selection of nozzles,• Does not spit or drip, Available from stock,

17 years proven experience,• Delicate jet of moisture (or dry),

Patented product, CE approved, • Ergonomic handle grip, LCD temperature

display, Demineralisation filter, • 220/240 or 110 voltage, Clear water container,

UK manufactured.

When ordering please ensure you include attachments, hose and ultrasonic humidifier.

Product Code Description Price805-0001 Preservation Pencil 240v £745.00805-0011 Preservation Pencil 110v £775.00805-7005 Ultrasonic Humidifier 240v £61.25805-7002 Ultrasonic Humidifier 110v £126.00805-0002 Attachments & 1.6m Hose £42.25805-0003 Bench Bracket £15.95805-1004 Flexible Work Top Bracket £94.70

�� B. Ultrasonic Humidifier KitThis kit contains our ultrasonic humidifier and hose kit to makea useful system. It provides an extremely fine cold mist, thepencil fine (green attachment) allows ‘spot’ work, while theother attachment is for spreading the mist over a wider area.Very good system for relaxing without wetting on parchment,leather, paper, textiles and many other uses.

Product Code Description Price805-7007 220/240 voltage £103.50

805-0003

805-1004

�� Preservation Pencil®

B. Ultrasonic Humidifier Kit

A. Preservation Pencil®

Page 139: Catalog PEL 2010

�� PEL SteamerThe PEL-Steamer is a super heated steam generator with precision fine adjustment for removalof adhesives, waxes and resins on paper, books, wall paintings, gemstone cleaning, ceramic,sculpture, metal, in fact many conservation applications where controllable steam pressure isrequired. Fine adjustment from 0.5 to 8 bar (120 P.S.I.) with no drop in steam pressure duringoperation.

Safety features: automatic safety valve, automatic steam release (solenoid) valve, thermostaticcut out should the water level become too low. The machine is tested and approved to interna-tional standards. Operation is simple, once switched on, a short delay before neon indicatinglight illuminates to inform you the machine is operational. The extra long 1.75 metre flexiblesteam hose and fine jet hand-piece make it ideal for standing up on site work, especially forwall paintings. The long hose also allows the unit to sit on the floor (not on the bench) away fromwork in progress. The foot control switch allows hands free operation. To empty, simply turn onthe outlet tap. Additional features such as pressure gauge, water level gauge, on-off foot switch,water outlet tap, 8 bar pressure, plugs into any 110 or 220/240 volt electrical supply with extralong steam hose. No other machine offers these features.

PEL Steamers ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 139

Product Code: 805-0004 £1449.00Power Supply 110, 220/240 VoltagePower Consumption 1800 WattsSteam Pressure 0.5 to 8 bar (120 P.S.I)Max Temperature 150ºC 100mm away from nozzle

approx 45ºCWater Capacity 3 litresDimensions 400mm high x 380mm x 210mmWeight 14 Kilos

also see page 137 for more steamers

�� PEL-Humidity DomeThe PEL-Humidity Dome is designed to exactly fit our PEL Cold Suction Table (Low Budget) alternatively, it will fit over a large suction table. On a large table the perforated area should beblanked off to ensure the suction is only drawn inside the dome. It can also be used withoutsuction on a workbench.

The dome has a hole to take the humidity hose and a smaller one to insert a humidity sensor(see 0107-4500) humidity Controller). The large damper regulates the build up of negative vacuum pressure inside the dome and prevents excessive external pressure on the dome. Wesuggest our Ultrasonic Humidifier Kit (see page 138) is used for moist air, which gives a veryeven movement of mist within the dome, allowing relaxation to be controlled and even.

Made from clear 6mm acrylic with a base size of 795mm x 595mm x 330mm high.

Product Code: 0107-8063 £345.00PEL-Humidity Dome

visit our website atwww.preservationequipment.com

Page 140: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 140

�� PEL Cold Suction Tables

Picture for illustrative purposes only. Visit www.preservationequipment.com for current models

Page 141: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 141

�� PEL Cold Suction TableThe perforated work surface is hand ground aluminium with anoverall table size of 1500mm x 1200mm (59" x 47") a flushsurround of 38mm width to facilitate edge seal for maskingand accommodate the fitting of a dome. The overall height ofthe table from floor level to work surface is 840mm (33").

The work surface and suction chamber are supported bysquare section powder coated tubular steel support stand withcross brace bars supporting the 1.1KW direct drive impellerexhauster unit.

The speed control unit and mechanical safety valve preventsoverloading.

Mounted on the side of the support stand just below the worksurface is a small control box containing the variable speedcontrol selector for ease of use when selecting the desiredsuction level.

Cold Suction Tables PEL ��

Product Code Description Price804-2409 Suction Table £7,348.00804-2400 Humidity Dome £2,995.00805-7007 Ultrasonic Humidifier £103.50

& Hose Kit804-2407 RH Controller & £395.00

Sensor

�� Humidity DomeThe humidity dome is blown from a single 8mm sheet of clear acrylic,fitted with a metal edge frame for added strength and rigidity.

Attached to the table on two gas strut hinges, the dome is supplied with a small hole (25mm) to accommodate a humiditysensor, at the opposite side is a mechanical pressure relief valve,which removes negative vacuum pressure within the dome.

Product Code Description Price804-2400 Humidity Dome £2,995.00

�� PEL Cold Suction Table (Low Budget)PEL’s experience in supplying cold suction tables has enabledus to develop a system that is high quality and capable of per-forming to the demands of conservators who have limited budgets. Manufactured completely in stainless steel to allow(with the correct vacuum system) solvents to be used. Theperforated top, which is loose, enables thorough cleaninginside the table and the vacuum airways. The support stand(also stainless steel) is designed for the vacuum system to belocated underneath and is available separately. The suctiontable can be used on a workbench or the support stand. Theworking height with the support stand is 960mm. Perforationsare 1.5mm holes of 2.6mm pitch 30% open area.

Cold suction tables are used for stain removal, spot cleaning,relaxing, parchment treatment, removing creases and cockling,spot leaf casting and other conservation work. Comes with 2metres of hose and tee piece (extra length of hose is available).For optimum drying, remove one hose, this will allow cross airflow below the object instead of totally pulling through it,especially useful in treating textiles and parchment. Variousvacuum systems are available, such as our variable wet and dryvacuum, for solvents you will require a suitable system, alterna-tively you may already have an existing system. If you requireinformation on the vacuum systems we supply, please contactcustomer service. Caution wet and dry vacuums must not beused with solvents.

Product Code Description £595.000107-8060 Stainless Steel Suction Table

Dimensions: 800 x 600 x 60mmWeight: 18kg

0107-8600 Support Stand £187.25Dimensions: 780 x 580 x 900mmWeight: 9kg

Page 142: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 142

�� PEL-Book Suction Table Drying Rack

�� PEL-Book Suction DeviceMade from stainless steel (it will fit into a fume cupboard if you are using solvents). Withstandsvery high vacuum pressures, especially useful when spot cleaning a small area with the rest ofthe platen blanked off. Working surface of 380 x 300mm with 1mm perforated holes 3mmapart. To create a fine perforation surface use Saatifil over the Platen (see page 147). To blankoff sections for spot cleaning use latex sheeting (see page 93). Comes with 2.5 metres of strongvacuum hose, can be connected to your existing vacuum unit (if you have one). Alternatively wecan supply vacuum systems, please specify your working requirements.

�� Mobile Paper Drying RackThis unit is mobile and will fit through normal doorways so that it can be wheeled into dryingrooms. The size is ideal for drying maps, prints, drawings and small papers. We have designedthe trays so that the support material does not leave a pattern on the paper after drying. This isacheived by using Saatifil polyester material as the support media.

The trolley frame has U channel tray runners for each of the 20 trays and has lockable wheels.The distance between each tray is 50mm, if more space is required, simply remove a tray.Comes ready assembled (not flat packed), the trolley is powder coated steel, and the trays aremade from aluminium.

Product Code P805-3007 £685.00Platen Size 380mm x 300mmOverall Size 425mm x 300mm x 300mmWeight 7kg

Product Code Description Price805-7001 20 x Trays & Trolley £1799.00Dimensions Trolley 1020mm x 720mm x 1525mm h

Tray Overall Size 1000mm x 700mmDrying Area 970mm x 670mm

please note: rack comes with 20 tray’s.

Page 143: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Vacuum Glass Press Hot Lining Table ��

143

Product Code size Price809-1710 1705mm x 1095mm (67” x 43”) £5885.00

�� B. Heated Hot Lining TableUnlike other vacuum presses the lining table has a heated glass platen fitted into the base ofthe machine, with fixed temperature options and an efficient cooling system. The smooth glasssurface is easy to clean and will no doubt be a benefit for various conservation methods. Youwill of course require a membrane to use on the press, we offer various materials for this purpose (such as Dartek or polyester films). The price is more competitive than other heatedsuction tables on the market.

Product Code working area size power Price809-0220 635mm x 940mm (25” x 37”) 2300w £2995.00809-0260 890mm x 1195mm (35” x 47”) 2500w £3495.00809-0360 1095mm x 1705mm (43” x 67”) 4200w £3995.00809-0560 1276mm x 2496mm (50” x 98”) 5575w £6995.00

�� A. Hot Vacuum Glass PressIncorporates a well proven high technology heating system. The top panel of the Hot Glass Pressis made up of two sheets of toughened glass. The inner surface of the lower sheet has an invisible conductive film embedded into it. A controlled electric current is passed through this filmcreating a highly efficient heating system. The transparent top panel offers a high level of operatorconfidence as work can be viewed throughout the bonding process. Can also be used as cold pressfor wet tissue and paper repairs. The clear view of the work allows final adjustments before pressure is activated assuring correct alignment of work before laminating. All models include anautomatic electronic cycle controller, with manual over-ride, together with a vacuum pressure control.

Product Code for Model No Price809-6125 809-0220 £331.70809-6130 809-0260 £363.80809-6135 809-0360 & 1710 £406.60

�� Support StandsA strong sound construction of high quality stands designed for vacuum presses, offering a firmsturdy support.

Product Code size Price809-0155 1219 x 1651 x 13mm £26.12809-0156 1219 x 813 x 13mm £13.81

�� Foam Plastic (not shown)A high grade heat resistant foam blanket. Used when heat sealing with pre-pierced film to allowair to escape and prevent bubbles (silvering) for hardbed press use.

Product Code size Price809-0111 2304 x 1650 x 5mm £22.42

�� Vacu Foam (not shown)A special thin grey foam (5mm) for use with vacuum presses, same use as foam plastic.

Product Code thickness size wt Price216-88200 19 micron 2235mm x 61m 5.5kg £95.86

�� Dartek® Cast Nylon Film (not shown)Extra wide soft transparent nylon film with no plasticisers, additives or surface coatings. The filmcan be stretched to a higher draw depth without breaking, the approximate 5% stretch makesit ideal as a covering membrane for lining of paintings on a vacuum hot table or low pressuretable, becoming softer as it is heated. It does not puncture easily, adheres to itself or other plastics with a heated spatula or tacking iron.

A.

B.

Page 144: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 144

�� pH Meters

Product Code 952-3510 £379.00pH range (1,2 or 3 point cal) -2.000 to 19.999pHResolution 0.001/0.01/0.1pHAccuracy ±0.003pHmV range (Abs & Rel) 0 to ±1999.9mVResolution 0.1mV /1mVAccuracy ±0.2mVInput impedance >1012ohmsTemperature ranges -10 to +105ºC/14 to 221ºFResolution 0.1ºC /1ºFAccuracy ±0.5ºC/±1ºFATC range 0 to 100ºC/32 to 212ºFManual Temp. Comp. 0 to 100ºC/32 to 212ºFCalibration User selectable 1,2 or 3 pointAuto Buffer Selection PEL (2.00, 4.00, 7.0, 9.20, 10.00)

DIN (3.06, 4.65, 6.79, 9.23, 12.75)NIST (1.68, 4.01, 6.87, 9.18, 12.45)JIS (1.68, 4.01, 6.87, 9.18, 12.45)Or manually entered buffers

�� pH MeterThe 952-3510 is a versatile unit which utilises the best of modern technology to simplify oper-ation without sacrificing accuracy or reliability. The meter supports 1,2 or 3 point pH calibration on either manually entering pH buffer values or automatically temperature com-pensated buffers to DIN, JIS and NIST.

With push button operation and a customised liquid crystal display, determination of pH, mV andassociated temperature levels can readily be achieved with the minimum of operator training.The meter includes a 32 reading memory facility. Remote monitoring and data collection isfacilitated by the provision of both analogue and digital outputs and in the event of powerremoval all user defined parameters are retained.

• Ideal for routine laboratory applications • 3 decimal place resolution• 1,2 or 3 point pH calibration • Choice of pH calibration buffer types• Differential pH input • 32 reading memory • Back lit custom LCD• RS232 serial interface and analogue outputs • Wall mounting option

Product Code 952-370 £166.00pH Range -2.00 to 16.00pHResolution (Accuracy) 0.01pH (±0.02pH)mV (Abs & Rel) range ±1999mVResolution (Accuracy) 1mV (±1mV)Temperature Ranges -10 to +105ºC/14 to 221ºFResolution (Accuracy) 0.1ºC/1ºF(±0.5ºC/±1ºF)ATC Range 0 to 100ºCManual Temperature Compensation 0 to 100ºC /32 to 212ºFResolution 0.1ºC/1ºFAuto Buffer Recognition 4.00, 7.00, 9.22 & 10.00 (manual override)Calibration User Selectable 1 or 2 pointPower 2 AA Cells (included)Battery Life 500 hours typical (@25ºC with alkaline cells)Size 175(l) x 75(w) x 35 (d) mmWeight 250g

�� pH MeterThe custom back-lit liquid crystal display simultaneously shows the pH reading and the manuallyset temperature compensation value that is simply adjusted with the up and down arrow keys. A one or two point calibration can be selected and, for ease of operation, automatic bufferrecognition can be used. In special applications this can be overridden, enabling calibration to beset at any two points across the full pH range.

This pH meter offers automatic temperature compensation (ATC) via the temperature probe supplied. When connected the secondary display will show the actual temperature, which is thevalue used for the ATC. If disconnected, the secondary display reverts to a manually adjustabletemperature compensation value.

This instrument also features a mV mode for Redox (ORP) measurement and electrode conditionmonitoring. Simultaneous pH and temperature reading with 32 reading data storage.

An indication of battery life is also permanently shown on the display. An automatic switch offfacility helps to conserve battery life.

The Model 952-370 is housed in a robust, ergonomically designed case that is environmentallyprotected to IP65. This product is ideal for use in field or any portable situation. Take care of yourpH probe by keeping it wet and not letting the probe dry out. Care should be taken with the glasssensor end which can be easily broken. Always keep the end cap on when not is use.

This will ensure years of life in your pH probe. The special flat pH probe is especially manufac-tured for PEL to a high standard. It is designed for the pH measurement of paper, textiles andother flat surfaces. It can also be used for liquids. Comes with temperature probe, carry case,instructions, 2AA batteries and pH 4, 7 and 10 buffered sachets.

Both meters are made in the UK under ISO/CE Certification Conditions.

BOTH METERS REQUIRE

952-1413B PH PROBE

�� Calibration & Electrode SolutionsThese dependable solutions are supplied in 500ml plastic bottles. If you are measuring in thealkaline range, use pH 10.01. For the acid range use pH 4.01.

Product Code Description Price952-7004 pH 4.01. Buffer pH solutions rated at 25ºC £9.25952-7007 pH 7.01. Buffer pH solutions rated at 25ºC £9.25952-7010 pH 10.01. Buffer pH solutions rated at 25ºC £9.25952-7071 Topping up solution £9.75952-7030 Storage solution £11.75

Product Code Description Price952-1413B Flat surface pH probe £79.95

Page 145: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

PEL-Caster Leafcasting Machine ��

145

Features are as follows…

� Large casting area for large and multiple paper infill repairs

� Siphonic action for optimum infill

� Powerful and quiet centrifugal water pump

� Top sprinkler box enables low velocity rapid fill

� Bottom fill enables safe increase in water level with document in place

� Combined top and bottom fill ability

� Separate water level adjustment facility for accurate fill levels

� Holding tank allows quick drain down facility for easy access

� Flush support grid ridge allows simple masking and sealing with no pulp leakage

� Internal vacuum with speed and timer control gives high quality results of leaf casting

� Low maintenance and easy cleaning

� Mobile rubber tyred casters with foot operated brake

� Operation Manual

� CE Approved

�� Mastercast Leafcasting MachineThis new leaf casting machine has been developed by PEL after years of experience in designing and marketing leaf casting andpaper infill machines for paper conservators. It incorporates a number of new design features, which when combined with itslarge casting area offer the conservators much more than any other leaf casting machine.

The PEL caster trials have already proved a superior quality of paper infill. The way it works is the machine consists of a castingtank and holding tank. Water is pumped into the casting tank first from the holding tank, housed below the casting area. Pulp isthen mixed with the water in the casting tank containing the paper to be infilled. During the casting process, the pulp is removedfrom the water through the openings of the document being repaired and is held in place by a filter mesh placed below the dam-aged paper.

Normally available from stock due to the fact they are manufactured in a quantity to enable us to offer this high specificationmachine at such a low price. Other suppliers have them made to order, are more expensive, and have long delivery times. Comescomplete with operating manual, please note that to operate this machine requires some experience of paper infill and leaf casting knowledge is recommended.

Pictures show work before paper infill repair and the finished quality.

Product Code: 0906-7080 £4275.00Casting Area 760mm x 690mmDimensions 900mm x 760mm x 1000mm highWater Tank 15 gallons (67.5 litres)Power Supply 240 volt 13 amp 50 HzWater Pump 370wVacuum 1000wWater Flow 40 litres per minuteWeight 90kg

Before

After

Cleaning is made easy, the casting screen is removable as is the internal holding tank and pipe work can be removed for clean-ing. Casting sink has integral “shoulder” to enable easy sealing of the casting screen membrane. Vacuum unit can be manually ortimer controlled. Vacuum power is adjustable. Controls enable a selection of either top fill through sprinkler bar, bottom fill or bothtogether. This feature allows simple water level adjustment prior to casting.

Page 146: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 146

�� Pulp BlenderThis tough no nonsense blender is ideal for paper pulp and isan essential accessory for leaf casting machines. Make yourown pulp from prepared pulp or off-cuts of paper and board.The tough glass goblet allows you to view the pulp duringblending, most useful when colouring or using off-cuts. It has3 speeds; 1 for normal work and 2 for really fine pulp. The multi position easy fix one litre glass goblet can even bepositioned for left or right hand use. Within the jug lid is a special measuring device, whilst the heavy chrome base and non-slip feet ensure stability in use. As for cleaning, it couldn’t be simpler. The tough glass goblet and blade aredishwasher proof and both come apart for easy cleaning.

Product Code: P805-3901 £45.00Power Supply 230 voltPower Consumption 550 wattCapacity 1.5 litreDimensions 405mm H x 210mm D

�� PEL Cold Suction Table (Low Budget)PEL’s experience in supplying cold suction tables has enabled us to develop a system that is high quality and capable of performing to the demands of conservators who have limited budgets. Manufactured completely in stainless steel to allow (with the correct vacuum system)solvents to be used. The perforated top, which is loose, enables thorough cleaning inside thetable and the vacuum airways. The support stand (also stainless steel) is designed for the vacuum system to be located underneath and is available separately. The suction table can beused on a workbench or the support stand. The working height with the support stand is960mm. Perforations are 1.5mm holes of 2.6mm pitch 30% open area.

Cold suction tables are used for stain removal, spot cleaning, relaxing, parchment treatment,removing creases and cockling, spot leaf casting and other conservation work. Comes with 2metres of hose and tee piece (extra length of hose is available). For optimum drying, remove onehose, this will allow cross airflow below the object instead of totally pulling through it, especiallyuseful in treating textiles and parchment. Various vacuum systems are available, such as our variable wet and dry vacuum, for solvents you will require a suitable system, alternatively you mayalready have an existing system. If you require information on the vacuum systems we supply,please contact customer service. Caution wet and dry vacuums must not be used with solvents.

Product Code Description wt Price0107-8060 Stainless Steel Suction Table 18kg £595.00

800 x 600 x 60mm0107-8600 Support Stand 9kg £187.25

780 x 580 x 900mm0107-8063 Humidity Dome £345.00

�� PEL Cold Suction Table (Low Budget)

�� A. Flymesh NettingIdeal for drying shelves and supporting textiles and paper in washing, makes a protective gridwhile vacuum cleaning delicate textiles.

Product Code size Price805-7110 1220mm x 10m Roll £52.90

�� B. Capillary Matting 8204This material is well known as a media for the humidification process, when wetted has theadvantage of a more uniform humidification to reduce the risk of liquid penetration when usedwith Gore-Tex or Sympatex.Can also be used as a reusable blotter, support when spraying or drying. Is also used in leafcasting as a drying support and to take away excess water in the machine.

Product Code size Price986-8204 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 5m Roll £20.20986-8204-50 160g/m2 5mm thick. 915mm x 50m Roll £152.90

C.

B.A.

�� C. Sympatex (alternative to Gore-Tex®)This material is moisture permeable. Used for humidification, allowing humidity to reach theobject without wetting. Offers easy and inexpensive techniques for the humidification method inremoval of residual adhesives, old linings and stains from water sensitive objects.

Product Code size Price986-0360 1500mm x 10m Roll £156.80

Page 147: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Conservation Materials ��

147

�� SaatifilSaatifil is now available in 2 grades, 492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf castingand paper infill machines. 492-12050 is 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables.

492-12041 is 100% polyester fabric used in leaf casting and paper infill machines (see PEL-Caster). It can also be used for backing, interleaving, as a support for parchment during repairand other conservation tasks. Makes a fine drying support, the material has a slick surfacewhich prevents sticking, especially useful when using wet pulp. It is soft, drapable close weavematerial, with air permeable 120 micron mesh opening (41%) 51gsm.

492-12050 100% polypropylene, ideal for vacuum tables, allows good air flow with a smoothsurface. An excellent support material for drying shelves, does not stretch or sag. Also used overfragile textiles and soft furnishings when being vacuumed to prevent loose threads leaving the fabric, yet allowing dirt and dust to be removed. When using this extra wide material on vacuum tables it provides full support to delicate works of art. Also prevents the vacuum tableholes leaving impressions on the item during treatment. The material has a mesh opening of 50micron and a weight of 180gsm. Price Per Roll

�� Paper Pulp for Leaf Casting & Paper InfillPEL have researched together with a well known private handmade paper mill, paper pulp touse in paper infill and leaf casting. This carefully designed, archival quality range of dry pulpboards is available in four colours and is ideal for our leaf casting machines.

The boards are produced from a blend of beaten hemp and cotton fibres. Using a liquidiser (seeproduct 805-3900, our Pulp Blender) the boards are easily made into paper pulp by simplyadding to water. The paper pulp boards are already buffered with magnesium carbonate to givea pH in the range 7.5 to 8.3 and contain CMC in the correct papermaking proportions.

Unlike beaten pulp supplied in a wet form, which must be used quickly because it does notkeep, these boards are stored without worry of deterioration and are ready to use straight fromthe pack. Virgin pulp or unbeaten pulp in the form of linters is not easy to prepare and frequentlydoes not give the desired result, this pulp has already been beaten and is much simpler to use.

The boards are available in four colours, soft white, soft yellow, grey and soft brown. The different colours can be mixed to allow the matching shade on paper infill without the use ofdye additives.

To allow you to establish which colour suits your requirements we can provide a sample packof at least two boards of each colour, product code 682-0008.

Please note 1 kg is approximately 10 boards may be 9 or 11 since the weight of a board varies.

Product Code Description size Price492-12041 Saatifil 100% Polyester 1070mm x 5m £102.60492-12050 Saatifil 100% Polypropylene 2370mm x 3m £215.00

Product Code Description size Price682-0008 Sample Pack 640mm x 500mm £56.75 per 1kg682-00WH Soft White 640mm x 500mm £56.75 per 1kg682-00YL Soft Yellow 640mm x 500mm £56.75 per 1kg682-00BR Soft Brown 640mm x 500mm £56.75 per 1kg682-00GR Soft Grey 640mm x 500mm £56.75 per 1kg

Browse our website at:www.preservationequipment.com

Saatifil 492-12041

Saatifil 492-12050

Paper Pulp for Leaf Casting & Paper Infill as shown below.

�� Wool Felt (not shown)The best and finest quality 100% wool felt available today. This excellent wool felt surpasses allother drying media and proves to be the most reliable when high standards are required. A trulytop quality paper makers felt, ideal for our MasterPulp Paper Infill Machine.

Product Code size qty Price986-2410 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 10m roll £171.00986-2405 975mm wide x 3.4mm thick 5m roll £94.00

�� Sympatex (not shown)This material is moisture permeable. Used for humidification, allowing humidity to reach theobject without wetting. Offers easy and inexpensive techniques for the humidification method inremoval of residual adhesives, old linings and stains from water sensitive objects.

Product Code size Price986-0360 1500mm x 10m Roll £156.80

�� Reemay®Acid-free, random-spunbonded 100% polyester, available in three thicknesses in rolls. Reemayhas proved over many years to be a strong inert material for preservation and conservationmethods. Retains its physical properties when wet and is dimensionally stable during humiditychanges. As with Holytex it’s used in paper infill, a drying support media, lining, interleaving,backing, it can be used over and over again withstanding being laundered. More fibrous than Holytex, which is reflected in the price, because Holytex is cullendered for longer in manufacture.

Product Code size wt thickness Price492-2250 1219mm x 25m 17gsm 0.13mm £10.65 Roll492-2014 1498mm x 25m 34gsm 0.28mm £35.25 Roll492-2024 1041mm x 25m 71gsm 0.30mm £28.40 Roll

�� Multisorb Blotting PaperThis is the best paper for pressing and drying during conservation, especially leaf casting andpaper infill. It will take 2.5 times its own weight in water. With its extra strong wet strength, thesheets can be used and dried many times. Although good for Herbarium conservation, it is notrecommended for permanent interleaving or mounting.

Product Code sheets size gsm Price682-3020A 25 750mm x 680mm 300gsm £39.85682-3020 100 750mm x 680mm 300gsm £151.85

�� PEL Blotting PaperAcid-free, wood-free slightly textured to give high bulk and absorbency. The pH is close to 7.

Product Code size base wt qty Price535-1000 860mm x 610mm (33.85” x 24”) 300gsm 100 £54.95535-1048 1220mm x 860mm (48” x 33.85”) 300gsm 50 £59.95

Page 148: Catalog PEL 2010

148

�� PEL Anoxia Disinfestation System

�� Anoxia Disinfestation SystemPEL with EXPM offer anoxia disinfestation chamber for pestcontrol in works of art in archives, museums and libraries.The EXPM anoxia treatment system has been used to eradicatepest infestation in books, documents, artefacts and othermaterials since 1997.

The chamber is rectangular with a volume of six cubicmetres, manufactured from stainless steel, the structure isreinforced with carbon steel sections. The hinged door allowsfull access, there is a small ramp for wheeling in the shelvedtrolleys containing items for disinfestation.

The anoxia chamber eliminates insects no matter what theirstage of development, using an ecological, non-toxic process.The process does not employ toxic or chemically aggressiveproducts or high temperatures. Therefore, no damage or accu-mulation of substances in the treated material, allowing themto be handled immediately following treatment.

Display readings from within the chamber provide up-to-dateinformation on the major parameters of the workings of thesystem. Temperature, relative humidity and pressure sensorsare located inside the chamber, the oxygen content controlsystem comprises a small circulating pump that feeds the oxygen analyser. The readings of these parameters are transmitted to a small central computer which receivesand analyses them, controlling the working of a system of electromagnetic valves that in turn control the pneumaticvalves of the control and safety systems.

The objects remain in the chamber from 3 to 4 weeks tocomplete the treatment. During the treatment period theparameters are set to achieve insect eradication withoutresidues or interference of the artefacts.

The holding trolley kit is availing for inserting stacked itemssuch as books, the kit contains 4 holding trolleys and makesremoval simple and easy.

For health and safety we strongly recommend lack of oxygendetection equipment.

We can offer installation and set up of the chamber togetherwith ancillary equipment and training for personnel that are to use the equipment. We also offer a maintenanceagreement which is undertaken by specialized technical personnel. Please contact customer services for costs.

Delivery and crating at cost.

�� Holding Trolley KitThe kit contains 4 units, each holding trolley is made from stainless steel fitted with 4 rotating rubber-tyre castors, one fixedshelf of 2mm stainless steel sheet and 4 removable perforated 2mm sheet steel measuring 1500mm x 390mm x 40mm sand-blasted and finished with chemical resistant coating.

�� Lack of oxygen safety detection systemWe recommend the working chamber room is protected by a warning light and buzzer system fitted to the entrance to the room.The safety warning system has a single-channel controller with a digital display indicating low oxygen inside the chamber.

Product Code 107-7000 £P.O.A.Power supply 380v (three-phrase)External dimensions 1937 x 1470 x 1920mm (depth x width x height)Weight 3500kgAir compressor 800 x 500 x 700mmElectrical switchboard 300 x 800 x 1000mmInstrumentation and control cabinet 300 x 800 x 1000mmNitrogen distribution centre for 2 x 2 bottles 300 x 1100 x 2000mm

Product Code 107-7004 £P.O.A.External dimensions 1500mm long x 1600mm high x 400mm wide

Product Code 107-7005 £P.O.A.

For online buying visit our websitewww.preservationequipment.com

Page 149: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 149

�� Thermocutterwith Control Station. This model

is designed for constant use with fine adjustment control. The cutting hand tool is much

lighter weight and does not become hot. If you continuously use the Thermocutterthen this model should be the one tochoose. Extra safety features include low voltage output.

�� 020-PZTS-20The Thermocutter with electrically heated blade

is designed for cutting Plastazote® Ethafoam® and Polystyrene. It will also cut other types of foam and

plastic materials easily and effortlessly. This tool will make professional display supports, shipping cavity trays and storage

protection that fits artifacts and specimens. Its slim handle with spring-loaded on-off switch allows precise cutting in areas of limited

access. Operating temperature is adjustable by a small fingertip control adjusting the blade to heat instantly to the correct working temperature and speed of cut. It can cut

through foam (like butter) up to 5" (130mm) thick. To change blades simply loosen two thumb screws andinsert another blade. A variety of blades are available for specific tasks and shaping of foam.

A variety of blades are available for specific tasks and shaping of foam. Blades are easily fitted by simply loosening two thumb screws. Deciding on which type of blade to choose depends on the shape of cut and the material being used. For example, the PDT50 allows vertical cuts and the larger plate guides the blade in a straight line. PT015/06 is good for a chopping action, or cutting small pieces of foam. The PT2 bladeshave a cutting edge on both sides, allowing cutting back and forth. You should choose the length of blade to suit the thickness of foam, this will prevent overheating on continuous work. The PT150 wire blade (bestselling blade) can be shaped to the contour of a particular shape.

PT 01 (6mm)

PT 04 (15mm)PT 013/45 (45mm)PT 08/50 (50mm)

PT 3/15 (15mm)PT 3/30 (30mm)PT 3/50 (50mm)

PT 06 (10mm)

PT 2/50 (50mm)PT 2/100 (100mm)PT 2/150 (150mm)

PT 015/06 (35mm)

PT 012/06 (35mm)PDT 50 (15mm)PDT 150 (150mm)

� PT 150� PT 151 (110mm)

Double Sided

PT 011/06 (10mm)

PT 11/15 (15mm) PT 05 (40mm)

Product Code: 805-5000 £695.00Power Supply 230 VoltDimensions 190W x 205H x 300mm LWeight 11.5 kg

Blades (for both types of thermocutter) Price020-PT01 6mm Blade £6.95020-PT011/06 10mm Blade £6.95020-PT012/06 35mm Blade £7.70020-PT015/06 35mm Blade £6.95020-PT013/45 45mm Blade £10.50020-PT04 15mm Blade £6.95020-PT05 40mm Blade £6.95020-PT06 10mm Blade £6.15020-PT08/50 50mm Blade £10.50020-PT11/15 15mm Blade £5.20020-PT150 Set of Arms for wire cutters £27.50020-PT151 Wire cutters 110mm Pk of 10 £18.75020-PT2/50 Dble Sided Blade 50mm £5.95020-PT2/100 Dble Sided Blade 100mm £5.60020-PT2/150 Dble Sided Blade 150mm £5.75020-PT3/15 15mm Blade £4.55020-PT3/30 30mm Blade £4.55020-PT3/50 50mm Blade £4.55020-PDT50 50mm Blade £10.50020-PDT150 150mm Blade £19.20

Product Code: 020-PZTS-20 £149.95Power Supply 230 & 110 VoltPower Consumption 120 WattWeight 1 Kg

We supply museum quality foam in black and white 2mm to 290mm thickness with lamination in 2m x 1m sheets.

Please note, will get warm when in use

Foam Cutter Thermocutter ��

Page 150: Catalog PEL 2010

�� B. Parts Counting ScalesThese precision weighing/counting balances are Ni-Cad battery powered and are ideal for multiple applications in simple weighingor parts counting. The impact-resistant ABS case has a heavy steel base plate with adjustable feet. The weighing pan is dishedand of stainless steel. A touch type membrane keypad has graphic pictograms, numeric formatted keys and three 25mm LCD displays for total weight, individual part/s weight and quantity of calculated parts.

Portable – handholds for easy transportation, stay-on weighing pan and shipping lock to protect the load cell, 3 Window, backlitLCD screen, Fast display update under 2 seconds, Large, dedicated tare and sample keys, Accumulation function for weightsand parts count, User-programmable parts checking made with high/low settings and audible buzzer, Auto-optimisation recalculates the average parts weight constantly for enhanced counting accuracy, 120 hours battery life with low battery indicator, AC/DC adaptor and internal rechargeable battery with auto timed shut-off.

Supplied with full instructions, protective cover, rechargeable battery and AC/DC power adaptor.

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 150

Product Code Description Price807-310 300g x 0.01g Precision Balance £135.00807-600CAL Calibration Certificate £65.00807-310F/1 F1 200g Calibration Weight £41.70807-7000 AC/DC Power Adaptor £12.95

�� C. Digital Weighing ScalesPortable electronic weighing scales, these low cost units areavailable in 2 or 5 kilo models. An overload protection facilityis incorporated to protect the load cell from being damaged.Tare facility is featured which is effective over the full range,allowing the user to place a container on the scales, pressTare and then weigh only the contents placed in the container. A hi-frequency sonic beep is sounded when the target weight is achieved. A switch to select grammes orounces measuring range. Requires a PP3 9 volt battery orAC/DC power adaptor.

Product Code 807-3002Price £37.55Capacity 2 KiloResolution 1 gram/0.1ozAccuracy +/- 3g /0.2ozDimensions 210x150x40mmWeight 309g

Product Code Power Adapters Price807-7000 AC Adapter UK Type £12.95

�� D.Compact Weighing ScalesThese modern, portable, large capacity scales have high accuracy, memory & parts counting functions and are suppliedwith a weighing bowl and calibration weight. They are ideal for general purpose weighing in laboratory environments, con-servation and other applications requiring reliable precision.

Weight in g, oz, troy ounce (oz t), pennyweight (dwt), Impact-resistant ABS case with stainless steel pan, non-slip rubberfeet and removable lid, 23mm backlit LCD display with func-tion indicators, Tare facility, Memory function to store and totalreadings, Parts counting from 5, 10, 20 or 50 sample pieces,Plus/minus weighing, Overload warning display “EEEE”, Autopower off after 40 seconds of no activity, Low battery warning,Battery powered or by 50mA AC/DC power adaptor Supplied withweighing bowl, pan cover 2 x 200g calibration weights, power adaptor and batteries.

Product Code Description Price807-6100 1000g Compact Scale £49.50807-600CAL Calibration Certificate £65.00

Range 1000gResolution 0.1gAccuracy ±0.02gPower 4 x 1.5V AAA batteries or 50mA

AC/DC power adaptorDimensions 180 x 140 x 40mm (130mm Ø pan)Weight 507g

Product Code 807-4003 807-4006 807-4015 807-4030Price £281.85 £281.85 £281.85 £281.85Capacity 3kg 6kg 15kg 30kgResolution 0.1g 0.2g 0.5g 0.5gAccuracy ±0.1g ±0.2g ±0.5g ±0.5gMin rec pts wt 0.01g 0.02g 0.05g 0.10gPower Internal rechargeable battery with AC adaptorPan Size 300 x 230mmDimensions 310 x 115 x 340mmWeight 4.2kg

�� A. High Accuracy BalanceThe precision weighing balance housed in an impact resistant ABS case with stainless steel weighing pan, draft shield, splashproofmembrane keypad, levelling bubble and adjustable feet. The balance can be either mains or battery powered for portability.

• Weight in g, lb, oz, ct • Impact-resistant ABS case with adjustable feet • Splash-proof membrane keypad incorporating 5 function keys • 115cm Ø stainless steel weighing pan • Protective drip tray • 26mm high contrast backlit LCD display• The tare facility over the full range can be actioned several times throughout a weighing cycle • Zero tracking ensures stableand repeatable readings • Parts counting from 10, 20, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250 or 500 sample pieces • Plus/minus weighing• Overload protection to 100% over capacity • Error indication • Auto power off after 30 minutes & low battery indication(when used with battery) • User calibration checks with OIML Class F1 200g calibration weight (required separately)• Optional AC/DC mains power adaptor (required separately) • Supplied with draft shield, battery & user guide

Range 0 to 300gResolution 0.01gAccuracy ±0.01gMin pcs wt 0.01gPower 9V PP3 battery (supplied), or AC/DC mains adaptor (required separately)Dimensions 255 x 200 x 70mm (unit), 175 x 155 x 87mm (draft shield)Weight 1.5kg

B.

C.

A.

�� Balances

D.

Page 151: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Roll Dispensers ��

151

�� Tower RacksTower Racks are sturdily constructed of tubular steel with a strong steel base. The two tier, free standing unit is for use on countertop, while the three and four tier versions are designed primarily for free standing use. Tower Racks occupy a minimum of space while providing convenience in roll loading, dispensing and cutting. Paper and film rolls (maximum of 227mm diameter) in various widths, weights, and thicknesses can be dispensed. Hub adapters (available separately) allow varying roll widths to bemounted on a single dowel. Two rolls of material can be fed through a single blade. Heavy duty casters can be added to providecomplete mobility. Grey baked enamel finish. Ship in one carton. Assembly required. Price each.

Product Code Description Width wt Price959-T367R48 2 Tier Tower 48” (1219mm) 12.27kg £225.70959-T368R36 3 Tier Tower 36” (915mm) 12.50kg £214.55959-T368R48 3 Tier Tower 48” (1219mm) 13.64kg £312.90959-T369R36 4 Tier Tower 36” (915mm) 14.09kg £299.50959-T369R48 4 Tier Tower 48” (1219mm) 15.45kg £412.000959-397 set of four casters - 1.59kg £73.85959-1156 pair of hub adapters - 0.23kg £22.95

Product Code Description Width wt Price959-MD30 Metal Dowel 30” (762mm) 545g £10.75959-MD36 Metal Dowel 36” (915mm) 636g £12.20959-MD48 Metal Dowel 48” (1219mm) 910g £15.50

For added strength and stability, replacewooden dowels withmetal dowels listedbelow. We stronglyadvise you use metal dowels.

�� Wall Rack Dispensers/Cuttersare designed to be convenient space savers. Available in both three and four tiers, these units provide maximum flexibility andconvenience in roll loading, dispensing and cutting. Constructed of heavy duty materials to assure a long, useful life, each unitassembles and mounts easily. Each rack occupies just 305mm of depth from wall surface to the leading edge of a 227mm diameter paper roll. They incorporate regular, spring-loaded smooth blades with locking devices for easy roll changes. Attractivebaked grey enamel finish. Ship in two cartons. Assembly required. Price each.

Product Code Description Height Width wt Price959-T29230 3 Tier Wall Tower 39” (990mm) 30” (762mm) 8.32kg £192.45959-T29236 3 Tier Wall Tower 39” (990mm) 36” (915mm) 9.09kg £210.85959-T29324 4 Tier Wall Tower 51” (1295mm) 24” (610mm) 8.86kg £217.60959-T29327 4 Tier Wall Tower 51” (1295mm) 27” (686mm) 9.55kg £229.00959-T29330 4 Tier Wall Tower 51” (1295mm) 30” (762mm) 10.91kg £239.25959-T29336 4 Tier Wall Tower 51” (1295mm) 36” (915mm) 12.27kg £270.75

�� Single Roll Rack Dispensers/Cuttersprovide years of maintenance-free operation. Dispenses light to heavy papers and films smoothly, and cuts easily, using eitherside of the double edged, spring-loaded smooth blade. Comes equipped with a wooden dowel, dowel holders and knife armswhich lock into open position for easy roll changes. Rugged, all steel units have grey baked enamel finish. Rubber feet protectsurfaces. Mounts on wall, counter top or under counter. Holds up to 227mm diameter roll. Ship assembled. Price each.

Product Code Description Width wt Price959-A52036 Single Roll Rack 36” (915mm) 3.00kg £78.75959-A52048 Single Roll Rack 48” (1219mm) 4.32kg £100.25

Grey Baked Enamel Finish

�� Roll Storage TrolleyThis roll storage trolley is a safe and convenient mobile storage system which holds up to 12 rolls of materials. It fits through standard doors 36” (914mm) houlds up to 363 kilos and will take cores of 2” and 3” (51mm and 76mm).

Conservators will find the trolley useful for keeping conservation materials organised and handy.

Product Code Description Price959-0012 Roll Storage Trolley £205.00

Page 152: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 152

�� Conservation Products

�� B. Cotton SwabsThese swabs derive their high absorbency from the wrapped100% cotton bud. The long wood handle makes them ideal forcleaning delicate items, absorbing and applying various solutions.

Product Code qty Price870-7006 pack of 50 £17.95

�� A. Foam Covered Cotton SwabsFoam head moulded around a cotton bud core on a long handle, these are best used where the cotton linting causes aproblem. The polyurethane foam encapsulates the cotton budand makes a high absorbing swab.

A.

B.

�� Solvent DispensersThese top quality solvent dispensers are an economical andconvenient means of complying with COSHH and Health &Safety regulations. The pump/seal mechanism ensures thatthe contents are not contaminated by the dispensed solventdripping back into the bottle. Designed to ensure the minimumevaporation of dangerous solvent fumes. A precision valvekeeps the solvent sealed from the atmosphere. Depressingthe dish-dispenser delivers a measured dose for use with aswab, yet keeps the bottle contents sealed should the bottlebe knocked over.

�� Pure TouchProtects against cross-contamination by preventing fluid,once pumped into the stainless steel dish, from returning into the dispenser, all-the-while, reducing fumes, odour andevaporation.

Product Code Price984-3512 120ml Bottle £11.95984-3514 180ml Bottle £11.95

Product Code Price984-0612 120ml Bottle £10.60984-0150 180ml Bottle £10.97984-0200 240ml Bottle £11.35

One-Touch Standard Pump

Pure Touch Pump

�� Plastic SyringesFor both manual and pneumatic usage. The kit contains one6cc and one 35cc syringe and 6 tips, which are also availablein packs of 10 tips of a style/size. These dispensing syringesare ideal for small or large applications of adhesives, pastes,resins and many other materials. The barrels are translucentfor visibility of material level, all the components are chemicalresistant.

Product Code inside dia. style pack qty Price870-1001 0.160mm blunt tip pack of 10 £16.25870-1002 0.254mm blunt tip pack of 10 £6.70870-1003 0.137mm flex tip pack of 10 £25.65870-1004 0.033mm flex tip pack of 10 £30.85870-1005 0.041mm clear taper pack of 10 £13.50870-1006 0.041mm max. flow pack of 10 £6.70

Product Code description Price870-1000 complete kit £13.95

�� Kuramata (Dahlia Sprayer)This classic Japanese Sprayer creates a consistent fine mistfrom a variety of liquids. Manufactured from chrome platedsolid brass, this rugged unit won’t rust or pit. Simply fill thesprayer with liquid of choice and pressurise manually with thehand pump. The simple but effective technology produces afine, even mist without drops or spatters. Once pressurised,the unit can dispense up to 100ml of liquid with the push ofa lever. You will wonder how you ever got along without theindispensable conservation tool.Price each.

Product Code wt capacity Price996-7000 427g 400cc £122.00996-7100 800g 1000cc £174.00

Product Code qty Price870-7005 pack of 200 £7.95

1004

1001

10051002

1006

1003

No Spills No Fumes

Page 153: Catalog PEL 2010

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Weights Conservation ��

153

�� Weight Bags from PELPEL weight bags are a much improved product designed and researched by PEL with added features:

• Loose washable/replaceable calico bag covers using Velcro to secure the internal weight bag.• Internal waterproof weight bag can be used without the loose calico cover. Ideal when weighing

down wet repairs.

When the weight bag becomes soiled/dirty simply wash the cover or replace with a new one. The filling is galvanized steel balls that are double sealed inside polyethylene tubing and finally covered with a calico bag.

They have the feel of a heavy beanbag being soft and weighty giving surface protection while holding downcurling charts, maps, posters and prints.

Paper Conservators are using them to hold down papers during Conservation especially when digitising andcamera work. No doubt other uses will be found for the PEL weight bags.

Product Code approx size approx wt Price969-0022 55mm x 80mm 225g (0.5lb) £5.95969-0044 55mm x 140mm 450g (1lb) £6.95969-0088 55mm x 260mm 900g (2lb) £8.95

Spare outer loose calico covers with velcro fasteningProduct Code size Price969-0020 55mm x 80mm £1.95969-0040 55mm x 140mm £2.20969-0080 55mm x 260mm £2.40

�� Snake WeightsWeighted fabric snake weights allow the pages of books tobe held open for display and research. The snakes can beused to hold down curled charts and single sheets of paper.Can be used with our Norfolk Sofa, Book Pillows & BookCradles. Available in 3 lengths in pairs for small, medium andlarge books. Easily cut down to exact size for a special display

Product Code length wt Price426-5000 500mm 200g £5.95 per pair426-5100 1000mm 400g £8.95 per pair426-5150 1500mm 600g £11.95 per pair

Product Code Description Thickness Wt Price426-0090 90mm dia. 20mm 254g £14.95426-0070 70mm dia. 20mm 155g £13.25

www.preservationequipment.com

�� Glass WeightsMade from laminated safety 6.4mm glass. PaperConservators find these weights useful during conservationrepairs and paper infill. The edges are polished smooth pro-tecting the user and paper under the extremely flat evensurface. The weights can also be used on charts that havebeen rolled to hold down curled edges, allows research withfull visibility. No doubt other uses will be found for theseglass weights, please let us know how you use them.

Product Code size Price426-3030 300mm x 300mm x 6.4mm £11.95

�� Glass WeightsThese glass paper weights have been recommendedto PEL by a leading paper conservator who uses themon wet repairs. Other advantages are that they are lessexpensive, clear and are of good quality.Price per pack of 4.

Page 154: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com154

�� Conservation Gloves

�� Latex Gloves (not shown)These high quality powder free latex gloves are ambidextrousand have the high sensitivity required when handling itemsthat require feel. They are also ideal for handling wet items inconservation procedures. Price per package of 100 gloves.

Product Code size Price837-0001 small £10.95837-0002 medium £10.95837-0003 large £10.95

�� Sure Grip Inspection GlovesHandle objects with the confidence provided by Sure GripInspection Gloves. Thousands of tiny nodules cover the palmsand digits of these heavy duty cotton gloves for a firm grasp,while protecting the object from the damaging chemicals inbody oils. Gloves are available in small, medium, large.Price per dozen pair.

Product Code Description wt Price948-101S small 364g £16.95948-101M medium 364g £16.95948-101L large 410g £16.95948-101XL extra large 455g £16.95

�� A. White Cotton GlovesMuch of the damage to photographs and negatives is causedduring handling by the chemical reactions of the body oils infingerprints with the image during the handling process.These pure, lightweight white washable cotton gloves willprotect your photographs, negatives, microfiche, microfilmand artwork from fingerprint oils, dirt and chemicals.Available in medium and large size. Price per dozen pair.

Product Code Description Price837-717M Medium White £8.75837-717L Large White £8.75837-717XL Extra Large White £8.75

�� PEL Finger Grip GlovesThese gloves are used for fine delicate manipulation as wellas handling valuable works of art with confidence. It is likehaving a finger grip on each finger and thumb and providingprotection for finger ends. Record offices find the gloves idealfor sorting papers and book pages, protecting the documentsfrom body oils and fingerprints. The gloves are made fromwhite nylon and the fingertips are polyurethane. Each glove isambidextrous and available in four sizes. Price per 10 pairs.

Product Code Description Price837-100S small £16.95837-100M medium £16.95837-100L large £16.95837-100XL extra large £16.95

�� Purple Nitrile GlovesThe unique purple colour provides quick visual differentiationfrom natural rubber latex and other synthetic gloves. Texturedfingertips increases wet and dry grip, the design enhancescomfort and fit. These natural rubber latex-free gloves have aprimary material acrylonitrile-butadiene reducing the potentialfor glove associated type 1 allergic reactions to natural rubberlatex proteins. Powder-free minimizing the potential for powderrelated complications such as irritant contact dermatitis. Betterchemical resistance than latex also stronger and suitable forpersons with latex allergy. The extra small could well be usedfor visits by schoolchildren.

Product Code Description Pack Price837-5200 X Small 100 gloves £14.80837-5201 Small 100 gloves £14.80837-5202 Medium 100 gloves £14.80837-5203 Large 100 gloves £14.80837-5204 Extra Large 100 gloves £14.80

�� B. Disposable GlovesThese disposable, copolymer gloves safeguard both yourhands and the materials you are handling. Gloves fit eitherhand, require no powder and come packed in a 100-glovedispenser. Price per 1000 gloves

Product Code Description Price837-2000 10 x 100 packs £7.95

A.

B.

Page 155: Catalog PEL 2010

A

B

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Products Cleaning ��

155

�� PEL Document Cleaning PowderPEL Document Cleaning Powder is manufactured to a highconservation standard set by years of experience in conser-vation supplies. The consistent white colour and particle sizeis designed and specially produced for sensitive cleaning ofsurface dirt and dust from historical paper. The soft powderlifts and absorbs the dirt, you will notice it working by thecolour change as the dirt is absorbed. Once the area is cleansimply brush the residue away. Comes in a container 180mmhigh x 70mm diameter with fine sprinkle holes, pouring slotand removable top.

Product Code Weight Price782-4000 150g £4.95

�� Sponge EraserThis foam sponge can be cut into small pieces and shapesfor effective, economical use. Dampen with clean water andrub gently against the surface to be cleaned. Remember thisis an eraser (not a sponge). The water is essential to thecleaning action as it helps the eraser to stick to the surface.The sponge weighs 2 grams and it is as light as a feather.

Wash under a running tap (do not squeeze) and let it dry outready for the next time. As is customary with professional conservators a discreet test is advised to ensure the spongeis suitable for the project. Price per pack of 5 sponges.

Product Code Approx. Size Weight Price961-3000 110 x 70 x 40mm 10g £4.75

�� Pre-lim Surface CleanerA gentle abrasive paste for non-scratch cleaning of metalsand many sensitive fine art surfaces. Pre-lim is widely usedin the professional restoration of arms, armour, sculpture,brass, copper exhibition cookware, ceramics and other conservation methods. To ensure cleaned surfaces especiallymetals remain clean and bright, protect them withRenaissance wax polish for a long lasting and visuallyenhancing finish. We recommend a discreet test is done toensure that Pre-lim is suitable for your specific project.

Product Code Weight Price638-0030 200ml £7.50

�� A. Renaissance WaxAll Purpose Cleaner/Polish

The finest cleaner/polish wax available, specified by muse-ums, art galleries and conservators throughout the world. Itwill gently lift the grime of antiquity and murky deposits ofother polishes, leaving surfaces delightful to see and touch.Renaissance Wax may be used on any solid surface includ-ing wood, metal, marble/onyx, shell, stone, ivory, plastics,leather and even paper. Its translucency allows unlimitedapplications and polish never stains or discolours. The hard-ness of the matured wax coating gives excellent protectionagainst normal spillages, finger marks, etc. The specialseamless aluminum 200ml. container insures wax will remainin perfect condition long after other polishes hardened andbecome useless. Price each.

Product Code Size Price638-0001 200ml £8.95638-0025 3 litre £50.10

�� B. Leather Preservative/RestorerFredelka Formula

University Products’ Leather Preserver/Restorer is a uniqueproduct which has been thoroughly tested and proven to giveoutstanding results on fine leather bindings. Easily appliedrich cream penetrates deeply into leather to produce a scuffresistant surface with a rich patina to rejuvenate, restore andpreserve. A compound of animal and other nondrying oils, it contains no flammable or volatile components. Chemicallyneutral with defensive buffers to guard against external pollutants. Fredelka Formula will not leave an oily or stickyfinish on books. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price532-0875 225g 273g £19.55

�� Smoke SpongesThese dry cleaning sponges are made from vulcanised natural rubber. The sponge lifts away dust, dirt, soot and lintfrom any dry surface. The open cells absorb the soot into thesponge.

To clean the sponges you can wash them in cold water witha little soap. Let them air dry well before reuse. Widely usedfor clean-up following fire damage, the cleaning applicationsfor these versatile sponges continue to grow. They are a mustfor your "Disaster Plan Kit". Price each.

Product Code Size Wt Price961-1000 76 x 152 x 45mm 182g £2.95961-1002 76 x 152 x 22mm 91g £1.95

�� AbsorenePaper and book cleaner, Absorene is a unique approach tocleaning prints, maps, books, manuscripts, paintings andtapestries. This dry cleaner works like an eraser. Simply wipethe surface in one direction. Absorbs dirt, dust or smoke filmfrom most papers while it cleans. Easy to use instructionsincluded. Absorene is the original dry cleaner that works likean eraser by drawing dust and dirt from surfaces

Product Code Wt Price001-1500 11oz (312g) £3.95

�� Foam EraserSmooth touch foam eraser suitable for even the thinnest ofpapers. Paper Conservators are also grinding these erasersdown into small particles to make draft cleaning powder.

The new Foam formula provides great clean erasing powerwith minimal pressure. Eraser dust sticks together makingclean up easy. Price pack 10 erasers

Product Code size Price961-7000 45mm x 20mm x 5mm £6.40

Page 156: Catalog PEL 2010

CMP-1

MC-45

688-AK1

688-9031

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 156

�� Conservation Tools�� Conservation Tools

�� Utility PliersNo conservators' tool box should be without utility pliers. Handle small, delicate items with easeand confidence. Lap joint construction assures consistent alignment during use. High polishedtempered steel assures durability while the insulated handles provide comfort and control. Theextra long needle nose pliers have flat jaws to prevent marking objects.

Product Code description wt Price729-7511 extra long needle nose 45g £5.95

�� Snap-Off Blade Utility KnifeThis sturdy and small utility knife features the unique snap-off blade system. Their superior safety, economy, and razor-sharp cutting performance make them ideal tools for thousands of applications. With the sharp, instantly renewable edge, they will quickly becomeyour favourite instruments for cutting papers, films, leathers, tapes, etc.

Product Code description wt Price688-9071 small utility knife 45g £3.40688-9281 replacement blades, 10 pack 45g £2.70

�� Self Closing TweezersSelf-closing, flat tips provide sufficient tension to hold larger materials firmly for positioning.165mm long, nickel-plated steel. Price each.

Product Code description wt Price729-7338 self closing tweezers 45g £3.50

�� Bent Nose TweezersCurved flat pointed tip provides better view of work in sorting, assembling and positioning smallparts. 152mm long, nickel plated steel. Price each.

Product Code description wt Price729-7343 bent nose tweezers 45g £3.50

�� Pointed TweezersNeedle sharp points provide accurate control for sorting, probing and holding small items. Light tension facilitates delicate work. 125mm long, nickel-plated steel. Price each.

Product Code description wt Price729-7336 pointed tweezers 45g £2.95

�� OLFA ProductsCutting Mats have a semi-hard surface which gives protection to knife blades. The mat surface heals completely after each cut. Best quality available - beware of cheap imitations.

Product Code description Price688-9823 Green A3 (450mm x 320mm x 3mm thick) £16.80688-9822 Green A2 (620mm x 450mm x 3mm thick) £31.65688-9821 Green A1 (900mm x 620mm x 3mm thick) £65.22688-9876 No Grid. Green Extra Large (1000mm x 1500mm) £165.50688-9879 No Grid. Green Extra Large (1000mm x 2000mm) £218.00

Product Code description Price688-CMP-2 Circle Cutter cuts 70mm to 300mm diameter in plywood, £26.95

mountboard, leather, corrugated boards thick or thin.

688-9052 Spare Blades for OLF CMP-2 (pack of 10 snap off strips). £4.24688-CMP-1 Compass Cutter for circles of 10mm to 150mm diameter £6.35

in paper, films or leather.

688-COB-1 Spare Blades for OLF CMP-1 (pack of 15 blades). £2.70688-MC-45 Mat Cutter for perfect 45º bevels on mounting board. £15.60688-MCB-1 Spare Blades for OLF MC-45 (pack of 5 blades). £10.20688-9031 Heavy duty cutter with rubber grip. £6.27688-9052 Spare Blades for 688-90 (pack of 10 snap off blades). £4.24688-9651 Rotary cutter for cutting paper, board, cloth or leather in £12.95

any direction: backward, forward, straight or curved lines.

688-9452 Spare Blades for 688-9651. 45mm circular. £3.80688-AK1 Art-Knife complete with 5 spare blades £4.25688-KB Spare blades for 688-AK1 (pack of 25 blades) £3.40

CMP-2

Cutting Mat

688-9651RTY2/DX

Page 157: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Products Conservation ��

157

�� Genuine Bone FoldersThese real bone quality tools are extremely useful for makinga strong crease in paper, Mylar or other materials and as burnisher for tapes, press-on letters, etc. A must for book-binding and repair. Smooth bone, available in three styles. Price each.

Product Code style wt Price870-900B one end pointed 40g £2.65

the other rounded6” x 0.75” (152 x 19mm)

870-901B large, one end 50g £4.25pointed, the otherrounded 8” x 1” (204 x 22mm)

870-902B two rounded ends 50g £4.258” x 1” (204 x 22mm)

�� A. Small SpatulaThe ideal tool for lifting or slitting paper, applying paste to small areas and numerous other tasks, Metal: one endtapered, one rounded. Flexible, springy ends. Overall length8-1/4". Price each.

�� B. Heavy Duty SpatulaOur heavy duty stainless steel spatula proves to be an indis-pensable tool in book repair and conservation work. You’ll finda number of uses for this 7"L tool including paste or adhesiveapplication, corner lifting or burnishing (when applying repairtissues or tape). One end is smoothly tapered while the otheris a 3/8" flat spade tip. A handy tool you won’t want to be without. Price each.

Product Code length wt PriceA. 617-003 210mm 45g £3.10B. 936-0028 178mm 55g £3.50

�� Japanese StrainersBeautifully made from natural materials in Japan a high quality traditional item. Available in horsehair, 240mm (9.45”)diameter. They are used to strain paste, after cooking andespecially after storage and recooking. This removes anylumps and makes a very smooth paste.

Product Code Price996-7024 Horsehair £79.00

�� Bookbinder’s AwlSimple sharp tool has an extra sharp point to punch holes insignatures before sewing to assure all the holes will line up.Price each.

Product Code wt Price870-884 50g £3.50�� Book Sewing Needles

Package of 25 English needles of the finest grade steel.

Product Code wt Price870-886 35g £6.95

A

B

Product Code: 609-7000 PriceDimensions 540mm x 235mm £9.95

�� PTFE/Teflon SpatulaA new alternative to traditional bone folders. The non-stickPTFE makes them ideal for conservation, a tool everyone’sasking for. Used for separating paper layers, burnishing,creasing and book binding.

Product Code size Price870-9100 large (160 x 20 x 8mm) £11.20870-9101 medium (150 x 15 x 6mm) £9.95

�� Student Tool RollStudents starting a conservation training course are instruct-ed to have a basic tool kit. This tool roll has been designed for a variety of small tools. No doubt conservators will find it useful for site visits, or simply keeping tools tidy in the studio.We could not find an existing tool roll - so we have had themespecially made at a price students can afford. Various sizecompartments, zip pocket and roll tying tape. Tools shown are not included, but you can find them in this catalogue.

�� Teflon Delaminating ToolLooks just like a bone folder with the traditional thin pointedend. It is perfect for separating papers because the surfaceis the non-stick PTFE/Teflon. You will never use a bone folder again once you try this one!

Product Code size Price870-9103 160 x 20 x 8mm thin point end £11.50

�� Spatula MinaretteExtra fine steel retouching tool used in both objects and paperconservation treatments. The minarette is small, light and flexible enough to allow conservators to move small flakes ofpaint, push tiny fills or adhesive into small places, consolidatepigments, manipulate fine fibres and mix very small amountsof paint for in painting. Price each.

Product Code Price092-2221 £4.50

Page 158: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 158

�� A. Rectangle MagnifierThis Rectangular Magnifier is an efficiently shaped large area magnifier which effectively provides the viewing area of a 4" round magnifier; yet it is lighter and more compact. The 2"x 4" rectangular lens is made of optical glass and is shaped to conform to normal reading pat-terns. The handle design and balance make it easy to hold, even for extended periods of use.Price each.

Product Code power lens size wt Price610-N8850 2x 2” x 4” (50 x 103mm) 228g £22.70

�� B. Illuminating Coddington MagnifierA problem often encountered in using a high power magnifier is lack of sufficient light on theobject. The Illuminating Coddington Magnifier eliminates this. A flashlight bulb is inserted intothe groove of the Coddington lens and light is sent through the lens. In effect, the optical glasslens itself illuminates the object being examined. Uses two AA penlight batteries (not included).Price each.

Product Code power diopters lens size focal distance wt Price610-N8436 10x 40D 0.8” x 19.8mm 1” (25.4mm) 45g £38.78

�� C. Aspheric Magnifier (see page 159)The 5X power aspheric lenses used in this magnifier differ from conventional lenses of thesame power. They are especially made to provide users with a widened field of view and anundistorted edge-to-edge clarity and sharpness not possible with conventional lenses. Price each.

Product Code power diopters lens size focal distance wt Price610-N9126 5x 20D 1.375” x 35mm 2” (50mm) 45g £16.68

B

A

�� D. Watchmaker’s Loupes (see page 159)Lenses are made of optical glass. Rests comfortably in the eye socket.

Product Code power diopters lens size focal distance wt Price610-N8630 10x 40D 1” 1” (25.4mm) 45g £28.75

2x magnification

10x magnification

�� Magnifiers

�� Pocket MicroscopeThe majority of conventional fountain pen type simplified microscopes lack optical precision andbecause of their dark images are not practical. Our company has continued research and devel-opment for a small size, high performance and durable microscope that could be easily carriedin the pocket for use at all times. The outstanding features of this Pocket Microscope are verysharp resolving power throughout its field of view, unbelievably bright and light in weight.

To focus the microscope, hold it so that the notch at the tip of the acryl cylinder of the microscope will face towards you, place the center of the object lens right above the specimenand, while tilting the cylinder forward and backward with your eye on the eye-piece lens, fix thecylinder and observe at an angle which can give the sharpest image.

This pocket microscope has completely changed the concept of pocket microscopes which werepreviously more or less regarded as toys. It is a practical and convenient pocket microscope forthe professional in paper and textiles with amazing results. Conservators find the microscopeideal for looking at fibres. The 25x and 50x unit weight is only 12 grams, the 100x weighs 16grams, 12.4mm diameter, 127mm long. There are three models: one with 25x magnificationand 3.3mm field of view, one with 50x magnification and 2mm field of view, one with 100x magnification and 0.84mm field of view.

Product Code Description Dimension Price968-2001-025 25x Microscope 12.4ø x 127mm £53.45968-2001-050 50x Microscope 12.4ø x 127mm £74.85968-2001-100 100x Microscope 12.4ø x 127mm £110.10

Page 159: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Lamps & Magnifiers ��

159

C E

D

�� E. Hastings Triplet MagnifiersThe Hastings Triplet Magnifiers are highly corrected magnifiers that are Bausch & Lomb’sfinest. Three separate optical glass lenses, bonded together to form a compound lens, providesharp, very distinct magnified images - even under 10 power magnification. Lens sides arecoated black to block out all glare. The next step up in image quality to the Hastings Magnifieris a microscope. A swing-away nickel-plated case protects the lens and serves as a handle.Please note 610-N8784P is a chrome pocket magnifier, not shown.

Product Code power diopters lens size focal distance wt Price610-N8784 10x 40D 0.63” (15.8mm) 1” (25.4mm) 45g £56.99610-N8784P 10x – 0.63” (15.8mm) 1” (25.4mm) – £23.36

�� A. 30x Hand-Held Illuminated LightscopeFeatures two ABS plastic tubes that are pivotally connected at the snap joint near the bottom.One tube contains the illumination system while the other houses optics. A spring loaded on/offswitch activates the illuminator as the tubes are moved apart. Rack and pinion focus is adjust-ed by means of a thumb wheel. The magnifier provides a 4mm. field of view and requires two1.5 volt size batteries (not included). Each magnifier has an adjustable focus and built-in lightsource. Overall dimensions are 50mm x 22mm x 140mm high and comes with carrying case.Price each.

Product Code magnification wt Price968-6385 30x 0.91kg £33.50

�� B. 10x LoupeTwo separate plastic lenses are built into this economical, yet efficient, all purpose magnifyingloupe with 10X magnification.

�� C. 8x LoupeSpecifically designed for viewing an entire 35mm slide or negative frame, this 8X loupe has aclear base for shadowless illumination.

�� D. 8x Loupe with Holder/Puncher AccessoryThe same high quality 8X Loupe described above is also available with a convenient hold-er/puncher accessory. Attach the holder/puncher to the bottom of the loupe to check 35mmfilm and colour slides, then use the built in puncher to mark the negatives or slides you wishwith a “V” shape cut to the film’s perforation. Price each.

Product Code description weight PriceB. 886-2032 10x Loupe 18g £10.50C. 886-2018 8x Loupe 52g £48.25D. 886-2018WPH Holder/Puncher 13g £16.75

�� E. Linen TesterThis convenient, fold away linen tester features a strong 7X single lens for superior inspectioncapabilities of all types of materials. Linen Tester has a 1" base and is constructed of black aluminum. Price each.

Product Code wt Price886-1006 45g £19.95

A

B

C

E

�� Binocular MagnifierThe precision binocular magnifier that leaves both hands free. Lightweight and comfortable in usedesigned for conservators who require to see minute detail clearly.

The high quality glass lenses are ground and polished to exacting standards. Three easily interchangeable lens plates with magnification from 2x to 3.5x are available and can be purchasedseparately. They can be worn over normal spectacles and tilt upwards when not in use. The binoculars come with 2x magnification lens. The 2.75 and 3.5 lens are purchased seperately.

Product Code Description Working Distance wt Price873-7744 2x Binoculars 10” (250mm) 142g £39.75873-7775 2.75x Lens only 6” (150mm) 35g £23.00873-7735 3.5x Lens only 4” (100mm) 35g £23.00

�� Micro Film ViewerA convenient handy viewer for reading aperturecard, microfiche and X-ray film. Magnification 8xwith a 24mm field of view.

�� Light LoupeA 10x loupe with light source for inspection where illumination is insufficient. Magnification10x. Batteries not supplied (requires 2 x R14C).

Product Code Dimensions Wt Price886-2026 138 x 46 x 53mm 92g £71.50

Product Code Dimensions Wt Price886-1966 35 x 41 x 175mm 81g £31.50

Page 160: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 160

�� Lamps

�� “Superglide” TrolleySuitable for all our luminaires, robust construction for long,trouble free life. The heavy zinc weighted base and long reachfeet provide impressive stability and has been safety testednot to over-balance when tilted up to an angle of 10 degrees.Height is 1030mm from floor to top of pole, colour: white.

Product Code wt Price609-PSGT 8kg £209.10

�� High Output Twin LampGives a light output equivalent to that of an ordinary 150 watt bulb. This luminaire casts an even shadow-free light over a largearea. The lamp can be aimed in any direction. A table clamp is supplied as standard.

Product Code: 609-PT25-C £142.00power supply 220/240v. 2 x 15wlight colour 4000Kpower cable length 1.80marm length 1050mmcolour light grey

�� Desk Top LampFully adjustable spring balanced arms with parallel-motion, has a unique neck-joint, which allows the lamp head to be aimed in any direction. The fitting is supplied with 11 watt energy-saving fluorescent lamp with a light output equivalent to 75 watt bulb. Available withdesk top 2.75kg weight or desk clamp. Please note desk weight is a a separate item. The lamp is supplied with a desk clamp.

Product Code: 609-PTW desk weight only £16.25Product Code: 609-PT88C with desk clamp £55.85power supply 220/240voltage 11 wattsdimensions 330mm long & 350mm highpower cable length 2mcolour light grey

�� High Brightness LuminaireThe unit utilises the new compact colour 95 fluor es cent tubeswhich are specially manufactured for accurate colour rendi-tion and high brightness. This allows a small, lighter luminairehead with integral control gear. Colour corrected the newColour 95 tubes comply with BS950 part 2 and are the bestfor conservation work and have negligible UV and IR, makesthe luminaire ideal for paintings, textile and any conservatorrequiring natural light. The easyglide trolley with high fre-quency ballasts give zero flicker and ensures all day workingcomfort.

Product Code: 609-5000 £997.00power supply 220/240 and 110 voltagepower 110voltage +15% surchargetubes 4 x 55w up to 3250 lux at 1 metrecolour 5300 kelvin scaledimensions luminaire: 636 x 410 x 65mmtrolley adjustable to 2.75m heightwt 10kg

609-5013Table clamp

£14.95

Page 161: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Lamps ��

161

�� Magnifier Luminaire (above)This magnifier has a 22 watt circular tube, and is perfect whenviewing conditions require good light and magnification. Themagnifying head is moveable, in both horizontal and verticalplanes. The spring-balanced arm with parallel motion ensureseasy positioning of the magnifying head at the correct focallength. The basic 3 diopter lens provides 1.75 times true mag-nification, optional clip-on 4 and 8 diopter lenses are available.

Accessories: Colour Correction Tubes with high colour renderingto meet the needs of conservators and restorers.

Product Code: 609-101C £175.95power supply 220/240 voltagelamp circular fluorescent 22wClamp for bench mountingarm length 1200mm to centre of lenscolour light grey

Product Code Price 609-1054 Circular Tube daylight £15.95

5400k rendering index 98 complies BS950 Part 2

609-1004 Clip-on Lens 4 diopter £44.95provides total 2.75 times magnification 140mm WD

609-1008 Clip-on Lens 8 diopter £47.50provides total 3.75 times magnification 90mm WD

Product Code: 609-2510 £125.00power supply: 220/240 voltage. Bench type clamp

�� Magnifier Task LightWe have included this competitively priced task light forthe customer with limited budgets. However, we are surethe quality will surprise you at the price we are able tooffer this task light. This magnifier comes with a 22 watt daylight (6000k) circular fluorescent tube. Two 13cm glasslenses (3 diopter 1.75x magnification and 5 diopter 2.25xmagnification ) which can easily be interchanged.

Product Code 609-3500 £92.70power supply 220/240 voltageclamp bench type

�� Twin Flourescent Task LightAll metal twin fluorescent daylight (6000k) tubes spreadingclear even light over a large area

Page 162: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 162

�� UV Lamps

�� UV 250w Blacklight Flood LampThis high intensity UV Hand Held Lamp gives a large illuminatedarea which enables conservators to reveal evidence of imperfections, previous restoration and repair, to works of artsuch as paintings, paper, books and ceramics which are not easily visible under normal lighting. Other applicationsinclude detection of forgeries, mould and enhancement ofdifficult to read print on paper and parchment.

Blackout conditions are not required due to the excellentbrightness of indications against a large background. Thishigh intensity UV blacklight reveals evidence which can be difficult to determine using medium or low intensity UVlighting. The UV flood lamp unit is compact and lightweight.Constructed in aluminium to provide robustness and durability. It is simple to operate and can be used hand held,angle poised or fix mounted. An integral cooling system isincorporated to ensure low casing temperature and optimalUV bulb operating conditions. The equipment is CE approvedand is supplied complete with comprehensive operatinginstructions detailing safe operation in accordance withHealth and Safety guidelines. Accessories are available suchas carry bag, various brackets and stands.

�� UV Revealing Security Marker PenThis pen is designed for marking security codes, cataloguenumbers and postcodes on valuable property, providing an effective form of hidden identification. The mark will be permanent and invisible, the revealing blue ink is exposedunder UV blacklight.

Product Code description wt Price946-5007 Blue UV Ink Pen 9g £1.50

Product Code: 946-5000 £732.95Power Supply 230v/50HzProduct Code: 946-5000-110 £837.90Power Supply 115v/50/60HzPower Consumption 250wattWavelength Transmission 300-405nm rangeDimensions Lamp unit with handle

179 x 217 x 236mmHWeight UV lamp unit 1.5kgWeight Packed UV lamp unit +

power pack 9kg

609-5012Bracket for horizontal surface£12.95

�� UV Wide Angle Magnifier (for UV and/or white light)We can now offer 9 watt UV lamps to replace the standard fluorescent tubes. You can fit one side with a normal standard light tube and the other with a UV tube, giving dual purpose of white light and UV light. Alternatively fit bothsides with UV for stronger UV light. Each side is independently switched for your choice of lighting. Both types of tubesare easily replaced. The magnifier is supplied with standard tubes. For UV use you will need to add the UV tubes toyour purchase order. This magnifier is a heavy, long reach (2 x 400mm sections) and we suggest you purchase a screwdown surface bracket 609-5012 for added safety.

Product Code Description Price609-5001 Wide Angle Magnifier £369.65609-5010 Standard 7 watt fluorescent light tubes £3.50609-5012 Bracket for horizontal surface £12.95609-5017 UV 9 Watt Fluorescent Tubes £25.95

Page 163: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Ultraviolet Safety SpectaclesPEL are now supplying a fully CE marked ultraviolet safety-wear. The cover spectacles are lightweight, comfortable and unobtrusive design which is specially produced by the leadingEuropean eye safety wear manufacturer. Guaranteed to completely block ultraviolet radiation below 400mm and conforms to international requirements for ultraviolet protection.

Product Code description Price946-0400 UV safety spectacles £3.95

Products Ultraviolet ��

163

�� B. UV Lantern with TorchThis small very portable UV 4 watt lamp is useful when travelling. Ideal for security code identification and UV inspec-tion of a small illumination area. Includes foldaway stand, 1x 4 watt, 6 inch blacklight blue tube with a white light torch.The aluminium reflector ensures maximum UV light output.Comes complete with batteries.

Product Code 946-5050 £9.60Power Supply 4 x AA batteriesPower Consumption 4 wattDimensions 160 x 55 x 25mmWeight 120g + Batteries

�� C. UV Rechargeable LanternThis ultraviolet hand held 12 watt rechargeable lamp provides visual UV fluorescent light. The UV lamp is used forinspecting documents with faded inks and it is also used fordetecting forgeries, previous repairs to ceramics and under-paintings. The bright reflector ensures optimum UV light outputand is switchable from single or twin fluorescent UV lamps. TheUV rechargeable lantern also has a single fixed white spotlight.It has a rechargeable 6V 2.8Ah sealed lead acid battery and analternative battery source of 4 x D size (not included).The twin6 watt 9 inch blacklight blue UV tubes will give 3 to 4 hours ofcontinuous use when the battery is full charged.

Product Code Description Price946-5020 UV Rechargeable Lantern £28.80

260H x 80W x 120D mm946-5024 Spare UV Tube 6 Watt £8.55

�� A. Ultraviolet TorchThe 12 LED Ultraviolet Torch is a compact and attractive designand small enough to fit in your pocket. Ideal for security codeidentification and UV inspection of a small illumination area.Will also detect faded inks, forgeries and previous repairs to ceramics. The 12 LED UV torch is powered by 3 x AAA batteries which are included in the price.

Dimensions: length 95mm, diameter 29mm and weighs just67 grams. On/off button at the end of the torch.

Product Code Description Price946-0160 UV Torch £9.95

A.

B.

C.

Page 164: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Environmental Monitor(RH Temp UV & LUX). This single instrument measures humidity (RH) Temperature (ºC, ºF) Ultra Violet (UV)and Visible Light (LUX).

The appropriate button is pushed depending on the measurement required and the reading taken. The metreautomatically turns off 10 seconds after the last reading unless a button is held down for over 5 seconds, thisallows continuous monitoring until another button is pressed. The large 8 line display enables an easyto use menu system to select the more advanced functions. Data Logging functions enable over10,000 readings of all four parameters to be automatically taken at selectable intervals (every10 seconds to 1 hour). The saved data can be transferred to a computer by a wireless infa-red link (IRDA compatible). Modern computers have infa-red interface built in, for those thatdo not adapters are available.

Software is provided to save the logged data in a CSV format that can be accessedand displayed by many applications (e.g. Microsoft Excel). Maximum and minimumvalues and their time measurement are displayed for each parameter. A calibrationkit is available for user calibration of the RH sensor using saturated salt solutions.

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 164

�� UV-Ultra Violet & Lux-Visible Light Monitoring

Product Code description Price684-764 environmental monitor £547.00684-764C 684-764 with data logger £667.00684-7647 RH calibration kit £85.00

visible wavelength 400-700nMvisible power 0.1 - 200,000 LuxUV wavelength 300-400nMUV power 2-50,000 µW/M2

UV proportion 0 -10,000 uW/LumenRH range 0 - 100%display resolution LUX: 0.1 up to 100 then 1. footcandles: 0.1 up to 100 then 1. UV: 0.1 up to 100 then 1.

proportion of UV: 1 uW/Lumen. temperature: 0.1ºC or ºF. RH: 0.1%accuracy light & UV: 5% +/- 1 displayed digit. Temperature: +/- 0.5ºC (+/- 0.9ºF).

RH: +/-2.5% 0-90% otherwise +/-5%data logging intervals 10 sec (30 hours). 1 min (7.5 days). 10 mins (75 days). 1 hour (454 days)data logging capacity 10,900 readings of all 4 parametersbatteries 2 x alkaline AA typeDimensions 150 x 65 x 25mm (including probe)weight 165g

It is recognised that a major cause of damage to museum works of art can be light, with the most damaging being the UV content. To enable curators and conservators to monitor these levelswe offer a proven range of instruments. These meters measure proportion of UV present (µW/Lumen), the total amount of UV (µW/M2) and the amount of visible light present (Lux). The amountof UV should be as little as possible and in general should not exceed 20µW/M2 or 75µW/ Lumen. Normal museum light levels should be limited to 150-250 Lux. Once measurements have beenobserved action can be taken, light levels altered, if necessary UV filters fitted to display cases, windows and fluorescent tubes. (See page 165 for UV filtering products).

Product Code 952-7640 £470.00Visible wavelength range 400-700nMVisible power range 0.1 – 200,000 Lux (0.1 – 20,000 foot-candles)UV wavelength range 300-400nMUV power range 2-50,000 mW/M2

UV proportion range 0-10,000 µW/LumenDisplay resolution Lux: 0.1 to 100 then 1

Foot-candles: 0.1 up to 100 then 1UV: 0.1 up to 100 then 1Proportion of UV: 1 µW/Lumen

Accuracy Visible: 5% ± 1 displayed digitUV: 15% ± 1 displayed digit

Angular response light & UV CosineBatteries 2 x alkaline AA typeDimensions 150 x 65 x 25mmWeight 165g with batteries

�� UV Light Monitor 7640The 7640 will measure UV present (µM/Lumen) the total amount of UV (µM/M2) and the amount of visible light present (Lux or Foot-candles) similar to the 684-764 but without humidity and temperature sensors.

Page 165: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 165

�� UV Fluorescent Light FiltersProtect your displays and storage area from the fading, bleaching and deterioration caused by the ultraviolet light from fluorescent lighting. Our fluorescent bulb jackets have virtually the same light transmission in the visible light spectrum as ordinary window glass; however, they transmit practically none of the harmful ultraviolet light. Engineered to fit the standard 48-inch, fluorescent bulb, the 24-inch bulb requires only 1/2 of a unit and the 96-inch bulb will require 2 units. Easily installedover existing or new fluorescent bulbs, these jackets will last indefinitely. Price per package of 10 units.

Product Code wt length Price413-T-10 0.64kg 1200mm £66.80

Product Code: 684-1335 £119.00Range Lux 40, 400, 4000, 40,000, 400,000Range Footcandles 40, 400, 4000, 40,000, 400,000Resolution 0.01Lux 0.01fcAccuracy +/- 3% of reading +/- 5 digitsPower 1 x 9VPP3 Battery (200 hrs)Dimensions 200 x 68 x 30mmWeight 220gProduct Code: 805-107CAL £65.00NCAL-LX Calibration Certificate Tested at 4 points

�� Blue Scales (Textile Fading Cards)Test for effects of light on paintings, documents, and textileswith Blue Scales Fading Cards. Each card features pieces of wool cloth dyed with blue dyes of different degrees of fastness which are used as light fastness standards. Theyallow you to monitor the net exposure to light given to objectson display, and to alert conservators to adjust intensity of illumination. Price each.

Product Code wt Price986-1000 40g £14.95

�� Ultraviolet Filter Polyester FilmSafeguard your framed artwork, protect your displays, make your own clear cover binders andsheet protectors or use for lining your display cases and windows. Can easily be applied to

surfaces with double-coated polyester tape. Thisprocessed polyester film has an impregnated UVinhibitor which absorbs light transmissions up to 400nm and therefore screens or absorbs 97% of the ultraviolet spectrum. A strong, 50 micron, clear film that will last indefinitely. Resists mildew, rot, reagents,solvents and impregnants.

Product Code roll size wt Price479-0010 1219mm x 10m 1kg £93.75479-0030 1219mm x 30m 3kg £245.00

UV Meters Ultraviolet Filters ��

�� Light MeterA truly professional Lux Meter which gives instant readings of light levels in Lux or Footcandles.Data hold function enables you to lock the reading in order to make notes. Min/Max memoryallows you to leave the meter and record the minimum and maximum light levels and averagerecall (since power on). Low battery indicator and auto power off (10 minutes non-activity). Theauto power off can be disabled to facilitate period monitoring. A zero adjustment function canbe applied prior to measurements being taken, particularly useful for measuring light intensitylevels above an already recorded measurement. The sensor is a silicon photo diode equippedwith a colour correction filter incorporating a spectrum and cosine corrected lens connected tothe instrument by a 1 metre coiled cable. Manual Range Selection, the low 40 and 400 Luxranges are most suitable for low light levels in Museum displays.

Supplied with battery and comprehensive instructions. Ready for use.

Page 166: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Thermohygrometers

�� HygrothermographThe first piece of equipment you need in any successful environmental monitoring program is a hygrothermograph. This model records humidity levels (0 - 100% R.H., +/-3% mid-range)and temperature (-15°C to 40ºC), simultaneously with a human hair humidity sensor andbimetallic temperature sensor. Battery powered quartz drive lets you select either 7-day

or 31-day rotation. Two long life felt tippens included. New blue finish

and complementing smokedacrylic plexiglass windowdesign makes this unit asattractive as it is dependable.The lockable hinged topincludes a carrying handle.Comes complete with 100charts (7 day centigrade).Overall dimensions: 267mmH x387mmL x 137mm.Uses one AA battery, included.

Product Code description size wt Price684-0001 thermo/hygrometer 48 x 25 x 13mm 45g £63.00684-0002 calibration kit - 45g £28.75

�� ThermohygrometerThe Thermohygrometer sensors are positioned in the void ofa protective grill making the handheld instrument mobile andsuitable for taking temperature and humidity measurementsin various locations.

A compact design for ease of use with an integrated ventedsensor grill, which enables measurements to be taken withinan air stream. Sensing is by a precision thermistor for tem-perature, and a resistive polymer sensor for humidity, givingfast and repeatable readings.

• Dual reading backlit display temperature and % RH • Measures ºC or ºF• Data hold freezes displayed measurements • Max hold • Low battery indication• Auto power off • Supplied with carry case, batteries & complete instructions• 952-CAL Cal Certificate Issued at 2 Temp points: 20ºC

& 40ºC & 2 RH Points: 35% & 75%

Product Code Description Price952-3210 Thermohygrometer £55.00 ea.952-CAL Calibration Certificate £70.00 ea.

�� Display Case Thermo/HygrometerA discreet method to constantly monitor relative humidity and temperature in your display case.This compact, easy to read meter has excellent relative humidity response characteristics aswell as an accurate temperature gauge. The two independent methods of measuring relativehumidity assure accuracy. Calibration is simple when required. Calibration kit sold separately.Overall size is 1-7/8" L x 1" H 1/2"D. Price each.

Product Code description wt Price438-0003 Hygrothermograph 3.6kg £545.00438-0004 7 day fahrenheit charts (100/pkg) 0.91kg £28.50438-0004C 7 day centigrade charts (100/pkg) 0.91kg £28.50438-0006 31 day fahrenheit charts (100/pkg) 0.91kg £28.50438-0006C 31 day centigrade charts (100/pkg) 0.91kg £28.50438-0005 Black Replacement Pens (2) 410g £10.30438-0005R Red Replacement Pens (2) 410g £10.30

SpecificationsHumidity 5 to 100% RHResolution 0.1% RHAccuracy ±3.5% RH @ 25ºCTemperature -20º to 60ºCResolution 0.1ºCAccuracy ±2ºCPower 1 x 9V PP3 batteryDimensions 225 x 45 x 34mmWeight 200g

�� Digital Memory Thermo-HygrometerThis low cost combined RH humidity and temperature meter with 2 separate 23 mm hi-contrastLCD displays, one for temperature and one for humidity. It is ideal for environmental monitoring ofshowcases, museums, galleries and store rooms. The case construction incorporates a key way for wall mounting and a flip out desk stand. A min/max memory is continually updated for both temperature and humidity values since the last memory reset. Each instrument is supplied withinstructions and 1 x 1.5 volt AAA battery ready for use.

Product Code: 805-2000 £16.00Range 25 to 98% RH -15ºC to +50ºC

Accuracy +/- 1ºC (0-40ºC) +/- 5% (25% to 95%)

Power 1 x 1.5V AAA Battery (supplied)

Dimensions 110 x 70 x 20mm

Weight 143 grams

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 166

Page 167: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com

Art Protection ��

167

�� A. WallprotectWallprotect accurately records moisture content in concealed areas/materials. It is commonlyused to confirm the drying out of buildings and materials saving insurance companies time aftera flood/leak. Can be used on solid floors.

Ideal for use with:

Internal brickwork, block work, timber, plasterwork, concrete floors and cavities/dry lining. In factany concealed where dampness could be a problem

We have set wall protect at 75% RH, if after 24 hours following installation it has not reactedthe wall/material is dry and redecoration can take place. It can also be combined with dampprotect, both easy to read and install.

The humidity state of a material can be expressed in many different ways including:

� Moisture content (kg/m3)� Moisture ratio (kg water/kg material) usually expressed as %� Relative humidity (%)� Water activity (a number between 0 and 1.0)

However they are all related and if you know the material characteristics you can always convert from one unit to another.

We are commonly asked what is the actual moisture ratio? Which is quite common in the building trade. In almost all imaginable situations relative humidity is what is actually relevant.For example mould requires the relative humidity to be above a certain value (generally 75%)to grow. We have successfully verified the functionality of 75% RH wall-protect sensors for measurements in three different materials (wood, brick and porous concrete) all having a humidity content corresponding to 78% RH. According to reference literature 75% RH corresponds to approx. 17% moisture ratio for wood and approx. 7 kg/m3 for brick.

Product Code Description Price931-6088 Pack 6 Sensors £36.75

�� B. Dry Rot SensorsEarly recognition of active dry rot. The sensor allows you to tell if dry rot is present at its earlieststages in timber or masonry, giving early warning that action is required to prevent further damage.

They are simple to install by drilling a 7mm diameter hole to a depth of 100mm in the “at risk” tim-ber or masonry. The sensor changes colour from blue to yellow in the presence of incipient dry rot.

It works with a blue dye that is vacuum impregnated into the wooden dowel of the sensor that reactsto the chemical that dry rot produces oxalic acid at very low levels, turning the dye to yellow.

During the biological decomposition of wood by destructive fungi including the dry rot fungus serpula lacrymans to which the sensor reacts giving the indication that dry rot exists.

Product Code Description Price931-5008 Pack 8 Sensors £23.75

�� D. DampprotectDetects Damp and Condensation Problems.

There are many ways to get an on the spot account of the relative atmospheric humidity howeverthere are few ways of easily measuring the RH over a period of time i.e. how long something hasbeen exposed to humidity above a certain level.

Dampprotect sensors are based on a physical chemical principle and show how long the RH hasexceeded a pre-determined level. The reading on the indicator is non-reversible. This means thateven if the relative humidity temporarily falls below the humidity level the maximum humidity reading remains unchanged.

With the help of Dampprotect it is possible to detect humidity and moisture problems before theycause any damage. The indicators provide early warning signals enabling the problem to be tackled at source as soon as it is discovered.

Product Code Description Price931-6006 Pack 6 indicators £19.95931-6050 Pack 50 indicators £145.30

�� C. ArtprotectAccurately detecting changes over 58% relative humidity. Artprotect Detectors are based on apatented method to detect humidity. The indicator strip turns blue if moisture levels exceed 58% RHfor at least 6 hours. Hydroscopic materials are of organic origin with fibrous or cellular structuresuch as paper, parchment, papyrus, fabrics, leather, natural adhesives and pigments all of whichare at great risk from changes in relative humidity.

High humidity over 58% encourages mould growth on any natural material that provides a nutriment and also accelerates acid deterioration. The indication is irreversible and shows accumu-lative exposure to changes in humidity showing the period of time that has exceeded 58% RH. Idealfor shipping on loan works of art, uncontrolled environments, storage areas, display cases etc.

Simply remove the backing sheet from the paper label with the detector attached.Write the appropriate date, sign and stick (the label and the detector) to the back of a picture or

in close proximity to the artefact. The adhesive is low tack and will not permanently stick to the artefact and can easily be removed.

The way it works is when the detector is exposed to changes in relative humidity that exceeds 58% for longer than 6 hours, the detector turns blue. The colour will not disappear but continuechanging as the relative humidity changes. Supplied in packs of 6 detectors complete with fullinstructions. The sensors are calibrated at 23ºC and 69% RH and have an accuracy of ± 3% RH.

Product Code Description Price931-7006 Pack 6 Detectors £19.95931-7050 Bulk Pack 50 Detectors £145.30

B.

C.

D.

A.

Page 168: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 168

�� PEL Thermohygrometer

Product Code Description Price9903-7150 Thermohygrometer £195.009903-0009 Tinytag Explorer Software £49.009903-0007 PC Download Cable £5.009903-0010 Tinytag Explorer Windows £55.00

Software & USB Cable9903-USBC USB Cable £25.009901-9004 Service Calibration £65.00

What is dew point?At a given temperature, air can only absorb a certain amount of water vapour. The higher the temperature the more water vapour it can absorb. The water in air condenses when it is saturated (corresponding to 100% RH). The temperature at which water vapour condenses toliquid water is known as the dew point (temperature). Example: 20ºC and 50% RH >9.3ºCdewpoint (if the air is cooled to 9.3ºC liquid water will develop).

�� Exclusive PEL Thermohygrometer/Data LoggerAll in one meter and data logger compatible with the Tinytag range of loggers.

• Measures ambient temperature (ºC or ºF) and relative humidity• Designed for museums, archives and libraries• Replaceable probe• Spot measurements with optional logging• Displays actual temp/RH while recording changing valves• Logging capacity 16000 readings• Logging interval 1 second to 10 days

PEL has researched together with leading conservators, curators and librarians to design and produce this thermohygrometer. The manufacturer is a worldwide respected company in the fieldof temperature and humidity measurement with strong research and development experience.

After many years supplying various thermohygrometers to museums, libraries and archives we atPEL are proud of this latest product which is of a very high quality and standard. We would not putthe PEL logo on the meter unless we were completely satisfied. The meter can be switched off tosave battery life with the level displayed, data logging mode is also shown. The actual RH andTemperature are displayed, changing from one to the other every 5 seconds.

Customers already using Tinytag data loggers can use the same software and cable to activate themeter’s data logging. Alternatively if you are new to Tinytag you can add the data loggers to yourmeter using the same software and cable.

SpecificationTemperature Range -20ºC to +50ºCHumidity Range 0 to 100% RHAccuracy ±0.5ºC ±3% RHDisplay Resolution 0.1ºC and 0.5% RHLogger Capacity 16000 ReadingsLogging Interval 1 second to 10 daysPower Supply 2 x 1.5V AA Alkaline BatteriesDimensions 195mm x 65mm x 23mmWeight 175g (including batteries)

We are frquently offered other manufacturers Thermohygrometers. They don not come up to

the high standard of the PEL Tinytag

Page 169: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Instruments ��

169

�� Whirling HygrometerThe Whirling Hygrometer offers the maximum level of accuracy due to the nature of measurement.One of the most economic methods of monitoring relative humidity that utilises the wet and dryprinciple, thermometers manufactured to BS2842 allows accurate readings to be taken. Housedin a robust yellow plastic frame and black folding handle, the instrument incorporates a water cistern linked to the “wet” bulb by means of a cotton sleeve. The Whirling Hygrometer is whirledrapidly for thirty seconds, after which time a reading of the two thermometers is taken, with thewet bulb thermometer normally read first. This is repeated until two consecutive readings areobtained which are comparable. The relative humidity can then be determined by correlating thereadings with those on the hygrometric tables supplied with each instrument. The WhirlingHygrometer comes complete with hygrometric tables and carrying case.

�� Masons HygrometerThe “Masons” and the whirling hygrometers have been sold in vast numbers and are in use invirtually every country in the world. Housed in a yellow plastic case with lid and bulb protectors,the instrument has twin thermometers fitted over polished aluminium scale. A detachable watercistern fitted to the lower case links the “wet bulb” to the water cistern thus providing both the“Dry” and “Wet” bulb readings. Hygrometric tables, supplied together with a spare wick and fullinstructions are contained within the outer carton providing the user with all the necessities toaccurately measure the relative humidity and temperature. We are pleased to be able to offerthis traditional instrument at such a low price, they are a museum piece in themselves and area proven way to measure humidity and temperature.

Product Code: 952-2520 £49.95Range -5ºC to +50ºCAccuracy +/- 0.2ºC Dimensions 230mm x 50mmWeight 200gProduct Code: 952-2525 £5.3025 pack of spare wicksProduct Code: 952-2521 £8.75spare thermometer mercury tubeProduct Code: 952-2529 £8.75spare thermometer tube red spirit

Product Code: 952-2501 £13.50Range -5ºC to +50ºC & 20ºF to 120ºFDimensions 380mm x 80mmWeight 300gProduct Code: 952-2503 £2.9510 pack of spare wicks

�� Auto Self CalibrationThis scientific grade meter has been inde pendently tested and shown to be superior in termsof accuracy, re producibility and low drift, its un rivalled speci fication makes it a top class product. Measure ment is carried out auto matically in cycles of 2 seconds as is minimum andmaxi mum stored mea sured values. Addi tional inter face available for fur ther processing of thedata using a PC, for example for statistics or graphics within a databank.

What is dew point?At a given temperature, air can only absorb a certain amount of water vapour. The higher the temperature the more water vapour it can absorb. The water in air condenses when it issaturated (corresponding to 100% RH). The temperature at which water vapour condenses toliquid water is known as the dew point (temperature). Example: 20ºC and 50% RH >9.3ºCdewpoint (if the air is cooled to 9.3ºC liquid water will develop).

Product Code 952-MS1 £650.00Range 6% to 98% RH -20ºC to +80ºCAccuracy �1% RH (20-90%), �0.3ºCPower supply 9v battery or mains adapterDimensions 54mm x 43mm x 265mmWeight 279g

Page 170: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 170

�� Data Loggers & Accessories

�� Tinytag Ultra 2 (Dual Channel)The latest data logger to the range available in two channel. TinyTag Ultra offers all the featuresexpected from a TinyTag - at a lower cost and in a case specifically designed to meet the cus-tomer requirements, simply stand it in position or hang on the wall. The 7900 data readingsmean that the data logger can offer almost 3 months logging at 15 minute intervals. Withoffload whilst logging, 2 alarms and min/max/actual readings as standard. Alarm active indica-tion (red LED) and data logger active (green LED) user replaceable battery, delayed start and 2“stop” options.

Product Code range accuracy type Price9903-1500 -40 to +85ºC +/-0.2ºC Temp & RH £99.00

0 to 95% RH +/-3% RH (Dual Channel)9903-0007 PC download cable: 1 metre long (not USB) £5.009903-0009 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software £49.009903-0010 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB cable £55.00

�� TinytagPreservation Equipment Ltd is proud to be the official distributor appointed by Gemini to supply these very successful data loggers to Museums, Archives and Libraries. We can supply from stock at a price no other dataloggers can offer in terms of size (so tiny) or price (so small). The range includes (RH) Humidity, Temperature,Shock, and vibration in single an dual channel. These data loggers are the perfect solution to monitoring theenviroment in Museums, Archives and Libraries in repositories, display cases, shipping and storage. Units havebeen used for a number of years, proving that they are reliable and easy to use.

The software is a superior quality and will run all the loggers in the range. You can program the units to log inseconds, minutes, hours or days. Delay start or trigger start. Facility to add grid lines and “fine tick marks”. Abilityto overlay up to 9 graphs (great for looking at number of loggers in a single graph). User title and notes field,independent axis zoom and zoom step option. Alarm facilities (two) can be set high or low. Each data loggercomes with instructions and battery fitted. Battery life expectancy is 2 years, Tinyview and Tinyshock the batterylife will be less.

�� Tinyview Plus Data LoggerOffering a clear, easy to read display, together with all the features of our Tinytag dataloggers.Small neat, off-white colour that blends into a museum, library or archive environment. This dualchannel data logger measures temperature and humidity giving a constant display of currentreadings, the LCD display also shows the alarm state. Logging intervals are 1 second to 10days, giving a battery life of up to 3 years. The RH (humidity) sensor has excellent long-termperformance and can be wetted without damage. The RH sensor accuracy is +/- 3% RH at25°C, logging and display resolution is 0.5% RH with a range from 0 to 100%.

The temperature range is -25°C to + 50°C with sensor accuracy of +/- 0.2°C from 0°C to50°C. Other features are 32k memory giving 15000 readings, the ability to offload data whilstlogging, and a weight of just 85 grams. The soft-ware is, in our opinion and our customers, thebest available. It’s powerful, simple to use, and isstandard with all our dataloggers. Windowsbased, it guides users through the available fea-tures. All data can be copied to other Windowsbased applications allowing speedy preparationof reports. Offers a launch confirmation screen aunique ID number each time loggers are started.Allows graph overlay together with the ability to‘step’ through the data in equal time segmentsalong with tabulated and statistical data.

Product Code Description Dimensions Price9906-1501 Tinyview Temp/RH Dia. 60mm depth 35mm £165.009903-0009 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software £49.009903-0007 Tinyview PC Cable 1 metre long (not USB) £5.009903-0010 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB cable £55.00

Tinytag, Tinyview, Tinytalk Accessories Price9903-0007 PC Download Tinytag/view cable (not USB) £5.009903-0009 Tinytag Explorer Software £49.009903-USBC USB cable £25.009903-0010 Tinytag software & USB cable £55.009901-1000 Batteries lithium for Tinytag, View, Talk £5.009901-9000 Initial calibration, single channel £35.009901-9001 Service calibration, single channel £45.009901-9002 Initial calibration, dual channel £55.009901-9004 Service calibration, dual channel £65.009903-9550 Tinyview service kit £5.00

�� Tinytag Plus 2Small, powerful, easy to use and offering many advanced features, these loggers, which canoffload whilst logging, are the ideal choice for most professional logging applications.

Tinytag Plus 2 Loggers feature rugged IP 68 casing, are able to store more than 32k data readings, giving over 5 months data at 15minute intervals. With trigger start, 2 programmablealarms, and the ability to offload data while continuing to log all offered as standard - TinytagPlus offers customers the professional yet quick and easy answer to their needs.

Product Code range accuracy type Price9903-1550 0 to 100% RH +/-3% RH Temp & RH £150.00

-40 to +85ºC +/-2ºC (0-50ºC) (Dual Channel)

Page 171: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Tinyview Plus with external probeWith an external dual channel probe for both temperature and relative humidity this logger is ideally suited to applications whereaccess is limited or where the logger needs to be unobtrusive. Museum display cases that have climate control need not beopened to download the data thereby allowing the conditions inside the display case to remain undisturbed. It is also most useful where the storage environment has to remain undisturbed such as containers with the probe fitted inside and the loggeron view externally. This makes convenient access to downloading data.

In addition to logging up to 32000 readings, current values of temperature and humidity are shown on the LCD display. The complete assembly is manufactured from food grade materials and is splash proof.

The applications for Tinyview are many and varied such as historical houses, museums, archives, repository and cavity wall monitoring. The logger has 2 user programmable alarms, delayed and trigger start options (up to 45 days). Logging interval onesecond to ten days, off load data while stopped or when logging, reading types actual, minimum and maximum. Software compatible with all Tinytag and Tinyview data loggers.

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Accessories & Data Loggers ��

171

�� Tinytag Shock/VibrationThis logger is primarily aimed at the transportation market. Works of art being transported can now becontinually monitored for impact, shock, or excessive vibration which could cause damage. So if damage does occur you know exactly the time it happened and where to find the cause. The unit measures 32 x 66 x 80mm, has two bolt down points, is water proof and easily concealed inside shipping cases. Over 16,000 readings 2 programmable alarms, trigger start, will offload data whilstlogging. Rugged IP68 casing, user replaceable battery. Fully compatible with tinytag range of units, CEapproved and has a 6 month battery life.

�� Tiny Data Logger Audible AlarmWe have frequently requested to provide an audible alarm for Tinytag and Tinyview data loggers. When the RH or temperature goes over or below the preset alarms the unit is activated. Ideal when loggers are placed out of sight or locat-ed in Archives within the storage area. Especially useful forworks of art that have to be protected from high or low levelsof humidity. The audible alarm can also be linked into anotherlocation or connected to other systems since it will trigger millivolt (20mA) to activate other suitable alarms. comescomplete with instructions, software and 1.5 metre cable to

connect to the data logger. Simply activate the data loggersetting the high and low alarms required then connect via thecable supplied to the audible alarm. Should the RH or temperature go over or below the preset alarms the audiblealarm will be activated.

Product Code Description Price9903-5000 Use with Tinytag/Tinyview only £49.00

Product Code range accuracy type Price9903-0610 0-100g +/-5% shock £235.009903-0605 0-5g +/-5% shock £235.009903-0650 0-50mm/s +/-10% vibration £235.009903-0009 Tinytag Explorer windows software £49.009903-0007 PC download cable (1 metre long) (not USB) £5.009903-0010 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB Cable £55.00

Product Code Range Accuracy Weight Price9903-1506 -30 to +50ºC 0% to 100% RH +/- 3% at 25ºC 150g £180.009903-0007 PC download cable 1 metre long (not USB) £5.009903-0009 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software £49.009903-0010 Tinytag Explorer Windows Software & USB Cable £55.00

�� DimensionsCase60mm Diameter x 84mm Long76mm Wide x 35mm Depth

Probe8mm Diameter x 55mm Long

Cable1.5m Long

Examples of Explorer Windows Software

Page 172: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 172

�� Applicators & Pens

�� Iron Gall Ink Test PaperThis test paper has been developed by the Conservation Research Department at theNetherlands Institute for Cultural Heritage/Instituut Collectie Nederland (ICN), in the context of theirextensive research into iron gall ink corrosion. Preservation Equipment Ltd is proud to be askedto exclusively market the test paper on behalf of the ICN.

This non-bleeding iron test paper has been developed as a simple and quick method to detectiron (II) ions in hydrophylic substrates. These ions are harmful to organic substrates, such as paper, because they catalyse the oxidative degradation of cellulose and other organic materials. The test paper is non-bleeding, therefore it can be applied to originals. The test paperhas been extensively tested in paper conservation. In general a positive reaction of the iron (II) testis a distinct identification of the presence of an iron-gall ink. However, it has to be realised thatother inks and colourants, e.g. bistre, may be iron based or contaminated with iron.

Iron (II) ions are water soluble and will migrate into a dampened test paper in contact with the ink.The indicator (bathophenanthroline) forms an intensely red-coloured complex with irons (ii) ions.

Instructions are provided with the test papers. Further information can be obtained by contacting: Netherlands Institute for Cultural Heritage, Conservation Research Department,Dr. Han Neevel or Ms Birgit Reissland, PO Box 76709, 1070KA Amsterdam, The Netherlands.Tel: +31 20 305 4771, Fax: +31 20 305 4700Email: [email protected] or [email protected] The ink corrosion website: www.knaw.nl/ecpa/ink

Price for 100 strips

�� pH Indicator StripsNon-bleeding pH indicator strips areeasy to use. For surface pH on paperand textiles, use deionised water. Incontrast to conventional indicatorpapers, the indicator dyes of the pHstrips are chemically bonded to

cellulose fibres. As a result, the possibility of colour bleeding, even in strongly basic solutions, is avoided. Measurement of pH values is possible even in unbuffered or very weaklybuffered solutions, since the strips can be left in the solution until the final colour change is completed. Colours of the individual colour fields cannot run into each other. This allows a more precise comparison with the colour scale, the special dyes guarantee a sharp differentiation betweenthe individual pH values. Price per box of 100 strips

Product Code pH range wt Price539-2500 0-14 45g £13.95539-2501 4.0-7.0 45g £13.95539-2502 2.0-9.0 45g £13.95539-2503 5.0-10 45g £13.95

�� Lineco’s pH Testing PenWith a simple swipe of Lineco's pH Testing Pen, you can determine whether the paper andboard you are using is acidic. This easy, convenient method allows you to distinguish the difference between safe (neutral or alkaline) paper and board and acidic materials. Easy to use;simply draw a small line on the material you wish to test. The Chlorophenol red indicator solution in the pen will turn purple on any paper with a pH of 6.8 and above. A clear or yellowcolour indicates the material is probably unsuitable for conservation purposes.

Paper can be respectably long-lived if its pH is as low as 6.0, especially if it is well made and carefully used and stored. In order to last for centuries in today's polluted air, it must have an alkaline reserve and this usually means a pH of 7.0 or greater. Please note: unreliable resultsmay occur on coloured or coated papers. Price each.

Product Code wt Price533-0023 40g £4.40

Product Code Size Price539-3000 75mm x 10mm £19.85

Page 173: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com

Pelsorb is a moisture sensitive silica gel capable of both absorbing and desorbing moisture, making it ideal for stabilizing relative humidty within an enclosed space(Such as museum display cases or storage cabinets).

Pelsorb can be used to maintain a 45 - 55 % RH (Relative Humidity) level and can operate effectively for 5 years or more.

Pelsorb is available in beads and as sachets of beads which should be placed around the perimeter of the case, or in a drawer. Use 1 sachet or 500g of beads per cubicmetre (multiply cubic feet by 0.02832 to get cubic metres).

Pelsorb is shipped in aluminium containers that are both moisture and airtight toensure it arrives in perfect condition for use.

Pelsorb is a suitable alternative to ArtSorb.

Product Code pH range Price857-7500 Pelsorb 500g sachet (50%RH) £15.95 each857-7555 Pelsorb 500g sachets (55%RH) £69.00 pack of 4857-7545 Pelsorb 500g sachets (45%RH) £69.00 pack of 4857-7501 Pelsorb beads (50%RH) £125.00 5kg drum857-7502 Pelsorb beads (55%RH) £125.00 5kg drum857-7503 Pelsorb beads(45%RH) £125.00 5kg drum

Page 174: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 174

�� Silica Gel Desiccant PacketsPrevent rust, corrosion, mold and mildew in closed containerswith these easy to use packets. One kg. of this waterabsorbent chemical will dry approximately 2 cu. meters in anair tight container. Each contains 3 grams. Price per package of 4.

Product Code size wt Price886-1000 50 x 57mm 14g £1.30

�� Humidity Indicator CardHumidity indicator cards provide a quick and inexpensivemeans of checking relative humidity levels of your storage ordisplay area. As humidity changes, the chemically impregnatedspots change from blue (dry) to lavender (normal) to pink(humid). The standard card indicates the current humiditylevel, measures 4-1/2" x 1-1/2". Each of these cards areaccurate to ±5% relative humidity (RH) at 24ºC (75ºF).Price per package.

Product Code description size qty wt Price931-3100 standard humidity card 114mm x 38mm 5 45g £5.35

�� Silica Gel & Orange Indicating Silica GelSilica Gel is a porous, granular, chemically inert amorphous silica with a high absorbent capacity. As a desiccant, standard grades ofsilica can absorb 40% of their own weight of water. Because no visible physical change occurs when standard silica gel becomessaturated, we also offer orange silica gel which changes to pale yellow when saturated. Use alone or add a 10% mix to standardgel. Both can be reconditioned by heating for 3 hours at 150° F. the 10 gram sachets are fabric suitable for regenerationsCaution: Do not inhale. Price each. Quantity guide 5g per cubic foot, 170g per cubic metre.

Product Code description size qty/wt Price404-3100 standard white 2-5mm beads 10g/10 sachets £3.20404-3500 standard white 2-5mm beads 500g £6.50404-3300 standard white 2-5mm beads 3kg £20.90404-3250 standard white 2-5mm beads 25kg £111.90404-5010 orange indicating 1-3mm granular 10g/10 sachets £3.70404-5100 orange indicating 1-3mm granular 500g £7.95404-5300 orange indicating 1-3mm granular 3kg £28.99404-5250 orange indicating 1-3mm granular 25kg £164.00

Silica Gel

Orange Indicating Silica Gel

cassettes

Product Code type size (approx) wt Price857-1919 sheets 19.7” x 19.7” x 0.07” (500mm x 500mm x 2mm) 100g £18.70857-1919/20 pack of 20 sheets19.7” x 19.7” x 0.07” (500mm x 500mm x 2mm) 2kg £318.00857-1134 full cassette 13”L x 4.3”W x 1.625”D (330mm x 110mm x 40mm) 750g £49.50857-1454 half cassette 13”L x 4.3”W x 0.875”D (330mm x 110mm x 20mm) 400g £38.00857-1000 Art-Sorb Technical Information Brochure free

Sheets

�� Art-Sorb®

Activated Carbon MaterialsWe have a new range of naterials to absorb off gassing, pollutants and oduors. Send for technical literature and samples. See P182.

�� Art-Sorb®Art-Sorb is a moisture-sensitive silica material which adsorbs and desorbs moisture in order to offset changes in external relative humidity. It provides over 5 times the moisture buffering capacity of regular density silica gel, and is even more efficient at higher relative humidities.

Art-Sorb is available in two versions, each preconditioned at 50% R.H.

Sheet Type: A non-woven sheet of archival polyethylene/polypropylene fibres is impregnated with fine particles of Art-Sorb. It can be used to line the sides, bottom or top of a display case, or placed in a frame. Sheets can be cut to size. About 5-10sheets should be used for each cubic metre.

Cassettes: Art-Sorb beads are encased in a convenient, non-woven polyethylene/polypropylene package that is supported by a fibre cassette. One cassette is sufficient for humidity control of one cubic metre of space.

Page 175: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Dehumidifiers ��

175

�� Dehumidifier & Convector HeaterThe integral 800 watt convector heater improves extraction atlower room temperatures. Ideal for basements and unheatedproperties. Operates down to 5ºC with an intelligent defrostsystem, of course the heater operation means there is littlechance of icing up. Dehumidifies, cleans and purifies the airwith an activated carbon and easy to remove washable dustfilter to give a cleaner, fresher, healthier environment. Suitablefor up to 220 square metres with adjustable humidistat control, two speed turbo fan for ultra quiet operation.Removes up to 15 litres per day at 30ºC, 70% RH. Large 7litre easily removable water tank will full warning light andauto shut off. Continuous drainage kit available. Highlymanoeuvrable with large rear wheels and handle.

Product Code 810-0320 £197.95Power Supply 220/240Energy Use 370 wattsHeater 800 wattsWater Capacity 7 litresColour WhiteDimensions 345 W x 722 H x 325mm DWeight 22kg810-0035/1 Permanent Drainage Kit £7.40810-00325 Pack of 3 Carbon Filters £9.50

�� DehumidifierThe dehumidifier is light and compact enough to be lifted andcarried with ease. They require no installation, just position theunit where its needed, plug in, switch on and leave it to get onwith the job. Because they use energy efficient heat pumptechnology, costing no more than a TV to run. The productshould be part of disaster planning, and can extract up to 10litres of water per day. Unlike imported models, it is designedto operate more effectively at lower temperatures and is suit-able for up to 80 square metres. The humidistat control is setto the level of humidity required, automatically switches themachine on when humidity rises, and off when the selectedlevel of dryness has been achieved. Automatically switchesitself off when the water container is full - so preventing over-flowing. Fitted with rear dust filter and easy to move castorsand carry handle.

Product Code 810-0035 £340.70Power Supply 220/240 volt 5 amp fuseEnergy Use 250w @ 10ºC 55%

relative humidityWater Capacity 5 LitreWater Extraction Up to 10 litres per dayDimensions 345mmW x 350mmD x 550mmHWeight 26kgAirflow 150m3/hrMin. Working Temp. 3ºCProduct Code 810-0035/1 £7.40

Permanent Drainage Kit

Product Code 810-0030 £444.50Power Supply 220/240 volt 5 amp fuseEnergy Use 250w @ 10ºC 55% relative humidityDimensions 304mmW x 550mmD x 300mmHWeight 23kgAirflow 150m_/hrMin. Work. Temp 3ºC

�� Dehumidifier with Pump to drainThis model does not house a water collection bucket it simplypumps the collected water through the hose into a drain. Willpump out of a cellar or through a window to a height of 4.3 metres. The dehumidifier eliminates the need to emptythe bucket making it ideal for unattended locations and permanent installation.

Running costs are approximately 2.5p per hour maximumextraction is 10.2 litres per day. Nominal effective volume100 cubic metres suitable for storage areas and cellars. Thevariable humidistat allows you to adjust the humidity levels.

�� Humidity Cassettes (above)These humidity control cassettes are constructed from perfo-rated stainless steel. Designed to hold Pelsorb and variousbrands of Silica gel beads. Keeps beads away from works ofart and provides easy access for reconditioning.

The high quality humidity cassettes are compact, reusableand ideal for display cases, boxes, drawers or anywhere mois-ture or humidity may be a problem.

The small size 165 x 64 x 25mm containing Pelsorb beadswould be suitable for approximately 0.25 cubic metre. Thelarger size 330 x 114 x 38mm approximately 1.25 cubicmetres. Naturally the amount of Pelsorb or Silica gel used canbe varied to suit the control levels required.

Product Code Description Price078-1345 Lge Cass 330x114x38mm £56.20

078-6525 Smll Cass 165x64x25mm £36.65

Page 176: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Conservation Cleaning Machines

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 176

Product Code: 105-9012 £65.00Replacement Filterate pre-filter size ‘B’. Pack of 6

www.preservationequipment.com

�� PEL Conservators Cleaning MachineThe downflow work station is manufactured for PEL. According to research some 136 types offungi are harmful to people and archives. Of these, 18 are thought to cause a range of irritationsand diseases including disorders of the respiratory tract, the mucous membrane, even tuberculosis,and can possibly cause disorders of the liver, mycoses and abscesses. The machine gives protection from mildew-spores, fungi and irritant or toxic sub micron particulates. Made from coldrolled sturdy steel structure epoxy powder coated for corrosion resistance in RAL: 9003 white.80mm diameter nylon castors with brakes and an impact resistant handle included. Fitted with aparticulate pre-filter 92% efficient @ 5 micron and a HEPA filter 99.999% efficient @ 0.3 micronfor full protection.

Standard Model - The machine has proved invaluable when cleaning books that have been subjected to poor storage, which frequently contain mildew spores that should be disposed of safely to reduce spreading, or affecting the health of the conservator, who has the task of cleaning them before they are placed into archival storage. Air is extracted from around the worksurface. These air paths provide a containment airflow that will entrain any particles present during conservation procedures. Larger debris falls into a removable dust tray which is easilyremoveable for regular cleaning. The machine is completely mobile and can be wheeled to therequired locationto perform the cleaning. Comes complete with operating and maintenanceinstructions.

Product Code: 105-9010 £3997.00Power Supply 220/240 & 110 VoltagePower Consumption 500 wattsVolume Air Filtered 0.12m3/secondDimensions 973mm w x 668mm d x 1005mm hWork Area 911mm x 611mm

Product Code: 105-9014 £265.00Main HEPA Filter 99.998% = 0.3 micon size ‘B’ Normal Life 2 years

more photographs available online at:www.preservationequipment.com

More recent photograph online.Visit www.preservationequipment.com

Page 177: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

PEL Filtration Cupboard ��

177

�� PEL Fume Filtration CupboardPEL re-circulating fume cabinet complete with "OS" filtration system. This cabinet meets BS7989 the British Standard thatdefines the specification and operation of ductless fume cabinets. The cabinet is for use with organic solvents and is designedto operate with a face velocity of 0.5 m/s (metres per second). Manufactured from polyester coated steel, aluminium uprightsare anodised for added protection offering exceptional structural strength to support the 8mm thick transparent panels whichare highly corrosion resistant and easy to clean in the event of accidental spillage.

Front floor flaps are hinged to enable easy access for larger items, the rear of the cabinet is a clear panel. The base tray is manufactured from high density polypropylene. No ducting is required therefore, installation is not necessary. Fully portableenables positioning in the most suitable location.

Quiet operation less than 50d (B) A and low power consumption. Comes with low air flow alarm.We recommend you change the pre-filters regularly to protect the main filters, this willreduce running costs.

105-900C supplied with pre-filter and carbon filter. 105-900H supplied with pre-filter, carbon filter and HEPA filter.

The Hepa filter model is for particulates, this model is also suitable for removingmildew spores. We supply a base tray with each fume cupboard for table topuse, trolley is extra and should be ordered seperately.

�� PEL Conservation & Book Cleaning CabinetHorizontal clean air operator protection.

This laminar flow cabinet is made especially for conservation work when using cleaning substancesor contaminated works of art, with excellent working access. The Conservation Cleaning Cabinet isdesigned to protect the work of art and operating staff by maintaining a particle free ultra cleanzone. It can be used whenever a Class II cabinet is deemed unnecessary.

PEL together with the manufacturer have ensured the operator is protected and provided with awell lit diffused hidden lighting (as standard) and efficient sound insulation (sound levels less than55dB(A)) which ensures the cabinet can be used for long periods without discomfort.

Gives a consistent performance, complying to ISO 14644-1:1999 Class 5. The air is delivered tothe work surface at better than Class 100 quality, guaranteeing a totally sterile working environ-ment. Constructed from mild steel sheet, finished in chemical resistant epoxy coating, the removableside panels (for long objects) are made from 8mm clear acrylic. LED airflow indicators and audiblealarms for incorrect airflow condition. Variable fan speed control (factory set) fans run at low speed togive long filter and low sound levels. Comes complete with operating and maintenance instructions.

SpecificationPower Supply 230 & 110 voltage Power Consumption 0.5 Amps/100 watts Face Velocity 0.5 m/s Dimensions Internal 770W x 450D x 810mmH Dimensions External 800W x 570D x 1145mmH Weight 65kg Delivery to UK mainland. installation and commissioning: £240.00. Export delivery at cost

Product Code Description Price105-900C Carbon Filter Model + Base Tray £1974.00105-900H HEPA & Carbon Model + Base Tray £2275.00105-9008 Replacement carbon filter for both models £476.00105-9013 Replacement HEPA filter for 105-900H £259.00105-9016 Replacement Pre-filters for both models £33.50105-9017 Trolley Locking wheels & shelf £559.00

Product Code 105-7010 HEPA FILTRATION MODEL £3242.00Product Code 105-7010C CARBON & HEPA FILTRATION MODEL £4844.00Power Supply 220/140v 50/60Hz single phasePower Consumption Lighting 2 x 36 watt fluorescent tubes

Super silent fan 600 wattVolume Air Filtered 0.4M/SDimensions (mm) External 1000W x 762D x 1160H

Internal 960W x 600D x 665HDelivery to UK mainland. installation and commissioning: £260.00. Export delivery at cost

Product Code Description Price105-7012 Replacement HEPA Filter £540.00105-7013 Replacement Pre-Filters £39.75105-7014 Cabinet Stand (850mm high with adjustable feet) £495.00105-7015 PVC Base Tray £140.00

Page 178: Catalog PEL 2010

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 178

�� Respiratory Protection

�� Selection CriteriaThe five forms of Hazard that are likely to be encountered in the workplace are:

Dusts formed by the breaking down of solid materials, In general the smaller the dust particle the greater the hazardthat it presents. Fibres of material should also be treated as dusts.

Mists formed by processes that involve atomisation (such as spraying) and consist of tiny liquid droplets.

Fumes formed by the vapourisation of a solid material by the application of extreme heat. Extremely fine particles arecreated as the vapour cools and condenses.

Vapours - A gaseous state formed by the evaporation from substances that are normally either solid or liquid at room temperature. A fume may form as vapour condenses.

Gases - An air-like substance at room temperature. Gases can travel far, very quickly.

Examplename of contaminant graphiteform of contaminant dusteffects respiratory sensitivityconcentration 85mg/m3

OES 4mg/m3

exposure time 5 hoursTherefore8 hr time weighted average (85mg/m3 x5)/8 = 53.125mg/m3

divide TWA by OES 53.125/4 = 13.28result 13.28 x OES

In this case a 214-6321 Disposable Dust Mask or 214-0209TP P3 Filter Cartridge should be used as they provide protection up to 20 x OES

TWA = The 8 hour Time Weighted Average. OES = Occupational Exposure Standard.

�� Maximask RespiratorsThe premium half mask, offering maximum protection and comfort. A unique, extra wide seal-ing surface offers unparalleled comfort and fit. This twin filter mask is made to medical gradesilicone for user comfort prevents sticking to your skin. Four adjustable point cradle suspen-sion. Comes complete with speech diaphragm. The Maximask has balanced low profile anglemounted filters for better weight distribution and minimal visual impairment. The full range ofgas and particle filters are colour coded to European norms in three versions and conforms toEN141.

Pre-Filter Kit P2 and P3 consists of two filter covers and 6 pre-filters are used in conjunctionwith a vapour/gas cartridge to protect against both vapour/gas and a particular hazard at thesame time. Pre-Filter Kits must not be fitted to the type P2 and P3 (white) filters.

Product Code Description Price214-0110 Twin Maximask Respirator £25.50 each214-0209A Twin A1 Brown Filter Organic Vapour and Gases £6.75 pair214-0209P Twin P2 White Dust/Particle Filter £6.75 pair214-2309 Pre-Filter Kit P2 Pair £13.50 pair

�� Dust Masks (Pre-Moulded Shape)The masks are available in two traditional designs with or without valve. The new shape 214-6321 maskdesign offers a maximum surface area. This minimises breathing resistance and maximises the dust carryingcapacity. The 214-6321 mask is shaped without the use of malleable nose clips. In addition, it has a 4 pointsuspension with integral elastic adjustment.

Wide range of masks to protect against a variety of dusts, fumes and mists. Hygienic and hypo-allergenic for excellent protective performance. Lightweight and comfortable to wear. Highly efficientand completely reliable. Produced from premium quality materials. Elasticated head straps for perfect personal fit. Extremely low breathing resistance for reduced wearer fatigue. Compatible withother facial protection equipment. Approved EN 149. International packaging with user instructionsin seven languages. Valve to enable easier breathing when worn for long periods.

Product Code Pk Price214-5211 no valve fine toxic dusts, fibres & aqueous mists APF4 x OES, FFP1-111 20 £18.95214-5221 valved fine toxic dusts, fibres & aqueous mists APF10 x OES, FFP2-122 10 £18.95214-6321 valved fine toxic dusts, fibres & liquid based aerosols APF20 x OES, FFP3-132 5 £20.95

214-6321

�� TyvekProven Protection Against Dangerous Hazards. Test results show Tyvek stopped or filtered out99.9% of particles 0.5-0.7 micron. The relatively slick surface is a further barrier against particleentrapment. There is just no place for particles to attach themselves. All in all, whether par ticlesare radioactive or bacteriological, org anic or in organic, carcinogenic or just plain dust, Tyvek pro-tects. Liquid hold-out tests give Tyvek the same high ratings being non-absorbent and essentiallyinert. Tyvek has high tensile/tear strength in all directions because its constituent fibres are spun-bonded in all directions. It keeps this strength, wet or dry, water has virtually no effect on it.

�� Tyvek Hooded CoverallLightweight comfortable to wear hooded coverall with elasticated hood, ankles and cuffs. Idealfor disaster clean-up work to protect the wearer with maximum comfort and protection.

Product Code size qty Price035-1412S small 5 £29.75035-1412M medium 5 £29.75035-1412L large 5 £29.75

Page 179: Catalog PEL 2010

Product Code size wt Price947-1000 432mm x 432mm 50g £3.57947-1000/10 432mm x 432mm 500g £28.89

�� A. Conservation Work TraysQuality, heavy weight, high impact polyethylene plastic trays for a variety of conservation uses. Excellent for bleaching or de-acidification by immersion. These trays are solid white, seamless, and possess a corrosion resistant surface. The handy pouring corner is useful for reuse of chemical solutions. Price each.

Product Code approx. overall size top ext size wt Price618-1418 14.5” x 18” x 2.75” 454mm x 372mm x 89mm 0.60kg £11.50618-2024 20” x 24” x 3” deep 610mm x 508mm x 89mm 1.14kg £23.20618-2428 24” x 28” x 3” deep 712mm x 610mm x 89mm 1.55kg £37.95618-2833 28” x 33” x 4” deep 826mm x 705mm x 108mm 2.23kg £55.95618-3240 47” x 37” x 4” deep 1200mm x 946mm x 108mm 3.00kg £89.70

�� B. One-Wipe® Dust ClothSpecially treated pure-cotton flannel cloth attracts and holds dust, yetwon’t leave a residue. Won’t scatter dust. May be laundered up to 20times without losing its effectiveness. Price per package of 6 cloths.

Product Code description wt Price881-116 One-Wipes 273g £23.17

�� C. The Dust BuffWashable tanned natural wool “Dust Buffs” collect dirteasily within their fibres. Extra long 48" model can beused without extension handle. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price542-3612 12” long (305mm) 100g £12.25542-3648 48” long (1219mm) 148g £18.70

A

B

C

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 179

Conservation Products ��

�� Crepe Rubber EraserThis product is the best material for picking up the adhesive leftbehind when removing pressure sensitive tapes (a must forpaper conservators). It can also be used for easily removingexcess rubber cement and other adhesives. Simply cut intoshape for getting into those small areas. Price each.

Product Code Description Size (mm) Price682-2030 Crepe rubber 50 x 50 x 10 £1.95

�� Dust Bunny™The Dust Bunny™ dusting cloth combines hi-tech Tyvek®and nylon fibres which are chemical free, lint free, soft, non-abrasive, washable and reusable! With nearly 50,000 fibresper square inch, Dust Bunny™ generates an electrostatic,“magnetic” effect which causes surface particles to adhere to the fabric as it is used. Renew your Dust Bunny™ bywashing by hand or machine using mild detergent and dryingat less than 140°F. It is a super absorber of oils and greaseand can be used safely with solvents, yet will not absorbwater. Dimensions: approx. 17" x 17". Price each/pack of 10.

�� PEL Conservators Sponge™The closed-cell structure is hydrophilic and can be used for various conservation procedures such as:

• Wet repairs to remove residual water, as the repair tissue does not attach to the sponge. • Small disasters - takes in a large amount of water rapidly. • Painting Conservators are using the sponge with solvents to clean and remove varnish. • In leafcasting to remove excess water without lifting off the pulp repair. • Can also be used in conjunction with draft cleaning powder. • No doubt conservators will find other uses for the Conservators Sponge TM.

The sponge can be shaped to suit special needs by allowing it to dry out. It then becomes hard and can be cut to thedesired shape with a sharp knife. Simply immerse in water for a few minutes, it then becomes soft and is ready to useagain. During our research with conservators we supplied a small sample size, however, many commented that thesample was such a handy size we have included it in the range.

Product Code Description Dimensions Price

961-2000 Conservators 73 x 48 x 30mm £2.95Sponge (2 Pk)

961-2002 Conservators 96 x 74 x 30mm £2.95 Sponge (Each)

See page 155 for Conservation

Cleaning Products

Page 180: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 180

�� PEL Cloth™

�� PEL Cloth™MicroFibre Cleaning without chemicals (just use water). Until recently it has not been possible to clean surfaces without the useof chemicals. Technology has changed this, with the PEL-Cloth you can clean either with or without water. Excellent results areachieved on all surfaces, without the need for cleaning agents and chemicals, and you protect yourself and the environment.

The secret is in the fibresPEL-Cloths are manufactured from tiny ultra micro fibres. These micro fibres have such a good, natural cleaning action compared to normal fibres - breaking down, trapping and absorbing dirt particles so well, that only water is necessary as a solvent. Our cloths are made from polyester/polyamide ultra micro fibres, which contain no chemicals and give such a goodcleaning effect that only water is needed as a solvent. The fibre mix gives the cloth enormous absorption. When used damp,the cloths clean all surfaces, especially glass, plastics, stainless steel, chrome, brass and wood. When used dry the cloths havea natural “positive” charge which attracts “negative” dust. If correctly maintained, in normal use, our products will last for several years and pay for themselves many times over.

�� How to use your PEL-Cloth MicroFibre Cleaning System. It is important to follow these instructions.

Using the PEL-Cloth… DRYThe static effect when using the cloth dry gives it an extremely good accumulation ability for dust and micro particles. Drag thecloth lightly over the surface to be cleaned and the particles will stick to the cloth. Do not rub hard on plexi glass. Dirt in the clothcould stratch the surface.

Using the PEL-Cloth… DAMPWet thoroughly with pure water only, (no soap) completely wring out and fold, then wipe impurities from all dirty surfaces suchas glass, mirrors, aluminium, stainless steel, plastics, treated and untreated woods, tiles, brass etc.

Using the PEL-Cloth… WETWet thoroughly with pure water only, (no soap) completely wring out and fold, then use as you would a wet sponge.

Maintenance of the PEL-ClothFor the cloth to perform correctly, it is necessary to keep the cloth clean with regular washing. The cloth should be hot washedat 95ºC. It can be machine washed at least 300 times. For small quantities you may choose to boil the cloths in a saucepan for15 minutes. Use 1/3 of the normal dose of ordinary washing powder. Always wash the cloths separately from other items toavoid adding fluff to the cloth.

N.B. Do not use fabric softener or bleach. The fabric softener removes the static effect for dry use and bleach breaks down themicro fibres. Either tumble dry or hang dry. If too much washing powder is used, the fibres become blocked and the performanceof the cloth is reduced. Wash the cloth a few times without any washing powder to remove excess soap.

947-3232 Standard

947-5040 Glass

�� Battery EraserThis is one of our best selling products. Battery operated electric eraser which weighs only 68grams (including the batteries). It’s an indispensable tool for anyone involved in book repair andpaper conservation. The soft non-abrasive vinyl eraser cleans pencil marks without damage toyour papers. Unit includes 2 “AAA” batteries, 10 white vinyl erasers (for pencil marks), 10 bluesolvent erasers (for drafting ink) and 2 spare eraser chucks.

Product Code description Price642-2000 battery eraser £56.11642-500 pack of 70 white eraser refills £7.73642-SE10 pack of 70 blue (ink) refills £11.18

Product Code description dimensions Price947-3232/5 standard 320mm x 320mm £10.95 pack 5947-3232/50 standard 320mm x 320mm £89.00 pack 50947-5040/5 glass 400mm x 400mm £10.95 pack 5947-5040/50 glass 400mm x 400mm £89.00 pack 50

�� Rub Gum EraserThis unique formula eraser doubles as a nonabrasive eraser and a drycleaner. Using gentlepressure, a fine deep-cleaning powder is produced which will absorb and remove dirt, graphite,etc., from both mat board and drawing paper. Extra large size - 2" x 1" x 7/8". Price per dozen.

Product Code size wt Price479-211 51 x 25 x 22mm 409gms £7.90

Page 181: Catalog PEL 2010

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Wishab® ��

181

�� Akapad®PEL is the UK appointed distributor for Akachemie Products. This dry cleaning system hasproven its reliability for over 20 years by conservators who use Wishab for a number of specific cleaning problems. Akapad is available as a dry sponge in powder-form and as a spray powder. The usage depends on the type and sensitivity of the artwork being cleaned.

Akapad Sponge is used to carry out convenient and safe dry cleaning of surfaces on paper, walls,ceilings, pictures, frescos, mural paintings, wallpaper, tapestries, textiles and other surfaces. Thesponge consists of a blue handle with the yellow cleaning layer moulded into it, this layerrestores itself constantly due to the crumb formation process. The soft sponge is used for sensitive surfaces, the hard sponge for less sensitive base surfaces and the extra hard spongefor non-sensitive surfaces such as stone. The surfaces to be cleaned must be absolutely dry.

Akapad Powder has been specially developed for dry cleaning of paper documents, it can alsobe used on other items. Simply spread the powder over the surface of the object to be cleaned. Rub the powder over the surface by hand using cotton wool or wearing our cotton gloves. Fortougher applications the powder can be used with soft felt disks on rotating tools. Caution mustprevail with any cleaning method and we advise this is done by a professional conservator.Akapad soft powder is used for sensitive surfaces such as paper and textiles, the hard powderfor less sensitive surfaces such as sturdy heavy papers, wood etc. The surfaces to be cleanedmust be absolutely dry and not powdery.

Akapad Spray Powder is a special development for dry cleaning using the spraying method. Thespray powder method is used to penetrate in depressions and hollow spaces where access isdifficult, such as masonry (Sandstone), sculptures or objects that have extremely rough surfaces. When using the spray method, the correct adjustment of the air pressure is veryimportant, however the air pressure is easy to determine by conducting trials. Recovery of thesprayed-on material is possible since the powder can be used several times (10 times ormore). Akapad spray powder is coarse, (particle size approximately 0.5-1.5mm) the sprayerpiping and nozzle must have large diameters. Nozzle size 5-10mm diameter with air volume of1000 litres/minute, working pressure of 5-10 bar with a distance of about 0.5-1 metre.

Product Code description qty Price782-4101 soft sponge each £3.85782-4101/30 soft sponge 30 £104.50782-4121 hard sponge each £4.65782-4121/30 hard sponge 30 £127.00782-4141 extra hard sponge each £5.50782-4141/30 extra hard sponge 30 £149.80782-4151 white sponge each £5.95782-4151/30 white sponge 30 £162.65782-4301 soft powder 500g £12.15782-4301/8 soft powder 4kg £88.30782-4261 Extra fine spray powder 5kg £103.40�� Akapad® White Sponge

The Akapad White Sponge has been designed for the cleaning of sensitive surfaces. the composition of the Akapad White Sponge has been especially formulated to provide excellentresults regarding ageing properties of the cleaned surfaces, of works of art on paper.

Product Code Description Quantity Price782-4151 white sponge each £5.95782-4151/30 white sponge 30 £162.65

�� Akatec Micro BlasterAkatec Micro Blaster is a pressure blasting machine with low air consumption for precise spraying. There is no need for any other source of energy but pressurized air. Akatec MicroBlaster can either be connected to the pressurized air system of a spraying cabinet or can beconnected to any other pressurized air pipe. It has to be ensured that only clean and dry air isfilled into the Micro Blaster. The small dimension and the low weight enables the easy transportand versatile use of the Micro Blaster. The spraying pressure of Akatec Micro Blaster is steered

Product Code: 782-5120 £1080.75Container content 0.7 litresL x W x H (mm) 240 x 200 x 340Working pressure Maximum 6 barAir consumption 110 l/min with 1.8mm nozzleWeight 5.8kg (without pedal)Precautionary measures Protection glasses/maskProduct Code: 782-4261 £103.40Powder 5kg Akablast Extra fine

by an adjustable pressure regulator. Included is a pressure release valve cuts off the air streamimmediately after switching off the Micro Blaster. Unwanted spraying is avoided. The Akablastextra fine powder (product code 782-4261) is the most suitable for the Micro Blaster. You willrequire air pressure to operate the system. Should you not already have compressed air available we recommend a compressor with a minimum 110 litres per minute. We will bepleased to quote should you have difficulty in obtaining a compressor.

Page 182: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Pacific Silvercloth®Saves Work and Keeps Your Silver Bright

Pacific Silvercloth® tarnish-preventing material keeps yoursilver and silver plated articles clean, bright and shining-without polishing! Thousands of silver particles embedded in the rich brown, velvety cloth absorb tarnish producingatmospheric gases before they reach the silver. Pacific

Product Code Description Price929-0003 3 yd roll (965mm x 2.7m) £71.00929-0015 15 yd roll (965mm x 13.5m) £297.70

�� Kleenmaster® Brillianize®Cleaner & Polisher

Kleenmaster® Brillianize® is an anti-static cleaner whichdoes not attract dust and reduces scratching of plexiglasexhibit cases and display cases. Cleans and shines all typesof plastics, glass, and any other hard, shiny, non-absorbentsurface. Also helps resist finger marking. Non-toxic. Avoidfreezing. Price per 8 oz. bottle.

Product Code wt Price962-0008 318g £8.20

�� Qwicksilver®The internationally patented Quicksilver® method is the mostadvanced system available for cleaning sterling and silverplate. A 305mm x 305mm perforated electrolytic alloy metalgrid creates a very controlled, low intensity magnetic fieldwhich is just strong enough to draw off the soft sulphur ionsof tarnish without removing or harming the harder metal ionsof the items being cleaned. Large quantities of tarnished itemswill emerge sparkling and tarnish free in seconds. The activator solution is completely non-toxic and environmentallysafe. The Qwicksilver® method requires no polishing, buffing, pads, sponges, harmful chemicals, or caustic dips.Use one cup of activator for every 8 gallons of water.

Product Code description wt Price958-10001 cleaning plate 1.36kg £180.80958-10002 activator solution 11.36kg £107.30

(approx: 19 cups)958-10008 activator solution 0.59kg £5.90

(approx: 1 cup)

Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 182

�� Conservation Supplies

�� Carbon ClothDeveloped in conjunction with conservators andPreservation Equipment Ltd, UK, this unique breathableactivated carbon cloth offers the best practical protection for artefacts and artworks against damagingatmospheric pollution. As well as offering protection forsingle material items such as coins, PEL's activated carbon cloth also offers protection for all artefacts andartworks - effectively neutralising acids, bases, volatileorganics, decomposition products, odours etc.

Activated Carbon Cloth is composed of 100% activatedcarbon presented in a textile form and as such, can becut, sewn and bonded to other materials to allow itsintegration within display and storage systems. ActivatedCarbon Cloth will absorb vapours, including odours andcertain inorganic molecules in the atmosphere. Thesepollutants are attributed to a combined problem of air pollution in the environment and emissions of conta-minants from both display and storage materials and theobjects themselves.

Activated Carbon Cloth is most commonly used in preventive conservation to retard the corrosion of metals by absorbing contaminants such as acetic acids. It can also be used to remove odours from deteriorating organic objects and to retard thedeterioration of books, paper, drawings and sketches. In addition to the absorption of potentially harmful contaminants, ActivatedCarbon Cloth will also absorb water vapour and therfore can reduce humidity in a similar way to other desiccants such as silicagel. At the same time, overall performance will not be affected by high humidity.

The cloth is manufactured in a 1525mm (approximately 60 inches) wide roll and can be readily cut to fit into storage and display systems. Create bags for storage of one or more items, or line backboards of paintings, drawers and textiles. Also anideal drawer, box or shipping crate liner. Activated Carbon Cloth is cut to each customer's specific length requirement. Pricing isper linear metre.

Product Code Dimensions Price492-7000 1500mm x 1m £54.00 per metre492-7000/10 1500mm x 10m £447.00 per roll

Silvercloth® also protects against dust and scratches. Clothis 38” wide and comes with instructions on how to make custom bags, pouches, rolls and how to line drawers andcabinets. Note: Laundering reduces effectiveness.

Page 183: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 183

Costume Figures Conservation ��

�� Conservation Costume FiguresThese figures are designed to be versatile with adjustable heights, arm lengths and flexible elbows.they are easy to dress and undress.Sizes are small, narrow across the shoulders and are designed with padding to fit most costumes within a particular size range.

Male torsos are available with "standard shoulders". Shoes on figures with legs require a hole drilled into the left heel so that thebase plate spiggot can fit through to support the figure.

Figures should be ordered at least 2" (50mm) smaller than costume sizes to allow them to fit. They can always be padded out asrequired with polyester wadding.

The figures are conservation quality and have been approved and used by a number of major institutions.

Conversion FormulaeTo Convert Multiply byInches to Centimetres 2.540Centimetres to Inches 0.03937Feet to Metres 0.3048Metres to Feet 3.28112” (inches) = 1’ (feet)

Product Code Description Size Price217-0015 Male Figure with legs Height 168cm to 180cm. Chest 83cm £1,325.00

Waist 62cm. Hips 81cm217-0016 Male Figure on stand Height 165cm to 185cm. Chest 83cm £1,120.00

Waist 74cm. Hips 86cm217-0017 Female Figure with legs Height 147cm to 163cm £1,325.00

Chest 74cm to 79cm217-0018 Female Figure with legs Height 163cm to 183cm. Chest 74cm to 79cm £1,325.00

Waist 56cm. Hips 91cm217-0019 Female Figure on stand Height 147cm to 173cm. Chest 74cm to 79cm £1,120.00

Waist 45cm. Hips 84cm

217-0019 217-0017 & 217-0018 217-0016 217-0015

Page 184: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 184

�� Display Cases

�� General SpecificationThese attractive high specification display cases are designed to meet modernconservation standards with UV filtering laminated glass, inert materials and ahigh level of dust sealing. A silica gel facility can also be incorporated into thecases to provide a humidity buffer for sensitive objects.

A robust aluminium construction, laminated glass to BS 6206A and Abloy™ highsecurity locks ensure a well protected environment for artifacts on display. Casescan also be supplied with other glass specifications such as anti-bandit glass toBS 5544, Optiwhite glass and non reflective glass - prices are available uponrequest.

All cases have a hard wearing powdercoated finish in either grey (BS 00 A 05),black (EN 204 E) or cream (RAL 1013) as standard, other colours are availableupon request. Delivery is not included but for budget purposes an allowance of12.5% of the costs should be made - please call for specific quotation.

Please remember to specify colour when ordering.

�� Model 1 - Display Case with Integral Light Hood (Full Height)

Full height display case with integral light hood. This case has 10.8mm laminatedglass and an aluminium egg crate diffuser with a sealed UV filtering layer. The casecan be fitted with fully adjustable shelving and can be fitted with a range of lightingoptions including fibre optics.

A silica gel facility can be incorporated within the lower case framework.Dimensions of exterior: 2000mm high x 750mm wide x 750mm depth.

�� Model 2 - Display Case with Integral Light Hood & Cupboard Storage

Display case with integral light hood and cupboard storage. This case has 10.8mmlaminated glass and an aluminium egg crate diffuser with sealed UV filtering layer.The case can be fitted with fully adjustable shelving and can be fitted with a rangeof lighting options including fibre optics.

The lower storage area is lockable and can incorporate a silica gel facility

Dimensions of exterior: 2000mm high x 1000mm wide x 500mm depth.

Model 1 - Display Case with Integral Light Hood (Full Height)Product Code Description Price599-1000 Display Case £4784.00599-1002 Glass Shelf & Supports £360.00599-1003 Fluorescent Lighting £295.30599-1004 Low Voltage Lighting £313.50599-1005 Fibre Optic Lighting £1918.50599-1006 Silica Gel & Pelsorb Facility £331.70

Model 2 - Display Case, Integral Light Hood & Cupboard StorageProduct Code Description Price599-2000 Display Case £5511.60599-2002 Glass Shelf & Supports £357.00599-2003 Fluorescent Lighting £330.65599-2004 Low Voltage Lighting £313.50599-2005 Fibre Optic Lighting £1918.50599-2006 Silica Gel & Pelsorb Facility £331.70

�� Model 1

�� Model 2

See Page 170 & 171 for Data Loggers and Accessories

Page 185: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Model 3 - Display Case with Glass Top (Full Height)

Full height display case with glass top. This case has 10.8mm laminated glass anda slimline top channel.

The case can be filled with fully adjustable shelving and are normally lit externally.

A silica gel facility can be incorporated within the lower case framework.Dimensions of exterior: 1800mm high x 750mm wide x 750mm depth.

Model 3 - Display Case with Glass Top (Full Height)Product Code Description Price599-3000 Display Case £3710.00599-3002 Glass Shelf & Supports £367.00599-3006 Pelsorb Facility £331.70

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Display Cases ��

185

�� Model 4 - All Glass Table Top Display CaseAll glass table top display case with 8.8mm laminated glass and high quality UVbonded joints. These cases can be supplied with steel support legs or slab andplinth supports. These cases are generally lit externally but can also incorporateswan neck fibre optic lights.

A silica gel facility can be incorporated within the lower case framework.Dimensions of exterior: 900mm high x 1200mm wide x 600mm depth.Display area: 1200mm wide x 600mm depth x 300mm high.

Model 4 - All Glass Table Top Display CaseProduct Code Description Price599-4000 Display Case £3196.00599-4005 Fibre Optic Lighting £2035.00599-4006 Pelsorb Facility £331.70

�� Model 5 - Wall Mounted Display CaseWall mounted display case for thin items such as medals, textiles, documents andother small size artifacts. This case has 8.8mm laminated glass to BS 6206A andcan be easily fixed to most types of walls or display panels.

Dimensions of exterior: 1250mm high x 750mm wide x 82mm depth.

Model 5 - Wall Mounted Display CaseProduct Code Description Price599-5000 Display Case £1563.00

�� Model 4

�� Model 3

�� Model 5

Page 186: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 186

�� Display & Accessories

Product Code Size (W x H x D) Wt Price488-2531 3” x 2.75” x 4.5” (76 x 70 x 114mm) 90g £6.95488-2532 3.5” x 3.75” x 5.25” (89 x 95 x 133mm) 90g £9.95488-2533 5” x 5.5” x 7.25” (127 x 140 x 184mm) 182g £11.25

�� A. Clear Book DisplayVery sturdy, flexible easels. For display of books, documents, etc. Lucite is 1/8"thick and hasbeen sanded and polished to a crystal clear finish. Price each.

Product Code Size Wt Price488-1451 6” square (152mm) 727g £25.60488-1454 12” square (305mm) 227g £72.02

�� B. PlexiGlas® Display CubeBeautifully handcrafted 3mm thick PlexiGlas® cubes to display special items. Price each.

Product Code Size Weight Price327-0012 12” square (305mm square) 364g £8.95327-0018 18” square (457mm square) 410g £11.95327-0024 24” square (610mm square) 700g £12.95

�� Clear Polyester StripsClear 50 micron polyester plastic strips will keep books being held for binding in order, whileat the same time allowing them to be shelved. This clear, non-adhesive strip can also be usedto hold rare books open for exhibition while allowing patrons to read the type beneath. Simplycut the strips to the desired length, wrap around the pages of the open or damaged book andattach using tape or Velcro® fasteners as shown. Price per roll.

Product Code Size Wt Price415-0010 1” x 500ft (25mm x 152m) 364g £6.50415-0150 1.5” x 500ft (38mm x 152m) 555g £9.50415-0200 2” x 500ft (51mm x 152m) 670g £12.50Velcro® Brand VelcoinsProduct Code size description wt Price483-0016 0.62” (16mm) circles 16 pairs 45g £1.28483-0020 0.78” (20mm) squares 24 pairs 45g £1.93

A.

B.

�� Book Display PillowsThe idea for this simple, yet safe and effective method of providing full support for rare bookson display came to us from the Department of Special Collections at the University of Florida.Each pillow contains inert polyfoam crystals encased in a heat-sealed tyvek cover fordurability. Simply mould the pillow to the desired shape and rest the book in place. May be usedagain and again. Originally designed for rare books, but great for nearly any delicate item youwish to display. Price each.

Product Code Size Price415-25100 25mm x 250m (1” x 273.5yds) £6.50

�� Soft Polypropylene Book StripsWe have frequently been requested to supply an alternative to polyester strips which are stiffwith sharp edges. These polypropylene strips are the answer because they are soft, much moredrapeable and less likely to damage the open pages. the 50 micron strips are clear, inert andcan be used for long term display. Simply cut the strips to the desired length, wrap around thepages and secure using Velcro® fasteners or archival tape. Price per roll.

Product Code Size (H x W x D) Wt Price077-SG52 3.5” x 20” x 12” (89 x 508 x 304mm) 318g £47.54

�� Flat Open Book StandThis stand will let a book rest on its spine while holding the left and right sides up slightly. Price Each

Page 187: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Book Supports & Displays ��

187

�� B. Book Exhibition CradlesImproper display of books can cause irreparable damage. By their very nature, the objectsexhibited are often the ones which can least afford the exposure. These clear book cradleswere developed with the assistance of a conservator to provide displays which do not putunnecessary stress on the bindings of displayed books. Beautifully constructed of seamlessbent 5mm acrylic. We offer four cradles, with two spine lengths and two widths, which willaccommodate books of different sizes and stiffnesses. For larger books, you may want to usetwo cradles of the same dimension. Once the book is on the cradle, use our clear PolyesterStrips (see opposite page) to hold pages open.Weight 182g. Price each.

�� A. Cover Display CradleThese cradles were specially designed with a gentle slope and front lip to protect your rare andvaluable books from damage while displaying the cover. Made of 5mm crystal clear acrylic.Wt.182g. Price each.

Product Code size Price898-3472 0.75” x 7” x 4” x 2” (19 x 178 x 102 x 51mm) £17.80

Product Code size (H x W x D) angle Price898-153 1” x 3” x 5” (25 x 76 x 127mm) 140º £18.25898-154 1” x 4” x 5” (25 x 102 x 127mm) 150º £18.25898-173 1” x 3” x 7” (25 x 76 x 178mm) 140º £18.25898-174 1” x 4” x 7” (25 x 102 x 178mm) 150º £18.25

Product Code size (H x W x D) angle Price898-244 2” x 4” x 4” (51 x 102 x 102mm) 30º £24.00898-144 1” x 4” x 4” (25 x 102 x 102mm) 14º £24.00898-1244 0.5” x 4” x 4” (13 x 102 x 102mm) 7º £24.00898-1525 0.5” x 2” x 2.5” (13 x 51 x 64mm) 7º £24.00898-1225 1” x 2” x 2.5” (25 x 51 x 64mm) 10º £24.00

�� C. Book Support WedgesOne of the best arrangements for book display is to use a set of wedges of varying sizes andangles. This allows you to select the appropriate ones to fit the lay of the book. The wedgeshave a one piece bent construction of 5mm acrylic. The independent wedge design allows youto move each wedge to achieve different angles of support. For tall books, you may use two setsof wedges of the same dimensions. Smaller wedges may also be used to prop up individualphotographs on display. Wedges may be assorted for quantity pricing. Wt. 91g Price per pair.

�� Norfolk Book SofaThis book support system is a registered design of the Norfolk Record Office and is marketedexclusively by PEL. The design allows books of a large variety of sizes and thicknesses to besupported correctly during handling by researchers. The shape adjusts gradually as readingprogresses to cradle volumes exactly where needed, but without allowing them to open too far,thus limiting strain on the spines.

The removable outer cover is made from a 100% cotton fabric, which is approved as a displaymaterial by major museums. It is also machine washable, which ensures that the support canbe kept clean and presentable. The neutral grey colour should not conflict with existing searchroom decor and resists showing dust and book deposits. The unbleached calico inner containslightweight, flame retardant polystyrene beads.

The Norfolk Book Sofa is a durable user friendly design; with no loose foam wedges and nocomplex folding sections… simplicity itself!

Available in two sizes; Standard for volumes of up to approx. 28 x 40cm (closed dimensions),and Large for bound newspapers and bigger volumes.

Product Code Description Price327-2000 Norfolk Book Sofa Standard Size £43.75 each327-1000 Norfolk Book Sofa Large Size £55.75 each

�� D. Snake WeightsWeighted fabric snake weights allow the pages of books to be held open for display andresearch. The snakes can be used to hold down curled charts and single sheets of paper.Can be used with our Norfolk Sofa, Book Pillows & Book Cradles. Available in 3 lengths inpairs for small, medium and large books. Easily cut down to exact size for a special display

Product Code length wt Price426-5000 500mm 200g £5.95 per pair426-5100 1000mm 400g £8.95 per pair426-5150 1500mm 600g £11.95 per pair

A.

B.

C.

D.

A.

B.

C.

Page 188: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 188

�� Shipping & Packing

Shipping & PackingWe are frequently asked to supply various materials for shipping works of art. We have now included many products for use in transporting museum collections. Although this page features products used for packing and protecting you will find other products within this catalogue.

Data Loggers Shock/Vibration, Temperature and Humidity. Tyvek, Cotton and Finger Grip Gloves, Silica Gel, Art-Sorb, Humidity Meters, Zip Lock Bags, Bubble Wrap, Tyvek Tags and Labels, Be StillMy Art, Insect Traps, PEL-Softwrap, Acid-Free Tissue, Polyester Pockets and Wallets, Roll Storage Tubes, Cotton Tying Tape, Acid-Free Folders and Envelopes, Map and Banner Bags, Packing Tapes,Fragile Tapes, Lift Off Tape, Plastazote and other foams. Thermocutter Hot Cutting Knife, Cotton Twine, Corrugated Boards, Paper and Corroplast, PEL-Seal Archival Microclimate, Low Melt GlueGun, Tote Baskets, Polyester Batting, Polyfelt, Ethafoam Crystals, Balances and Scales, Acid-Free Boxes, PermBag.

Product Code Price425-0709 £6.95

Product Code 460-1002 £4.95thickness 2mmlength approx. 240mBreaking Strain 18kg

�� Clear or Buff Polypropylene Packing Tape (non-archival)

This general use tape is pressure sensitive and is used forpacking cases and parcels. Should not come in contact withvaluable works of art and is difficult to remove. Pack of 6 rolls.

Product Code size PriceA. 425-0200 Buff 50mm x 66m £3.95 6 rollsB. 425-0210 Clear 50mm x 66m £3.95 6 rolls

�� Handheld Tape DispenserDesigned for use with most self adhesive tapes (not suitablefor gummed tapes). The dispenser has a special built inbrake, which adjust easily for various tapes unwindingspeeds. Particularly suitable for use with packing tapes withwidths of 50mm wound on 75mm diameter cores.

�� Cotton TwineThis acid-free unbleached cotton twine is suitable for tyingour Tyvek tags and doesn’t fray or unravel. It is soft and drapable and can also be used on other labels, bundling,attaching identification tags and other applications.

�� PEL-Protection Tape (non-archival)This low tack clear tape lifts off without leaving adhesiveresidue behind. Ideal for shipping glass and protecting pic-ture frames in transit. Attaches to most surfaces includingpaper and can be removed easily leaving no sticky adhesivebehind.

Product Code size Price425-0700 50mm x 66m £3.40 each

A.

�� Fragile Warning Tape (non-archival)

Made from polypropylene the tape is pressure sensitive andhelps to protect cases and parcels from transit hazards.Printed red on white.

Product Code size PriceC. 425-0643 50mm x 66m £1.69 each

B.C.

�� Corner ProtectorsWe use these corners for shipping various packs of board andpaper flat packs to protect the vulnerable corners. Shippingdamage is significantly reduced. Our customers have requestedwe offer them in our catalogue.

Expanding corner protectors are a simple method to protectcorners and eliminate damage to picture frames, table tops,books, mounting boards and most flat packs. Available in twosizes from 14mm to 70mm thickness. Price per pack.

Product Code Expanding Size Quantity Price425-0013 14mm-40mm 48 £4.35

425-0014 40mm-70mm 48 £9.95

�� Bubble Film RollsThe air-filled shock absorber with high performance properties,soft cushioning for tough protection. The bubble Film is flexible,strong, tear and moisture resistant. Manufactured from virginlow density polyethylene used to protect artifacts during transitand interim storage. Artifacts should be placed away from thebubble side.

Product Code bubble size Price425-1482/1 10mm sml 500mm x 100m £14.95425-1482/3 30mm lge 1500mm x 50m £35.95

Page 189: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Preparation Disaster ��

189

�� Barricade TapeThis barricade tape allows protection for staff and visitors byhighlighting danger areas. Thick polyethylene tape, durable andlightweight. Wrap round poles, fittings or staple to wood stakesto block off areas of disaster quickly. Supplied on easy-to-usespools, the tape can be used time and time again. Available overprinted with DANGER, or plain red and white tape.

�� Disaster PlanningWhen natural or man-made disasters happen they can wipeout libraries and archives that have taken generations to build. Having a “Disaster Plan” with a suitable kit of materialson hand can make all the difference in your ability to come to the immediate aid to best deal with the disaster. To effec-tively cope with such disasters collections should be surveyed,inventoried, staff should have adequate equipment and supplies on hand to handle the collection during an emergency, and the know-how to use it. We have included anumber of products for your “Disaster Plan Kit” no doubt otheritems will be added to our suggestions. All the items listed arefeatured in this catalogue.

Wet and Dry Vacuums, Dehumidifiers, Fire Cabinets,Tyvek Rolls, Wool felts, Capillary Matting, Tyvek Label,Dust Bunnys, Cotton Gloves, Drying Rack/Trays, InsectTraps, Cleaning Sponges, Respirators, Silica Gel, Art-Sorb, Humidity Meters, Steam Cleaners, Erasers,Water Alert, Blotting Paper, Zip lock Plastic Bags,Newsprint Paper, Books: Disaster Planning, Disposable Gloves, PEL-Cloth.

Product Code: 961-1076 £29.95Danger Red/White TapeWidth: 3” x 1640ft (76mm x 500m)

Product Code: 961-1070 £11.80Plain Red/White TapeWidth: 2.75” x 1640ft (70mm x 500m)

�� TyvekProven Protection Against Dangerous Hazards. Test resultsshow Tyvek stopped or filtered out 99.9% of particles 0.5-0.7micron. The relatively slick surface is a further barrier againstparticle entrapment. There is just no place for particles to attach themselves. All in all, whether par ticles are radioactive or bacteriological, org anic or in organic, carcinogenic or justplain dust, Tyvek protects. Liquid hold-out tests give Tyvek thesame high ratings being non-absorbent and essentially inert.Tyvek has high tensile/tear strength in all directions because its constituent fibres are spun-bonded in all directions. It keepsthis strength, wet or dry, water has virtually no effect on it.

�� Tyvek Hooded Coverall & ApronLightweight comfortable to wear hooded coverall with elasticated hood, ankles and cuffs. Ideal for disaster clean-up work to protect the wearer with maximum comfort and protection. Apron, loop at neck, tie sides.

Product Code size qty Price035-1412S small 5 £29.95035-1412M medium 5 £29.95035-1412L large 5 £29.95035-1215 Apron one size 10 £23.95

�� Plastic SheetingClear strong polythene centre-fold sheeting for protection instorage against dust, moisture, is ideal for draping over libraryshelves protecting from leaks and water in a disaster situation.Thickness: 76 micron. Price per roll.

Product Code dimensions Price425-0312 2m folding to 4m x 50m £49.95

Weight: 14kg

�� Tyvek RollsA proven protective cover for soft furnishings, textiles, tapestries,artifacts, etc, providing a necessary barrier to dust & mildewspores. It cannot support the growth of fungi or bacteria.

Product Code size Price212-1422 1524mm x 25m roll £49.50212-1422100 1524mm x 100m roll £183.40212-1422300 3000mm x 50m roll £206.40

�� Tyvek Tags & LabelsIdentity tags for artifacts and specimens, very strong, tear-proof, waterproof, can be used outside since the wet will notaffect them. Tyvek is acid-free, lightweight, resistant to harshchemicals and can be easily over printed (contact our salesoffice for over printiing). Tag has eyelet reinforced hole, suppliedwithout ties.

We suggest our acid-free cord (463-1003) is used for ties, so youcan cut to necessarylength. Special sizesavailable, contact ourcustomer servicedepartment. Used inmuseums, archives forlabelling works of art.

Product Code size Price613-7550 75mm x 50mm £37.95 per 1000613-7510 150mm x 100mm £55.00 per 500

�� Multi-Format SorbentsWith a high fluid holding capacity the versatile design is foursorbents all rolled into one. They can be used closed as aboom, unfold once it is a pillow, or open it right out to use asa pad or roll to absorb fluids swiftly and efficiently. Ideal for the Disaster Kit with its own dispenser and simple graphicinstructions.

Product Code: 035-2002 £35.95dimensions 120mm wide x 14m & 50mm thickabsorbency 110 litres

�� Minibooms SorbentsIdeal for immediate containment of non-aggressive spills andwater. Light-weight and versatile, they are simple to use anddispose of, with high liquid holding capacity. They will holdback low levels of water creeping across a floor while otheraction can be taken. Price per pack of 12

Product Code: 035-2000 £52.50dimensions 750mm wide x 1.2m longabsorbency 3.75 litres (45 litres per pack)

�� Smoke SpongesFor Clean-up In Fire Restoration.Made of vulcanized naturalrubber, our dry cleaning sponges will effectively remove soot and smoke damage from wallpaper, painted metal andwood surfaces, fabrics, and a variety of additional surfaces.Widely used for clean-up following fire damage, the cleaningapplications for these versatile sponges continue to grow. 3"W x 6"L x 1.75"H. Price each.

Product Code size wt Price961-1000 76 x 152 x 45mm 182g £2.95961-1002 76 x 152 x 22mm 91g £1.95

Page 190: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Disaster Preparedness

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 190

�� B. RespiratorsWith HEPA Filter. The soft, lightweight face piece makes thisrespirator extremely comfortable and the easy to adjust headstraps add to worker comfort. The initial cost of this respiratoris just a little more than a disposable respirator, but the savings grow through reuse of the face piece. The HEPA filtersystem removes even the smallest particles from the air youbreathe, including mould and fungi. Filters sold separately.Price each.

Product Code description wt Price035-6200 medium mask 50g £18.60035-6300 large mask 50g £18.60035-2040 hepa filters (2 ea.) 50g £10.30

�� C. Tyvek® Coverall SuitProtect your clothing from dirt and dust, solvent and otherchemical spills, various art media, and anything else that cancause staining problems with disposable Tyvek® Coveralls.Each suit is highly tear resistant, repels water, features a zipper front, and can be used over and over again (dependingupon the application). Generally, medium fits average buildunder 1.8m large fits over 1.8m in height or larger frames. Price pack of 5.

Product Code description qty Price035-1412S small 5 £29.95035-1412M medium 5 £29.95035-1412L large 5 £29.95

�� Disposable ApronsWhite Polythene disposable aprons, 100 to a dispenser pack.They are used extensively in food processing and other related industries. The aprons are fluid and bacteria resistant.Ideal for studio use for washing and wet repairs. It is a goodidea to put a pack in your disaster kit.Price per 100 aprons 27" x 42" (686 x 1067mm)

Product Code quantity Price611-P450 100 pack dispenser £5.95

�� A. 3M Powersorb™ Universal Sorbents. Protect books, artwork and artifactsfrom accidental spillage of solvents, chemicals, beverages,and other hazardous or aggressive spills. Powersorb UniversalSorbents work quickly to minimize exposure of valuable mate-rials. Each Sorbent is chemically inert, absorbs acids, acidbased chemicals and most hazardous liquids. No conservationlab should be without them. Available in either 280mm x330mm pads or 750mm x 1.2m mini-booms.Price per package.

Product Code description wt Price035-P110 50 pads in dispenser 1.6kg £43.50035-2000 12 mini-booms 6.8kg £52.50

B.C.

A.

D.

Buy on-line atwww.preservationequipment.com

�� PEL-WaterCushionWhen a water disaster strikes the PEL-Water AbsorbingCushion will be of real assistance in removing water and otherliquids. The absorbing capacity is 10-12 litres in 60 secondsand amazing 20 litres in 5 minutes. The dimensions are780mm x 640mm x 5mm, and the cushion is easily handledand put into place quickly. It requires little storage space, islightweight environmentally friendly and are easily disposed of.

Although it only weighs 400 grams, the cushion can absorbliquids of up to several times its own weight. The tear-resis-tant outer cover contains a super absorbent material, whichabsorbs 20 litres, ie. 50 times it’s own weight of 400 grams.

It absorbs flood water, fire fighting water, weak acids, alkalis,diluted solvents and mud-sand-water mixtures.

Thanks to its high degree of heat resistance, the PEL-WaterCushion can be used close to any fire.

Application possibilities because the cushion instantly absorbswater falling from above while protecting the surface below itfrom moisture. If placed on furniture, carpets for example, thebottom of the cushion remains dry and protects objectsunderneath the cushion, especially useful in museums andstately homes.

This product is a must for any “Disaster Plan Kit”.

Product Code Description qty Price035-2003 WaterCushion each £19.80

780 x 640 x 5mm035-2003/10 WaterCushion Pk of 10 £179.95

780 x 640 x 5mm

�� Emergency Response & Salvage Wheel

Much of our cultural heritage is held in collections like yoursbut when a natural disaster or other emergency strikes manyirreplaceable items can be lost. Water damage is the mostcommon threat to collections. The wheel will help you to safeguard artefacts and records damaged by water whetherfrom flooding, fire, earthquakes or severe storms.

Available in English or Spanish languages the wheel hasessential information to help you cope quickly and effectivelywhen disaster strikes.

Side One Action Steps outlines critical stages of disasterresponse such as stabilizing the environment and assessingdamage.

Side Two Salvage Steps provides practical tips for ninetypes of collections, books, documents, photographs, electronic records, paintings and more.

The wheel is produced by Heritage Preservation in the USA.

Product Code description Price476-2020 English Language £9.50

Page 191: Catalog PEL 2010

Product Code 476-1007 £14.95Power Supply 9 Volt BatteryDimensions 90mm x 90mm x 33mmWeight 144g including battery

�� A. Water AlarmWorks like a smoke detector guarding against water leakage.Simply place the water sensor in areas where water maypotentially be a danger. The 1.8 metre length cable allows thealarm to be positioned away from the water sensor ready tosound. Ideal for remote areas such as cellars, packed storageareas, hard to reach positions, unstaffed locations and potential trouble spots. As you do with a smoke detector periodically check the alarm by pressing the test button. The85 dB buzzer sounds for 3 days.

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Preparedness Disaster ��

191

�� B. Just Incase CaseThis new Disaster Preparedness Kit is not ready at the time of going to print. Unfortunately, the ReactPak is no longer available. We are working on the replacement which will beknown as the “Just in case case”.

We expect it to be available in June 2009. Contact customerservices for details or look on our website www.pel.eu

A.

B.

Page 192: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 192

�� Disaster Supplies

�� Water Alert®Water Alert® guards year round against undetected waterleakage. A small amount of water seeping under Water Alert®

activates its electronic sensor producing a loud high pitched “on-off” alarm. The self-contained, dome shaped unit isrugged, non-corrosive and safe. Sensor adjusts easily to allowactivation from 0.4mm to 3mm above surface. Will not activate due to high humidity. The battery operated sealedsolid state circuitry will provide approximately 3-day on/offaudible alarm when activated (9 volt battery not included). Can easily be heard throughout a two-storey home for fullday/night surveillance. Price each.

Product Code wt Price476-1000 318g £169.00

�� Silverfish TrapsSilverfish eat paper and glue with great gusto. Damage inflict-ed by silverfish ranges from sight abrasion to actually eatingthrough pages of books and other paper based artifacts. Theyalso eat rayon and cellophane. Unlike messy powders, Thesesilverfish traps are clean, and won’t leave residue on yourhands or locations where they are placed. By infusing boricacid, paper pack and glue with an attractant that is irrestibleto these damaging insects, the silverfish will crawl inside thecorrugated package to eat, and are quickly killed. Price per package of 24 traps.

Product Code wt Price368-6047 136g £10.15

Product Code size Price668-3400 800mm x 200m £14.50

�� Newsprint PaperNewsprint Paper is an inexpensive, absorbent material idealfor mopping up spills and for drawing water away from satu-rated documents. If disaster strikes, you can’t have enough ofthis economical wipe-up at your disposal. Not acid-free. Price per roll.

�� Helpful HintWhat You Should Know…Disasters can result from an act of nature or an act of man. To effectively cope with such disasters, collections should be surveyed, inventoried andreviewed by appropriate staff. Staff should have adequate equipment and supplies on hand to handle the collection during an emergency, and the know-how to use it. Finally, emergency handlingguidelines should be discussed in expectation of a disaster, procedures written, and copies provided to key staff members both on and off the premises.

Put aside a supply of emergency supplies. They should include flashlights, plastic sheeting, rolls of paper, and blotters. These and other emergency tools should be kept together in a readily accessible,designated area and be easily transportable to thedisaster site.

�� Pest Management“Pest Management in Museums, Archives & Historic Houses” By David Pinninger.Everyone working in a Museum, Library or Archive shouldfamiliarize themselves with the pests that can attack their col-lections. This book incorporates much of the material con-tained in Insect Pests in Museums but it has been expandedto include as much up-to-date information as possible. It isintended to be a working guide to help people recognise pestsand take practical steps to prevent and control damage to collections. It includes information on trapping and detectionof pests and evaluates the advantages and disadvantages ofphysical and chemical control measures.

Product Code wt Price975-1873 300g £19.50

�� Yellow Sticky TrapsMonitor flying insects with these yellow plastic sheets(100mm x 245mm) coated on both sides with non-dryingadhesive. Mount them near windows and other light sources.Early detection of infestations, easy handling, no chemicalpesticides. Since the traps emit no chemical and rely oncolour to attract pests, they may be left in place for as long asnecessary.

Product Code dimensions qty Price975-0005 100mm x 245mm 10pk £3.75

�� Insect Detector TrapsCollections can be devastated by an insect population, yet un-necessary use of insecticides can damage your collection.These traps allow you to monitor exhibits and storage areas,for insects so that the correct action is taken for the type ofinfestation. Insects likely to be trapped: woodborers, moths,beetles, silver-fish, booklice, cockroaches, flies etc.

Product Code description Price975-1163 pack of 30 traps & lures £7.40

Page 193: Catalog PEL 2010

Insect & Pest Traps ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 193

�� Webbing Clothes Moth Trap KitThe number one museum insect pest worldwide is the webbingclothes moth (Tineola bisselliella). Clothes moth larvae feed onwool, hair, feathers, fur, upholstered furniture, bristles, dried hair and leather. This effective trap is for the monitoring andtrapping of moths and other flying insect pests. The trap is cutand creased to shape for on-site assembly, coated with a verytacky non-drying adhesive, suitable for capturing large andsmall moth species. Pheromone lures are placed in the centre of the sticky insert before location in the trap, and catch inspec-tion is possible without the need for dismantling of the trap. Themoths are unable to escape from the strong adhesive and areretained for identification and counting. For monitoring insectpopulations use a maximum density of one trap per 100m2 offloor area. In large open buildings the density may be reducedto one trap per 800m2.The kit comes with instructions, 10 traps and lures.

Product Code: 975-0030 £34.80

�� Lo-Line (Cockroach Trap)These large traps will catch a large number of insects, giving a lot of information on the population in the immediate locality. Easy to assembleand safe to handle, use in cafeterias and collection storage areas. Whilst a large variety of insects will be caught in these traps, they are primarily used to monitor cockroaches. The lures contain a mimic of the aggregation pheromone used by these pests, to enhance attraction. Lures for crawling insects, whether theycontain aggregation pheromone, sex pheromone, or food attractants, operate over a much shorter distance, often no more than 1.5metres. Establishing a grid of traps is therefore not a realistic proposition, so it is more important to concentrate on key positionswhere insects are more likely to congregate, or at entry points to vulnerable areas.Comes with instructions, 10 traps, and 10 blister packed 11mm tablet attractant lures.

Product Code: 975-0050 £6.25 per 10dimensions 210mm x 100mm x 22mm

�� SP-Locator (Warehouse Moths)A low profile, disposable trap for localised detection of sources of warehouse moth infestations in sensitive and inaccessible areas,such as beneath shelving or display cabinets, inside stored collections in the repository. The cardboard locator is supplied folded flat.It folds quickly and easily into an open-ended box shape, with adhesive covered floor. This non-drying adhesive catches and retainswarehouse moths, which are attracted into the trap by the pheromone lure provided with the locator. Effective for monitoring theeffect of cleaning, fumigation or insecticide treatments. May be used horizontally or vertically, allow at least 5 metres between locators. Most positions of use will be dusty and the adhesive loses the ability to retain insects once covered in dust.Comes with instructions, 20 traps and 20 lures.

Product Code: 975-1313 £14.20dimensions: 100mm x 70mm floor area. 20mm high

�� Window (Tribolium) TrapThe window trap is a general purpose trap for small crawlinginsects. It can be used without lures, relying on the attraction ofa harbourage to entice the insects to enter, or it can be usedwith specific lures. Once inside, insects are captured on thesticky surface. Use in inconspicuous areas of your exhibits andstorage areas.The kit comes with instructions, 10 traps and 10 lures.

Product Code: 975-0010 £35.20

Page 194: Catalog PEL 2010

A.

B.

C.

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 194

�� Cabinets Fire Record Protection

�� Fire Record Protection CabinetsFor the best in secure storage of documents against the destruction of fire, pilferage and other damage - PEL Record ProtectionCabinet Range has been designed for generous storage of personal records, certification and other vital documentation.

Steel filing cabinets offer very little protection against fire and transmit heat rather than dissipating it. The Record ProtectionCabinet Range has been expertly designed & manufactured to protect vital documents from exposure to such hazards.

Tested to the highest standardsAvailable in five sizes, each cabinet has gained the NT 017 5120 Standard fire test label which affords 2 hours protectionagainst fire for documents and paper.

� Monolithic construction of fire testing resisting barrier material affords maximum protection.� Internal temperatures limited to 170ºC after 2 hours of exposure to severe fire.

Quality locks and fittingsCabinets are available with a wide capacity, cost effective fittings including shelves, pullout platform, pullout file frame.

� Available in five sizes.� Wide range of fittings to allow effective methods of paper storage.� Slam shut action providing peace of mind that the cabinet is sealed when closed.� High capacity storage.� Keylocking as standard.� Alternative locking available.� All cabinets are finished in a light textured finish to suit all working environments.

Product Code 521-8320 £3748.00External Size (mm) 1930H x 1260W x 620DHandle Projection 50mmInternal Size (mm) 1750H x 1080W x 440DCapacity 832 litresWeight 635kg

Product Code 521-1820 £1468.00External Size (mm) 880H x 780W x 620DHandle Projection 50mmInternal Size (mm) 700H x 600W x 440DCapacity 185 litresWeight 235kg

Product Code 521-3720 £2133.00External Size (mm) 1580H x 780W x 620DHandle Projection 50mmInternal Size (mm) 1400H x 600W x 440DCapacity 370 litresWeight 380kg

Product Code 521-4620 £2478.00External Size (mm) 1930H x 780W x 620DHandle Projection 50mmInternal Size (mm) 1750H x 600W x 440DCapacity 462 litresWeight 445kg

Delivery is to ground floor first door only.For installation beyond this point you mustcontact our customer service department.

A. Shelving for Record Protection CabinetsCabinet 521-1820 521-3720 521-4620 521-2340 521-8320Product Code 521-1821 521-3721 521-4621 521-2341 521-8321Description Shelf Shelf Shelf Shelf ShelfSize H x W x D (mm) 17 x 594 x 432 17 x 594 x 432 17 x 594 x 432 17 x 594 x 432 17 x 1074 x 432Price £19.80 £19.80 £19.80 £19.80 £37.40

�� Fittings For Record Protection Cabinet

B. Pull Out Platforms for Record Protection CabinetsCabinet 521-1820 521-3720 521-4620 521-2340 521-8320Product Code 521-1822 521-3722 521-4622 521-2342 521-8322Description P/O Platform P/O Platform P/O Platform P/O Platform P/O PlatformSize H x W x D (mm) 50 x 567 x 430 50 x 567 x 430 50 x 567 x 430 50 x 567 x 430 50 x 1074 x 430Price £52.80 £52.80 £52.80 £52.80 £78.00

C. Pull Out A4 File Frames for Record Protection CabinetsCabinet 521-1820 521-3720 521-4620 521-2340 521-8320Product Code 521-1823 521-3723 521-4623 521-2343 521-8323Description P/O File Frame P/O File Frame P/O File Frame P/O File Frame P/O File FrameSize H x W x D (mm) 75 x 567 x 357 75 x 567 x 357 75 x 567 x 357 75 x 567 x 357 75 x 1074 x 357Price £84.70 £84.70 £84.70 £84.70 £124.30

Product Code 521-2340 £1741.00External Size (mm) 1230H x 780W x 620DHandle Projection 50mmInternal Size (mm) 1050H x 600W x 440DCapacity 277 litresWeight 310kg

Page 195: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Fire Record Protection Cabinets ��

195

�� Fire Filing CabinetProven Fire Performance. 2 hour protection for documents.

In addition to the manufacturers own stringent fire testing. Fire file cabinets are independently tested to NT 017 5120 paperstandard for 2 hour fire protection.

� Furnace exposure to over 1000ºC.� Slow cooling to simulate being buried in hot rubble.� A 9.1m drop test duplicates conditions of a floor collapsing in a fire, (a test that the Fire File passes due to

the high integral strength of its design). At no stage during the test did the internal temperature of the cabinet exceed the safe storage temperature for paper: 170ºC.

Construction for the purposeAvailable in two, three or four drawer sizes, three robust filing cabinets contain a minimum of 38mm of fire proofing all round,with intumescent seals around drawer to close up tolerances in the event of fire. Fire resistant bulkheads between each drawer ensure that they are individually insulated. A shock absorbing plinth provides maximum impact absorbtion in the case of floor collapse. Heavy duty drawer slides are fully ‘life tested’ and a day catch fitted to each drawer ensures that theystay shut even if the cabinet is unlocked during a fire. Drawers are designed to ensure smooth operation.

Protection built-inEach drawer is individually protected from fire. Even if one of the drawers is accidentally left open, the other closed drawers are still protected by the built-in, fire resistant partitions. The drawers are fitted with sturdy suspension files adjustable toaccommodate foolscap or A4 filing wallets. Comes with unique locking action.

Quality lockingThe standard version of the cabinet has a Chubb Ava key lock, fitted to the top drawer for securing all the drawers. Key lock as standard. The Fire File is available in a choice of two, three or four drawer sizes.

Product Code 521-2406 £1995.00No. of drawers 4External Size (mm) 1408H x 544W x 776DInt. Drawer Size (mm) 291H x 387W x 619DCapacity 278 litresWeight 287kg

Product Code 521-2303 £1769.00No. of drawers 3External Size (mm) 1071H x 544W x 776DInt. Drawer Size (mm) 291H x 387W x 619DCapacity 208 litresWeight 291kg

Product Code 521-2203 £1430.00No. of drawers 2External Size (mm) 734H x 544W x 776DInt. Drawer Size (mm) 291H x 387W x 619DCapacity 139 litresWeight 172kg

�� Secure Professional SafeThe Secure Professional Safe offers affordable theft and fire protection for important docu-ments and other treasures. This high quality burglary and fire resistance box has a doublewalled construction that provides extra security. Manufactured to the European Standard EN14450. Cash rating £4000.00. Thermal insulation protects valuables and documents from fire.Supplied with anchoring kit for securing at the base and the rear to the floor and/or wall. Everysafe comes complete with installation instructions and fixing kit available in six sizes.Removeable shelf with all models except 3010.

Product Code 501-3010 £161.00External (HxWxD) 180mm x 310mm x 205mmInternal (HxWxD) 100mm x 230mm x 110mmWeight 18kgProduct Code 501-3020 £213.00External (HxWxD) 270mm x 350mm x 345mmInternal (HxWxD) 190mm x 270mm x 240mmWeight 34kgProduct Code 501-3030 £279.00External (HxWxD) 320mm x 440mm x 395mmInternal (HxWxD) 240mm x 360mm x 290mmWeight 48kgProduct Code 501-3035 £279.00External (HxWxD) 440mm x 320mm x 395mmInternal (HxWxD) 360mm x 240mm x 290mmWeight 48kgProduct Code 501-3040 £316.00External (HxWxD) 410mm x 460mm x 395mmInternal (HxWxD) 330mm x 380mm x 290mmWeight 58kgProduct Code 501-3050 £389.00External (HxWxD) 610mm x 460mm x 395mmInternal (HxWxD) 530mm x 380mm x 290mmWeight 77kg

Page 196: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 196

�� Storage Cabinets

�� Multi-Media Archival CabinetsGlass Negatives, Photographs, VHS Cartridges, Music & Video Cassettes, Floppy Disks, Compact DiscsA highly versatile lockable cabinet with simple drawer fittings which can be easily adjusted tosuit a variety of formats as listed above. Archives and Libraries can store more than one formof media, allocating a drawer, or part of a drawer.

The unique feature of the PEL cabinets is the drawers can be opened fully to the back of thedrawer, making it so easy to remove the last item at the back. The easy-action drawers have a safety interlock which permits only one drawer to be opened at a time. Six different size cab-inets available. We have endeavoured to offer a guide to cabinet capacity because of variousthicknesses of material, or if stored with protective covers, sleeves or case, these figures canonly be approximate.

Drawer size:155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm Front to back. Colour: Two-tone coffee/cream.

Cabinet No. of Drawers Glass Negatives Photographs VHS Cartridges Video Cassettes Floppy Discs CDs Price501-4000 4 3000 7000 168 430 3000 600 £616.00501-5000 5 3750 8750 210 530 3750 750 £708.00501-6000 6 4500 10,500 250 640 4500 900 £778.00501-7007 7 5250 12,250 290 750 5250 1050 £853.00501-8008 8 6000 14,000 330 850 6000 1200 £975.00501-9009 9 6750 15,750 370 960 6750 1350 £1097.00

Product Code: 501-5007 £2.80 eachSpare Metal Drawer Dividers

Caution: Manufacturer’s filing cases can vary, please ensuredrawer dimensions are adequate. Delivery is to ground floorfirst door only. For installation beyond this point you shouldcontact our customer service department.

Product Code 501-BMH5 5 Drawer 501-BMH7 7 Drawer 501-BMH10 10 DrawerPrice £494.00 £662.00 £864.00Height 730mm 980mm 1355mmWidth 430mm 430mm 430mmDepth 630mm 630mm 630mmWeight 19lb (54Kg) 172lb (78Kg) 220lb (100Kg)Capacities:Drawer Size 110mm H x 327mm W x 576mm front to backFiche 25,000 35,000 50,000Jacket 18,250 25,550 36,500

16mm Roll/Cart 330 16mm Roll/Cart 462 16mm Roll/Cart 66035mm Roll 195 35mm Roll 273 35mm Roll 390

�� Microfilm Storage CabinetsMetal Construction with full anti-tilt facility. The drawer can be configured to take 16mm roll, cartridge, ANSI/C clip, 35mm roll,jacket or fiche. Media is divided using special metal drawer dividers to enable three rows of cartridge/roll or two rows offiche/jackets to beheld in each drawer. Our unique follower blocks are used to hold the media in place. They fit between thedividers and can be moved to any position in the drawer. Internal Drawer Dimensions: 110mmH x 327mmW x 576mm frontto back, comes with two dividers. Colour: two tone grey.

Cabinet No. of Drawers Height Width Front to back501-4000 4 785mm 575mm 635mm501-5000 5 955mm 575mm 635mm501-6000 6 1125mm 575mm 635mm501-7007 7 1295mm 575mm 635mm501-8008 8 1465mm 575mm 635mm501-9009 9 1635mm 575mm 635mm

Buy on-line at:www.preservationequipment.com

Page 197: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Postcard Storage ��

197

�� Postcard Storage CabinetThis archival quality cabinet has been especially produced for PEL who worked with archiviststo design a cabinet that would house various sizes of postcards. The drawers have metaldividers to provide storage channels of widths to suit an assortment of sizes. Available in either4 or 6 drawers, the internal drawer width is 442mm. The channel width can be adjusted to various sizes by inserting the metal drawer divider into the appropriate slot at the front and backof each drawer. The unique feature of the PEL cabinet is the drawers open fully to the back of the drawer to avoid damage when removing even the last postcard from the back of thedrawer. For safety reasons only one drawer can be opened at one time to prevent the cabinet tipping forward. The drawer and channel sizes have been designed to take postcardswith or without sleeve protectors, we recommend our archival ones are used.

Product Code: 501-4000 (Four Drawer) £616.00Colour Two-tone Coffee/CreamDimensions 785mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to backDrawer Size 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to backWeight 53kg

Product Code: 501-6000 (Six Drawer) £778.00Colour Two-tone Coffee/CreamDimensions 1126mm H x 575mm W x 635mm front to backDrawer Size 155mm H x 475mm W x 575mm front to backWeight 73kg

�� Divider GuidesFull cut or half cut for easy division of postcards to enable collection groups to be catalogued. Made from our acid-free tan colour card. Overall size 43/4" (121mm) H x 6" (152mm) W.

Product Code description Price228-5400 Half-cut £16.00 pack 50228-5500 Full-cut £13.20 pack 50

�� Postcard Storage BoxesStrong Perma/Dur® board for durability and lasting archival storage.

Blue/grey outside and white inside, buffered to prevent acid migration. These acid-free archival boxes are just one of our range of archival boxes

used by museums worldwide.

Product Code: Internal Size: L x W x H Price780-4618 8” x 6.125” x 4.5” (204mm x 156mm x 114mm) £5.10 each780-4612 12” x 6.125” x 4.5” (305mm x 156mm x 114mm) £6.40 each

�� Postcard ProtectorsPostcard Sleeve protectors, sealed on twosides, will protect your postcard collectionfrom damage caused by handling. Madefrom 50 micron archival polyester whichis glass clear, giving complete visibilityduring research. These products are made in-house andcan be produced in any size, minimum of 250 sleeves for special sizes, contactour customer service department for aquotation.

�� Economical PolyethylenePostcard sleeve protectors 50 micron polyethylene providing inexpensive protection for yourcollection. Archival quality polyethylene is free from damaging plasticizers found in other cheapplastics. Open on one short side and is also ideal for photographic storage.

Product Code: size Price780-4070 5.75” x 3.62” (146mm x 95mm) £6.75 pack 25780-4060 6” x 4.12” (152mm x 102mm) £7.00 pack 25780-6141 6.25” x 4.5” (158mm x 115mm) £7.00 pack 25780-7050 7.38” x 5.38” (183mm x 132mm) £8.00 pack 25

Product Code: Size Price500-3756 6” x 3.75” (152mm x 95mm) £5.55 pack 100500-4256 4.25” x 6.25” (108mm x 158mm) £5.30 pack 100

Page 198: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 198

�� Storage Map & Poster Cabinet

�� PEL Map & Poster CabinetsThe PEL Cabinet is based on a proven system which will give years of trouble-free service, thesecurity lid is fully lockable. The two position opening system eliminates the possibility of mapsfalling into the cabinet, the first position allows you to move the maps so that you can removejust one map, by moving to the second position simply lift out the map. Extending feet keep the cabinet upright and stable even with all the weight on the open door, which iscounter-balanced and easy to open and close whatever the weight. 170mm prong centres. 8prongs in portrait. 12 prongs in landscape.

Product Code height int. size width depth orientation Price501-4060 1200mm 680mm 790mm 430mm portrait £986.00501-4084 1380mm 910mm 1020mm 430mm portrait £1035.00501-4120 1200mm 1290mm 1400mm 430mm landscape £1228.00502-6227 Suspension Tape: 100m Roll £49.95colours: light grey, dark grey, white & beige. Light grey will be sent if no colour is requested.

�� Archival Suspension WalletsThese polyester glass clear acid-free wallets have prong holes punched to fit the PEL Map &Poster cabinet. Our unique system with pre-punched hanging holes prevents the need for suspension tapes being attached directly to the map. Large rare maps, posters and charts arestored freely in glass clear archival quality polyester wallets easily removed from the storagecabinet and still protected for research and reference (see page 43 for complete range ofarchival Polyester products). Wallets are also available plain (no holes) for use with suspensiontapes to fit your existing cabinets.

Product Code plain no holes cabinet qty Price565-5137 1320 x 955mm open side 501-4120 10 £69.00565-4733/1 841 x 1200mm open side 501-4084 10 £55.00565-3724/1 625 x 955mm open side 501-4060 10 £36.00Product Code punched with holes cabinet qty Price

on open side565-5137H 1320 open x 955mm 501-4120 10 £77.00565-4733H 841 open x 1200mm 501-4084 10 £59.50565-3724H 625 open x 955mm 501-4060 10 £40.75Suspension Tape502-6227 For PEL Map & Poster Cabinet 100m £49.95

Allow 50mm for area with prongholes (i.e. 1320 will take paper size 1270 x 955mm) with noholes the full wallet size can be used. We suggest if you use wallets which are not punched,then suspension tape is attached to a closed top and the opening is on vertical side. Specialsizes available, prices on application, minimum 200 wallets of a size for specials.

Cabinet Types Hole Dimensions Width

5F2

5F4

5F1189

5FD2

5FD4

5F300

5F305

5F402

5FHT

Rolls 100m lengths

5F5560

5F135

5F165

5FA170

5FG170

5F305

5F200

502-6225

Elite Style Tape 66m length

�� Polyester File Suspension TapesRolls & Pre-cut lengths: 100 pack.These suspension tapes will fit most vertical cabinets on the marketand are ideal for attaching to ourpolyester wallets and pockets. Theyare so strong the holes will not splitand are permanent. When using suspension tapes with wallets wesuggest the wallet is open on the

vertical side so that the tape is not just attached to one single side of the open top wallet material. The precut lengths are available in sizes 594mm (A1), 762mm (DE), 841mm (A0) andcome in packs of 100. To order, take the product code number of the hole dimension configuration you require for your cabinet e.g. for 594mm length 5F2 would become 5F2-594; if in doubt, contact our customer service department.

Product Code: tape length Price5F____-594 594mm £26.805F____-762 762mm £34.655F____-841 841mm £38.505F____-1189 1189mm £56.95502-6225 66m (Elite) £24.25502-6226 100m (Multifile) £49.95502-6227 100m (PEL) £49.95

�� MultifileMultifile vertical cabinet to file A0 to A4 papers, charts etc. inone single cabinet. Fitted with anti-tilt legs and gas struts tothe lid for complete safety. It is compatible with all cabi netsusing similar 60mm prong centres. The security lid is fullylockable and its low height makes access easy - even for thesmallest member of staff. The capacity is in excess of 900papers of mixed sized from A0 1189 x 841mm down to A4,297mm x 210mm.

Product Code: size (mm) orientation Price501-4150 1200H x 1500W x 430D landscape £1509.00501-4102 1380H x 1060W x 430D portrait £1182.00501-4079 1200H x 790W x 430D portrait £1101.00standard colours as horizontal cabinetssuspension tape size Price502-6226 55m x 100m roll £49.95

MULTIFILE

PEL MAP & POSTER

PEL-FILE

ONLY

AVA

ILAB

LE IN

STR

IPS

ONLY

AVA

ILAB

LE IN

ROL

LS

Page 199: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Vertical Cabinet PEL-File ��

199

�� PEL-File Vertical CabinetPreserving and archiving original and rare drawings, posters, maps and printswith easy access is exactly why we introduced the PEL-File. Archivists,Librarians, Curators and Conservators have requested PEL to provide this system. Hanging is an effective way to archivally store large paper items in aconservation condition, whilst obtaining optimum storage space and goodsecurity. Using our 75 micron archival film pockets allows removal andresearch without having to remove the document from the pocket. Damagefrequently occurs when papers are removed and re-inserted, this system prevents such damage.

The operation of the cabinet is simple:1. Open cabinet to automatic stop position2. Locate drawing/print required.3. Place selector bar in position to isolate required print.4. Release lock and open cabinet fully.5. Extract required print through cabinet side opening.6. For security, close and lock cabinet if required.

Designed for maximum safety, with efficiency and high volume archival capacity.Vertical side opening for ease of drawing removal. Overlapping lid and cabinetseal store contents clean and safe. with simple easy access. Solid hanging bar and prong 170mm centres configuration for use with 502-6227 (5FG170)suspension tape.

Operation of Cabinet: Stage 1 Operation of Cabinet: Stage 2

Product Code: 501-8A1P 501-8A0P 501-8A0L 501-A0LX 501-A0PFPrice £1133.00 £1226.00 £1407.00 £1788.00 £2306.00height 1200mm 1390mm 1200mm 1000mm 1390mmwidth 870mm 1070mm 1355mm 1610mm 1070mmdepth (front to back) 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mmweight 140kg 160kg 160kg 180kg -format portrait portrait landscape landscape portraitcolours light grey, dark grey, white, beige, brown, other colours on request.

For other polyester pockets see page 43 for full range.The hanging pockets have one vertical open side.Fire Resistant model available product code 501-AOPF

Suspension Tape (for PEL-File Cabinets)Product Code: Description Price501-8FD4 170mm hole centres 55mm 100m roll £49.95

Polyester Hanging Pockets (for use with Suspension Tape))Product Code: 565-6086 565-9011 565-11786 565-14586Price pack 10 £31.00 £55.00 £58.00 £69.00size (mm) 600 x 860 open 900 x 1100 open 1170 x 860 open 1450 x 860 openfits cabinets 501-8A1P 501-A0PF & 501-8A0P 501-8A0L 501-A0LX

Please specify colour on purchase order, if no colour specified standard light grey will be delivered.

Delivery is to ground floor (no steps) first door only. For installation beyond this point you must contact our customer service department for a quotation.

Each cabinet will hold 500 plus maps inside polyesterhanging pockets. This is a workable quantity you mayget more especially maps without pockets.

Page 200: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 200

�� Cabinets Plan Files

�� Horizontal Plan File CabinetsThe steel roller drawer action gives smooth drawer operation, and the drawer weights are in excess of 50kg per drawer. Fullwidth drawer handles for ease of use, and available in 4,5,6, and 8 drawer units. The 50mm deep drawers are fully lockable andfitted with anti-tilt mechanism. All steel construction allowing units to be stacked without brackets. Content identification is madesimple by label holders positioned on the drawer fronts.

Product Code: 501-0041 501-0051 501-0061 501-0071 501-0081Price £634.00 £766.00 £891.00 £1018.00 £1157.00No. of drawers 4 5 6 7 8internal drawer size is 50mm x 900mm x 1225mm for all variations.height 359mm 434mm 509mm 584mm 659mmwidth 1326mm 1326mm 1326mm 1326mm 1326mmdepth (front to back) 920mm 920mm 920mm 920mm 920mmweight 120kg 135kg 150kg 165kg 180kgcolours light grey, dark grey, mid grey, blue, white, beige and brown.Product Code description Price501-00PL plinth 2” (50mm) to act as base on the bottom of cabinet £118.00

Product Code sureglide No. of depth Product Code rollerglide No. of depth drawer size (mm) cabinet dimensions (mm)Price drawers (mm) Price drawers (mm) FTB x LTR Height x Width x Depth

501-A110 £893.00 10 25 501-A105 £839.00 5 50 670 x 900 488 x 1016 x 730501-A112 £1067.00 12 25 501-A106 £1049.00 6 50 670 x 900 560 x 1016 x 730501-A114 £1272.00 14 25 501-A107 £1216.00 7 50 670 x 900 630 x 1016 x 730501-A116 £1421.00 16 25 501-A108 £1400.00 8 50 670 x 900 720 x 1016 x 730501-OS10 £1067.00 10 25 501-OS05 £894.00 5 50 900 x 1010 488 x 1126 x 960501-OS12 £1203.00 12 25 501-OS06 £1076.00 6 50 900 x 1010 560 x 1126 x 960501-OS14 £1502.00 14 25 501-OS07 £1257.00 7 50 900 x 1010 630 x 1126 x 960501-OS16 £1720.00 16 25 501-OS08 £1421.00 8 50 900 x 1010 720 x 1126 x 960501-AO10 £1067.00 10 25 501-AO05 £894.00 5 50 900 x 1240 488 x 1350 x 960501-AO12 £1203.00 12 25 501-AO06 £1076.00 6 50 900 x 1240 560 x 1350 x 960501-AO14 £1502.00 14 25 501-AO07 £1257.00 7 50 900 x 1240 630 x 1350 x 960501-AO16 £1720.00 16 25 501-AO08 £1421.00 8 50 900 x 1240 720 x 1350 x 960501-AQ10 £1067.00 10 25 501-AQ05 £986.00 5 50 900 x 1390 488 x 1506 x 960501-AQ12 £1203.00 12 25 501-AQ06 £1178.00 6 50 900 x 1390 560 x 1506 x 960501-AQ14 £1502.00 14 25 501-AQ07 £1382.00 7 50 900 x 1390 630 x 1506 x 960501-AQ16 £1720.00 16 25 501-AQ08 £1587.00 8 50 900 x 1390 720 x 1506 x 960

501-AQ04 £1200.00 4 70 1290 x 1610 560 x 1750 x 1400501-AQ03 £942.00 3 70 1290 x 1610 475 x 1750 x 1400

Product Code: Description Price501-00PL plinth 2” (50mm) to act as a floor base on the bottom of cabinet £118.00501-00LG legs 250mm high for horizontal cabinets £107.00501-00LK security lock for horizontal cabinets £49.00

�� Horizontal Plan File CabinetsWe have been supplying these consevation quality cabinets for a number of years to Libraries,Museums and Archives who require archival quality storage, for larger papers, textiles, charts, maps,posters and drawings. Our “Rollerglide” drawer system is only available for 50mm deep drawers, steel rollers give optimum smooth drawer operation. The “Sureglide” range is available in 25mm, the shallow drawer is especially useful when only a small amount of rare paper or single textile are placedin one drawer. Retaining channel at back of each drawer prevents charts, maps etc from curlingupwards avoiding damage when opening drawers. Cabinets can be stacked on top of each other.Legs 250mm high for raising the cabinet to a working height.Plinth 102mm high allows the cabinet to be raised to allow the bottom drawer to be higher from the floor.Security Locks lock all drawers on the cabinet.Colours can be mix and match for panels, frame and drawers. Available in light grey, dark grey, mid grey,white, beige, brown, blue and red. Please note: mid grey will be delivered if colour is not specified onthe purchase order.Paintwork is conservation quality powder coated which does not off gas making the cabinet archivally safe.

Please note: mid grey will be delivered if colour is not specified on the purchase order.2 x 5 (50mm) drawer units shown stacked

2 x 12 (25mm) drawer units shown stacked

Page 201: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Plan Files Cabinets ��

201

Please note that you will require a plinth base and top panel for each stack of drawers. For example if you require 10 drawers you need to order:2 x 501-1015 5 drawer cabinets1 x 501-10PL 100mm high plinth1 x 501-00TP Top panel

If in doubt contact our customer service department for assistance.

Product Code: No. of Drawers Drawer size (mm) Cabinet Dimensions (mm) PriceFTB x LTR Height x Width x Depth

501-1015 5 x 50mm 730 x 1030 550 x 1130 x 795 £828.00501-1017 7 x 50mm 730 x 1030 705 x 1130 x 795 £1115.00501-1005 5 x 50mm 920 x 1300 550 x 1400 x 965 £853.00501-1007 7 x 50mm 920 x 1300 705 x 1400 x 965 £1169.00501-10PL Plint Base, 100mm high, Required for each stack £118.00501-00TP Top Panel, required for top of each stack £115.00

�� Map & Poster CabinetsThese continental styled cabinets are British made especiallyfor PEL to our conservation quality specification. The paintworkis powder coated which does not off gas making the cabinetarchivally safe. All steel construction the drawers are 50mminternal depth and will take a weight of 50kg per drawer. Oursuperb steel roller mechanism gives the smoothest of drawroperations, the action is quiet and feather light. Traditionaldrawer handles for ease of use, the drawers are fully lockableand are fitted with an anti-tilt device.

Colours, light grey, dark grey, mid grey, white, beige, brown,blue, red & jet black. Please note: mid grey will be delivered ifcolour is not specified on the purchase order.

Product Code No. of Height of Drawer Size (mm) PriceDrawers Drawers (mm) FTB x LTR

597-7913 7 70mm 900 x 1300 £2810.00597-10913 6 100mm 900 x 1300 £2639.00597-15913 4 150mm 900 x 1300 £1920.00597-7710 7 70mm 700 x 1000 £2673.00597-10710 6 100mm 700 x 1000 £2502.00597-15710 4 150mm 700 x 1000 £1823.00597-71216 5 70mm 1290 x 1610 £2639.00597-101216 5 100mm 1290 x 1610 £2890.00597-71510 5 70mm 1500 x 1050 £2356.00597-79147 7 70mm 900 x 1400 £3078.00597-791411 11 70mm 900 x 1400 £4836.00597-79149 9 70mm 900 x 1400 £3958.00597-110154 4 100mm 1000 x 1500 £1930.00597-110155 5 100mm 1000 x 1500 £2412.00597-117694 4 100mm 1776 x 690 £1930.00597-113187 7 100mm 1380 x 1840 £4407.00597-1517692 2 150mm 1776 x 690 £1382.00597-1588105 5 150mm 880 x 1040 £2613.00597-158615 5 150mm 865 x 1500 £2261.00597-258615 5 250mm 865 x 1500 £2450.00597-101521 5 100mm 1500 x 2133 £3454.00

�� Extra Large Museum DrawersBritish made to PEL conservation specification. Full drawer extension slideswith steel roller bearings and dust shields. We can supply the drawers withdrop down fronts for heavy items to slide in or out of the drawers withoutlifting them over the drawer front. Laminated Safety Glass drawer tops arealso available for secure visible storage display.

Please specify colour when ordering. Special sizes available please contactCustomer Services.

Page 202: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 202

�� Shelving Clip-On

Close up ofShelving Clip

�� Clip-On ShelvesFaster Installations, Ease of Adjustability, Combines Strength with Stability, shelf capacity 70kg,No need to move bays in alcoves to adjust height of shelves, Suitable for Rare Books, Shelvescan still be fitted with Nuts and Bolts, if required - JustAsk!, New shelving in Light Grey Colour,Dividers available for small collections, Simple to extend for new acquisitions.

1850mm High x 1000mm Wide

StarterProduct Code Price

Cross Braced502-0313 £119.77502-0314 £135.84502-0315 £149.90

Fully Clad502-0316 £156.43502-0317 £172.49502-0318 £186.56

Bay width

Bay DepthCross Braced300mm370mm450mmFully Clad300mm370mm450mm

1850mm High x 1000mm Wide

ExtensionProduct Code Price

Cross Braced502-0319 £97.48502-0320 £110.07502-0321 £121.61

Fully Clad502-0322 £134.13502-0323 £146.73502-0324 £158.28

Finished in light grey they come complete with all necessary fixings. The bays are supplied with 6shelves and the relevant rear bracing or cladding. Bays are 36” wide with a choice of heights anddepths.Shelf load capacity is 200lb UDL

Extra Shelves

1000 x 300mmProduct Code

502-0337Price £10.09

Extra Shelves

1000 x 370mmProduct Code

502-0338Price £11.61

Extra Shelves

1000 x 450mmProduct Code

502-0339Price £13.11

Extra Shelves packed singularly with 4 shelf clips

�� Reference ShelfThis handy pull out shelf is ideal for file reference.

Product Code: Description Price502-0340 1000mm x 370mm £120.00502-0341 1000mm x 450mm £126.42

Starter (left)Extension (right)

# Self Assembly

BioCoteBioCote is a new, patent-protected powder coating which inhibits the growth of patentially lethalbacteria and fungi. This reduces the risk of cross-contamination from surfaces with high contact frequency. Although this is no substitute for correct cleaning practices, the incorpora-tion of BioCote into the manufacturing process provides users of our products with the peaceof mind that every effort is being made to maintain a hygienic working environment.

Bay load 500kg

Page 203: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Hazardous Storage Cupboards ��

203

�� Locking (Wide Shelf) Storage CabinetEasily adjustable interior 50 kilo maximum weight shelving, heavy gauge steel construction,and an attractive appearance are what makes these storage cabinets a welcome addition to any library work area. Each cabinet features a 3 point door locking mechanism, raised bottom and integrated shelf support tabs. The 72" high unit provides five openings with four adjustable shelves. Supplied with 4 shelves Extra shelves are available. Colour light Grey.supplied assembled Price each.

Product Code item size (H x W x D) size (mm) Price589-7525 cabinet 72” x 36” x 18.5” 1829h x 915w x 470d £345.00589-0600 extra shelf 36” x 18.5” x 0.75” 915 x 470 x 19 £16.90

�� Hazardous StorageHazardous substance storage cupboards provide a secure facility for materials which are required to be stored when not in use. Supplied with appropriatesafety labelling, the highly visible yellow colour also ensures awareness of the potential danger ofthe materials stored and makes location easy.Hazardous cupboards are manufactured throughoutfrom steel, available in full or half height. The securestorage cupboards are epoxy powder coated in RAL1003 yellow, supplied with safety labelling accor-dance with BS 5378 perforated adjustable shelvesallow drainage to the sump which has handles foreasy removal.

Product Code Dimensions Style Price502-0421 1000mmH x 500mmW x 500mmD 2 shelf, narrow small £217.57502-0422 1800mmH x 500mmW x 500mmD 3 shelf, narrow tall £308.15502-0431 1000mmH x 1000mmW x 500mmD 2 shelf, wide small £317.42502-0432 1800mmH x 1000mmW x 500mmD 3 shelf, wide tall £433.73

Page 204: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 204

Museum Longspan Shelving

Easy Step by Step Assembly & Adjustment

heavy duty shelving.

ideal for heavier museum collections.

unrestricted access from both front and back.

easy to install and adjust.

beams simply clip into frame upright.

choice of shelf materials to suit different collections.

�� Museum Longspan Shelving

Page 205: Catalog PEL 2010

Longspan Shelving ��

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400 205

Product Code Load Weight (kg) Dimensions PriceLONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 18mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 1800mm HIGH504-0001 397kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £294.04504-0002 463kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £322.81504-0003 464kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £344.32504-0011 397kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £233.55504-0012 463kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £262.32504-0013 464kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £283.85504-0004 145kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £316.40504-0005 169kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £348.06504-0006 193kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £369.67504-0014 145kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £251.12504-0015 169kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £282.78504-0016 193kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £304.37LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 18mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 2100mm HIGH504-0022 397kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £316.72504-0023 463kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £341.82504-0024 464kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £367.00504-0221 397kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £244.89504-0223 463kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £270.01504-0224 464kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £295.19504-0025 145kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £340.73504-0026 169kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £367.70504-0027 193kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £389.41504-0225 145kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £262.92504-0226 169kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £289.88504-0227 193kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £316.90LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH STEEL PANEL SHELVES 1800mm HIGH504-0031 525kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £415.98504-0032 596kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £472.69504-0033 469kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £508.06504-0331 525kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £355.49504-0332 596kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £412.21504-0333 469kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £447.56504-0034 408kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £478.17504-0035 476kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £545.92504-0036 469kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £587.77504-0334 408kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £412.87504-0335 476kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £480.61504-0336 469kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £522.49LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH STEEL PANEL SHELVES 2100mm HIGH504-0041 525kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £438.66504-0042 596kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £495.37504-0043 469kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £530.73504-0441 525kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £366.83504-0442 496kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £423.55504-0443 469kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £458.92504-0044 408kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £503.20504-0045 476kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £571.26504-0046 469kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £612.82504-0444 408kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £425.40504-0445 476kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £493.28504-0446 469kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £531.73LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 25mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 1800mm HIGH504-0051 914kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £338.26504-0052 1067kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £370.67504-0053 872kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £401.92504-0551 345kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £277.77504-0552 403kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £310.19504-0553 460kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £341.45504-0054 914kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £364.33504-0055 1067kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £398.71504-0056 872kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £433.01504-0554 345kg 1800mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £299.05504-0555 403kg 1800mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £333.43504-0556 460kg 1800mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £367.73LONGSPAN OPEN BAYS WITH 25mm CHIPBOARD SHELVES 2100mm HIGH504-0061 914kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £360.99504-0062 1067kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £392.73504-0063 872kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £424.60504-0661 345kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £289.16504-0662 403kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £320.91504-0663 460kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 600mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £352.77504-0064 914kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £389.38504-0065 1067kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £423.70504-0066 872kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Starter Bay 3 Levels £458.15504-0664 345kg 2100mm x 1800mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £389.38504-0665 403kg 2100mm x 2100mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £345.87504-0666 460kg 2100mm x 2400mm x 900mm Extension Bay 3 Levels £380.33

�� ShelvingStarter bay contains 2 up right frames, 3 pairs of beamsand your choice of 3 shelves. Extensions bay contains 1 upright frame, 3 pairs of beams and your choice of 3 shelves.

�� Frames & BeamsFinished in graphite grey with light grey ties.Frames come complete with footplates.

�� Frames & Beams(2xbeams and 1xshelf)

Supplied as a complete kit. Contains beams, locking clips,cladding material and where applicable wire beam ties are finished in light grey. All panels are galvanised.note: chipboard is non-archival, we suggest using steel shelves for conservation quality.

Product Code Shelf Type Size Price504-1186 18mm Chip 1800 x 600mm £59.13504-1216 18mm Chip 2100 x 600mm £68.10504-1246 18mm Chip 2400 x 600mm £76.09504-2186 18mm Chip 1800 x 900mm £61.74504-2216 18mm Chip 2100 x 900mm £70.47504-2246 18mm Chip 2400 x 900mm £78.47

Product Code Shelf Type Size Price504-3186 25mm Chip 1800 x 600mm £73.93504-3216 25mm Chip 2100 x 600mm £84.62504-3246 25mm Chip 2400 x 600mm £95.16504-4186 25mm Chip 1800 x 900mm £75.99504-4216 25mm Chip 2100 x 900mm £86.94504-4246 25mm Chip 2400 x 900mm £97.88

Product Code Shelf Type Size Price504-5186 Steel Panel 1800 x 600mm £50.47504-5216 Steel Panel 2100 x 600mm £62.42504-5246 Steel Panel 2400 x 600mm £67.28504-6186 Steel Panel 1800 x 900mm £67.99504-6216 Steel Panel 2100 x 900mm £83.63504-6246 Steel Panel 2400 x 900mm £90.65

25mm chipboard

18mm chipboard

Steel Panel

Page 206: Catalog PEL 2010

�� Trolleys & Steps

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 206

�� Kik-Step StoolsThese stools roll on non-marking casters while bumpers pro-tect fittings and walls. Step up, and the instant you applyweight to the platform, the spring loaded casters retract andthe rubber base ring locks to the floor. Step off, and the instantthe user’s weight is completely removed, the casters extendand the Kik-Step is ready to roll. Made of heavy gauge metal.Colour: grey only.

Product Code: Colour Price406-0098 Grey £39.50Dimensions 420mm (16 1/2”) High,

286mm (11.25”) Top Dia.Weight 5 kg

�� Iron Horse™ Book TrolleysQuite simply the toughest trolleys money can buy! Our all-welded, ready assembled steel look trolleys are built for years of use and are available at a price that is hard to ignore. Just look at these features.

Exceptionally strong and safe:• 1-piece, seamless 16 gauge flat panels with 25mm

round tubular steel frames• Shelves made from 16 gauge or 20 gauge steel• Rolled shelf edges and smooth rounded frames for safety

Exceptional manoeuvrability:• Curved handles for better steering• 102mm ball bearing swivel castors with non-marking

rubber wheels

Versatility:• Shelf clearances typically 292mm top and 368mm

bottom - capacity for books of all sizes• Choose from four shelf variations

403-3121 - 3 large flat shelves403-3122 - 4 sloping and 1 flat shelf403-3123 - 2 large flat shelves403-3124 - 4 sloping shelves

Product Code: Description H x W x D (mm) Shelf Length Shelf Depth Book Capacity Price403-3121 3 flat shelves 984 x 857 x 381 768mm 355mm 150 £297.00403-3122 4 sloping, 997 x 857 x 431 768mm 158mm top 290 £340.00

1 flat shelf 406mm bottom403-3123 2 flat shelves 914 x 762 x 406 675mm 381mm 85 £265.00403-3124 4 sloping shelves 914 x 762 x 431 679mm 165mm 85 £296.00

�� Trolleys & Steps

ServingMuseums,Libraries & ArchivesWorldwide

Page 207: Catalog PEL 2010

Acid In chemistry, a substance capable of forminghydrogen ions when disolved in water. Acidscan weaken cellulose in paper, board, andcloth, leading to embrittlement. Acids may be introduced in the manufacture of librarymaterials and may be left in intentionally (as in certain sizings) or incidentally. Acids may also be introduced by migrationfrom other materials or from atmospheric pollution. See also pH and Acid migration.

Acid-freeIn chemistry, materials that have a pH of 7.0 or higher. Some-times used incorrectly as a synonym for alkaline or buffered. Such materials may be produced from virtually any cellulose fiber source (cotton and wood,among others), if measures are taken duringmanufacture to eliminate active acid fromthe pulp. However free of acid a paper orboard may be immediately after manufac-ture, over time the presence of residual chlorine from bleaching, aluminum sulfatefrom sizing, or pollutants in the atmospheremay lead to the formation of acid unless thepaper or board has been buffered with analkaline substance.

Acid Migration The transfer of acid from an acidic materialto a less acidic or pH neutral material. Thismay occur directly, when the two materialsare in intimate contact. For instance, acidmay migrate from boards, endpapers, andprotective tissues, as well as the paper coversof books and pamphlets, to the less acidicpaper of the text.

Acrylic A plastic noted for transparency, light weight, weather resistance, color fastness and rigidity. In addition to these qualities,acrylics are important in preservation becauseof their stability, or resistance to chemicalchange over time, a characteristic not common to all plastics. Acrylics are availablein sheets, films, and resin adhesives. Somecommon trade names for the sheet form are:Perspex®, Lucite® and PlexiGlas®.

Alkaline Alkaline substances have a pH over 7.0. Theymay be added to a material to neutralizeacids or as an alkaline reserve or buffer forthe purpose of counteracting acids that mayform in the future. A buffer may be addedduring manufacture or during the process of deacidification. While a number of chemicals may be used as buffers, the mostcommon are magnesium carbonate and calcium carbonate.

Alpha cellulose A form of cellulose derived from cotton. Thepresence of alpha cellulose in paper or boardis one indication of its stability or longevity.Non-cellulosic components of wood arebelieved to contribute to the degradation of paper and board.

Buffer See Alkaline.

Calcium Carbonate An alkaline chemical used as a buffer inpapers and boards.

Cellulose The chief constituent of the cell walls of all

plants. Also, the chief constituent of manyfibrous plant products, including paper andsome cloth.

Chemical Stability Not easily decomposed or otherwise modifiedchemically. This is a desirable characteristicfor materials used in preservation, since it suggests an ability to resist chemicaldegradation (such as the embrittlement of paper), over time and/or upon exposureto various conditions during use or storage.Other terms used loosely as synonyms: inert,stable, chemically inert.

Conservation The treatment of library or archive materials,works of art, or museum objects to stabilizethem chemically or strengthen them physic-ally, sustaining their survival as long as possible in their original form. See alsoPreservation.

Deacidification A common term for a chemical treatmentthat neutralizes acid in a material such aspaper and deposits an alkaline buffer tocounteract future acid attack. Deacidificationtechnically refers only to the neutralization of acids present at the time of treatment, not to the deposit of a buffer. For this reason,the term is being slowly replaced with themore accurate phrase “neutralization andalkalization’’. While deacidification increasesthe chemical stability of paper, it does notrestore strength or flexibility to brittle materials. See also pH.

Encapsulation A form of protective enclosure for papers andother flat objects; involves placing the itembe-tween two sheets of transparent polyesterfilm that are subsequently sealed around alledges. The object is thus physically supportedand protected from the atmosphere, althoughit may continue to deteriorate in the capsule.Because the object is not adhered to the polyester, it can be removed simply by cutting one or more edges of the polyester.

Fibre content A statement of the types and percentages of fibers used in the manufacture of a paper, board, or cloth. Important because the quality of the fiber significantly affectsboth the durability and chemical stability of the material.

Fibreboard Paperboard made of laminated sheets of heavily pressed fiber.

Inert See Chemical Stability.

Lamination A process of reinforcing fragile paper, usuallywith thin, translucent or transparent sheets.Some forms of lamination are consideredunacceptable as conservation methodsbecause of potential damage from high heatand pressure during application, instabilityof the lamination materials, or difficulty in removing the laminated item, especially long after the treatment was performed.

Lignin A component of the cell walls of plants that occurs naturally, along with cellulose. Lignin is largely responsible for the strengthand rigidity of plants, but its presence in

paper and board is believed to contribute to chemical degradation. It can be, to a large extent, removed during manufacture.No standards exist for the term “lignin-free’’and additional research is needed to determine the precise role of lignin in thedurability and permanence of paper.

MicronUnit of thickness one mm is equal to 1000 micron.

Mylar® & Melinex®

See Polyester.

Neutral Having a pH of 7; neither acid nor alkaline.

pH In chemistry, pH is a measure of the concentration of hydrogen ions in a solution,which is a measure of acidity or alkalinity.The pH scale runs from 0 to 14, and eachnumber indicates a ten-fold increase. Seven is pH neutral; numbers below 7 indicateincreasing acidity, with 1 being most acid. Numbers above 7 indicate increasingalkalinity, with 14 being most alkaline. Paper with a pH below 5 is considered highlyacidic. Buffered storage materials typicallyhave a pH between 7 and 9. See also Acid;Alkaline.

Permanence Ability of a material to resist chemical deterioration, but not a quantifiable term. Permanent paper usually refers to a durable alkaline paper that is manufactured according to ANSI Standard Z39.48-1984 Permanence of Paper for Printed LibraryMaterials. Even so called permanent materials depend for their longevity upon proper storage conditions. See also Chemical Stability.

PlexiGlas®

Trade name for acrylic sheet material madeby Rohm and Haas. See Acrylic for other trade names.

Point A unit of thickness of paper or board; onethousandth of an inch. For example, .060"equals sixty points. See also Micron.

Polyester A common name for the plastic polyethyleneterephthalate. Its characteristics includetransparency, colorlessness, and high tensile strength. In addition, it is useful in preservation because it is very chemically stable. Commonly used in sheet or film formto make folders, encapsulations and bookjackets. Its thickness is often measured inmils. Common trade names are Mylar® by DuPont and Melinex® .

Polyethylene A chemically stable, highly flexible, transparent or translucent plastic. Used in preservation to make sleeves for photographic materials, among other uses.

Polypropylene A stiff, heat resistant, chemically stable plastic. Common uses in preservation: sleeves for 35mm slides or films, containers.

Polyvinyl Acetate (PVA)A plastic usually abbreviated as PVA. A colourless transparent solid, it is usually

used in adhesives, which are themselves alsoreferred to as PVA or PVA adhesive. There aredozens of PVA adhesives, some are “internallyplasticized’’ and are suitable for use in conservation, due to greater chemical stability among other qualities.

Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) A plastic, often abbreviated as PVC. It is notas chemically stable as some other plastics,since it can emit hydrochloric acid (which inturn can damage library materials) as itdeteriorates, and therefore has limited application in the preservation of books and paper. Some plastics called vinyl may be polyvinyl chloride.

Preservation Activities associated with maintaining library,archival, or museum materials for use, eitherin their original physical form or in someother format. Preservation is considered a broader term than Conservation. See Conservation.

Pressboard A tough, dense, highly glazed paperboard,used where strength and stiffness arerequired of a relatively thin (e.g. .030")board. It is almost as hard as a sheet offiberboard, and is commonly used for the covers of notebooks. See also Solid board,Fibreboard.

Reversibility Ability to undo a process or treatment withno change to the object. Reversibility is animportant goal of conservation treatment,but it must be balanced with other treatmentgoals and options.

Sizings Chemicals added to paper that make it lessabsorbent, so that inks applied will not bleed.Acidic sizings can be harmful and can causepaper to deteriorate, but some are not acidicand are expected to be more chemically stable.

Solid Board A paperboard made of the same materialthroughout. Distinct from a combinationboard where two or more types of fiber stock are used, in layers. See also Fibreboard, Pressboard.

Stability See Chemical stability.

UV Filter A material used to filter the ultraviolet (UV)rays out of visible light. Ultraviolet radiationis potentially damaging to library, archival,and museum objects and more is present in sunlight and fluorescent light than inincandescent light. Removing UV radiationfrom storage, use, and exhibition spaces can reduce the rate of deterioration of library materials stored there. Usually a UV filtering material is placed over windows orfluorescent light tubes, or over glass used inframing, or in exhibition cases. Certain acrylicsheet materials have UV filtering propertiesbuilt in.

Vinyl The word vinyl is imprecisely used to refer toany of a number of plastics, many of whichare not appropriate for use in preservation.For specific safe plastics, see Polyester,Polypropylene, Polyvinyl acetate, Acrylic.

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Glossary ��

207

Page 208: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 208

�� Index

AA4 - Archival Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Absorene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155Accession Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Activated Carbon Cloth . . . . . . . . . .182A-D Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Adapters, Ring Binder . . . . . . . . . . . .33Adhesive - Acryloid B-72 . . . . . . . . .96Adhesive - Anchor Wax . . . . . . . . . .191Adhesive - Archival Quality Liquid . . .91Adhesive - Belgian Rice Starch . .96,100Adhesive - Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . .107Adhesive - Cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Adhesive - Cloth Tape . . . . . . . . . . . .98Adhesive - Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . .95Adhesive - Dispenser Pump . . . . . . .95Adhesive - Double Sided Tape . . . . . .48Adhesive - Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . .90Adhesive - Ethulose . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Adhesive - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Adhesive - Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Adhesive - Glue Gun . . . . . . . . . . . .132Adhesive - Glue Stick . . . . . . . . . . .132Adhesive - Jade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Adhesive - Jin Shofu . . . . . . . . . . . .96Adhesive - Liquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Adhesive - Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . .101Adhesive - Neutral pH . . . . . . . . . . . .95Adhesive - Polyvinyl Alcohol . . . . . . .95Adhesive - Remover . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Adhesive - Rice Starch . . . . . . .96,100Adhesive - SCMC Cellulose . . . . . . . .95Adhesive - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Adhesive - Wheat/Rice Starch . .96,100Adjustable Book Storage Boxes . . . . .41Aerosol Generating System . . . . . . .139Airbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177Airdryers - Dehumidification . . . . . .175Airspray Spray Bottle . . . . . . . . . . .115Akatec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181Akapad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181Alarm - Water Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . .192Album - Box, Preservation . . . . .34, 54Album - Boxbinders . . . . . . . . . . .30,31Album - Collectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Album - Divider Guides . . . . . . . . . . .33Album - Heritage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Album - Infinity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Album - Oversize . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29Album - Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32,34Album - Pages, Black . . . . . . . . .31,34Album - Pages, Photographic .58,60,61Album - Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . .34Album - Scrapbook . . . . . . . . . . .28,29Album - Sheet Protectors . . . . . . . . .33Album - Slipcase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Album - Stamp Collectors . . . . . . . . .28Amerivacs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126Anchor Wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Annotation Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Anoxia System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148Anti Static Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123Anti Static Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Anti Static Record Sleeves . . . . . . . .25Applicators - Miniature Fibre Tipped 172Apron - Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190Archibond Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Archival Organizer Pages . . . . . . . . .34Area Bonded Fibre . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Art - Sorb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174Art Gum Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Artifact ID Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65,74Artifact Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66,67Artprotect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Audio Tape Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . .23,24Audio/Visual Labels . . . . . . . . . . .23,64Audio/Visual Storage . . . . . . . . . .22-24Awl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

BBacking Paper, Frame . . . . . . . . . . .102Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136Bags - Anti-Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . .183Bags - Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Bags - Comic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

Bags - Entomology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Bags - Mylar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Bags - Polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Bags - Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Bags - Zipper . . . . . . . . . . . .46,71,106Balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Barricade Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189Barrier Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83Barrier Film . . . . . . . . . . . .93,117,119Barrier Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Bars - Hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59Basket, Tote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Batting, Polyester . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Beva . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Bi-Corr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Binder - Drama/Playbook . . . . . . . . .41Binder - Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38,41Binder - Perma-Saf . . . . . . . . . . .51,59Binder - Photo . . . . . . . . . . . .30,31,61Binder - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Binder - Thread . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Binder - Wide Spine . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Binder/Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14Binding Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Binocular Magnifier . . . . . . . . . . . .159Blades, Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Blender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147Blotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Blotters, Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Blotting Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Blue Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Board Chopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Board - Backer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Board - Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79,83Board - Bi-Corr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Board - Bristol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Board - Conservation . . . . . . . . . . . .79Board - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Board - Corrugated . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Board - Davey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Board - Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Board - Exhibition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Board - Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Board - Framers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79Board - Grey Mounting . . . . . . . . . . .82Board - Honeycomb Panels . . . . . . . .82Board - Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Board - Mounting . . . . . . . . . .78,79,81Board - Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Board - Scoring Machine . . . . . . . .109Board - Self Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . .90Board - Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4Board - Swatchbook . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Board and Paper Chopper . . . . . . . .104Bond Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Bondina . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Bone Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103,157Book - Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Book - Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . .155, 181Book Covering System . . . . . . . . . .136Book - Cradles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Book - Display Easels . . . . . . . . . . .186Book - Displays . . . . . . . . . . . .186,188Book - Maintenance . . . . . . . .110,114Book - Measuring Machine . . . . . . .109Book - Pillow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Book - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Book - Storage Boxes, Adjustable . . .41Book - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Book - Suction Device . . . . . . .142,144Book - Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Book - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110,111Book Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Book - Wedges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Bookkeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Books - Blank/Journals . . . . . . . . . . .35Books - Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Books - Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Books - Picture Framing . . . . . . . . .103Bottle - Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Box- A Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Box - Audio Cassette Storage . . . . . .23Box - Audio Tape Reel . . . . . . . . . . .24Box - Audio/Visual Storage . . . . .22-24Box - Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15,31Box Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Box - Bulk Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .9,12Box - Card File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66Box - Clamshell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7,12Box - Clear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Box - Comic Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .26Box - Compact Disc . . . . . . . . . . .13,22Box - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9Box - Corrugated . . . . . . . . . .7,8,10,12Box - Costume/Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . .10Box - Document . . . . . . . . . . .5,7,8,12Box - Drop Front . . . . . . . . . .6,8,16,73Box - Film Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Box - Flat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9Box - Gallery Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8Box - Hat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10Box - Herbarium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Box - Hinged Document . . . . . . . . . .7,8Box - Hinged Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8Box - Insect Pinning . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Box - Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35,64Box - Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126Box - Media Storage . . . . . . . . . .22-24Box - Microfiche/Microfilm . . . . . .20-21Box - Negative Storage . . . . . . . . . . .18Box - Negative/Print . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Box - Newspaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6Box - Pamphlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8Box - Phonograph Record . . . . . . . . .25Box - Photo Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Box - Photo Organizer . . . . . . . . . . .50Box - Photo Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .13Box - Pinning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Box - Portfolio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15Box - Postcard Storage . . . . . . .27,197Box - Rare Book . . . . . . . . . . . .41,109Box - Really Useful Box . . . . . . . . . . .52Box - Record Album . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Box - Rescube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191Box - Riveter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109Box - Roll Storage . . . . . . . . . .8,11,13Box - Slide Storage . . . . . . . . . . .52,53Box - Telescoping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8Box - Textile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10Box - Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Boxbinders, Photo . . . . . . . . .31,34,59Brass Paper Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Bristol Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Brochure Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Brush - Anti-Static . . . . . . . . . . . . .123Brush - Conservation . . . . . . . . . . .122Brush - Dusting . . . . . . . . . . . .103,123Brush - Glue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123Brush - Hake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123Brush - Japanese . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122Brush - Museum Vac . . . . . . . . . . .122Brush - Natural Hair . . . . . . . . . . . .123Brush - Silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124Brush - Windsor & Newton . . . . . . .123Bubble Wrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161Bulk Storage Boxes . . . . . . . . .9,12,50

CCabinet - CD Storage . . . . . . . . . . .196Cabinet - Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184Cabinet - Entomology . . . . . . . . . . . .75Cabinet - Fire Protection . . . . .194,195Cabinet - Flat Files . . . . . . . . . . . . .199Cabinet - Geology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200Cabinet - Horizontal Plan File . . . . .199Cabinet - Locking Storage . . . . . . .203Cabinet - Map and Poster . . . . . . . .198Cabinet - Microfilm . . . . . . . . .194,196Cabinet - Multifile . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Cabinet - Multimedia . . . . . . . . . . .196Cabinet - Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . .201Cabinet - PEL-File Vertical . . . . . . .199Cabinet - Postcard Storage . . . . . . .197Cabinet - Poster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Cabinet - Slide Storage . . . . . . . .52,53Cans - Movie Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Canister - Desiccant . . . . . . . . . . . .174Capillary Matting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Carbon Filter Materials . . . . . . . . . .182Cards - File-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4Cards - Humidity Indicator . . . . . . .174

Cards - Textile Fading . . . . . . .116,165Cartons - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .8,9,12Case - Carrying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14Case - Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184Case - Document . . . . . . . . . .5,7,8,12Case - Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Case - Microfilm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Case - Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15Case - Slide File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Case - Solander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15Cases - Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . .152Cassette Storage - Audio . . . . . . . . .23CD Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23CD ID Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23CD Spacer Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22CD Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .22-24,196Cellugel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Cellulose (SCMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Cellulose Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Cerex Heat Set Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . .91Chart Recorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Checktemp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Clamshell Box . . . . . . . . . . . . .7,12,15Clean Air Cupboard . . . . . . . . . . . .177Cleaner - Book and Print . . . . . . . .181Cleaner - Document . . . . . . . . .99,181Cleaner - Dry Cleaning Sponge . . . .192Cleaner - Dust Cloth . . . . .154,179,180Cleaner - Duster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Cleaner - Dusting Brush . .103,123,181Cleaner - Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182Cleaner - Goo Gone . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Cleaner - Groom/Stick . . . . . . . . . .103Cleaner - Kleenmaster . . . . . . . . . .182Cleaner - Leather . . . . . . . . . .107,182Cleaner - Orvus WA Paste . . . . . . .116Cleaner - PEL Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . .180Cleaner - Platen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Cleaner - Renaissance Wax . . . . . .182Cleaner - Silver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182Cleaner - Sorbents . . . . . . . . .189,190Cleaner - Triton X-100 . . . . . . . . . .116Cleaner - Vacuums . . . . . . . . . . . . .133Cleaning Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123Cleaning Machine - Conservation . .176Cleaning Materials . .103,155,179-181Cleaning Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Cleaning Products . . . . . . . . . .103,155Clearview Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67Clips - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Cloth - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Cloth - Dusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Cloth - Silver Protection . . . . . . . . .182Cloth - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . .98,110,116Coin Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Colibri Book Covers . . . . . . . . . . . .136Cold Suction Table . . . . . . . . . .140,147Collectors Album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Comic Book Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Cone and Seed Envelopes . . . . . . . .71Conservation - Boards . . . . . . . . .80,83Conservation - Books . . . . . . .206-208Conservation - Brushes . . . . . . . . .122Conservation - Clean Air Cupboard .176Conservation - Cleaning Machine . .176Conservation - Labels . . . . . . . . . . .102Conservation - Mounting Board . .78,79Conservation - Papers . . . . . . . . .86,87Conservation - Trays . . . . . . . . . . . .179Conservators Sponge . . . . . . . . . . .179Cook ‘N’ Stir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111,188Cores - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Cornerounder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Corner Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188Corners - Mounting . . . . . . . . . .62,100Corrogated Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Corrugated Boxes . . . . . . . . .3,8,10,12Corrugated Plastic Sheets . . . . . . . . .80Corrugated Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . .70Costume/Fabric Storage . . . . . . . . . .10Costume Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183Cotton Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Cotton Swabs . . . . . . . . . . . . .103,152Cotton Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106,110Cotton Twine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Cover Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Coverall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189Covers, Genus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Cradles - Book Display . . . . . . . . . .187Crepe Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Crossweld Sealing Machine . . . .44,131Cube - Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Cubelite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125Currency Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Cutters - Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105Cutters - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . .104,105Cutters/Dispensers - Roll . . . . . . . .151Cutting Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105,156

D, EDahlia Sprayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Damp Protect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Dartek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117,143Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . .170,171Davey Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Daylight Simulation Bulbs . . . . . . . .161Deaccession Registers . . . . . . . . . . .70Deacidification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Dehumidification . . . . . . . . . . . .56,175Deionisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149Derotor Steam Cleaner . . . . . . . . . .137Desiccants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54,174Disaster Supplies . . . . . . . . . .189-191Disinfestation System . . . . . . . . . . .148Dispenser - Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Dispenser - Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151Dispenser - Solvent . . . . . . . . .116,152Display - Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Display - Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184Display - Cradles . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Display - Cube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Display - Document . . . . . . . . . . . .186Display - Easels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Display - Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116Display - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Display - Honeycomb Panels . . . . . . .82Display - Mounting Corners . . . .62,100Display - Pillow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Divider Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25,26Divider Guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25,33Divider Guides, Microfiche . . . . .20,197Dividers Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Document - Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Document - Case Spacer . . . . . . . . . .4Document - Cases . . . . . . . . .5,7,8,12Document - Cleaning Powder .103,155Document - Pads/Powder . . . . . . . .103Document - Display Holders . . .186,187Document - Preservation Folders . . .41Document - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Document - Repair Tape . . . . . . . . . .99Document - Storage . . .4,7,8,12,36,37Dots - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Double Sided Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Drama/Playbook Binders . . . . . . . . . .41Drill Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Drop Front Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .6,16Drop Front Gallery Box . . . . . . . . . .8,16Drop Front Print Boxes . . . . . . . . . . .16Dry Cleaning Sponge . . . . . . . . . . .189Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Dry Rot Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Drying Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112,144Dust Bunny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Dust Cloths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Dust Masks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178Dusting Brush . . . . . . . . .103,123,181Easels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Econospace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101Edgemaster System . . . . . . . . . . . .104Electrode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173Emulsifier, Triton X-100 . . . . . . . . . .116Encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44,131Enclosures - Clear . . . . . . . . . . . .43,46Enclosures - Four Flap . . . . . . . . . . .18Enclosures - Fragment Folders . . . . .75Enclosures - Genus Covers . . . . . . . .72Enclosures - L-Velopes . . . . . .42,48,71Enclosures - Negative Print . . . . . . . .38Enclosures - Print/Negative . . . . .45,47Entomology . . . . . . . . .70,71,72,74,75

Page 209: Catalog PEL 2010

www.preservationequipment.comTel: +44 (0)1379 647400

Index ��

209

Entomology Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Entomology Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Envelope - Button & String . . . . . . . .39Envelope - Coin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Envelope - Comic Book . . . . . . . . . . .26Envelope - Compact Disc . . . . . . . . .23Envelope - Cone & Seed . . . . . . . . . .71Envelope - Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Envelope - Glassine . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Envelope - Lantern Slide . . . . . . . . . .18Envelope - L-Velopes . . . . . . .42,48,71Envelope - Map & Print . . . . . . . .43,48Envelope - Microfiche . . . . . . . . . . . .20Envelope - Mylar . . . . . . . . . .42,43,45Envelope - Negative . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Envelope - Negative Strip . . . . . . . . .51Envelope - Perma/Dur . . . . . . . . . . .39Envelope - Phonograph Record . . . . .25Envelope - Polyester . . . . . . . .42,43,45Envelope - Print/Negative . . . .26,45,47Envelope - Side Opening . . . . . . . . . .39Envelope - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . .45,57Envelope - Slings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Envelope - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,39Environmental Testing . . . . . . .164-173Equipment - Disaster Recovery . . . .191Equipment - Humidity Indicators 174-175Equipment - Light Sheet . . . . . . . . .126Erasers . . . . . . . . . . .103,155,179,180Ethafoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Ethulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Exhibition Cradles, Book . . . . . . . . .187Exhibition Film - Over Laminating . . .90Exhibition Foam Board . . . . . . . . . . .81Exhibition Mounting Machine . . . . . .91Expansion Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Expansion Pages, Scrapbook . . . .28,29Extractor, Staple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113E-Flute Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83E-Flute Corrugated Book Storage . .109

FFabric Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10Fading Cards, Textile . . . . . . . .116,165Fasteners, Velcro . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Felt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92,118Fibre Optic Illuminators . . . . . . . . . .129Fibre Optic Light Sheet . . . . . . . . . .126Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183File - Boxes, Corrugated . . . . . .9,12,66File - Document Cases . . . . . . . . . .5,7File - Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199File - Folders & Accessories . . . . . . .36File - Folders, Hanging . . . . . . . . . . .36File - Folders, Photographic . . . . . . .40File - Infinity Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16File - Jackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37File - Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37File - Negative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59File - Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16,40File - Portable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59File - Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202-205File - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51-53, 59File - Suspension Tape . . . . . . . . . .198File - Out Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4Film - Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90,91Film - Barrier . . . . . . . . . . .93,117,119Film - Cores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Film - Exhibition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Film - Marking Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Film - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Film - Nylon . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117,143Film - Polyester . . . . . . . . . .43,92,165Film - Reel Storage . . . . . . . .24,28,56Film - Sealing Machine . . . . . . .44,131Film - Silicone Coated . . . .92,119,143Film - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17Film - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17Film - UV Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . .165Filmoplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Filter Respirator . . . . . . . . . . . .178,190Filter-Jet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178Filters, Ultraviolet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165Finger Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Flat Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199Flat Storage Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . .9,50

Flymesh Netting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Foam - Adhesive Backed . . . . . . . .118Foam - Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77,81Foam - Crystals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Foam - Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . .103,155Foam - Ethafoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Foam - Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Foam - Planks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68,119Foam - Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Foam - Polyethylene . . . . . . . . . . . .118Foam - Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Foam - Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Foam - Volara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Foam - Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120Foil-Backed Labels . . . . . . . . . . .35,64Folder Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Folder Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Folders - Bone . . . . . . . . . . . .103,157Folders - Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43,49Folders - Clear Front . . . . . . . . . . . .40Folders - Document Preservation . . .41Folders - Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Folders - File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36,37Folders - Fragment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Folders - Genus Covers . . . . . . . . . .72Folders - Hanging File . . . . . . . . . . .36Folders - Juris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Folders - Large Print . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Folders - Manuscript . . . . . . . . . . . .37Folders - Map and Print . . . . . . . . . .49Folders - Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Folders - Negative/Print . . . . . . . . . .18Folders - Open Wide . . . . . . . . . . . . .18Folders - Oversize . . . . . . . . . . . .17,45Folders - Palm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Folders - Perma/Dur . . . . . . . .36,37,40Folders - Polyester . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Folders - Species . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Folders - Storage/Display . . . . . . .40,49Forbon Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Four Flap Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . .18Frames/Framing - Accessories . . . .101Frames/Framing - Backing Paper . .102Frames/Framing - Barrier Paper . . .102Frames/Framing - Books . . . . . . . .103Frames/Framing - Conser. Labels . .102Frames/Framing - Coroplast Shs. .80,83Frames/Framing - Desiccant . . . . . .174Frames/Framing - Tissue . . . . . . . . .98Frames/Framing - Mount. Cor. . .62,100Frames/Framing - Mounting Strips .101Frames/Framing - Sealing Tape . . . .102Frames/Framing - Spacer . . . . . . . .101Frames/Framing - Tape . . . . . . . . .102Framers Mountboard . . . . . . . . . . . .79Fredelka Leather Preservative . . . . .155Fume Filtration Cupboard . . . . . . . .177

G, HGallery Box, Drop Front . . . . .6,8,16,73Gallery Print Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8Garment Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120Gel, Silica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Genus Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Geology Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75Glass Plate Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .18Glass Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Glass Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153GlassGard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101Glassine Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Glassine Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Glue - Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123Glue - Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Glue - Low Melt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Glue - Neutral pH . . . . . . . . . . .95,107Glue - Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Glue - White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95,99Goldbeaters Skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Gore-Tex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Greaseproof Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Grips, Rubber Finger . . . . . . . . . . . .154Groom Stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Group Slide File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

Guide, IPI Film Storage . . . . . . . . . . .24Guides, Divider . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25,33Guillotines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Gum Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Gun, Glue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Hake Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123Hammer - Backing . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Handbook, Mat Makers . . . . . . . . . .103Handles, Scalpel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Handmade Papers . . . . . . . . . . . .88,89Hanger Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Hanging File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Hanging Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Hardbed Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Hat Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10Hazardous Cupboard . . . . . . . . . . .203Hayaku . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Heat Set Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91,98Heat Sealer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44,131Herbarium Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69Herbarium Supplies . . . . . . . . . . .70,72Heritage Albums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Heritage Scrapbooks . . . . . . . . . . . .29Hinging - Blotters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Hinging - Paper . . . . . . . . . .89,98,100Hinging - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Hinging - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Holder - Document . . . . . . . . .186,187Holder - Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Holder - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Hollytex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Honeycomb Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Hot Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120Hot Lining Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Hot Melt Gun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Hot Vacuum Glass Presses . . . . . . .143How To, Matting Handbook . . . . . . .103Humidifier Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138Humidity Cassettes . . . . . . . . . . . . .175Humidity Control . . . . . . . . . . .174-175Humidity Dome . . . . . . . . . . . .139,146Humidity Indicators . . . . . . . . .118,173Humidity Tester . . . . . . . . . . . .166-175Hygrometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Hygrothermographs . . . . . . . . .166-170

I, JID Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21,65,76Indexing, Microfiche . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Indicator Strips, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Indicators, Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . .174Infilling Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145Infinity - Album Pages . . . . . . . . . . . .31Infinity - Box Binder . . . . . . . . . . .30,31Infinity - Mounting Pages . . . . . . . . .31Ink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Insect Control/Traps . . . . . . . . . . . .193Insect Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Inserts, Album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Inserts, File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Inspection Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Inspection Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163Insta-Mend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Interleaving - Reemay . . . . . . . . . . .117Interleaving - Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Interleaving - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Inventory Pages, Photo . . . . . . . . . . .33IPI Storage Guide for Acetate Film . . . .24Iron Gall Ink Test Paper . . . . . . . . . .172Iron - Tacking/Spatula . . . . . . . . . . .130Jade Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Japanese Brushes . . . . . . . . . .122,124Japanese Hinging Paper . .85,88,89,98Japanese Papers . . . . . . . . .88,89,100Jiffy Steamer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137Jin Shofu Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Journals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Juris Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

KKik-Step Stools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Kits - Encapsulation . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Kits - Matting Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Kits - Negative Storage . . . . . . . . . . .17Kits - Organiser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

Kits - Pest Control . . . . . . . . . . . . .192Kits - Photo Organizer . . . . . . . . . . .50Kits - Print Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17Kits - Tissue Mending . . . . . . . . . . . .91Kleenmaster Brillianize . . . . . . . . . .182Knife - Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Knife - Scalpel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Knife - Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Knife - X-Acto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Kuramata Sprayer . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

LLab Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Label Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Labeling Tape, textile . . . . . . . . .10,116Labels - Audio Cassette . . . . . . . . . .26Labels - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,107Labels - Box & File . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Labels - Compact Disc ID Labels . . . .23Labels - File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Labels - Foil Backed . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Labels - Laser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Labels - Perma/Dur Laser . . . . . .65,75Labels - Pin-Fed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Labels - Roll Storage . . . . . . . . .64,111Labels - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Labels Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,189Labwater Deionisers . . . . . . . . . . . .149Lamination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90,91Lamp - Magnifying . . . . . . . . .161-163Lamp - Ultravoilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160-163Lantern Slide Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .18Laser Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Laserdisc Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Latex Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Leadshot Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153Leafcasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144-146Leather Preservative . . . . . . . . . . . .155Ledger Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Light - Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126Light - Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161Light - Damage Slide Rule . . . . . . .165Light - Examination . . . . . . . . . . . .162Light - Fibre Optic . . . . . . . . . . . . .126Light - Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165Light Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160Light - Handheld UV . . . . . . . . . . . .163Light - Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165Light - Monitor, UV . . . . . . . . .164,165Light - Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159Light - Viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125Lighting Accessories . . . . . . . .160,165Lightsheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126Linen Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Linen Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159Liner, Polyfelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Liner, Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Liner, Volara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Lining Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Loupes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159Luminaires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160,161Lux Data Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171Lux Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165L-Velopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42,48,71

MMagnifiers . . . . . . . . . . . .126,158,159Magnifying Lamp . . . . . . . . . . .161,162Mailers, Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Mannequins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183Maintenance, Book . . . . . . . . .110,115Manuscript Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Map and Banner Bags . . . . . . . . . . .13Map and Print Folders . . . . . . . . . . .40Markers, Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57,63Markers, Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Marking Pencil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Marker Pens, Film . . . . . . . . . . . .57,63Marking Pens, Metallic . . . . . . . . . . .32Marvelseal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Masks, Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178Mat - Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78,79,81Mat - Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105Mat - Cutting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

Mat - Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Mat - Self Healing . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Matting Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .108Matting Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Matting Tool Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Maximask Respirators . . . . . . . . . .178MEASUREpHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109Measuring Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Media Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Melinex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Mellotex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Mending Kit, Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Mending Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Metallic Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Meter, Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165Meter, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173Methyl Cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Microblaster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181Microchamber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Microchamber® Foam Board . . . . . .77Microchamber Silversafe Paper . . . . .85Microfiche - Divider Guides . . . .20,197Microfiche - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . .20Microfiche - Indexing Box . . . . . . . . .20Microfilm - Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . .196Microfilm - Reel Boxes . . . . . . . . . . .21Microfilm - Storage . . . . . . . . . . .20,21Microform Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .20,21Micrometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Micromounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Microscope Accessories . . . . . . . . .129Microscope Slide Covers . . . . . .21,129Microscopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127-129Mini Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134Mini-Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134Minarette Spatula . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Moisture Control . . . . . . . . .94,171,174Moistop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94Monarch Welding Machine . . . . .44,131Monitor, UV Light . . . . . . . . . . .164,165Mortar and Pestle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Moth Trap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193Mounting - Accessories . . . . . . . . .101Mounting - Board . . . . . . . . . .78,79,80Mounting - Board Self Adhesive . . . .90Mounting - Corners . . . . . . . . . .62,100Mounting - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . .80,83Mounting - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Mounting - Foam Board . . . . . . . . . .81Mounting - Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101Mounting - Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Mounting - Paper, Herbarium . . . . . .72Mounting - Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Mounting - Pressboard . . . . . . . . . . .82Mounting - Print Positioner . . . . . . .108Mounting - Sleeves, Photo . . . . . . . .62Mounting - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Mounting - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101Mounting - Swatchbooks . . . . . . . . .87Mounting - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . .85,90Mounts, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Movie Film Cans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Mulberry Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . .88,100Multisorb Blotting Paper . . . . . . . . . .87Museum Boxbinder . . . . . . . . . . .31,58Museum Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Museum Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14Museum Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Museum Gel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Museum Mounting Board . . . .78,79,81Museum Mounting Wax . . . . . . . . .107Museum Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . .101Museum Vac . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133,135Museum Vac Accessories . . . . . . . .135Museum Wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Music Sheet Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Mylar - Boxbinder Pages . . . . . . . . . .31Mylar - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .42,43,45Mylar - L-Velopes . . . . . . . . . .42,48,71Mylar - Map & Print Envelopes . . .43,48Mylar - Page Protectors . . . . . . .28,29Mylar - Photo Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Mylar - Protector Bags . . . . . . . . .26,46Mylar - Sheet Protectors . . . . . . .33,34

NNatural History . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70-78

Page 210: Catalog PEL 2010

Natural History Storage . . . . . . . .70-77Needles - Sewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Negative - Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,19Negative - Enclosures, Four Flap . . . .18Negative - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Negative - Preservers . . . . . . . . . .60,61Negative - Sleeves . . . . . . . . .47,51,54Negative - Storage . . . . . . . . .45,51,54Neumade Slide Cabinets . . . . . . . . . .53Newspaper Storage Boxes . . . . . . . . . .6Newsprint Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192Norfolk Book Sofa . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Nori Wheat Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Notebooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Notepaper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Nylon Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154

O, POlfa Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Open Wide Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Opener, Slide Mount . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Organizer Kit, Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Orvus WA Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Oval Mat Cutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Oversize Album . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29Pacific Silvercloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182Packing Material . . . . . . . . .68,119,188Packing Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Padded Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Page Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29Pages - Album . . . . . . . . . . . .31,32,34Pages - Archival Organizer . . . . . . . . .34Pages - Boxbinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Pages - Infinity Album . . . . . . . . . . . .34Pages - Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33Pages - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Pages - Negative . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61Pages - Perma-Saf . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Pages - Print/Neg . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61Pages - Scrapbook . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29Pages - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61Palm Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Pamphlet Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Paper - Acid-free Journal . . . . . . . . .35Paper - Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Paper - Blotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Paper - Bond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Paper - Cellulose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Paper - Cleaning . . . . . . . . .87,103,155Paper - Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Paper - Conservation . . . . . . . . . .86,87Paper - Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Pape r- Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . .104,105Paper - Folder Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Paper - Frame Backing . . . . . . . . . .102Paper - Glassine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Paper - Greaseproof . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Paper - Handmade . . . . . . . . . . .88,89Paper - Herbarium Mounting . . . . . . .72Paper - Hinging . . . . . . . . . . . . .89,100Paper - Humidicator . . . . . . . . . . . .174Paper - Infilling Machine . . . . . . . . .146Paper - Interleaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Paper - Japanese . . . . . . . . .88,89,100Paper - Ledger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Paper - Mellotex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Paper - Microchamber . . . . . . . . .77,85Paper - Mulberry . . . . . . . . . . . .88,100Paper - Newsprint . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192Paper - Note, Permanent . . . . . . . . . .86Paper - Notebooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Paper - Perma/Dur . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Paper - Photo Safe . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Paper - Pulp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147Paper - Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Paper - Repair Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Paper - Resistall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76Paper - Roll Dispensers . . . . . . . . . .151Paper - Silicone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Paper - Swatchbooks . . . . . . . . . . . .87Paper - Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98.188Paper - Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Paper - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Paper - Transparent . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Paper - Wrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,97,100Paste, Orvus WA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

PEC - Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54PEL - Caster Leafcasting Machine . .145PEL - Cleaning Machine . . . . . . . . .176PEL - Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180PEL - File Vertical Cabinet . . . . . . . .199PEL - Loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . .169,171PEL - Racking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207PEL - Sprayer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115PEL - Softwrap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119PEL - Steamer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139PEL - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91PEL - Wet Strength Tissue . . . . . . . . .91Pelsorb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175Pen Set, Pigma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Pencil, Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Pencil, Preservation . . . . . . . . . . . . .138Pens - Film Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Pens - Marking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Pens - Metallic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Pens - Pec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Pens - pH Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Pens - Pigma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Pens - White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Perma/Dur - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . .39Perma/Dur - Folder Stock . . . . . . . . .84Perma/Dur - Labels . . . . . . . . . . .65,75Perma/Dur - Pages . . . . . . . . . . .31,34Perma/Dur - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Perma/Dur - Photo Folders . . . . . . . .40Perma/Dur - Storage Box . . . . . . . . . . .8Perma/Seal Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Permalife Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Perma-Saf Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Perma-Saf Slide Storage . . . . . . . . . .59Perma-Saf Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .51,59Pest Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193pH Buffer Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . .173pH Indicator Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172pH Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144pH Neutral Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . .95pH Testing Pen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Phase Box Accessories . . . . . . . . . .109Phase Box Riveter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109Phonograph Record Storage . . . . . . .25Photo - Album Divider Guides . . . . . .33Photo - Album Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . .28Photo - Album/Slipcase . . . . . . . . . . .28Photo - Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31,34Photo - Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13Photo - Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . .45-47Photo - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .43,45-47Photo - File Folders . . . . . . . . . . .16,40Photo - Insert Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Photo - Inventory Pages . . . . . . . . . .33Photo - Mounting Board . . . . . . . . . .90Photo - Mounting Corners . . . . . .62,100Photo - Mounting Sleeves . . . . . . . . .62Photo - Mylar Pages . . . . . . . . . . .31,34Photo - Organizer Kits . . . . . . . . . . . .19Photo - Pages . . . . . . . .28,31,34,60,61Photo - Photo/Negative Sleeves . . . . .47Photo - Photo/Slide Cleaner . . . . .17,54Photo - Sheet Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33,34,16,31,34,45,59

Photo - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .19,60,61Photo - Storage Binders . . . . . . . .31,34Photo - Storage Display Folders . . . . .40Photo - Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62Photography Books . . . . . . . . .206-208PhotoSafe Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Photowipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,54Pick Up Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . .155,179Picture Framing, Book . . . . . . . . . . .103Pigma Pens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36,63Pillow, Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Pinning Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Pins, Specimen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Plant Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Plastic Sheeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189Plastazote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Plastic Sheets, Corrugated . . . . . .80,83Plastiklips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Platen Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Playbook Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Plexiglas Cubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

Pliers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Pocket Magnifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155Polyester - Batting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Polyester - Double Sided Tape . . . . .102Polyester - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . .42Polyester Felt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Polyester - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Polyester - Melinex . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Polyester - Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . .31,34Polyester - Pockets . . . . . . . . . . .26,43Polyester - Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Polyester - Sealing Machines . . .44,131Polyester - Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43Polyester - Silicone . . . . . . . . . . .92,143Polyester - Spunbonded . . . . . . . . .117Polyester - Strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186Polyester - Welding Machine . . . .44,131Polyethylene Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Polyethylene Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Polyethylene Foam Rod . . . . . .116,119Polyfelt Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Polyvinyl Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Portfolio Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15Positioner, Print Mounting . . . . . . . .108Postcard Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .27,197Precision Temperature Iron . . . . . . .130Prelim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155Presentation Portfolio . . . . . . . . . .14,15Preservation - Album . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Preservation - Box . . . . . . . . . .34,59,61Preservation - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . .41Preservation Pencil . . . . . . . . . . . . .138Preservation, Leather . . . . . . . . . . . .155Preservation, Print/Neg . . . . . . . . .60,61Preservers, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61Pressboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Print - Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15,19Print - Cleaners . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,54Print - Drop Front . . . . . . . . . .6,8,16,73Print - Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Print - File Preserves . . . . . . . . . .60,61Print - Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16Print - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,40Print - Mounting Board . . . . . . . . . . .90Print - Mounting Corners . . . . . .62,100Print - Mounting Positioner . . . . . . .108Print - Mounting Strips . . . . . . . . . .101Print - Pages . . . . . . . . . . .28,31,60,61Print - Preservers . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61Print - Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61Print - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,45Print - Storage Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Print - Storage Boxes . . . . . . .16,18,19Print - Storage, Oversized . . . . . . .17,45Print File Range . . . . . . . . . . . .59,60,61Print/Negative Enclosures . . . . . . .43,45Processing Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49Protection, Polyester Batting . . . . . .117Protectors - Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Protectors - Comic Book . . . . . . . . . .26Protectors - Currency . . . . . . . . . . . .48Protectors - L-Velopes . . . . . . .42,48,71Protectors - Mylar . . . . . . . . . . . .28,29Protectors - Photo Page . . .28,29,60,61Protectors - Postcard . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Protectors - Print . . . . .27,47,60,61,197Protectors - Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60Protectors - Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Protectors - Slide Label . . . . . . . . . . .56Protectors - Stock Certificate . . . . . . .48PTFE Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93PTFE Bonefolders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Pulp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147Pulp Blender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147Pump Dispenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Push Drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

Q, RQwiksilver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182Rabbet Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101Rack, Carton . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202-205Rack, Drying . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112,144Rare Book Display Pillow . . . . . . . . .186Rare Book Storage . . . . . . .41,107,109Really Useful Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Record/Phonograph Storage . . . . . . .27Reel Boxes, Microfilm . . . . . . . . . .20-21Reel ID Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21Reemay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117,147Registers - Accession . . . . . . . . . . . .35Registers - Deaccession . . . . . . . . . .35Reinforced File Folders . . . . . . . . . . .37Release Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Remover, Stain/Adhesive . . . . . . . . . .65Remover, Staple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Renaissance Wax . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155Repair - Blotters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96Repair - Document . . . . . . . . . . .97,130Repair - Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85,91Rescube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191Reservoir Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124Resistall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Respirators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178,190RH Display Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184Rice Starch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,100Ring Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Riveter, Phase Box . . . . . . . . . .109,155Rod, Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116,119Roll Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151Roll Storage Boxes . . . . . . . .6,11,12,13 Roll Storage Tubes . . . . . . . . . . . .11,13Roll Storage Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . .151Rotary Cutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Rubber Finger Grips . . . . . . . . . . . .154Rubgum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Rulers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

SSaatifil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147Salvage Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Scalpel Blades/Handles . . . . . . . . . .113Scissors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Scrapbooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29,33Screws, Binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Sealing Machines . . . . . . . .132,44,131Sealing Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Select Analyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149Self Adhesive Mount Board . . . . . . . .90Self Healing Cutting Mat . . . . . . . . .156Self Sealing L-Velopes . . . . . . . . .42,45Sewing Needles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Shears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Sheet Protectors . . . . . . . . . . .28,34,60Sheeting, Plastic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189Sheets, Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . .80,83Sheets, Interleaving . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Sheets, Photo Insert . . . . . . . . . . .33,34Shelf Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202-207Shelf Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Shelf Markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Shelving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53,202-205Shipping, Foam . . . . . . . . . . . . .68,119Shipping, Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116Shipping Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188Side Opening Envelopes . . . . . . . . . .39Silica Gel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Silicone Brushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124Silicone Coated Film . . . . . . . . . .93,119Silicone Release Paper . . . . . . . . . . .93Silver Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182Silvercloth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182Silverfish Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192Silversafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Sleeves - Anti-Static . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Sleeves - Photo Mounting . . . . . . . . .53Sleeves - Photo/Neg . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Sleeves - Postcard . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Sleeves - Record Storage . . . . . . . . .25Sleeves - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Sleeves - Stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Slide - Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Slide - Desiccant Packets . . . . . . . .174Slide - Dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Slide - Dots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56Slide - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,57Slide - File . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,52,53,59Slide - File Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Slide - Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Slide - Label Protectors . . . . . . . . . . .56Slide - Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

Slide - Mounting Accessories . . . . . . .57Slide - Preservers . . . . . . . . . . . . .60,61Slide - Sleeves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51,57Slide - Sorters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Slide - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .53, 58-61Slide - Storage System . . . . . . . . . . .59Slide - Storage, Labels . . . . . . . . . . .56Slide - Viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126Slipcase, Photo Album . . . . . . . . . . . .28Smoke sponges . . . . . . . . . . . .155,189Snake Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . .153,187Solander Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14,15Solvent Dispensers . . . . . . . . . .116,152Sorbents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189,190Sorters, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125Spacer Board, Document . . . . . . . . . . .4Spacer, Framing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101Spatula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113,157Spatula, Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130Species Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Specimen Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Specimen Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152Specimen Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74Specimen Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66,68Spider Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Sponge - Conservators . . . . . . . . . .179Sponge, Dry Cleaning . . . . . . . .155,189Sponge Eraser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155Spray Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Sprayer - Kuramata . . . . . . . . .115,152Spunbonded Polyester . . . . . . . . . . .117Stacking Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112Stand, Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130Staple Extractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Staples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Starch Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,100Starch, Rice/Wheat . . . . . . . . . . .96,100StaticWisk Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123Steamers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137Steel Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Stereoscopic Storage . . . . . . . . . .22,47Stick/Groom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Stiffening Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26Stools, Kik-Step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206Storage - Accessories . . . . . . .202-205Storage - Audio/Visual . . . . . . . . .22-24Storage - Bags . . . . . . . .46,71,106,136Storage - Binders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Storage - Bulk . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9,12,50Storage - Cabinets . . . . . . . . . .196-203Storage - Cartons . . . . . . . . . . .9,12,50Storage - Comic Book . . . . . . . . . . . .26Storage - Compact Disc . . . . . . . .22,23Storage - Cone & Seed . . . . . . . . . . .71Storage - Coroplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9Storage - Costume . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10Storage - Currency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Storage - Document . . . .4,7,8,12,36,37Storage - Drop Front Boxes . . . . . .6,16Storage - Entomology . . . . .71,72,74,75Storage - Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Storage - Ethafoam . . . . . . . . . .68,119Storage - File Folders . . . . . . . . . . . .36Storage - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Storage - Film Reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Storage - Flat Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Storage - Flat Files . . . . . . . . . . . . .199Storage - Foam . . . . . . . . . . . .118,199Storage - Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116Storage - Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . .18,49Storage - Gallery Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . .8Storage - Glass Plate, Negative . . . . .18Storage - Hat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10Storage - Herbarium . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Storage - IPI Guide for Film . . . . . . . .24Storage - Lantern Slide . . . . . . . . . . .18Storage - L-Velopes . . . . . . . .42,48,71Storage - Maps & Timetables . . . . . . .48Storage - Microform . . . . . . . . . . .20,21Storage - Micromounts . . . . . . . . . . .72Storage - Movie Film . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Storage - Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Storage - Mylar Envelopes . . . .42,43,45Storage - Natural History . . . . . . .70-77Storage - Negative/Print . . . . . . . .45,54Storage - Oversized Print . . . . . . .17,45

www.preservationequipment.com Tel: +44 (0)1379 647400 210

�� Index

Page 211: Catalog PEL 2010

Storage - Pamphlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8Storage - Perma-Saf . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Storage - Phonograph Record . . . . . .25Storage - Photo . . . .16,31,34,45,59-61Storage - Playbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Storage - Polyester Batting . . . . . . .117Storage - Polyfoam . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Storage - Postcard . . . . . . . . . . .27,197Storage - Radiographic . . . . . . . . . .183Storage - Rare Book . . . . . . . . . .41,109Storage - Record Divider Boards . . . .25Storage - Roll Storage . . . . . . .11,12,13Storage - Shelf Markers . . . . . . . . . .70Storage - Shelving . . . . . . . . . .202-205Storage - Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Storage - Stacking Trays . . . . . . . . .200Storage - Stereoscopic . . . . . . . .27,47Storage - Textile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10Storage - Tissue Paper . . . . . . . . . . .85Storage - Tote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Storage - Tube . . . . . . . . . . . .11,12,13Storage - Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Storage - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . .117,189Storage - Tyvek Envelopes . . . . . .18,39Storage - Volara Foam . . . . . . . . . .118Storage Boxes - Clamshell . . . . . . .7,12Storage Boxes - Coroplast . . . . . . . . .9Storage Boxes - Corrugated . .7,8,10,12Storage Boxes - Document . . .5,7,8,12Storage Boxes - Drop Side . . . . . . . .19Storage Boxes - Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9Storage Boxes - Herbarium . . . . . . . .73Storage Boxes - Negative Print . . . . .18Storage Boxes - Newspaper . . . . . . .19Storage Boxes - Print . . . . . . . . . .6,16Storage Boxes - Roll . . . . . . . . .8,11,12Storage Boxes - Slide . . . . . . . . .52,53Storage Boxes - Specimen . . .66-68,72Storage Boxes - Telescoping . . . . . . . .8Storage Boxes - Textile . . . . . . . . . . .10Storage Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68Storage/Display Folders . . . . . . . . . .49Straightedge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Strainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Strips - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Strips - Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17Strips - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101Strips - pH Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . .172Suction Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Suction Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . .141,142Superglide Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160Support Stands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Supports, Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Supports, Foam Rod . . . . . . . . . . . .116Sure Grip Gloves . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154Suspension Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198Suspension Wallets . . . . . . . . . . . .198Swabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152Swatchbook, Japanese Paper . . . . . .88Swatchbook, Paper & Boards . . . . . .87Sympatex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Syringes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152Syringe Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152Systems, Mat Cutting . . . . . . .104,105

TTabouret Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Tacking Irons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130Tag Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111Tags - Artifact ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65Tags - Forbon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72Tags - Reel ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21Tags - Roll Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64Tags - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,189Tape - Binder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Tape - Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Tape - Cloth . . . . . . . . . . . .98,110,111Tape - Cotton . . . . . . . . . . . . .111,116Tape - Cotton Tying . . . . . . . . . . . .111Tape - Document Repair . . . . . . . . . .97Tape - Double Coated . . . . . . . . . . .102Tape - Filmoplast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Tape - Frame Sealing . . . . . . . . . . .102Tape - Gummed Paper . . . . . . . . . . .98Tape - Hinging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Tape - Labelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Tape - Linen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Tape - Mending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Tape - Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188Tape - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Tape - Polyester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Tape - Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188Tape - Self Adhesive Paper . . . . . . . .98Tape - Transparent . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Tape - Tying . . . . . . . . . . .107,110-111Tape - Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Tape - Velcro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Task Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159,162

Teflon Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Teflon Spatula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Temp Controlled Spatula . . . . . . . . .130Temp Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168,173Temp/Humidity Tools . . . . . . . .166-171Tester, Linen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159Tester, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172-173Test Papers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Testing Pen, pH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172Text Paper, Buffered . . . . . . . . . . . . .87Texitile - Fading Cards . . . . . . .116,165Textile - Labelling Tape . . . . . . . . . .116Textile - Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10Thermocutter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149Thermohygrometers . . . . . . . .166-169Thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168Thickness Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Thread, Binders . . . . . . . . . . . .109,111Time Capsule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Tinytag Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . . .169Tinyview Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . .167Tissue - Dry Mounting . . . . . . . . . . .90Tissue - Filmoplast . . . . . . . . . . .97,99Tissue - Hinging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Tissue - Laminating . . . . . . . . . . .90,91Tissue - Mending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Tissue - Mending Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .91Tissue - Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . .90,98Tissue - Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Tissue - Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Tool Kit, Matting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Tool Roll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157Tool Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Tools - Bone Folder . . . . . . . . .103,157Tools - Book Maintenance . . . .110,115Tools - Conserv. 112,113,130,134-142Tools - Encapsulation . . . . . . . . .44,131Tools - Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162Tools - Light Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . .126Tools - Linen Tester . . . . . . . . . . . .159Tools - Magnifiers . . . . . . . . . .158,159Tools - Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .108Tools - Measuring . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Tools - Paper Cutters . . . . . . . .104,105Tools - Phase Box Riveter . . . . . . . .109Tools - Rulers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108Tools - Temp Control . . . . . . . . . . . .130Tools - Testers . . . . . . . . . . . .166-171

Tools - Thermohygrometer . . . .166-168Tools - Vacuums . . . . . . . . . . .133-135Tools - Viewers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125Tote Basket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Tower Racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151Transparent Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Traps, Insect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192Trays - Conservation . . . . . . . .114,179Trays - Giant Stacking . . . . . . . . . .112Trays - Specimen . . . . . . .16,67,68,69Trays - Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . .114Trays - Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Trimmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Trolley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160Tube Storage System . . . . . . . . . . . .11Tubes, Roll Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11Tweezers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Twine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111,188Two-Sided Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48Tying Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110Tying Tape Pink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106Tyvek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92,117,189Tyvek Aprons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189,19Tyvek Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136Tyvek Coverall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189Tyvek Envelopes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Tyvek Garment Covers . . . . . . . . . .120Tyvek Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64,189Tyvek Roll Storage Sleeves . . . . . . . .13Tyvek Rolls . . . . . . . . . . . . .92,117,189Tyvek Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Tyvek Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65,189Tyvek Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . .76,110,188

U, V, WUltrasonic Humidifier . . . . . . . . . . .138Ultraviolet Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165Ultraviolet Inspection Lamps . . . . . .163Ultraviolet Safetywear . . . . . . . . . . .163Utility Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156UV and Lux Meter Kit . . . . . . . . . . .164UV Data Loggers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171UV Filtering Film . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165UV Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163UV Light Monitor . . . . . . . . . . .164,165Security Marking Pen . . . . . . . . . . .163Vacufoam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Vacuum Cleaners . . . . . . . . . .133-135Vacuum Generator System . . . . . . .140

Vacuum Pick Up . . . . . . . . . . .134,179Vacuum Presses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143Vacuum Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140Vacuum Tweezer Unit . . . . . . . . . . .134Velcro Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Velcro Loop Fabric . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Velcro Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Velcro Velcoins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132Ventilators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70Video Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Video Classification Labels . . . . . . . .23Viewer, Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125Viewing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127Vilene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121Volara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Wadding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Wall Protect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167Wall Rack Dispensers . . . . . . . . . . .151Water Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191,192Water Brush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124Water Cushion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191Water Purifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149Wax, Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107Wax/Polish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155Wedges, Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187Weighing Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Weighing Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153Weight Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153Welding Machines . . . . . . . . . . .44,131Wet & Dry Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . .135Wet Strength Tissue . . . . . . . . . . . . .91Wheat Starch . . . . . . . . . . . .96,97,100Whirling Hygrometer . . . . . . . . . . . .169Wipes, Dusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Wipes, Photo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17,54Wishab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181Woolfelt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Work Apron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190Work Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177Work Trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Workroom Shelving . . . . . . . . .202-205Wrapping Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

X, Y, ZX-Acto Knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156Zen Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96,100Zipper Bags . . . . . . . . . . . . .46,71,106

Originated & Printed by Micropress Printers, Suffolk, England

Index ��

Trade Mark Product Company

Melinex® Polyester Film Dupont Teijin FilmsMuseum Vac® Vacuum cleaners Preservation Equipment LtdPreservation Pencil® Hot Mist Tool Preservation Equipment LtdPEL® Brand Preservation Equipment LtdMicrochamber® Paper & Board Conservation ResourcesPrint File® Photographic Storage Print File Inc.Econospace® Art/Glass Separator Frametek Inc.Perma Dur® Paper Enclosures University Products Inc.Perma Seal® Labels University Products Inc.Bi Corr® Corrugated Board University Products Inc.Dura Clear® Plastic Enclosures University Products Inc.L-Velopes® Plastic Enclosures University Products Inc.Hayaku® Hinging Paper University Products Inc.archivalware® Archival Storage University Products Inc.Tyvek® Fabric DupontArcare® Brand Arcare LtdCorrosion Intercept® Corrosion Technology Engineered Materials Inc.Velcro® Fasteners Velcro Industries B.V.

Page 212: Catalog PEL 2010

preservation equipment lim

ited archival sourcebook 2009/10 ww

w.preservationequipm

ent.com

Preservation Equipment Ltd

Vinces Road Diss NorfolkEngland IP22 4HQ

t +44 (0)1379 647400f +44 (0)1379 650582

e [email protected] www.preservationequipment.com

archival sourcebook2009/10